H 600A, 600AJ JLG Service English PDF

/
Service and Maintenance Manual
Model
600A
600AJ
S/N 0300177361*
to Present
*See inside front cover for exceptions
3121616
June 29, 2018 - Rev H

This manual also covers Serial Number 0300176207.
INTRODUCTION
SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A GENERAL C MAINTENANCE
This section contains general safety precautions which must
be observed during aerial platform maintenance. It is of
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH SAFETY PRECAUTIONS LISTED IN THIS SECTION
utmost importance that maintenance personnel pay strict
COULD RESULT IN MACHINE DAMAGE, PERSONNEL INJURY OR DEATH AND IS A
attention to these warnings and precautions to avoid possible
SAFETY VIOLATION.
injury to themselves or others, or damage to the equipment. A
maintenance program must be followed to ensure the • ENSURE REPLACEMENT PARTS OR COMPONENTS ARE
machine is safe to operate. IDENTICAL OR EQUIVALENT TO ORIGINAL PARTS OR
COMPONENTS.
• NO SMOKING IS MANDATORY. NEVER REFUEL DURING ELEC-
MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION OF AN AERIAL WORK PLATFORM SHALL BE TRICAL STORMS. ENSURE THAT FUEL CAP IS CLOSED AND
MADE ONLY WITH WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE MANUFACTURER. SECURE AT ALL OTHER TIMES.
• REMOVE ALL RINGS, WATCHES AND JEWELRY WHEN PER-
The specific precautions to be observed during maintenance FORMING ANY MAINTENANCE.
are inserted at the appropriate point in the manual. These pre- • DO NOT WEAR LONG HAIR UNRESTRAINED, OR LOOSE-FIT-
cautions are, for the most part, those that apply when servic- TING CLOTHING AND NECKTIES WHICH ARE APT TO BECOME
ing hydraulic and larger machine component parts. CAUGHT ON OR ENTANGLED IN EQUIPMENT.
• OBSERVE AND OBEY ALL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS ON
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration when
MACHINE AND IN SERVICE MANUAL.
engaging in maintenance of equipment. Always be conscious
of weight. Never attempt to move heavy parts without the aid • KEEP OIL, GREASE, WATER, ETC. WIPED FROM STANDING
of a mechanical device. Do not allow heavy objects to rest in SURFACES AND HAND HOLDS.
an unstable position. When raising a portion of the equip- • USE CAUTION WHEN CHECKING A HOT, PRESSURIZED COOL-
ment, ensure adequate support is provided. ANT SYSTEM.
• NEVER WORK UNDER AN ELEVATED BOOM UNTIL BOOM HAS
BEEN SAFELY RESTRAINED FROM ANY MOVEMENT BY
BLOCKING OR OVERHEAD SLING, OR BOOM SAFETY PROP
SINCE THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER HAS NO DIRECT CONTROL OVER THE
HAS BEEN ENGAGED.
FIELD INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE, SAFETY IN THIS AREA RESPONSIBIL-
ITY OF THE OWNER/OPERATOR. • BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, LUBRICATING OR PER-
FORMING ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE, SHUT OFF ALL
POWER CONTROLS.
B HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SAFETY • ALWAYS DISCONNECT BATTERY DURING REPLACEMENT OF
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.
It should be noted the machines hydraulic systems operate at
• KEEP ALL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND ATTACHMENTS
extremely high potentially dangerous pressures. Every effort
STOWED IN THEIR PROPER PLACE.
should be made to relieve any system pressure prior to discon-
necting or removing any portion of the system. • USE ONLY APPROVED, NONFLAMMABLE CLEANING SOL-
VENTS.
3121616 A-1
INTRODUCTION
REVISON LOG
Original Issue A - January 8, 2014

Revised B - September 15, 2014
Revised C - February 3, 2015
Revised D - June 19, 2015
Revised E - June 01, 2017
Revised F - June 20, 2017
Revised G - May 30, 2018
Revised H - June 29, 2018 - Revised Covers
A-2 3121616
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION A - INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
B Hydraulic System Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
C Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
SECTION 1 - SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 Operating Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Dimensional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.3 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.4 Engine Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.5 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.6 Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.7 Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.8 Critical Stability Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.9 Operator Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.1 Machine Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Start Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Annual Machine Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preventive Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 Service and Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety and Workmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Cleanliness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Components Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Component Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Pressure-Fit Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bolt Usage and Torque Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Lubrication and Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.3 Lubrication and Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Changing Hydraulic Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.4 Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Cylinder Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Cylinder Thermal Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.5 Pins and Composite Bearing Repair Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.6 Welding on JLG Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
3121616 i
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 3 - CHASSIS & TURNTABLE
3.1 Tires And Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Inflation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Oscillating Axle Bleeding Procedure and Lockout Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Lockout Cylinder Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Oscillating Axle Lockout Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.3 Torque Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Oil Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Roll and Leak Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Tightening and Torquing Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Main Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Output Carrier Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Input Carrier Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Hub-Spindle Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Spindle-Brake Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Cover Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Input Carrier Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Output Planet Gear Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Spindle - Brake Sub-Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Hub-Spindle Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Cover Sub-Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Main Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Integral Brake Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.4 Free Wheeling Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Disengage Drive Motors and Brakes for Towing, etc. (Free Wheel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Engage Drive Motors and Brakes (Normal Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3.5 Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Shaft Seal Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Loop Flushing Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Initial Start-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3.6 Steer Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3.7 Swing Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Roll, Leak And Brake Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Tightening and Torquing Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Motor Control Valve Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Motor and Brake Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Main Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Hub-Shaft Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Carrier Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Hub-Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Carrier Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Motor and Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Motor Control Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3.8 Swing Hub Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
3.9 Swing Hub Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Procedure For Setting Swing Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
ii 3121616
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Swing Drive Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
3.10 Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Wear Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Swing Bearing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Swing Bearing Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
3.11 Rotary Coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
3.12 Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Every 250 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Every 500 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Overload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Inspecting Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
3.13 Deutz D2.9 L4 (T4F) Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Check Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Change Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Change Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Change Fuel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
3.14 Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Checking Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Changing Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Changing Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Replace Fuel Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Clean Fuel Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
3.15 Spark Arrester Cleaning Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3.16 Glow Plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3.17 Deutz EMR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
3.18 Bio Fuel In Deutz Engines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
Bio Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
Biological Contamination In Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
3.19 GM Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
3.20 GM Engine General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
Drive Belt Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
Engine Electrical System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
Checking/Filling Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
Changing Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Coolant Fill Procedure - Dual Fuel Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
3.21 GM Engine Dual Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
Direct Electronic Pressure Regulator (DEPR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
Air Fuel Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
Electric Lock Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
Engine Control Module (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
Gasoline Multi Point Fuel Injection System (MPFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
Gasoline Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
Gasoline Pressure And Temperature Sensor Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
Fuel Injector Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
Fuel Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3.22 GM Engine Fuel System Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
Propane Fuel System Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
Propane Fuel Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Direct Electronic Pressure Regulator (DEPR) Maintenance And Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Check/Drain Oil Build-Up In 2-Stage Vaporizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Air Fuel Mixer/Throttle Control Device Maintenance And Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
3121616 iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhaust System And Catalytic Converter Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
Throttle Body (ETC) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
Mixer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Regulator Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Coolant Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Vapor Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Engine Control Module Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
3.23 GM Engine LPG Fuel System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
Fuel System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
Diagnostic Aids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
3.24 Ford Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
3.25 Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-131
SECTION 4 - BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Support Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Support Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.2 Rotator and Slave Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3 Main Boom Powertrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.4 Powertrack Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Remove Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Install New Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Replace Fixed End Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Replace Moving End Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4.5 Main Boom Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4.6 Upright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.7 Tower Boom Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4.8 Jib Assembly - 600AJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
4.9 Boom Cleanliness Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
4.10 Rotary Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
iv 3121616
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Installing Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Testing Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Testing Actuator for Internal Leaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Installation and Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4.11 Foot Switch Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.12 Skyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Functional Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Diagnostic & Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
SECTION 5 - BASIC HYDRAULICS INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
5.1 Lubricating O-rings In The Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Cup and Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Dip Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Spray Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Brush-on Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2 Cylinders - Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Systems With Double Acting Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Systems With Holding Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 Cylinder Checking Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cylinders Without Counterbalance Valves - Master Cylinder and Steer Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cylinders With Single Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Cylinders With Dual Counterbalance Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.4 Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Cylinder Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Main Boom Lift Cylinder Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Main Boom Lift Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Upright Level Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Upright Level Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Tower Boom Lift Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Tower Lift Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Tower Telescope Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Tower Telescope Cylinder Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.5 Hydraulic Cylinder repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Tower Boom Lift Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cleaning and Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Upright Level Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Main Boom Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Tower Boom Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Platform Level (Slave) Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
3121616 v
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jib Lift Cylinder (600AJ Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Steer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Axle Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
5.6 Hydraulic Pump (Gear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Inspect Parts For Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Reverse Shaft Rotation of Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Placing Pump Back Into Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
5.7 Variable Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Ports and Pressure Gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
NFPE Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Remove and Install FNR and NFPE Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
Remove and Install FNR and NFPE Control Orifices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
Charge Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
Shaft Seal and Shaft Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Hydraulic Pump W/Hayes Pump Drive Coupling Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Charge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
5.8 Hydraulic Component Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
5.9 Main Valve Block Pressure Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Main Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Upper (Main) Lift Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
2-Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
4-Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
5.10 Platform Valve Block Pressure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Platform Level Extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Platform Level Retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Articulating Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
5.11 Hydraulic Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
SECTION 6 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
6.1 JLG Control System Analyzer Kit Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Connect JLG Control System Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Using the Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Adjusting Parameters Using the Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Machine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Level Vehicle Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.2 Machine Personality Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
6.3 Machine Orientation When Setting Function Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Test Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
6.4 CANbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
6.5 LSS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Diagnostic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Testing & Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
6.6 Resetting The MSSO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
vi 3121616
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 7 - BASIC ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
7.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.2 Multimeter Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Backprobing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Min/Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Voltage Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Current Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.3 Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to Electrical Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Installation of Dielectric Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Deutsch HD, DT, DTM, DRC Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
AMP Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
AMP Mate-N-Lok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
DIN Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Exclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.4 AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Wedge Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Service - Voltage Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
7.5 Deutsch Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
DT/DTP Series Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
DT/DTP Series Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.6 Wiring Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Connector Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Component Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
7.7 Wiring Harness Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7.8 Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
3121616 vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This page left blank intentionally
viii 3121616
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Deutz D2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-2. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Deutz TD2.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-3. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - GM 3.0L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-4. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Ford MSG 425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-5. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
1-9. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
2-1. Engine and Hydraulic Operating Temperature Specifications - Deutz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-2. Engine and Hydraulic Operating Temperature Specifications - GM 3.0L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-3. Engine and Hydraulic Operating Temperature Specifications - Ford MSG 425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
3-1. Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2. Axle Installation - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3. Axle Installation - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-4. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines Without Tow Package) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-5. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines Without Tow Package) - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-6. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines With Tow Package) - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3-7. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines With Tow Package) - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3-8. Steering Installation (7ft/2.1m Wide Machines) - Sheet 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3-11. Bolt Tightening Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-12. Torque Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-13. Torque Hub Main Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-14. Output Carrier Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-15. Input Carrier Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-16. Hub Spindle Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-17. Spindle Brake Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-18. Torque Hub Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3-19. Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-20. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-21. Seal Pressing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-22. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3-23. Drift Pin for Lining Up Thrust Washers with Output Planet Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3-24. Disconnecting Drive Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-25. Drive Motor Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-26. Removing Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-26. Loop Flushing Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3-26. Loop Flushing Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-27. Plugs, Fittings, and Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-28. End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
3-29. Valve Plate & Rear Shaft Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
3-30. Cylinder Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-31. Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-32. Shaft & Front Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-33. Swash Plate & Servo Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-34. Cylinder Kit Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3-35. Servo Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-36. Cylinder Kit Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3-37. Swash Plate and Journal Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3-38. Shaft and Front Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-39. Cylinder Kit Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-40. Servo Spring and Minimum Angle Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-41. Valve Plate and Rear Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-42. End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-43. Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3121616 ix
LIST OF FIGURES

3-44. Plugs and Fittings Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-45. Loop Flushing Spool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-46. Steer Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-47. Motor Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
3-48. Motor and Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-49. Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-50. Hub Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
3-51. Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-52. Swing Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
3-53. Swing Motor and Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
3-54. Swing Bearing Bolt Feeler Gauge Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
3-55. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
3-56. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measurement Location & Boom Placement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
3-57. Swing Bearing Torque Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
3-58. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
3-59. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
3-60. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 2WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3-61. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 4WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
3-62. Generator Belt Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
3-63. Generator Brushes and Slip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
3-64. Blow Out Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
3-65. Generator Circuit Breaker Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
3-66. Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
3-67. Deutz D2.9 L4 (T4F) Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
3-68. Deutz D2.9 L4 (T4F) Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
3-69. Deutz 2.9 T4F Dipstick Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3-70. Engine Oil Viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3-71. Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
3-72. Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
3-73. Deutz Dipstick Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
3-74. Engine Oil Viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
3-75. EMR 2 Engine Side Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
3-76. Deutz EMR 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
3-77. Deutz EMR 2 Vehicle Side Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
3-78. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
3-79. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3-80. EMR 2 Engine Plug Pin Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
3-81. EMR 2 Vehicle Plug Pin Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
3-82. EMR2 Fault Codes - Sheet 1 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
3-87. GM Engine Installation Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
3-88. GM Engine Installation Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
3-89. GM Engine Oil Dip Stick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3-90. GM 3.0 Duel Fuel System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91
3-91. Direct Electronic Pressure Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
3-92. Air Fuel Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
3-93. ELectronic Throttle Control Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
3-94. Electric Lock Off Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
3-95. ECM Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
3-96. ECM Input-Output Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
3-97. Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
3-98. Gasoline Fuel Pressure and Temperature Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
3-99. Filter Lock Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
3-100. DEPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
x 3121616
LIST OF FIGURES

3-101. Ford Engine Installation Sheet 1 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
3-105. Counterweight Bolt Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-131
4-1. Platform Support Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2. Rotator and Leveling Cylinder Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-3. Main Boom Powertrack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4-4. Main Boom Assembly Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4-5. Tower Upright Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4-6. Tower Boom Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4-7. Tower Boom Powertrack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4-8. Tower Boom Powertrack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4-9. Tower Boom Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-10. Jib Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
4-11. Rotary Actuator - Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
4-12. Rotator Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
4-13. Actuator Bleed Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-14. Foot Switch Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4-15. Skyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
5-1. Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-2. Hydraulic Cylinder Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-3. Telescope and Lift Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-4. Leveling Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-5. Plunger Valve Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-6. Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-7. Tower Telescope Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5-8. Cylinder Barrel Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5-9. Marking Cylinder for Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5-10. Cylinder Rod Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5-11. Tower Boom Lift Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5-12. Tapered Bushing Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-13. Piston Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-14. Cylinder Head Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-15. Composite Bushing Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
5-16. Head Seal Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-17. Cylinder Head Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-18. Piston Seal Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-19. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-20. Tapered Bushing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5-21. Seating Tapered Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5-22. Rod Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5-26. Upright Level Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5-34. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
3121616 xi
LIST OF FIGURES

5-38. Cylinder Barrel Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5-39. Marking Cylinder for Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5-40. Cylinder Rod Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5-41. Master Cylinder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5-42. Tapered Bushing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5-43. Piston Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5-45. Composite Bushing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
5-48. Piston Seal Kit Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5-49. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5-50. Tapered Bushing Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5-56. Main Boom Lift Cylinder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5-64. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5-71. Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
5-75. Wear Pad Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5-80. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5-87. Tower Boom Telescope Cylinder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
xii 3121616
LIST OF FIGURES

5-95. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
5-102. Platform Level (Slave) Cylinder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
5-110. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
5-117. Jib Lift Cylinder Assembly (600AJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
5-119. Piston And Spacer Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
5-125. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
5-130. Removing Spanner Nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
5-132. Steer Cylinder Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
5-133. Piston Seal and Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
5-136. Cylinder Head Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
5-138. Piston Seal and Wear Ring Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
5-139. Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
5-140. Axle Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
5-141. Shim Adjustable Charge Relief Valve Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
5-142. Gauge Port Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
5-143. Plugs/Fittings Size & Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
5-144. Screw Adjustable Charge Relief Valve Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
5-145. Shaft Seal Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
5-146. Shaft Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
5-147. Shaft Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
5-148. Charge Pump Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
5-149. Main Control Valve (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
5-150. Main Control Valve - 2WS (SN 0300181175 to Present). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5-151. Main Control Valve - 4WS (SN 0300181175 to Present). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
3121616 xiii
LIST OF FIGURES

5-152. Location of Components - Platform Control Valve Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
5-153. 2-Wheel Steer (2WS) Hydraulic Schematic 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
5-157. 2-Wheel Drive (2WD) Hydraulic Schematic 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
6-1. Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-2. ADE Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6-3. Analyzer Software Version 6.8 - Sheet 1 of 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
6-9. Control Module Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
6-10. Analyzer Connecting Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
6-11. Ground Control Module Pin Connections 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
6-12. Ground Control Module Pin Connections 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
6-13. Platform Control Module Pin Connections 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
6-14. Platform Control Module Pin Connections 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-2. Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-3. Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-4. Current Measurement (DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-5. Applying Dielectric Grease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-6. Deutsch Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-7. Application to plug/male connector housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-8. Use of Seal Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-9. AMP Mate-N-Lok Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-10. DIN Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-11. Connector Assembly Figure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7-12. AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7-16. Connector Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
7-17. Connector Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7-18. DT/DTP Contact Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7-19. DT/DTP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7-20. HD/HDP Contact Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-21. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-22. HD/HDP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-23. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-24. Electrical Components 1 of 2 (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
7-25. Electrical Components 2 of 2 (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7-26. Electrical Components 1 of 2 (SN 0300181175 to Present). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
7-27. Electrical Components 2 of 2 (SN 0300181175 to Present). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7-28. Platform Console Box without SkyGuard - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
7-29. Platform Console Box without SkyGuard - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7-30. Platform Console Box with SkyGuard (SN 0300181175 to Present). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
7-31. Platform Valve Harness Assembly (SN 0300181175 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
7-32. Main Boom Harness without Arctic Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
7-33. Main Boom Harness with Arctic Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
7-34. Tower Boom Cable Harness without Arctic Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
xiv 3121616
LIST OF FIGURES

7-35. Tower Boom Cable Harness with Arctic Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
7-36. Main Valve Harness - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
7-37. Main Valve Harness - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
7-38. Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
7-39. Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine Harness (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
7-40. Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine harness (SN 0300181175 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
7-41. GM Engine Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
7-42. Ford Engine Harness (SN 0300181175 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
7-43. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 (T4i) (SN 0300177361 through 0300200808),
GM (SN 0300177361 to Present) and Ford (SN 0300181175 to Present) Engines - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . 7-34
7-44. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 (T4i) (SN 0300177361 through 0300200808),
GM (SN 0300177361 to Present) and Ford (SN 0300181175 to Present) Engines - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . 7-35
7-45. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine (SN 0300200809 to Present) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . 7-36
7-46. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 Engine (T4i) (SN 0300200809 to Present) - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . 7-37
7-47. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine (SN 0300177361 to Present)- Sheet 1 of 2 . . . 7-38
7-48. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine (SN 0300177361 to Present) - Sheet 2 of 2 . . 7-39
7-49. Platform and Ground Control Electrical Schematic - 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
7-50. Platform and Ground Control Electrical Schematic - 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
7-51. Generator Wiring Schematic 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
7-52. Generator Wiring Schematic 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
7-53. Deutz T4i Engine Harness Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
7-54. GM/PSI Engine Harness Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
7-55. Deutz T4F Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
7-56. Deutz T4F Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
7-57. Platform Sensor Electrical Schematic 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
7-58. Platform Sensor Electrical Schematic 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
7-59. Ford Engine Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
7-60. Ford Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
7-61. Ford Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
7-62. Generator 2 Platform Harness Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
3121616 xv
LIST OF FIGURES
xvi 3121616
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1 Operating Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2 Dimensional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-3 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-4 Deutz TD 2.9 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-5 Deutz D2011L04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-6 GM 3.0L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-7 Ford DF 2.5L, MSG 425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-8 Tire Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-9 Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-10 Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-11 Mobilfluid 424 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-12 Mobile DTE 10 Excel 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-13 Quintolubric 888-46 Specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-14 Mobil EAL 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-15 Mobil EAL Envirosyn H 46 Specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-16 Mobil SHC EAL H 46 Specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-17 Exxon Univis HVI 26 (Arctic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-18 Critical Stability Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-19 Lubrication Specifications.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
2-1 Inspection and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2 Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-3 Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
3-1 Wheel Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-2 Excessive Noise and/or Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3-3 System Operating Hot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3-4 No Shift or Slow to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3-5 Displacement Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-6 Slipper Foot Thickness & End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3-7 Cylinder Block Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3-8 Coupling Port Information Table - 2WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
3-9 Coupling Port Information Table - 4WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
3-10 LP Fuel System Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
3-11 Symptom Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
3-12 DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
3-13 Fault Code Cross Reference List (Ford Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-118
3-14 CAN to DTC Cross Reference (Ford Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-124
4-1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4-2 SkyGuard Function Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
5-1 Hydraulic Pump Bolt Torque Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
5-2 Recommended Gauge Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
6-1 Analyzer Abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-2 Personality Ranges/Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
6-3 Help Fault Codes, Displayed Faults, and Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
6-4 Machine Configuration Programming Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
6-5 Machine Configuration Programming Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
6-6 Machine Configuration Programming Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
6-7 Function Speeds (In Seconds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
6-8 Diagnostic Menu Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
6-9 Accessory Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
6-10 SkyGlazier Capacity Reductions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
6-11 Pipe Rack Capacity Reductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
6-12 LSS Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
6-13 Fault Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
7-1 Wiring Harness Connector Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
3121616 xvii
LIST OF TABLES
xviii 3121616
SECTION 1. SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS 1.2 DIMENSIONAL DATA
Table 1-1. Operating Specifications Table 1-2. Dimensional Data
Maximum Work Load (Capacity) - ANSI Machine Height (Stowed)

Unrestricted: 500 lb (227 kg) 600A 8 ft. 4 in. (2.54 m)
Restricted: 1000 lb (454 kg) 600AJ 8 ft. 5 in. (2.57 m)
Maximum Work Load (Capacity) - CE & Australia Machine Length (Stowed)

Unrestricted: 500 lb (230 kg) 600A 26ft. 5 in. (8.05 m)
600AJ 29 ft. (8.80 m)
Maximum Travel Grade (Gradeability)
2WD 30% Machine Width (by tire size)
4WD 45% 355/55D-625 98 in. (2.49 m)
41/18LLx22.5X625 (turf) 100 in. (2.54 m)
Maximum Travel Grade (Side Slope) 5°
Wheelbase 8 ft. 2 in. (2.49m)
Turning Radius - (Outside)
2WS 17 ft. 7 in. (5.36 m) Ground Clearance 11.7 in. (0.29 m)
4WS 9 ft. 6 in. (2.9 m)
Platform Height
Turning Radius - (Outside) Narrow chassis 600A 60 ft. 5 in. (18.42 m)
2WS 16 ft. 6 in. (5.03 m) 600AJ 60 ft. 7 in. (18.47 m)
4WS 11 ft. 2 in. (3.4 m)
Horizontal Reach
Turning Radius - (Inside) 600A 39 ft. 7 in. (12.07 m)
2WS 10 ft. 11 in. (3.33 m) 600AJ 39 ft. 9 in. (12.10 m)
4WS 4 ft. 7 in. (1.41 m)
Tail Swing 0 in. (0 m)
Turning Radius - (Inside) Narrow chassis
2WS 12 ft. 2 in. (3.71 m)
4WS 5 ft. 7 in. (1.7 m)
Maximum Tire Load: 11,700 lbs. (5307 kg)
Ground Bearing Pressure

600A 77 psi (5.5kg/cm2)
600AJ 77 psi (5.5 kg/cm2)
600A - Narrow Chassis 94 psi (6.6 kg/cm2)
600AJ - Narrow Chassis 94 psi (6.6 kg/cm2)
Maximum Drive Speed 4.25 MPH (6.25KPH)
Gross Machine Weight - 600A (Approximate)

2WS 21,640 lbs. (9,816 kg)
4WS 22,040 lbs. (9,997 kg)
Narrow Chassis 23,900 lbs. (10,841 kg)
Gross Machine Weight - 600AJ (Approximate)

2WS 22,240 lbs. (10,088 kg)
4WS 22,740 lbs. (10,315 kg)
Narrow Chassis 24,000 lbs. (10,886 kg)
3121616 1-1
1.3 CAPACITIES Table 1-6. GM 3.0L

Table 1-3. Capacities Fuel Gasoline or Gasoline/LP Gas
Fuel Tank 30 Gallons (113.6 L) No. of Cylinders 4
Hydraulic Oil Tank 30.6 Gallons (115.8 L) BHP
Hydraulic System (Including Tank) 40 Gallons (151.4 L) Gasoline 83 hp @ 3000 rpm
LP 75 hp @ 3000 rpm
Torque Hub, Drive* 20 ounces (0.6 L)
Bore 4.0 in. (101.6 mm)
Engine Crankcase Stroke 3.6 in. (91.44 mm)
Deutz D2011L04 11 qt (10.5 L)
Displacement 181 cu.in. (3.0 L, 2966 cc)
Deutz 2.9 L 4 2.4 Gallons (8.9 L) w/Filter
GM 3.0 4.5 qt (4.25 L) w/Filter Oil Capacity w/filter 4.5 qt (4.25 L)
*Drive hubs should be one half full of lubricant. Minimum Oil Pressure
at idle 6 psi (0.4 Bar) @ 1000 rpm
Hot 18 psi (1.2 Bar) @ 2000 rpm
1.4 ENGINE DATA Compression Ratio 9.2:1
Table 1-4. Deutz TD 2.9 Specifications Firing Order 1-3-4-2
Fuel Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (15 ppm) Max. RPM 2800
Output 67 hp (50 kW) Fuel Consumption
Torque 173 ft.lbs. (234 Nm) @ 1800rpm Gasoline 1.27 GPH (4.81 LPH)
LP 7.25 lb./h (3.29 Kg/h)
Oil Capacity (Crankcase) 2.4 gal (8.9 L) w/Filter
Cooling System 3.3 gal (12.5 L) Table 1-7. Ford DF 2.5L, MSG 425
Low RPM 1200 ±50 rpm
Fuel Gasoline/LP Gas
High RPM 2600 ±50 rpm
Oil Capacity 7 qt (6.6 L)
Alternator 95 Amp
Coolant Capacity 0.63 Gallon (2.4 L)
Fuel Consumption 0.65 GPH (2.46 LPH)
Low RPM 1000 ±50 rpm
High RPM 3200 ±50 rpm
Table 1-5. Deutz D2011L04 Alternator 150 Amp
Fuel Diesel Starter 64.4Amp @ 3574 rpm
Oil Capacity Fan Ratio 1:3
Cooling System 5 qt (4.5 L) Fuel Consumption
Crankcase 11qt (10.5 L) w/Filter Gasoline 1 GPH (3.79 LPH)
Total Capacity 16 qt (15 L) LP 5.34 lb./h(2.42 Kg/h)
Idle RPM 1000 Max Output (Power)
Low RPM 1800 Gasoline 84HP @3200
High RPM 2500 LP 80HP @3200
Alternator 60 Amp, belt drive Max Output (Torque)
Gasoline 142 ft. lbs. (192 Nm) @ 2400 RPM
Battery 950 Cold Cranking Amps,
LP 145 ft. lbs. (197 Nm) @ 2400 RPM
205 Minutes Reserve, 12 VDC
Fuel Consumption 0.65 GPH (2.46 LPH)
Horsepower 49
1-2 3121616
1.5 TIRES 1.6 TORQUE REQUIREMENTS

Table 1-8. Tire Specifications
Table 1-9. Torque Requirements
Size IN355/55D 625
Load Range G Interval
Description Torque Value (Dry)
Hours
Ply Rating 14
Foam Fill (Optional) Foam/Crumb Bearing To Chassis 190 ft-lb (260 Nm) 50/600*
Diameter 36.9 in. (937.26 mm)
Bearing To Turntable 190 ft-lb (260 Nm) 50/600*
Width 13.95 in. (354.33 mm)
Rim Size 11.75 x 24.5 in. (298.5 X 622.3 mm) Wire Rope 15 ft- lb (20 Nm) 150
Max Tire Load 11,700 lb (5307 kg) @ 90 psi (6 bar) Wheel Lugs 170 ft- lb (231 Nm) 150
Size 14 x 17.5 Airboss
Engine Mounting Bolts 165 ft-lb (231 Nm) A/R
Load Range G
Diameter 35.6 Engine Manifold Mounting Bolts 30 ft-lb (42 Nm) A/R
Width 14 *Check swing bearing bolts after first 50 hours of operation and every 600 hours
Max Tire Load 11,800 lb (5443 kg) thereafter. (See Swing Bearing in Section 3.)
Size 41/18LLx22.5 Turf/Sand
Load Range G
Ply Rating N/A
Foam Fill Soft
Diameter 41
Width 18.4
Rim Size 14 x 22.5
Max Tire Load 15,500 lb @ 70 psi/5 bar
Size 36x12-20FA Solidboss
Load Range G
Ply Rating N/A
Diameter 36
Width 12
Max Tire Load 11,800 lb (5443 kg)
3121616 1-3
1.7 HYDRAULIC OIL

Table 1-13. Quintolubric 888-46 Specs
Type Synthetic Fire Resistant Biodegradable

Table 1-10. Hydraulic Oil
Density 0.91 @ 15°C (59°F)
Hydraulic System Operating S.A.E. Viscosity
Temperature Range Grade Pour Point <-20°C (<-4°F)
+0° to + 180° F (-18° to +83° C) 10W Flash Point 275°C (527°F)

+0° to + 210° F (-18° to +99° C) 10W-20, 10W30 Fire Point 325°C (617°F)
+50° to + 210° F (+10° to +99° C 20W-20 Auto Ignition Temperature 450°C (842°F)
Viscosity
NOTE: Hydraulic oils require anti-wear qualities at least API Ser- at 0° C (32° F) 360 cSt
vice Classification GL-3, and sufficient chemical stability
for mobile hydraulic system service. at 20° C (68°F) 102 cSt
at 40° C (104° F) 46 cSt
NOTE: Aside from JLG recommendations, it is not advisable to at 100° C (212° F) 10 cSt
mix oils of different brands or types. They may not contain
Viscosity Index 220
required additives or be of comparable viscosities. If
hydraulic oil other than Mobil 424 is desired, contact JLG
Industries for proper recommendations.
Table 1-14. Mobil EAL 224
Table 1-11. Mobilfluid 424 Type Synthetic Biodegradable
SAE Grade 10W-30 ISO Viscosity Grade 46
ISO 55 Specific Gravity .922
Gravity, API 29.0 Pour Point -25°F (-32°C)
Density, Lb/Gal. 60°F 7.35 Flash Point 428°F (220°C)

Operating Temp. 0 to 180°F (-17 to 162°C)
Pour Point, Max -46°F (-43°C)
Weight 7.64 lb. per gal.
Flash Point, Min. 442°F (228°C) (0.9 kg per liter)
Viscosity Viscosity
Brookfield, cP at -18°C 2700 at 40° C 37 cSt
at 40° C 55 cSt at 100° C 8.4 cSt
at 100° C 9.3 cSt Viscosity Index 213
Viscosity Index 152
Table 1-15. Mobil EAL Envirosyn H 46 Specs
Table 1-12. Mobile DTE 10 Excel 32 Type Synthetic Biodegradable

ISO Viscosity Grade 46
ISO Viscosity Grade #32
Density 0.874 @ 15°C (59°F)
Pour Point, Max -65°F (-54°C)
Pour Point -49°F (-45°C)
Flash Point, Min. 482°F (250°C)
Flash Point 500°F (260°C)
Viscosity Operating Temp. -29 to 93°C (-20 to 200°F)
at 40° C 32.7cSt Viscosity
at 100° C 6.6 3cSt at 40° C 48.8 cSt
at 100° F 32.7cSt at 100° C 7.8 cSt
at 212° F 6.6 3cSt Viscosity Index 145
Viscosity Index 164
Density (Kg/l) at 15° C 0.8468
Density (Kg/l) at 60° F 0.0305
1-4 3121616
1.8 CRITICAL STABILITY WEIGHTS

Table 1-16. Mobil SHC EAL H 46 Specs
Type Synthetic Biodegradable

ISO Viscosity Grade 46 DO NOT REPLACE ITEMS CRITICAL TO STABILITY WITH ITEMS OF DIFFERENT
WEIGHT OR SPECIFICATION (FOR EXAMPLE: BATTERIES, FILLED TIRES, PLAT-
Density 0.93 @ 15°C (59°F)
FORM) DO NOT MODIFY UNIT IN ANY WAY TO AFFECT STABILITY.
Pour Point -27°F (-33°C) Table 1-18. Critical Stability Weights
Flash Point 568°F (298°C)
Components LBS. KG.
Operating Temp. -29 to 93°C (-20 to 200°F)
Viscosity Tire and Wheel (Pneumatic) 355/55D345 235 107
at 40° C 43.3 cSt Tire and Wheel (Foam Filled) 355/55D345 440 200
at 100° C 7.7 cSt
Deutz D2011 1222 554
Viscosity Index 149
Deutz TD2.9L 1250 567
Engine
Table 1-17. Exxon Univis HVI 26 (Arctic) GM 1070 486
Specific Gravity 32.1
Ford 873 396
Pour Point -76°F (-60°C)
Flash Point 217°F (103°C) 600A 5400 2449
Viscosity 600AJ 6100 2767

at 40° C 25.8 cSt Counterweight
Narrow Frame 8050 3651
at 100° C 9.3 cSt
Viscosity Index 376 600A w/Soft Touch 6100 2767
NOTE: Mobil/Exxon recommends this oil be checked on a yearly basis for 30x48 151 68
viscosity.
30x60 165 75
Platform
36x72 199 90
36x96 230 105
3121616 1-5
Figure 1-1. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Deutz D2011
1-6 3121616
Figure 1-2. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Deutz TD2.9
3121616 1-7
Figure 1-3. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - GM 3.0L
1-8 3121616
Figure 1-4. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Ford MSG 425
3121616 1-9
1.9 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE 2. Wheel Bearings (If equipped)
NOTE: The following numbers correspond to those in Figure 1-1.,

Figure 1-2. and Figure 1-3.
Table 1-19. Lubrication Specifications.
KEY SPECIFICATIONS
MPG Multipurpose Grease having a minimum dripping point of 350° F (177° C).
Excellent water resistance and adhesive qualities, and being of extreme
pressure type. (Timken OK 40 pounds minimum.)
EPGL Extreme Pressure Gear Lube (oil) meeting API service classification GL-5 or
MIL-Spec MIL-L-2105
HO Hydraulic Oil. Refer Section 1.7, Hydraulic Oil. Lube Point(s) - Repack
Capacity - A/R
EO Engine (crankcase) Oil. Gas - API SF, SH, SG class, MIL-L-2104. Diesel - API Lube - MPG
CC/CD class, MIL-L-2104B/MIL-L-2104C. Interval - Every 2 years or 1200 hours of operation
3. Swing Drive Hub
LUBRICATION INTERVALS ARE BASED ON MACHINE OPERATION UNDER NOR-

MAL CONDITIONS. FOR MACHINES USED IN MULTI-SHIFT OPERATIONS AND/
OR EXPOSED TO HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS OR CONDITIONS, LUBRICATION
FREQUENCIES MUST BE INCREASED ACCORDINGLY.
1. Swing Bearing
Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

Capacity - 43 oz. (1.3 L)
Lube - 90w80 Gear Oil
Interval - Check level every 3 months or 150 hrs of
operation; change every 2 years or 1200 hours of
operation
Lube Point(s) - 1 Grease Fittings

Capacity - A/R
Lube - MPG
Interval - Every 3 months or 150 hrs of operation
Comments - Remote Access. Apply grease and rotate
in 90 degree intervals until bearing is completely
lubricated.
1-10 3121616
4. Wheel Drive Hub 6. Hydraulic Charge Filter
Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug Interval - Change after first 50 hrs. and every 6 months
Capacity - 20 oz. (0.6 L) or 300 hrs. thereafter, or as shown by Condition Indi-
Lube - EPGL cator.
Interval - Check level every 3 months or 150 hrs of
7. Hydraulic Tank Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap
operation; change every 2 years or 1200 hours of
operation
5. Hydraulic Return Filter
NORMAL OPERATING
RANGE WITH BOOM
IN STOWED POSITION
Lube Point (s) - Fill Cap

Capacity: Tank - 30.6 gal. (115.8 L);
System - 40 gal. (151.4 L);
Lube - HO
Interval - Check Level daily; Change every 2 years or
1200 hours of operation
Interval - Change after first 50 hrs. and every 6 months

or 300 hrs. thereafter or as shown by Condition Indica-
tor.
3121616 1-11
8. A. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz 2011 B. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz D2.9
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element
Capacity - 11 Quarts Crankcase; 5 Quarts Cooler
Capacity - 8.45 Qt (8 L) Crankcase and Filter
Lube - EO
Interval - Every Year or 1200 hours of operation Interval - Every Year or 600 hours of operation
Comments - Check level daily/Change in accordance Comments - Check level daily/Change in accordance
with engine manual. with engine manual.
MINIMUM OIL
LEVEL
MAXIMUM OIL
LEVEL
9. A. Oil Change w/Filter - GM
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

(JLG P/N 7027965)
Capacity - 4.5 qt. (4.25 L) w/filter
Lube - EO
Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation
Comments - Check level daily/Change in accordance
with engine manual.
1-12 3121616
B. Oil Change w/Filter - Ford (On Engine) B. Fuel Filter - Deutz TD2.9 (On Turntable)
Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

Interval - Change in accordance with engine manual
C. Fuel Filter - Deutz TD2.9 (On Engine)
MAE18190
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

Interval - Every 3 months or 300 hours of operation
Comments - Check level daily/Change in accordance
with engine manual.
10. A. Fuel Filter - Deutz

Interval - Change in accordance with engine manual
On Engine:
Interval - Every Year or 600 hours of operation
3121616 1-13
11. A. Fuel Filter (Gasoline) - GM B. Air Filter - Deutz D2.9

B. Fuel Filter - Ford (On Engine)
FUEL FILTER

Interval - Every 6 months or 300 hours of operation or
as shown by condition indicator.
C. Air Filter - Ford
MAE16880

12. A. Air Filter (Deutz 2011 and GM)
MAE17720

as indicated by the condition indicator.
13. A. Fuel Filter (Propane) - GM Engine

as indicated by the condition indicator
Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation

Comments - Replace filter.
1-14 3121616
Torq ue
Torq ue
To rqu e
Torq ue
To rqu e
Torq ue
Figure 1-5. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 5)
3121616 1-15
To rqu e
Torqu e
Torq ue
Tor que
Torq ue
1-16 3121616
Torq ue
Tor que
Torqu e
Cl amp L oa d
Torq ue
To rqu e
To rque
3121616 1-17
To rq ue
To rqu e
To rq ue
Torq u e
To rqu e
To rqu e
1-18 3121616
To rq ue
To rqu e
To rqu e
Tor qu e
To rqu e
Torq ue
Figure 1-9. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 5)
3121616 1-19
NOTES:
1-20 3121616
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
SECTION 2. GENERAL
2.1 MACHINE PREPARATION, INSPECTION, AND items requiring inspection. Reference appropriate areas of this
manual for servicing and maintenance procedures.
MAINTENANCE
Annual Machine Inspection
General
The Annual Machine Inspection must be performed on an
This section provides the necessary information needed by annual basis, no later than thirteen (13) months from the date
those personnel that are responsible to place the machine in of the prior Annual Machine Inspection. JLG Industries recom-
operation readiness and maintain its safe operating condition. mends this task be performed by a Factory-Trained Service
For maximum service life and safe operation, ensure that all Technician. JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a Factory-Trained
the necessary inspections and maintenance have been com- Service Technician as a person who has successfully com-
pleted before placing the machine into service. With proper pleted the JLG Service Training School for the subject JLG
care, maintenance, and inspections performed per JLG's rec- product model. Reference the machine Service and Mainte-
ommendations, and with any and all discrepancies corrected, nance Manual and appropriate JLG inspection form for perfor-
this product will be fit for continued use. mance of this inspection.
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance Reference the JLG Annual Machine Inspection Form and
Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule for items
It is important to establish and conform to a comprehensive requiring inspection. Reference appropriate areas of this man-
inspection and preventive maintenance program. The follow- ual for servicing and maintenance procedures.
ing table outlines periodic machine inspections and mainte-
For the purpose of receiving safety-related bulletins, it is
nance recommended by JLG Industries, Inc. Consult your
important that JLG Industries, Inc. has updated ownership
national, regional, or local regulations for further requirements
information for each machine. When performing each Annual
for aerial work platforms. Frequency of inspections and main-
Machine Inspection, notify JLG Industries, Inc. of current
tenance must be increased as environment, severity and fre-
machine ownership.
quency of usage requires.
Pre-Start Inspection Preventive Maintenance

In conjunction with specified inspections, maintenance shall
It is the User’s or Operator’s primary responsibility to perform a
be performed by a qualified JLG equipment mechanic. JLG
Pre-Start Inspection of the machine before use daily or at each
Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment
change of operator. Reference the Operator’s and Safety Man-
mechanic as a person who, by possession of a recognized
ual for Pre-Start Inspection procedures. The Operator and
degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, training, or experi-
Safety Manual must be read and understood in its entirety
ence, has successfully demonstrated the ability and profi-
before performing the Pre-Start Inspection.
ciency to service, repair, and maintain the subject JLG product
model.
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection
Reference the Preventive Maintenance Schedule and appro-
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection shall be priate areas of this manual for servicing and maintenance pro-
performed by a qualified JLG equipment mechanic. JLG Indus- cedures. Frequency of service and maintenance must be
tries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment mechanic as a increased as environment, severity and frequency of usage
person who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, requires.
extensive knowledge, training, or experience, has successfully
demonstrated the ability and proficiency to service, repair, and
maintain the subject JLG product model.
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection proce-
dures are performed in the same manner, but at different
times. The Pre-Delivery Inspection shall be performed prior to
each sale, lease, or rental delivery. The Frequent Inspection
shall be accomplished for each machine in service for 3
months or 150 hours (whichever comes first); out of service for
a period of more than 3 months; or when purchased used. Fre-
quency of this inspection must be increased as environment,
severity and frequency of usage requires.
Reference the JLG Pre-Delivery and Frequent Inspection Form
and Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule for
3121616 2-1
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-1. Inspection and Maintenance
Primary Service
Type Frequency Reference
Responsibility Qualification
Pre-Start Prior to use each day; or

User or Operator User or Operator Operation and Safety Manual
Inspection at each Operator change.
Pre-Delivery Prior to each sale, lease, or Service and Maintenance Manual

Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Mechanic
Inspection rental delivery. and applicable JLG inspection form.
In service for 3 months or 150 hours, whichever

Frequent comes first; or Service and Maintenance Manual
Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Mechanic
Inspection out of service for a period of more than 3 months; or and applicable JLG inspection form.
purchased used.
Factory-Trained Service
Annual Machine Annually, no later than 13 months from date of Service and Maintenance Manual
Owner, Dealer, or User Technician
Inspection prior inspection. and applicable JLG inspection form.
(Recommended)
Preventive At intervals as specified in Service and Mainte-

Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Mechanic Service and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance nance Manual.
2.2 SERVICE AND GUIDELINES 3. Clean and inspect all parts during servicing or mainte-
nance. Ensure all passages and openings are unob-
structed. Cover all parts to keep them clean. Make sure
General all parts are clean before they are installed. New parts
Following information is provided to assist you in using servic- should remain in their containers until ready to be used.
ing and maintenance procedures in this manual.
Components Removal and Installation
Safety and Workmanship 1. Use adjustable lifting devices, whenever possible, if
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration in mechanical assistance is required. All slings (chains,
maintenance of equipment. Always be conscious of weight. cables, etc.) should be parallel to each other and as near
Never attempt to move heavy parts without aid of a mechani- perpendicular as possible to top of part being lifted.
cal device. Do not allow heavy objects to rest in an unstable 2. Should it be necessary to remove a component on an
position. Ensure adequate support is provided when raising a angle, keep in mind the capacity of an eyebolt or similar
portion of the equipment. bracket lessens, as the angle between the supporting
structure and component becomes less than 90
Cleanliness degrees.
1. The most important single item in preserving the long 3. If a part resists removal, check to see if all nuts, bolts,
service life of a machine is to keep dirt and contamina- cables, brackets, wiring, etc., have been removed and no
tion out of vital components. Shields, covers, seals, and adjacent parts are interfering.
filters are provided to keep air, fuel, and oil supplies
clean; however, these items must be maintained on a
schedule to function properly.
2. Any time air, fuel, or oil lines are disconnected, clean
adjacent areas as well as the openings and fittings them-
selves. As soon as a line or component is disconnected,
cap or cover all openings to prevent contamination.
2-2 3121616
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Component Disassembly and Reassembly 2. Unless specific torque requirements are given within the
text, use standard torque values on heat-treated bolts,
When disassembling or reassembling a component, complete studs, and steel nuts, in accordance with recommended
the procedural steps in sequence. Do not partially disassemble shop practices. (See Torque Chart in Section 1.)
or assemble one part, then start on another. Always recheck
your work to ensure nothing is overlooked. Do not make any Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring
adjustments, other than those recommended, without obtain-
Clearly mark or tag hydraulic lines and electrical wiring, and
ing proper approval.
their receptacles, when disconnecting or removing them from
the unit. This ensures correct reinstallation.
Pressure-Fit Parts
Hydraulic System
When assembling pressure-fit parts, use a molybdenum disul-
fide base compound or equivalent to lubricate the mating sur- 1. Keep the system clean. If evidence of metal or rubber
face. particles are found in the hydraulic system, drain and
flush the entire system.
Bearings 2. Disassemble and reassemble parts on clean work sur-

face. Clean all metal parts with non-flammable cleaning
1. When a bearing is removed, cover it to keep out dirt and solvent. Lubricate components as needed to aid assem-
abrasives. Clean bearings in nonflammable cleaning sol- bly.
vent and allow to drip dry. Compressed air can be used,
but do not spin the bearing. Lubrication
Service applicable components with the amount, type, and
2. Discard bearings if races and balls (or rollers) are pitted,
grade of lubricant recommended in this manual at the speci-
scored, or burned.
fied intervals. When recommended lubricants are not avail-
3. If bearing is found to be serviceable, apply a light coat of able, consult your local supplier for an equivalent that meets
oil and wrap it in clean (waxed) paper. Do not unwrap or exceeds the specifications listed.
reusable or new bearings until ready to install.
Battery
4. Lubricate new or used serviceable bearings before
Clean battery using a non-metallic brush and a solution of
installation. When pressing a bearing into a retainer or
baking soda and water. Rinse with clean water. After cleaning,
bore, apply pressure to the outer race. If the bearing is to
thoroughly dry battery and coat terminals with an anti corro-
be installed on a shaft, apply pressure to the inner race.
sion compound.
Gaskets Lubrication and Servicing

Check holes in gaskets align with openings in mating parts. If Components and assemblies requiring lubrication and servic-
it is necessary to hand-fabricate a gasket, use gasket material ing are shown in the Lubrication Chart in Section 1.
or stock of equivalent material and thickness. Be sure to cut
holes in the correct location. Blank gaskets can cause serious
system damage.
Bolt Usage and Torque Application
SELF LOCKING FASTENERS, SUCH AS NYLON INSERT AND THREAD DEFORMING

LOCKNUTS, ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER REMOVAL.
1. Always use new replacement hardware when installing

locking fasteners. Use bolts of proper length. A bolt
which is too long will bottom before the head is tight
against its related part. If a bolt is too short, there will
not be enough thread area to engage and hold the part
properly. When replacing bolts, use only those having
the same specifications of the original, or one which is
equivalent.
3121616 2-3
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.3 LUBRICATION AND INFORMATION 3. Inspect all hydraulic components, lines, fittings, etc.
while unit is shut down. Perform a functional check of
each system before placing machine back in service.
Hydraulic System
Lubrication Specifications
1. The primary enemy of a hydraulic system is contamina-
tion. Contaminants can enter the system by using inade- Specified lubricants, as recommended by component manu-
quate hydraulic oil; allowing moisture, grease, filings, facturers, are always the best choice. However, multi-purpose
greases usually have qualities which meet a variety of single
sealing components, sand, or other contaminants to
purpose grease requirements. Should any questions arise
enter during maintenance; or allowing the pump to cav-
regarding use of greases in maintenance stock, consult your
itate due to insufficient system warm-up or leaks in
local supplier for evaluation. Refer to Section 1 for an explana-
pump supply (suction) lines.
tion of lubricant key designations in the Lubrication Chart.
2. Design and manufacturing tolerances of component
working parts are very close. The smallest amount of dirt 2.4 CYLINDER DRIFT
or other contamination entering a system can cause
wear or damage to components and faulty operation. Theory
Take every precaution to keep hydraulic oil clean - When a hydraulic cylinder is supporting a load, cylinder drift
including reserve oil in storage. Check, clean, and may occur as a result of any of the circumstances below:
replace hydraulic system filters as at intervals specified
• Normal leakage of load holding valves or malfunction of
in the Lubrication Chart in Section 1. Always examine fil-
load holding valves. See Cylinder Leakage Test and
ters for metal particles.
Table 2- 2, Cylinder Drift below for evaluation.
3. Cloudy oils indicate high moisture content which per- • Damaged or worn piston seals.
mits organic growth and causes oxidation or corrosion.
• Normal thermal expansion or contraction of the hydraulic
If this condition occurs, the system must be drained,
oil within cylinders (See Cylinder Thermal Drift below).
flushed, and refilled with clean oil.
The first two circumstances may result in cylinder movement
4. It is not advisable to mix oils of different brands or types. due to oil leaking out of the cylinder externally or by leaking
They may not contain required additives or be of com- back to tank or due to oil leaking internally from one cylinder
parable viscosities. Good grade mineral oils, with viscos- chamber to the other.
ities suited to ambient temperatures in which the Thermal expansion or contraction of oil in hydraulic cylinders
machine is operating, are recommended for use. is a normal occurrence and does not result in oil leaking out of
the cylinder or leaking internally from one cylinder chamber
NOTE: Metal particles may appear in oil or filters of new machines to the other. Thermal expansion or contraction is the tendency
due to wear-in of meshing components. for materials to change size in response to a change in
temperature.
Hydraulic Oil
Cylinder Leakage Test
1. Refer to Section 1 for viscosity ranges. Cylinder oil must be at stabilized ambient temperature
before beginning this test.
Changing Hydraulic Oil Measure drift at cylinder rod with a calibrated dial indicator.
1. Filter elements must be changed after first 50 hours of In an area free of obstructions, cylinder must have load
operation and every 300 hours (unless specified other- applied and appropriately positioned to detect drift.
wise) thereafter. If it is necessary to change the oil, use Cylinder leakage is acceptable if it passes this test.
only oils meeting or exceeding specifications in this
manual. If unable to obtain same type of oil supplied
with the machine, consult local supplier for assistance in
selecting the proper equivalent. Do not mix petroleum
and synthetic base oils.
2. Keep hydraulic oil clean. If oil must be poured from orig-

inal container into another, clean all possible contami-
nants from service container. Always clean filter mesh
element and replace cartridge any time oil is changed.
2-4 3121616
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
4. Re-assembly of pinned joints using filament wound

bearings:
Table 2-2. Cylinder Drift
a. Housing should be blown out to remove all dirt and
Cylinder Bore Max. Acceptable Drift debris. Bearings and bearing housings must be free
Diameter in 10 Minutes of all contamination.
inches mm inches mm b. Bearing / pins should be cleaned with a solvent to
remove all grease and oil. Filament wound bearing
3 76.2 0.026 0.66
are a dry joint and should not be lubricated unless
3.5 89 0.019 0.48 otherwise instructed (i.e. sheave pins).
4 101.6 0.015 0.38 c. Pins should be inspected to ensure it is free of burrs,
5 127 0.009 0.22 nicks, and scratches which would damage the bear-
6 152.4 0.006 0.15 ing during installation and operation.
7 177.8 0.005 0.13 2.6 WELDING ON JLG EQUIPMENT
8 203.2 0.004 0.10
NOTE: This instruction applies to repairs, or modifications to the
9 228.6 0.003 0.08
machine and to welding performed from the machine on
NOTE: This information is based on 6 drops per minute cylinder an external structure, or component,
leakage.
Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment:
Cylinder Thermal Drift
• Disconnect battery.
The oil in all hydraulic cylinders will expand or contract due to
• Disconnect moment pin connection (where fitted)
thermal effects over time and may result in changes to the
boom and/or platform position while the machine is station- • Ground only to structure being welded.
ary. These effects occur as the cylinder oil changes tempera-
ture, usually from a higher oil temperature as it cools and Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on JLG
approaches the ambient air temperature. Results of these Equipment:
effects are related to several factors including cylinder length
and change in temperature over the time the cylinder remains • Ground on frame and weld on any other area than chassis.
stationary.
• Ground on turntable and weld on any other area than turn-
table.
2.5 PINS AND COMPOSITE BEARING REPAIR • Ground on platform/support and weld on any other area
GUIDELINES than platform/support.
Filament wound bearings. • Ground on a specific boom section and weld on any other
area than that specific boom section.
1. Pinned joints should be disassembled and inspected if
the following occurs: • Allow pins, wear pads, wire ropes, bearings, gearing, seals,
valves, electrical wiring, or hoses to be between grounding
a. Excessive sloppiness in joints. position and welded area.
b. Noise originating from joint during operation.
2. Filament wound bearings should be replaced if any of

FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN COMPO-
the following is observed:
NENT DAMAGE (I.E. ELECTRONIC MODULES, SWING BEARING, COLLECTOR
a. Frayed or separated fibers on the liner surface. RING, BOOM WIRE ROPES ETC.
b. Cracked or damaged liner backing.
c. Bearings that have moved or spun in their housing.
d. Debris embedded in liner surface.
3. Pins should be replaced if any of the following is

observed (Clean pin before inspection):
a. Detectable bearing area wear.

b. Flaking, peeling, scoring, or scratches on pin surface.
c. Rusting of pin in bearing area.
3121616 2-5
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-3. Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule
INTERVAL
AREA Pre-Delivery2 Annual4 Every 2

or Frequent3 (Yearly) Years
Inspection Inspection
Boom Assembly
Boom Weldments 1,2,4 1,2,4
Hose/Cable Carrier Installations 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12
Pivot Pins and Pin Retainers 1,2 1,2
Sheaves, Sheave Pins 1,2 1,2
Bearings 1,2 1,2
Wear Pads 1,2 1,2
Covers or Shields 1,2 1,2
Extend/Retract Chain or Cable Systems 1,2,3 1,2,3
Boom Assembly 14
Platform Assembly
Platform 1,2
Railing 1 1,2
Gate 1,5 1,5
Floor 1 1,2
Rotator 5, 9, 15
Lanyard Anchorage Point 1,2,10 1,2,10
Turntable Assembly
Swing Bearing 1,2,14 1,2,3,13,14
Oil Coupling 9
Swing Drive System 11 11
Turntable Lock 1,2,5 1,2,5
Hood, Hood Props, Hood Latches 5 1,2,5
Chassis Assembly
Tires 16,17,18 16,17,18
Wheel Nuts/Bolts 15 15
Wheel Bearings 14,24
Oscillating Axle/Lockout Cylinder Systems 5,8
Extendable Axle Systems 5,8 5,8
Steer Components
Spindle Thrust Bearing/Washers 1,2
Drive Hubs 11 11
2-6 3121616
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Functions/Controls
Platform Controls 5, 6 6
Ground Controls 5, 6 6
Function Control Locks, Guards, or Detents 1, 5 5
Footswitch 5 5
Emergency Stop Switches (Ground & Platform) 5 5
Function Limit or Cutout Switch Systems 5 5
Drive Brakes 5
Swing Brakes 5
Auxiliary Power 5 5
Power System
Engine Idle, Throttle, and RPM 3 3
Engine Fluids (Oil, Coolant, Fuel) 9, 11 11
Air/Fuel Filter 1, 7 7
Exhaust System 1, 9 9
Batteries 1, 9 19
Battery Fluid 11 11
Battery Charger 5 5
Fuel Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 1, 2, 5 1,5
Hydraulic/Electric System
Hydraulic Pumps 1,2,9
Hydraulic Cylinders 1, 2, 7, 9 1,2,9
Cylinder Attachment Pins and Pin Retainers 1,2, 9 1,2
Hydraulic Hoses, Lines, and Fittings 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12
Hydraulic Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 1, 2, 5, 9 1,5 24
Hydraulic Filter 1, 7, 9 7
Hydraulic Fluid 7,11 7,11
Electrical Connections 1, 20 20
Instruments, Gauges, Switches, Lights, Horn 1 5,23
General
Operation and Safety Manuals in Storage Box 21 21
ANSI and AEM Manuals/Handbooks Installed (ANSI Markets Only) 21
Capacity Decals Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21
All Decals/Placards Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21
3121616 2-7
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Annual Machine Inspection Due 21

No Unauthorized Modifications or Additions 21 21
All Relevant Safety Publications Incorporated 21 21
General Structural Condition and Welds 2,4 2,4
All Fasteners, Pins, Shields, and Covers 1,2 1,2
Grease and Lubricate to Specifications 22 22
Function Test of All Systems 21 21, 22
Paint and Appearance 7 7
Stamp Inspection Date on Frame 22
Notify JLG of Machine Ownership 22
Footnotes:
1 Prior to use each day; or at each Operator change
2 Prior to each sale, lease, or delivery
3 In service for 3 months or 150 Hours; or Out of service for 3 months or more; or Purchased used
4 Annually, no later than 13 months from the date of the prior inspection
Performance Codes:
1 - Check for proper and secure installation
2 - Visual inspection for damage, cracks, distortion or excessive wear
3 - Check for proper adjustment
4 - Check for cracked or broken welds
5 - Operates Properly
6 - Returns to neutral or "off" position when released
7 - Clean and free of debris
8 - Interlocks function properly
9 - Check for signs of leakage
10 - Decals installed and legible
11 - Check for proper fluid level
12 - Check for chafing and proper routing
13 - Check for proper tolerances
14 - Properly lubricated
15 - Torqued to proper specification
16 - No gouges, excessive wear, or cords showing
17 - Properly inflated and seated around rim
18 - Proper and authorized components
19 - Fully charged
20 - No loose connections, corrosion, or abrasions
21 - Verify
22 - Perform
23 - Sealed Properly
24 - Drain, Clean, Refill
2-8 3121616
SECTION 2 - GENERAL

!"

$

! "!

! "!

&
!

"#
!!

! #!

"""$%
!"
"& "

!'

"#
'"$'(
%
#!

%!%
$!

!
& )

$%
!
)
#
!! )
!"

%"% )
!

&
' '

'&

&
'

&

*"!"
4150548 E
Figure 2-1. Engine and Hydraulic Operating Temperature Specifications - Deutz
3121616 2-9
SECTION 2 - GENERAL

!"

!
!#
" !
# !$
$ !

& !&
% !
"
!

"

!

$
"

!$
"

!
"

!#

!
"

"
%
%

%

&

" !"

%"%

!
!

"

! "

&
!

!!

!"

!'

"#
%
#!
%!%
$!

!
&

!
#
!!
!"

" "
##
!

"

&
' '

'&

&
'

&
4150548 E
Figure 2-2. Engine and Hydraulic Operating Temperature Specifications - GM 3.0L
2-10 3121616
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
-40
4150548 E
Figure 2-3. Engine and Hydraulic Operating Temperature Specifications - Ford MSG 425
3121616 2-11
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
NOTES:
2-12 3121616
SECTION 3. CHASSIS & TURNTABLE
3.1 TIRES AND WHEELS JLG. Due to size variations between tire brands, both tires on
the same axle should be the same.
Tire Inflation Wheel Replacement
Pneumatic tire air pressure must be equal to air pressure sten-
ciled on side of JLG product or rim decal for safe and proper Rims installed on each product model have been designed for
machine operational characteristics. stability requirements which consist of track width, tire pres-
sure, and load capacity. Size changes such as rim width, center
Tire Damage piece location, larger or smaller diameter, etc., without written
factory recommendations, may result in unsafe stability condi-
For pneumatic tires, JLG Industries, Inc. recommends when tions.
any cut, rip, or tear is discovered that exposes sidewall or tread
area cords in the tire, measures must be taken to remove the Wheel Installation
JLG product from service immediately and arrangements must
be made for replacement of the tire or tire assembly. It is extremely important to apply and maintain proper wheel
mounting torque.
For polyurethane foam filled tires, JLG Industries, Inc. recom-
mends that when any of the following are discovered, mea-
sures must be taken to remove the JLG product from service
immediately and arrangements must be made for replace- WHEEL NUTS MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AT THE PROPER TORQUE
ment of the tire or tire assembly. TO PREVENT LOOSE WHEELS, BROKEN STUDS, AND POSSIBLE DANGEROUS
SEPARATION OF WHEEL FROM THE AXLE. BE SURE TO USE ONLY THE NUTS
• Smooth, even cut through cord plies which exceeds MATCHED TO THE CONE ANGLE OF THE WHEEL.
3 inches (7.5 cm) in total length.
• Tears or rips (ragged edges) in cord plies which Tighten lug nuts to proper torque to prevent wheels from
exceeds 1inch (2.5 cm) in any direction. coming loose. Use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners. If you
do not have a torque wrench, tighten fasteners with a lug
• Any punctures which exceed 1inch in diameter. wrench, then immediately have a service garage or dealer
• Any damage to the bead area cords of the tire. tighten lug nuts to proper torque. Over-tightening will break
studs or permanently deform mounting stud holes in wheels.
If a tire is damaged but within above criteria, it must be
The proper procedure for attaching wheels is as follows:
inspected daily to ensure damage does not exceed allowable
criteria. 1. Start all nuts by hand to prevent cross threading. DO
NOT use a lubricant on threads or nuts.
Tire Replacement
2. Tighten nuts in the following sequence.
JLG recommends a replacement tire be the same size, ply, and
brand as originally installed on the machine. Please refer to the
JLG Parts Manual for part number of approved tires for a par-
ticular machine model. If not using a JLG approved replace-
ment tire, we recommend that replacement tires have the
following characteristics:
• Equal or greater ply/load rating and size of original

• Tire tread contact width equal or greater than original
• Wheel diameter, width, and offset dimensions equal to the
original
• Approved for the application by the tire manufacturer
(including inflation pressure and maximum tire load)
Unless specifically approved by JLG Industries Inc. do not

replace a foam filled or ballast filled tire assembly with a pneu-
matic tire. When selecting and installing a replacement tire,
ensure that all tires are inflated to pressure recommended by
Figure 3-1. Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
3121616 3-1
3. The tightening of the nuts should be done in stages. Fol- Oscillating Axle Lockout Test
lowing the recommended sequence, tighten nuts per
wheel torque chart.
Table 3-1. Wheel Torque Chart LOCKOUT SYSTEM TEST MUST BE PERFORMED QUARTERLY, ANY TIME A SYS-
TEM COMPONENT IS REPLACED, OR WHEN IMPROPER SYSTEM OPERATION IS
TORQUE SEQUENCE SUSPECTED.
1st Stage 2nd Stage 3rd Stage
40 ft-lbs. 95 ft-lbs. 170 ft-lbs. NOTE: Ensure boom is fully retracted, lowered, and centered
(55 Nm) (130 Nm) (230 Nm) between drive wheels prior to beginning lockout cylinder
test.
4. Wheel nuts should be torqued after first 50 hours of
1. Place a 6 inches (15.2 cm) high block with ascension
operation and after each wheel removal. Check torque
ramp in front of left front wheel.
every 3 months or 150 hours of operation.
2. From platform control station, start engine.
3.2 OSCILLATING AXLE BLEEDING PROCEDURE AND 3. Place the Drive control lever to the forward position and
carefully drive machine up ascension ramp until left
LOCKOUT TEST front wheel is on top of block.
Lockout Cylinder Bleeding 4. Carefully activate Swing control lever and position boom
over right side of machine.
1. Position the turntable to the normal stowed position. In
this position the axle is free oscillate. Drive charge pres- 5. With boom over right side of machine, place Drive con-
sure will pass through the lock out valve built into the trol lever to Reverse and drive machine off of block and
swivel and down to the pilot section of the hold valves ramp.
on the cylinders. This will automatically purge the air 6. Have an assistant check to see that left front wheel
from the pilot section of the circuit. remains locked in position off of ground.
2. Disconnect the brake wire connector on the brake valve 7. Carefully activate Swing control lever and return boom
located under the drive pump. to stowed position (centered between drive wheels).
3. Locate the bleeder on the lock out cylinders. Use a small When boom reaches center, stowed position, lockout
hose (gas hose, etc.) to direct the oil to a bucket. Do one cylinders should release and allow wheel to rest on
cylinder a time. Using a wrench open the bleeder a 1/4 ground, it may be necessary to activate Drive to release
turn. Have the operator in the platform just crake the cylinders.
drive controller in reverse. This will activate the brake 8. Place the 6 inches (15.2 cm) high block with ascension
valve sending charge pressure to the lock out cylinder. ramp in front of right front wheel.
make sure the bleeder is open enough to vent any air for
about 10 seconds. Close the bleeder while there is fluid 9. Place Drive control lever to Forward and carefully drive
pressure at the bleeder. machine up ascension ramp until right front wheel is on
top of block.
4. Repeat the procedure for the other lockout cylinder.
10. With boom over left side of machine, place Drive control
5. Reconnect the brake wire connector on the brake valve. lever to Reverse and drive machine off of block and
ramp.
11. Have an assistant check to see that right front wheel
BLEEDER VALVE remains locked in position off of ground.
12. Carefully activate Swing control lever and return boom
to stowed position (centered between drive wheels).
When boom reaches center, stowed position, lockout
cylinders should release and allow wheel to rest on
ground, it may be necessary activate Drive to release cyl-
inders.
13. If lockout cylinders do not function properly, have quali-
fied personnel correct the malfunction prior to any fur-
ther operation.
MAE18170
3-2 3121616
8FT/2.4M WIDE MACHINES OSCILLATING

1
9
8
13
OR
12
15
3
14
FIXED 3
11
7
10
5
6
2
7FT/2.1M WIDE MACHINES

OSCILLATING
17
24
20
OR 19 16
25
26
27
FIXED
22
19
23
21
18
MAE1260
Figure 3-2. Axle Installation - Sheet 1 of 2
3121616 3-3
1. Bolt 10. Thrust washer 19. Bearing

2. Bolt 11. Shim 20. Axle Lockout Cylinder Assembly
3. Bearing 12. Stop Plate 21. Pin
4. Axle Lockout Cylinder Assembly 13. Cap Screw 22. Keeper Pin
5. Pin 14. Shim 23. Thrust washer
6. Keeper Pin 15. Shim 24. Flat washer
7. Thrust washer 16. Axle Weldment 25. Bolt
8. Axle Weldment 17. Bolt 26. Stop Plate
9. Flat washer 18. Bolt 27. Spacer
Figure 3-3. Axle Installation - Sheet 2 of 2
3-4 3121616
1
9 10
13
4
12
15
1
9 10
4
16
3 5
11 15 1
10
7 6
1
14 10
5
17 8 15
2 18
15
27 28
31
20
30
18 33
27 28
20
34
19
21 18
29 28
33
25 24
18
22
32 28
21
35 26 33
36
23 38
33
47
46
40 39
38 39 40
37 45
42 43A
49 43
41 48
44
MAE1920
Figure 3-4. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines Without Tow Package) - Sheet 1 of 2
3121616 3-5
1. Bolt 14. Spindle 27. Pin 40. Cup Bearing

2. Steer Cylinder Assembly 15. Thurstwasher 28. Keeper Pin 41. Bolt
3. Bolt 16. Thurstwasher 29. Keeper Pin 42. Hub Cap
4. Bushing 17. Thurstwasher 30. Tie-Rod 43. Hub
5. Bushing 18. Bolt 31. Spindle 43 A.Wheel Stud
6. Pin 19. Bolt 32. Spindle 44. Nut
7. King Pin 20. Bushing 33. Thurstwasher 45. Cotter Pin
8. Pin 21. Bushing 34. Thurstwasher 46. Seal
9. Pin 22. Steer Cylinder Assembly 35. Thurstwasher 47. Adapter
10. Keeper Pin 23. Hub assembly 36. Bolt 48. Flat Washer
11. Keeper Pin 24. Pin 37. Nut 49. Lock Washer
12. Tie-Rod 25. King Pin 38. Flat Washer
13. Spindle 26. Pin 39. Cone Bearing
Figure 3-5. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines Without Tow Package) - Sheet 2 of 2
3-6 3121616
1
15 22
17
1
20 18
4
24 16
1
18
17
26
2 1
5 14
19 18 1
4 25
24 1 7 18
15 18 13
11 3
23 1 5 21
18 10
27
24 28
24
12 25
8
24 6
24 31
9 58
51 53
6
24
55
35 31
53
31 60
50
53
51
62
32 31
36 48
54 53 31
35 61
60 31 38 53
49 53 47
45 34
31 36 57
59 53 44
64
60 60
46 61
56 40
29 37 66
30 60 60
42
37
30 60
29
52 41A
39
65
41
33
63
43
MAE1930
Figure 3-6. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines With Tow Package) - Sheet 1 of 2
3121616 3-7
1. Bolt 18. Keeper Pin 35. Bushing 51. Pin

2. Bolt 19. Keeper Pin 36. Bushing 52. Cotter Pin
3. Screw 20. Tie-Rod 37. Bushing 53. Keeper Pin
4. Bushing 21. Shim 38. Bushing 54. Keeper Pin
5. Bushing 22. Spindle 39. Cap Hub 55. Tie-Rod
6. Bushing 23. Spindle 40. Steer Cylinder Assembly 56. Seal
7. Bushing 24. Thurstwasher 41. Hub 57. Shim
8. Steer Cylinder Assembly 25. Thurstwasher 41 A. Wheel Stud 58. Spindle
9. Link 26. Thurstwasher 42. Link 59. Spindle
10. Pad 27. Thurstwasher 43. Nut 60. Thurstwasher
11. Pin 28. Pivot 44. Pad 61. Thurstwasher
12. Pin 29. Cone Bearing 45. Pin 62. Thurstwasher
13. Pin 30. Cup Bearing 46. Pin 63. Flatwasher
14. Pin 31. Bolt 47. Pin 64. Thurstwasher
15. Pin 32. Bolt 48. Pin 65. Lock Washer
16. Pin 33. Bolt 49. Pin 66. Pivot
17. Pin 34. Screw 50. Pin
Figure 3-7. Steering Installation (8ft/2.4m Wide Machines With Tow Package) - Sheet 2 of 2
3-8 3121616
5
FRONT AXLE 16
WITHOUT TOW 20
6
21
5
24 20
16
17
5
14
20 3
8
5
7
20
10
15 23
35
8
19
36
22
2
1
1
2
32 5
25
16 20 13
30
11A
26
7 28
29 11 12
18
5 9
33 20 4
16
27
5
20
14 7
35
5
20
15 27 31
10
34
REAR AXLE MAE2070
Figure 3-8. Steering Installation (7ft/2.1m Wide Machines) - Sheet 1 of 3
3121616 3-9
41
FRONT AXLE 58 64
WITH TOW
65
42
41
64 60
41 58
72
69 64
47
72
61
67
39
54
45
43
44
41
68
64 57
51
64 39
41
43 45
56
54 71 62
74
49
41 66
38
64 37
37
55
38
70
73 53
46 50A
41
66 50
59 52 62
73
73 48
46 40
65
73
MAE2130
3-10 3121616
1. Cup Bearing 19. Cotter Pin 38. Cone Bearing 56. Pin
2. Cone Bearing 20. Keeper Pin 39. Thurstwasher 57. Pin
3. Thurstwasher 21. Tie-Rod 40. Bolt 58. Pin
4. Bolt 22. Seal 41. Bolt 59. Pin
5. Bolt 23. Spindle 42. Bolt 60. Pin
6. Bolt 24. Spindle 43. Screw 61. King Pin
7. Bushing 25. Flat Washer 44. Bushing 62. Cotter Pin
8. Bushing 26. Bolt 45. Bushing 63. Link
9. Hub Cap 27. Bearing 46. Bushing 64. Keeper Pin
10. Steer Cylinder Assembly 28. King Pin 47. Bushing 65. Tie-Rod
11. Hub 29. Keeper 48. Hub Cap 66. Seal
11 A. Wheel Stud 30. Tie-Rod 49. Steer Cylinder Assembly 67. Shim
12. Wheel Nut 31. Spindle 50. Hub 68. Spindle
13. Slotted Nut 32. Spindle 50 A. Wheel Stud 69. Spindle
14. Pin 33. Thurstwasher 51. Pivot 70. Flat Washer
15. Pin 34. Thurstwasher 52. Wheel Nut 71. Thurstwasher
16. Pin 35. Plug 53. Slotted Nut 72. Thurstwasher
17. King Pin 36. Slotted Nut 54. Pad 73. Flat Washer
18. Cotter Pin 37. Cup Bearing 55. Pin
3121616 3-11
3.3 TORQUE HUB Tightening and Torquing Bolts

Oil Information
1. 1. TYPE – EP90 USE EXTREME CARE WHEN USING AN AIR IMPACT WRENCH. DO NOT TIGHTEN
Use EP90 for normal applications. For applications where BOLTS BEYOND THEIR TORQUE SPECIFICATION. NEVER USE AN IMPACT
lubricant must meet special requirements, the O.E.M can WRENCH TO TIGHTEN SHOULDER BOLTS. TIGHTEN ALL SHOULDER BOLTS BY
recommend a suitable substitute. HAND.
2. OIL TEMPERATURE 1. Tighten (but do not torque) bolt ”A” until snug.
Continuous – 160° F (70° C) Intermittent – 200° F (95° C).
2. Go to opposite side of bolt circle and tighten bolt ”B”
3. OIL CHANGE until equally snug.
Initial – After 50 hours or 50,000 revolutions of opera-
tion. Subsequent – After 1000 hours or (1) year, which- 3. Continue around bolt circle and tighten remaining bolts.
ever comes first. 4. Use a torque wrench to apply specified torque to bolt ”A”.
NOTE: Higher temperatures make it necessary to change oil more 5. Continue around bolt circle and apply equal torque to
frequently. remaining bolts.
4. OIL FILL LEVEL AND VOLUME

Unit mounted horizontal – half full. (See Diagram A.)
Approximate volume - 17 oz. (0.5 1tr).
Roll and Leak Testing

Always roll and leak test Torque-Hubs after assembly to make
sure that the unit’s gears and sealants are working properly.

The following information briefly outlines what to look for
when performing these tests.
ROLL TEST
The roll test determines if the unit’s gears rotate freely and
properly. You should be able to rotate gears by applying a con-
stant force to the roll checker. If you feel more drag in gears
only at certain points, gears are not rolling freely. Examine
them for improper installation or defects.
Some gear packages roll with more difficulty than others. Do
not be concerned if gears seem to roll hard as long as they roll Figure 3-11. Bolt Tightening Sequence
with consistency.
LEAK TEST
The purpose of a leak test is to make sure unit is air tight. You
can tell if your unit has a leak if pressure gauge test reading
starts to fall once you have pressurized the unit.
Leaks usually occur at the main seal or wherever O-rings or
gaskets are located. You can usually detect location of a leak by
brushing a soap and water solution around main seal and
where O-rings or gaskets meet unit exterior, then checking for
air bubbles. Replace part immediately if you detect a leak in a
seal, O-ring, or gasket.
3-12 3121616

1A. Spindle 1L. Spring 4C. Needle Bearing 6C. Bolt 8D. O-Ring 12. Plug
1B. Seal 1M. Thrustwasher 4D. Thrust Spacer 6D. Dowel Pin 8E. Back-up Ring 15. I.D. Plate
1C. Bearing 2. Thrustwasher 4E. Planet Shaft 6E. O-Ring 8F. O-Ring 16. Drive Screw
1D. Housing 3A. Carrier 4F. Planet Gear 6F. Pipe Plug 8H. Back-up Ring 17. O-Ring
1E. Ring Gear 3B. Thrustwasher 4G. Roll Pin 6G. Retaining Ring 8J. Brake Rotor 18. O-Ring
1F. Bearing Nut 3C. Needle Bearing 4H. Thrustwasher 7. Coupling 8K. Brake Stator 19. Countersunk Screw
1G. Setscrew 3E. Planet Shaft 5. Retaining Ring 8A. Brake Piston 8L. Brake Spring 20. Retaining Ring
1H. Wheel Stud 3F. Planet Gear 6A. Cover Plate 8B. Pressure Plate 9. Input Shaft 21. Plug
1K. Retaining Ring 4B. Thrustwasher 6B. Disengage Cap 8C. Retaining Ring 11. Sun Gear
Figure 3-12. Torque Hub
3121616 3-13
Main Disassembly NOTE: Carefully pressurize unit with air to pop cover off.
1. Perform Roll Check, Leak Check, and Brake Check if 5. Remove Input Carrier Subassembly (3).
applicable before disassembly.
6. Remove Input Shaft (9).
2. Drain oil from unit. Note condition and volume of oil.
7. Remove Second Stage Sun Gear (11).
3. Remove Retaining Ring (6G) by prying open end of
8. Loosen and remove three Flat Head Bolts (19) that retain
Retaining Ring out of groove in Ring Gear (1E) with a
Ring Gear (1E) to Housing (1G).
screwdriver. Grasp loose end with pliers and pull out
Retaining Ring. 9. Lift Ring Gear (1E) off Housing (1D).
4. Remove Cover Subassembly (6). 10. Remove O-ring (18) from Housing (1D.

Figure 3-13. Torque Hub Main Disassembly
3-14 3121616
Output Carrier Disassembly 14. Slide Planet Gear Subassembly (4) out of Spindle (1A).
Do not drop Needle Bearings (4C).
11. Use a 1/8” diameter punch to drive Roll Pin (4G) in Planet
15. Remove four Thrust Washers (4B), 28 Needle Rollers (4C),
Shaft (4E) until it bottoms against Spindle (1A).
and Thrust Spacer (4D) from Second Stage Planet Gear
12. Grasp Roll Pin (4G) with needle nosed pliers or a hooked (4F).
tool and pull Planet Shaft (4E) out of Spindle (1A).
16. Repeat Steps 12-15 for remaining Planet Gears (4F).
13. Drive Roll Pin (4G) out of Planet Shaft (4E). Discard roll
17. Remove Thrust Washer (4H) from Spindle (1A) counter-
pin.

Figure 3-14. Output Carrier Disassembly
Input Carrier Disassembly

1. Using a 1/8” diameter punch, drive Roll Pin (4G) in Planet
Shaft (3E) until it bottoms against Carrier (3A).
2. Using a soft face hammer, tap Planet Shaft (3E) out of
Carrier (3A).
3. Using a 1/8” diameter punch, drive Roll Pin (4G) out of
Planet Shaft (3E). Discard roll pin.
4. Slide Planet Gear (3F) and two Thrust Washers (3B) out
of Carrier (3A).

5. Remove 14 needle Bearings (3C) from bore of Planet
Gear (3F).
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for remaining planet gears.

Figure 3-15. Input Carrier Disassembly
3121616 3-15
Hub-Spindle Disassembly 5. Lift Hub (1D) off of Spindle (1A). Remove Boot Seal (1Q)
from Hub (1D) if applicable.
1. Place unit on bench with Spindle (1A) end down. 6. If necessary, press nine Studs (1H) out of Hub (1D).
2. Remove 2 Set Screws (1G) and Bearing Nut (1F) using T- Locate Hub (1D) on Seal (1B) end.
206569. 7. Remove Seal (1B) from Hub (1D). Discard seal.
NOTE: Holes in Bearing Nut (1F) for Set Screws (1G) are staked for 8. Remove “B” position Bearing Cone (1C) from Bearing
retention of Set Screws (1G). Clean holes before removing Cup (1C) in Hub (1D).
Set Screws.
9. Remove “B” position Bearing Cone (1C) from Hub (1D).
3. Remove “A” position Bearing Cone (1C) from Bearing 10. Using a soft steel rod, knock both Bearing Cups (1C) out
Cup (1C) in Hub (1D). of Hub (1D).
4. While supporting unit on Hub (1D) flange, press Spindle
(1A) out of Hub (1D).

Figure 3-16. Hub Spindle Disassembly
3-16 3121616
Spindle-Brake Disassembly (8B). Remove Flat Head Cap Screws (22) and Pressure
Plate (8B) from brake cavity in Spindle (1A).
NOTE: Units with integral Input Brake (8) only.
4. Remove Compression Springs (8L) from Piston (8A).
5. Using an air hose, slowly and carefully pressurize brake
port in Spindle (1A) until Piston (8A) comes out of piston
COMPRESSED SPRINGS CAN FLY OUT AND CAUSE SEVERE EYE DAMAGE OR bore of Spindle (1A). Pull Piston (8A) out of Spindle (1A)
OTHER INJURIES. WEAR EYE PROTECTION WHEN PERFORMING THESE PROCE- by hand.
DURES.
6. Remove Backup Rings (8E and 8H) and O-rings (8D and
8F) from grooves in Piston (8A).
1. Install two 1/4"-20 x 5/8" Flat Head Cap Screws (22)
through Pressure Plate (8B) into Piston (8A). Tighten 7. Remove Rotors (8J) and Stators (8K) from brake cavity in
incrementally until spring force is taken off Retaining Spindle (1A).
Ring (8C).
8. Remove Coupling Subassembly (7) from brake cavity in
NOTE: Flat Head Cap Screws (22) are for transit and service only Spindle (1A).
and are removed before shipping new units. They are
9. Remove Retaining Ring (1K) from internal groove using
included in most brake repair kits.
appropriate tool.
2. Using retaining ring pliers, remove Retaining Ring (8C) 10. Remove Spacer (1M) and Spring (1L) from bore of Cou-
from groove in Spindle (1A). pling (7).
3. Back Flat Head Cap Screws (22) incrementally out of Pis- 11. Remove Plastic Plug (12) and Pipe Plug (21) from Spindle
ton (8A) until spring force is relieved from Pressure Plate (1A) if applicable.

Figure 3-17. Spindle Brake Disassembly
3121616 3-17
Cover Disassembly Input Carrier Sub-Assembly

1. Remove O-Ring (17) from groove in Cover (6A). 1. Apply a liberal coat of grease to bore of one Input Planet
Gear (3F).
2. Remove Thrust Washer (2) from Cover (6A) pockets.
2. Line inside of Planet Gear (3F) with 14 Needle Rollers
3. Unscrew two Hex Head Bolts (6C) and remove Disen-
(3C).
gage Cap (6B) from Cover (6A).
NOTE: The last roller installed must be installed end wise. That is,
4. Pull Disengage Rod (6D) out from Cover (6A).
the end of the last roller must be placed in between ends of
5. Use appropriate tool to remove O-ring (6E) from internal the two rollers which form the space, and then slid, parallel
groove in Cover (6A). to the other rollers, into place.
6. Remove two O-Ring Pipe Plugs (6F) from Cover (6A).
3. Set Carrier (3A) in an upright position.
Cover Assembly 4. Insert a Planet Shaft (3E) in planet shaft hole in end of
Carrier (3A) opposite splined end. End of planet shaft
1. Grease O-Ring (6E) and insert in internal groove in Cover that does NOT have the roll pin hole should be inserted
(6A). into carrier FIRST.
2. Assemble Disengage Cap (6B) on Cover (6A) using two 5. Place one Thrust Washer (3B) on end of Planet Shaft (3E).
Hex Head Bolts (6C). Torque bolts to 70-80 in-lbs. Make sure the flat faces towards inside of carrier and
3. Insert Disengage Rod (6D) in hole in Cover (6A) until it make sure button fits in the pocket on inside of Carrier
touches inside of Disengage Cap (6B). (3A) towards the OD.
NOTE: Disengage Rod can be inserted either end first. 6. Following the thrust washer, place Planet Gear (3F) with
needle rollers, on Planet Shaft (3E).
4. Grease face of Thrust Washer (2) and place in Cover (6A). 7. Following the planet gear, place one more Thrust
Make sure tangs on washer seat into pockets in cover. Washer (3B) onto Planet Shaft (3E). Align Thrust Washer
5. Install O-Ring Pipe Plugs (6F) in Cover (6A). Plugs should (3B) in same manner described in Step 5.
be hand tight. 8. Now insert Planet Shaft (3E) through opposite planet
shaft hole on Carrier (3A). Use an alignment punch or
similar tool to align roll pin holes on Carrier (3A) and

Planet Shaft (3E).
NOTE: Do not to hit Planet Gears (3F) when driving in Roll Pins
(4G).

9. Drive Roll Pin (4G) down into aligned roll pin holes. Pin

should be flush with flat of carrier.
10. Repeat Steps 1-9 for installation of two remaining Planet
Gears (3F).

NOTE: Some grease may need to be applied to the Thrust Washers
(3B) to hold them in place while installing the planet gears.

Output Planet Gear Sub-Assembly
Figure 3-18. Torque Hub Cover 1. Apply a liberal coat of grease to the bore of one Output
Planet Gear (4F).
2. Line inside of the Planet Gear (4F) with 14 Needle Rollers
(4C).
NOTE: Last roller installed must be installed end wise. That is, the
end of the last roller must be placed in between the ends of
the two rollers which form the space, and then slid, parallel
to the other rollers, into place.
3. Place Spacer (4D) in bore of Output Planet (4F).
3-18 3121616
4. Repeat Step 2 to put in second roll of Needle Rollers Hub-Spindle Sub-Assembly

(4C).
NOTE: Spray a light film of oil on all component parts during
5. Apply grease to hold two Thrust Washers (4B) together
assembly. Spray a generous amount of oil on bearings dur-
and on Output Planet Gear (4F) counterbore. Do the
ing installation.
same to the other side.
6. Repeat Steps 1-5 to finish assembly of two remaining 1. Press Bearing Cup of part (1C), position "A", into Hub
Output Planet Gears (4F). using T-158422 pressing tool.
2. Turn hub over and press Bearing Cup of part (1C), posi-
Spindle - Brake Sub-Assembly tion "B", into hub using T-158422 pressing tool.(T).
1. Place Spindle (1A) with flange side up. 3. Place Bearing Cone of part (1C), into Bearing Cup of part
2. Place Stator (8K) in Spindle (1A) scallop cuts. (1C), position "B".
3. Place Rotor (8J) on top of Stator (8K). 4. Grease Seal (1B) lip and press seal into Hub (1D) using
appropriate tool until seal is flush with end of hub.(T).
4. Repeat steps 2 & 3 until there are a total of 9 Stators (8K)
and 8 Rotors (8J) installed. 5. Place Hub (1D) into pressing base. Press nine Studs (1H)
into Hub.
5. Place Piston (8A) with smaller O.D. end facing up. Grease
two O-Rings and two Backup Rings. NOTE: Use enough pressure to press in studs. Don t use excessively
high pressure to press in studs or hub may crack.
6. Install large Backup Ring (8E) in large-diameter groove
at bottom of Piston (8A). 6. Set Spindle assembly (1A) on the bench with the flange
7. Install large O-Ring (8D) in large-diameter groove at bot- down. Turn Hub (1D) over and lower onto Spindle (5).
tom of Piston (8A), on top of large Backup Ring (8E). Install boot (21) if applicable.
8. Install small O-Ring (8F) in small-diameter groove near 7. Install Bearing Cone of part (1C) into Bearing Cup, posi-
top of Piston (8A). Make sure O-Ring is seated on the tion "A".
bottom of the groove. 8. Apply Loctite 243 on Bearing Nut (1F) thread. Screw Nut
9. Install small Backup Ring (8H) in small-diameter groove (1F) on top of Bearing Cone of part (1C). Leave 0.003-
near top of Piston (8A), on top of small O-Ring (8F). 0.005 inches end play to check the initial rolling torque
with the unit tied down. Then torque Bearing Nut (1F)
10. Insert Piston (8A) in Spindle (1A) until it contacts Stator until rolling torque is 40 to 50 in-lbs greater than initial
(8K). rolling torque. Using tool T-206569 for the Bearing Nut.
11. Insert appropriate number of Springs (8L), based on NOTE: Final torque is initial rolling torque plus 40-50 in-lb (4.5-5.6
assembly print, into Piston (8A)counterbore. Nm). For example, if initial rolling torque is 30 in-lb (3.3
12. Place Spring (1L) in Coupling (7) counterbore. Place Pres- Nm), final rolling torque is between 70-80 in-lb (7.9-9 Nm).
sure plate (1M) on top of Spring (1L). Rotate hub as torque is applied to properly seat bearing. Be
sure torque wrench is tangent to the Hub (1D) OD.
13. Use appropriate tool to install Retaining Ring (1K) in
retaining ring groove in coupling (7) counterbore. 9. Using appropriate tool, install two Set Screws (1G) into
14. Insert Coupling sub-Assembly (7) through Rotors (8J). Bearing Nut (1F) threaded holes. Make sure Set Screw is
driven into the spindle thread. Tighten the set screws to
15. Place Pressure Plate (8B) on top of Springs (8L). damage the thread and stake the edge of the nut
16. Use two ¼ -20 x 0.625 flat head Cap Screws (22) by bolt- around the Set Screws (1G) so the nut will not loosen.
ing Pressure Plate (8B) and Piston (8A) together or some 10. Place Thrust Washer (4H) in counterbore of Spindle (1A).
other appropriate tools to install Retaining Ring on top
of Pressure Plate (8B) until Retaining Ring (8C) is seated. 11. Place Planet Gear Sub-assembly (4) into Spindle (1A)
through gap between two Studs (1H). Align the planet
NOTE: Remove 2 Screws from units when done or brake will not gear bore with one of the planet shaft holes on the spin-
function. dle (1A) assembly using T-209919.
17. Install Pipe Plug (21) if applicable 12. Insert a Planet Shaft (4E) into the planet shaft hole
described in Step (11) on Spindle (1A). Insert end of
planet shaft that does NOT have roll pin hole in Spindle
FIRST.
3121616 3-19
13. Insert Planet Shaft (4E) through first set of Thrust Wash- 9. Place Input Carrier Sub-Assembly (3A) on Output Sun
ers (4B), Planet gear, then second set of Washers (4B). Gear (11) splines. Drop Input Sun (10) in mesh with
Use an alignment punch or similar tool to align roll pin planet gears for specific ratios, if required. (No timing
holes on Spindle (1A) and Planet Shaft (4E). required).
NOTE: Do not hit Planet Gears (4F) when driving in Roll Pins (4G). 10. Grease O-Ring (17) and insert in groove in Cover Sub-
Assembly (6).
14. Drive new Roll Pin (4G) in aligned roll pin holes. Pin
11. Install Cover Sub-Assembly (6) in Ring Gear (1E) counter-
should be flush with OD of spindle.
bore and install Retaining Ring (6G) in groove in Ring
15. Repeat Steps (11-14) for installation of two remaining Gear (1E).
Planet Gears (4F).
12. Attach ID Tag (15) on unit using Drive Screws (16).
Cover Sub-Assembly 13. Check disconnect, roll and air check unit, leak check
brake, and record release pressure.
1. Grease O-Ring (6E) and insert in internal groove in Cover
(6A). 14. Insert Plastic Plug (12) if applicable.
2. Assemble Disengage Cap (6B) on Cover (6A) using two Integral Brake Check
Hex Head Bolts (6C). Torque bolts to 70-80 in-lb (7.9- 9
Nm). 1. Using appropriate fittings, connect hydraulic line from
hand pump to brake port.
3. Insert Disengage Rod (6D) in hole in Cover (6A) until it
touches inside of Disengage Cap (6B). 2. Check brake is set by trying to rotate Input Shaft (9). This
can be accomplished by installing an appropriate tool
NOTE: Disengage Rod can be inserted either end first. (any tool that can locate on splines of Input Coupling (7),
such as a mating splined shaft) into Input Coupling (7).
4. Grease Face of Thrust Washer (2) and place in Cover (6A)
making sure tangs on washer seat into pockets in cover. 3. Bleed brake. Increase hydraulic pressure gradually while
trying to rotate input until brake just starts to release.
5. Install O-Ring Pipe Plugs (6F) in Cover (6A). Plugs should Note this pressure. Make sure pressure falls into appro-
be hand tight. priate range below.
Main Assembly
JUST RELEASE
NOTE: All components should receive a generous amount of lubri- BRAKE
PRESSURE RANGE
cant oil as they are being assembled. CODE PSI BAR
A 200-260 13.7-17.9
1. Place Hub-Spindle Sub-Assembly on bench. B 170-220 11.7-15.1
C 140-185 9.6-12.7
2. Grease O-Ring (18) and place it in groove of Hub (1D).
D 130-155 8.9-10.6
3. Place Ring Gear (1E) on Hub (1D). Align three shipping E 115-145 7.9-9.9
Cap Screw Holes on Hub (1D) and Ring Gear (1E).
4. Increase pressure to 1,000 psi and hold for 30 seconds to
4. Install three shipping Cap Screws (19) in ring gear and check for leaks. Repair leaks if necessary.
hub. Torque to 15-20 ft-lb (20-27 Nm).
NOTE: Make sure brake re-engages when pressure is released.
5. Place External Retaining Ring (5) over 13T spline to the
retaining groove on Input Shaft (9). NOTE: When done, make sure Input Coupling (7) is centered in
Spindle (1A) to make installation of motor possible without
NOTE: For ratio 48:1, assemble Output Sun Gear (11) over Input
release of brake.
Shaft (9) first, then install External Retaining Ring (5).
6. Using appropriate tool to install Retaining Ring (20) in

groove on Output Sun (11).
7. Place Input Shaft (9) spline end into mesh with Internal
Coupling (7) splines.
8. With modified spline end facing up, place Output Gear
(11) in mesh with planet gears from Hub-Spindle Sub-
Assembly.
3-20 3121616
1A. Spindle 1M. Thrust Washer 4C. Needle Bearing 6C. Bolt 8D. O-Ring 11. Sun Gear
1B. Lip Seal 1Q. Seal Boot 4D. Thrust Spacer 6D. Dowel Pin 8E. Backup Ring 12. Plastic Plug
1C. Tapered Bearing 2. Thrust Spacer 4E. Planet Shaft 6E. O-Ring 8F. O-Ring 15. ID Plate
1D. Housing 3A. Carrier 4F. Planet Gear 6F. Pipe Plug 8H. Backup Ring 16. Drive Screw
1E. Ring Gear 3B. Thrust Washer 4G. Roll Pin 6G. Retaining Ring 8J. Brake Rotor 17. O-Ring
1F. Bearing Nut 3C. Needle Bearing 4H. Thrust Washer 7. Coupling 8K. Brake Stator 18. O-Ring
1G. Setscrew 3E. Planet Shaft 5. Retaining Ring 8A. Brake Piston 8L. Spring 19. Bolt
1H. Stud 3F. Planet Gear 6A. Cover 8B. Pressure Plate 9. Input Shaft 20. Retaining Ring
1K. Retaining Ring 4B. Thrust Washer 6B. Disengage Cap 8C. Retaining Ring 10. Sun Gear 21. O-Ring Plug
1L. Spring
Figure 3-19. Hub Assembly
3121616 3-21
Figure 3-20. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool
Figure 3-21. Seal Pressing Tool
3-22 3121616
Figure 3-22. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool
Figure 3-23. Drift Pin for Lining Up Thrust Washers with Output Planet Gear
3121616 3-23
3.4 FREE WHEELING OPTION 3.5 DRIVE MOTOR

Disengage Drive Motors and Brakes for Towing, etc. Description
(Free Wheel) Drive motors are low to medium power, two-position axial pis-
ton motors incorporating an integral servo piston. They are
1. Chock wheels securely if not on flat level surface.
designed for operation in open and closed circuit applications.
2. Disconnect both drive hubs by inverting disconnect The standard control is a direct acting single line hydraulic
caps in center of hubs. control. The integral servo piston controls motor displace-
ment.
3. If equipped, move steer/tow selector valve to float (tow)
position by pulling valve knob out. Motors are spring biased to maximum displacement and
hydraulically shifted to minimum displacement. Minimum and
Engage Drive Motors and Brakes (Normal maximum displacement can be set with fixed internal stops.
The large diameter servo piston allows smooth acceleration
Operation) and deceleration with relatively large circuit orificing.
1. If equipped, move steer/tow valve to steer position by
Bias spring
pushing valve knob in. Servo piston
Minimum
2. Connect both drive hubs by inverting disconnect cap in Angle Swashplate
center of hub. Stop
3. Remove chocks from wheels as required.
Output
Cylinder Shaft
Block
Shaft
Seal

Piston
Endcap Slipper Bearing
Valve plate
Figure 3-25. Drive Motor Cross Section

!
Figure 3-24. Disconnecting Drive Hubs
3-24 3121616
Shaft Seal Replacement INSPECTION

Inspect new seal, motor housing seal bore, and sealing area on
REMOVAL shaft for rust, wear, and contamination. Polish shaft and clean
housing if necessary.
1. Remove snap ring (1) retaining shaft seal, and support
washer. INSTALLATION
1 1. Cover shaft splines with an installation sleeve to protect
shaft seal during installation.
2 2. Install new shaft seal with cupped side facing motor.
Press seal into housing until it bottoms out. Press evenly
to avoid binding and damaging the seal.
3
3. Install seal support washer.
4. Install snap ring.
5. Remove installation sleeve.
1. Snap Ring
2. Support Washer
3. Shaft Seal
Figure 3-26. Removing Shaft Seal
2. Remove support washer (2).

3. Carefully pry out shaft seal (3).
NOTE: To avoid damaging shaft during removal, install a large
sheet metal screw in chuck of a slide hammer. Drive screw
in seal surface and use slide hammer to pull seal.
4. Discard seal.
3121616 3-25
Loop Flushing Valve INSPECTION

Inspect new O-rings and the sealing area for rust, wear, or con-
REMOVAL tamination. Check springs and poppet for wear.
1. Remove plug (1) and (2) using an 11/16 in internal hex INSTALLATION
wrench.
1. Install orifice poppet (13).
6
9 2. Install shift spool (12).
11
2 3. Install spring retaining washers on springs (10 and 11).
11/16 in
27 ft.lbs.
4. Carefully install centering springs (7, 8, and 9).
(37 Nm)
5. Install new O-rings (6, 4, and 5).
6. Torque plug (3) to 20 ft-lb (27 Nm) using an 1/4 in hex
wrench.
7. Torque plugs (2 and 1) to 27 ft-lb (37 Nm) using an 11/16
12 in internal hex.
10
8
4
1 13
11/16 in
27 ft.lbs.
(37 Nm) 7
5/8 in
5 3 20 ft.lbs.
(27 Nm)
1. Plug 6. O-ring 11. Washer

2. Plug 7. Spring 12. Shift Spool
3. Plug 8. Spring 13. Orifice Poppet
4. O-ring 9. Spring
5. O-ring 10. Washer
Figure 3-26. Loop Flushing Spool
2. Remove plug (3) using a 1/4 in hex wrench.

3. Remove O-rings (4, 5, and 6).
4. Remove centering springs (7, 8, and 9) using pliers.
5. Remove spring retaining washers (10 and 11).
6. Remove shift spool (12).
7. Remove orifice poppet (13).
3-26 3121616
Troubleshooting
Table 3-2. Excessive Noise and/or Vibration
Item Description Action

Check oil level in reservoir and oil Insufficient hydraulic fluid could lead to cavitation that would cause sys- Fill reservoir to proper level. Ensure oil supply to motor is adequate and
supply to motor. tem noise. lines are unobstructed.
Check for air in system. Air trapped in system lines or motor could result in cavitation that would Ensure all system lines and components are purged of air.
cause system noise.
Inspect output shaft couplings. A loose or incorrect shaft coupling will produce vibrations that could result Ensure correct coupling is used and that it fits properly on shaft.
in system noise.
Inspect output shaft alignment. Misaligned shafts create excessive frictional vibration that could result in Ensure shafts are properly aligned.
system noise.
Hydraulic oil viscosity above limits. Viscosity above acceptable limits will result in cavitation that would lead Replace hydraulic oil with appropriate fluid for operating conditions.
to system noise.
Table 3-3. System Operating Hot

Check oil level in reservoir and oil Insufficient amount of hydraulic fluid will not meet system cooling Fill reservoir to proper level.
supply to pump. demands.
Inspect heat exchanger, (if If heat exchanger fails, or becomes obstructed, it may not meet system Ensure heat exchanger is receiving adequate air flow and is in good operat-
equipped). cooling demands. ing condition. Repair or replace as necessary.
Check system relief valves. If a system relief valve becomes unseated for an extended period of time or Repair or replace any malfunctioning relief valves as applicable and verify
fails for any other reason, system could become overheated. loads on machine are not excessive.
Table 3-4. No Shift or Slow to Start

Check signal line to servo control Obstructed or restricted flow through servo control signal lines could Ensure signal lines are not obstructed or restricted and signal pressure is
port. result in slow shift or no shift motor conditions. adequate to shift motor.
Check correct supply and drain ori- Supply and drain orifices determine motor shift. The smaller the orifice, Ensure proper control orifices are installed in motor and not obstructed.
fices are properly installed and not the longer the time it takes to shift the motor. Obstruction also increases Clean or replace as necessary.
obstructed. shift times.
3121616 3-27
Disassembly
17
NOTE: Removal of endcap voids warranty. 19
Coat all moving parts with a film of clean hydraulic oil dur-
ing assembly. This ensures parts will be lubricated during
start-up.
15
Replace all O-Rings and gaskets.
It is recommended to replace all O-rings. Lightly lubricate 14

O-rings with clean petroleum jelly before assembly.
6
9
21
5 11
2
7
13
3 18
10 12
8
16
4
16
1
20
14. Lock Nut 18. Cavity Plug

15. O-ring Plug 19. Drain Plug
16. Control Line Plug 20. Drain Plug
17. Control Line Plug 21. Work Port Plug
1. Plug 5. O-ring 9. Spring 12. Shift Spool
2. Plug 6. O-ring 10. Washer 13. Orifice Poppet Figure 3-27. Plugs, Fittings, and Speed Sensor
3. Plug 7. Spring 11. Washer
8. Remove all fittings from unit. Discard any O-rings on fit-
4. O-ring 8. Spring
tings.
9. Using an 11/16 inch hex wrench, loosen speed sensor
lock nut (14) if equipped. Remove speed sensor using a
1. Using a 11/16 in wrench remove plug (1) and (2). Vi inch hex wrench. Units without speed sensor have an
2. Using a 5/8 in hex wrench remove plug (3). O-ring plug (15) installed in that location; remove it with
a Va inch internal hex wrench.
3. Remove O-rings (4, 5, and 6).
10. Using a 1/4 inch internal hex wrench, remove control
4. Using pliers, remove centering springs (7, 8, and 9). line plugs (16, 17). Discard O-rings. Using a 3 mm hex
5. Remove spring retaining washers (10 and 11). wrench, remove cavity plug (18, if equipped with two-
line control) from X2 cavity.
6. Remove shift spool (12).
11. Using a 5/16 inch internal hex wrench, remove drain
7. Remove orifice poppet (13). plugs (19, 20). Discard O-rings.
12. Using a 9/16 inch internal hex wrench, remove work port
plugs (21, if equipped with axial ports). Discard O-rings.
3-28 3121616
25
22
27
30
23
29
26
24
28
22. Screw
23. End Cap 25. Valve Plate
24. O-ring 26. End Cap
27. O-ring
Figure 3-28. End Cap 28. O-ring
29. Bearing
13. Using an 8 mm internal hex wrench, remove endcap
30. Servo Spring
screws (22).
Figure 3-29. Valve Plate & Rear Shaft Bearing
14. Remove endcap (23). Remove O-ring (24) from housing
or endcap. When endcap screws are removed, pressure
from servo spring will cause endcap to bind on shaft.
Press down on portion of endcap covering servo piston DO NOT SCRATCH VALVE PLATE SURFACE.
and hold endcap level while removing.
15. Remove valve plate (25) and timing pin (26) from end-
cap. Each displacement has a unique valve plate. For
identification, the last two digits of the valve plate part
number are stamped on its surface.
16. Remove and discard O-rings (27, 28).
17. Remove rear shaft bearing (29) from endcap with a bear-
ing puller. Bearing may be difficult to remove with a
puller. Try this as an alternative: Pack bearing cavity with
heavy grease. After shaft is removed, insert it into bear-
ing cavity and tap lightly with a soft mallet on the
splined end. The grease will force the bearing out. Use
caution not to drive bearing past the rear shaft journal
as bearing may become trapped on shaft and damaged.
18. Remove minimum angle stop and servo spring (30) from
housing.
3121616 3-29
36
35
37
31
38
31. Cylinder Kit Assembly

35. Inner Snap Ring
Figure 3-30. Cylinder Kit 36. Snap Ring
37. Bearing
19. Turn housing on its side and remove cylinder kit assem- 38. Shaft
bly (31). Set assembly aside. Do not to scratch running
surface. Figure 3-32. Shaft & Front Bearing
NOTE: Grooves on surface of cylinder kit identify its displacement:

21. Remove inner snap ring (35) and shaft/bearing assembly.
Table 3-5. Displacement Identifiers 22. Remove snap-ring (36) retaining shaft front bearing. Pull
bearing (37) off shaft (38).
# of Grooves Frame L Frame K
1 25 38 Lift here
2 30 45 39
3 35 --
32 40
43
42
33
41
34
39. Swashplate
40. Servo Piston
32. Snap Ring 41. Piston Seal
33. Support Washer 42. O-ring
34. Shaft Seal 43. Journal Bearings
Figure 3-31. Shaft Seal Figure 3-33. Swash Plate & Servo Piston
23. Turn housing over and remove swashplate (39) by lifting

20. Turn housing over and remove snap ring (32) retaining on end opposite servo lever.
shaft seal and support washer. Remove support washer
(33) and carefully pry out shaft seal (34). Discard seal. To 24. Remove servo piston (40). Remove piston seal (41) and
avoid damaging shaft during seal removal, install a large O-ring (42) from servo piston. Discard seal and O-ring.
sheet metal screw in chuck of slide hammer. Drive screw
25. Remove journal bearings (43) from housing. Note loca-
into seal surface and use slide hammer to pull seal.
tion and orientation of each bearing for reassembly.
3-30 3121616
28. Turn block over. Using a press, apply pressure on block

spring washer (50) to compress the block spring. Com-
44 press spring enough to safely remove the spiral retain-
ing ring (51). While maintaining pressure, unwind the
45 spiral retaining ring (51). Carefully release pressure and
remove outer block spring washer (50), block spring
(52), and inner block spring washer (53) from cylinder
47 block.
48 Inspection
49
After disassembly, wash all parts (including end-cap and hous-
ing) thoroughly with clean solvent and allow to air dry. Blow
out oil passages in housing and endcap with compressed air.
46 Conduct inspection in a clean area and keep all parts free from
contamination. Clean and dry parts again after any rework or
resurfacing.
53
52 PISTON
Inspect pistons for damage and discoloration. Discolored pis-
tons may indicate excessive heat; do not reuse.
50
51
44. Piston 49. Retaining Ring

45. Slipper Retainer 50. Block Spring Washer
46. Cylinder Block 51. Spiral Retaining Ring
47. Ball Guide 52. Block Spring
48. Hold-down Pins 53. Inner Block Spring Washer
Figure 3-34. Cylinder Kit Disassembly SLIPPERS

Inspect slipper running surfaces. Replace piston assemblies
with scored or excessively rounded slipper edges. Measure
26. Remove pistons (44) and slipper retainer (45) from cylin- slipper foot thickness. Replace piston assemblies with exces-
der block (46). sively worn slippers. Check slipper axial end-play. Replace pis-
ton assemblies with excessive end-play.
Pistons are not selectively fitted, however units with
high hourly usage may develop wear patterns. Number Minimum slipper foot thickness and maximum axial end-play
pistons and bores for reassembly if they are to be are given in table below.
reused.
Table 3-6. Slipper Foot Thickness & End Play
27. Remove ball guide (47), hold-down pins (48), and retain-
ing ring (49) from cylinder block. Measurement L Frame K Frame
NOTE: Most repairs do not require block spring removal. Perform Slipper Foot Thickness 2.71 mm 4.07 mm
this procedure only if you suspect block spring problems. (0.11 in.) (0.16 in.)
Piston/Slipper End Play 0.15 mm
(0.006 in.)
RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY: COMPRESSING BLOCK SPRING REQUIRES FORCE

OF ABOUT 80 TO 90 LBF (350 TO 400 N). USE A PRESS SUFFICIENT TO MAIN-
TAIN THIS FORCE WITH REASONABLE EFFORT. ENSURE SPRING IS SECURE
BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE SPIRAL RETAINING RING. RELEASE PRES-
SURE SLOWLY AFTER RETAINING RING IS REMOVED.
3121616 3-31
CYLINDER BLOCK
Measure cylinder block height. Replace blocks worn beyond minimum height specification. Inspect cylinder block running surface.
Replace or resurface worn or scratched blocks. Blocks may be resurfaced to specifications shown in the drawing, provided resurfacing
will not reduce block height below minimum specification. Table 3-7, Cylinder Block Measurements.
Table 3-7. Cylinder Block Measurements
Measurement L25 L30 L35 K38 K45

Minimum Cylinder Block Height (A) 50.8 (2.00) 50.8 (2.00) 50.8 (2.00) 54.4 (2.14) 54.4 (2.14)
Cylinder Block Surface Flatness 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
(0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079)
BALL GUIDE AND SLIPPER RETAINER SWASHPLATE AND JOURNAL BEARINGS

Inspect ball guide and slipper retainer for damage, discolor- Inspect running face, servo ball-joint, and swashplate journal
ation, or excessive wear. A discolored ball guide or slipper surfaces for damage or excessive wear. Some material transfer
retainer indicates excessive heat. Do not reuse. may appear on these surfaces and is acceptable if surface con-
dition meets specifications shown. Measure swashplate thick-
Slipper retainer
ness from journals running face. Replace swashplate if
damaged or worn beyond minimum specification. Replace
swashplate if difference in thickness from one side to the other
exceeds specification.
Ball guide
0.0025 mm
[0.0001 in]
VALVE PLATE
Condition of the valve plate is critical to efficiency of the 25.8 mm
LV [1.015 in]
motor. Inspect valve plate surfaces carefully for excessive wear,
grooves, or scratches. Replace or resurface grooved or KV 24.6 mm
[0.969 in]
scratched valve plates. Measure valve plate thickness and Thickness equality
side to side:
replace if worn beyond minimum specification. Valve plates 0.05 mm [0.002 in]
may be resurfaced to specifications shown in the drawing, pro-
vided resurfacing will not reduce thickness below minimum
specification.
3.83 mm [0.151 in] min.
0.025 mm
[0.001 in]
Inspect journal bearings for damage or excessive wear.
Replace journal bearings if scratched, warped, or excessively
worn. The polymer wear layer must be smooth and intact.
0.0076 mm
[0.00030 in]
convex max
3-32 3121616
SHAFT BEARINGS Assembly

Inspect bearings for excessive wear or contamination. Rotate
bearings while feeling for uneven movement. Bearings should 1. Install new O-ring (1) and piston seal (2) to servo piston
spin smoothly and freely. Replace bearings that appear worn (3). Install piston seal over O-ring.
or do not rotate smoothly.
Installing piston seal stretches it, making it difficult to
install servo piston in its bore. Allow 30 minutes for seal
to relax after installation. To speed up seal relaxation,
compress seal by installing piston head in servo cavity in
the end-cap and let it stand for at least five minutes.
2
3
SHAFT
Inspect motor shaft for damage or excessive wear on output
and block splines. Inspect bearing surfaces and sealing sur-
face. Replace shafts with damaged or excessively worn splines,
bearing surfaces, or sealing surfaces. 1
SERVO PISTON AND MINIMUM ANGLE STOP

Inspect the minimum angle stop, servo piston head, and servo
piston ball-socket for damage or excessive wear. Replace if
necessary. 3
1. O-ring
LOOP FLUSHING SPOOL
2. Piston Seal
Inspect loop flushing spool for cracks or damage. Replace if
3. Servo Piston
necessary.
Figure 3-35. Servo Piston
2. After piston seal has relaxed, lubricate and install servo

piston in housing bore. Align piston with ball socket fac-
ing inside of housing.
RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY: COMPRESSING BLOCK SPRING REQUIRES ABOUT

80 TO 90 LBF (350 TO 400 N) OF FORCE. USE A PRESS SUFFICIENT TO MAIN-
TAIN THIS FORCE WITH REASONABLE EFFORT. ENSURE SPRING IS SECURE
BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO INSTALL SPIRAL RETAINING RING. RELEASE PRES-
SURE SLOWLY AFTER RETAINING RING IS INSTALLED.
3121616 3-33
3. Install inner block spring washer (4), block spring (5), and 6. Install journal bearings (13) in housing seats. Use assem-
outer washer (6) in cylinder block. Using a press, com- bly grease to keep bearings seated during assembly.
press block spring enough to expose retaining ring Ensure locating nubs drop into seat cavities. If reusing
groove. Wind spiral retaining ring (7) in cylinder block bearings, install in original location and orientation.
groove. Lubricate journal bearings.
11 14
13
12
10
9
8
13
13. Journal Bearings

6 14. Swash Plate
7 Figure 3-37. Swash Plate and Journal Bearing
7. Install swashplate (14) in housing. Tilt swashplate and

guide servo lever ball into its socket in the servo piston
rod. Ensure swashplate seats into journal bearings and
4. Block Spring Washer 9. Hold-down Pins moves freely. Lubricate running surface of swashplate.
5. Block Spring 10. Ball Guide
6. Outer Washer 11. Piston
7. Spiral Retaining Ring 12. Slipper Retainer
8. Retaining Ring
Figure 3-36. Cylinder Kit Assembly
4. Turn block over and install retaining ring (8), hold-down

pins (9), and ball guide (10) to cylinder block.
5. Install pistons (11) to slipper retainer (12). Install piston/
retainer assembly in cylinder block. Ensure concave sur-
face of retainer seats on ball guide. If reusing pistons,
install them in original block bores. Lubricate pistons,
slippers, retainer, and ball guide before assembly. Set
cylinder kit aside on a clean surface until needed.
3-34 3121616
8. Press front shaft bearing (15) on shaft (16). Press bearing 10. Verify swashplate and bearings are properly seated.
on shaft with lettering facing out. Lubricate bearing roll- Install cylinder kit (19) on shaft. Install with slippers fac-
ers. Install snap-ring (17) on shaft. ing swashplate. Rock the shaft to align block splines and
slide cylinder kit into place. Orient motor with shaft
pointing downward and verify cylinder kit, swashplate,
journal bearings, and servo piston are secure and prop-
erly installed.
19
15
16
19. Cylinder Kit
Figure 3-39. Cylinder Kit Installation

17
18 11. Lubricate and install servo spring (20) and minimum

angle stop (21) in housing bore.
15. Front Shaft Bearing

16. Shaft
17. Snap Ring
18. Snap Ring
21
Figure 3-38. Shaft and Front Bearing
20
9. While holding swashplate in place, turn housing on its
side. Install the install shaft/bearing assembly into hous-
ing from flange end. Install snap-ring (18).
20. Servo Spring

21. Minimum Angle Stop
Figure 3-40. Servo Spring and Minimum Angle Stop
3121616 3-35
12. Press rear shaft bearing (22) in endcap. Install bearing 15. Install endcap (25) on housing with endcap screws (26).
with letters facing out. Press until bearing surface is 0.08 Ensure endcap will properly seat to housing without
±0.01 in (2 ±0.25 mm) above endcap surface. interference. Improper assembly of internal components
may prevent endcap from seating properly. Ensure O-
22 3 mm
23 [0.12 in]
rings seat properly when installing endcap.
2 mm
[0.08 in]
26
8 mm
35-45 ft.lbs.
23 (47-61 Nm)
22
24
25
23
25. End Cap

22. Rear Shaft Bearing 26. Screw
23. Timing Pin
24. Valve Plate
Figure 3-42. End Cap
Figure 3-41. Valve Plate and Rear Bearing
16. Using an 8 mm internal hex wrench, tighten endcap
13. Install timing pin (23) into its bore in the endcap. Install screws. Tighten screws in opposite corners slowly and
pin with groove facing toward or away from shaft. Press evenly to compress the servo spring and properly seat
pin until end protrudes 0.12 ±0.01 in (3 ±0.25 mm) the endcap. Torque endcap screws 35-45 ft-lb (47-61
above endcap surface. Nm).
14. Install valve plate (24) on endcap. Install valve plate with 17. Before installing shaft seal, ensure shaft turns smoothly
yellow surface toward cylinder block. Align slot in valve with less than 120 in-lb (13.5 Nm) of force. If shaft does
plate with timing pin. Apply a liberal coat of assembly not turn smoothly within specified maximum force, dis-
grease to endcap side of valve plate to keep it in place assemble and check unit.
during installation.
18. Cover shaft splines with an installation sleeve. Install a
new shaft seal (27) with cup side facing motor. Press seal
in housing until it bottoms out. Press evenly to avoid
binding and damaging seal. Install seal support washer
(28) and snap ring (29).
3-36 3121616
37
29
36
39 33
41
34
28 30 11/16 in
40 27 ft.lbs.
(37 Nm)
5/8 in
27
20 ft.lbs.
(27 Nm)
31
32
35
38
42
11/16 in
27 ft.lbs.
(37 Nm)
27. Shaft Seal

28. Seal Support Washer
29. Snap Ring
Figure 3-43. Shaft Seal

30. Orifice Poppet 34. Spring 37. O-ring 40. Plug
19. Install remaining plugs and fittings to housing. Refer to 31. Shift Spool 35. Spring 38. O-ring 41. Plug
drawing below for wrench sizes and installation torques. 32. Washer 36. Spring 39. O-ring 42. Plug
33. Washer


1. Install shift spool (31).

2. Install spring retaining washers on springs (32 and 33).

3. Carefully install centering springs (34, 35, and 36).
4. Install new O-rings (37, 38, and 39).
5. Using a 5/8 in wrench torque plug (40) to 20 ft-lb (27
Nm).
6. Using a 11/16 in wrench, torque plugs (41 and 42) to 27

ft-lb (37 Nm).

Initial Start-up Procedures

Follow this procedure when starting-up a new motor or when

installing a motor that has been removed.
Prior to installing the motor, inspect for damage incurred dur-

ing shipping. Make certain all system components (reservoir,
hoses, valves, fittings, heat exchanger, etc.) are clean prior to
filling with fluid.

1. Fill reservoir with recommended hydraulic fluid. Always

filter fluid through a 10 micron filter when pouring into
the reservoir. Never reuse hydraulic fluid.

2. Fill inlet line leading from pump to reservoir. Check inlet
Figure 3-44. Plugs and Fittings Installation line for properly tightened fittings and be certain it is
free of restrictions and air leaks.
20. Install orifice poppet (30).
3. Fill pump and motor housing with clean hydraulic fluid.
Pour filtered oil directly in upper most case drain port.
3121616 3-37
4. To ensure pump and motor stay filled with oil, install 3.6 STEER ADJUSTMENTS
case drain lines in upper most case drain ports.
NOTE: 2 Wheel Steering/2 Wheel Drive: Spindles do not stop on
5. Install a 0 to 500 psi (0 to 35 bar) gauge in charge pres-
cylinder stroke. Adjust steering stops as follows: Adjust item
sure gauge port of pump to monitor system pressure
#1 to achieve 44° inside turn angles. Steer full left and
during start up.
adjust RH item #2 to contact axle. Steer full right and adjust
6. While watching pressure gauge, run engine at lowest LH item #2 to contact axle.
possible speed until system pressure builds to normal
levels (minimum 160 psi [11 bar]). Once system pressure 2 Wheel Steering/Four Wheel Drive: Spindles do not stop on
is established, increase to full operating speed. If system cylinder stroke. Adjust steering stops as follows: Adjust item
pressure is not maintained, shut down engine, deter- #1 to achieve 39° inside turn angles. Steer full left and
mine cause, and take corrective action. adjust RH item #2 to contact axle. Steer full right and adjust
LH item #2 to contact axle.
7. Operate hydraulic system for at least fifteen minutes
under light load conditions.
8. Check and adjust control settings as necessary after
installation.

9. Shut down engine and remove pressure gauge. Replace

plug at charge pressure gauge port.
10. Check fluid level in reservoir. Add clean filtered fluid if
necessary. Motor is now ready for operation.

Figure 3-46. Steer Adjustments
3-38 3121616
3.7 SWING DRIVE Tightening and Torquing Bolts

If an air impact wrench is used to tighten bolts, extreme care
Roll, Leak And Brake Testing should be taken to ensure that the bolts are not tightened
Torque-Hub units should always be roll and leak tested before beyond their specified torque.
disassembly and after assembly to make sure that the unit's The following steps describe how to tighten and torque bolts
gears, bearings and seals are working properly. The following or socket head cap screws in a bolt circle.
information briefly outlines what to look for when performing
these tests.
NOTE: The brake must be released before performing the roll test.
This can be accomplished by either pressure testing using
the Brake Leak Test procedure below or by tightening the
12 bolts into the piston through the end plate (See Brake
Disassembly Procedure).
NOTE: Bolts must be removed while performing brake release test.
Roll Test
The purpose of the roll test is to determine if the unit's gears
are rotating freely and properly. You should be able to rotate
the gears in your unit by applying constant force to the roll
checker. If you feel more drag in the gears only at certain
points, then the gears are not rolling freely and should be
examined for improper installation or defects. Some gear
packages roll with more difficulty than others. Do not be con-
cerned if the gears in your unit seem to roll hard as long as 1. Tighten (but do not torque) bolt “A" until snug.
they roll with consistency. Release the pressure at the Brake
Housing (6) and remove the test fixtures. 2. Go to the opposite side of the bolt circle and tighten
bolt “B” until equally snug.
Leak Test (Main Unit)
3. Crisscross around the bolt circle and tighten remaining
The purpose of a leak test is to make sure the unit is air tight. bolts.
You can tell if your unit has a leak if the pressure gauge read-
ing on your air checker starts to fall after the unit has been 4. Now use a torque wrench to apply the specified torque
pressurized and allowed to equalize. Leaks will most likely to bolt “A”.
occur at the pipe plugs, the main seal or wherever o-rings or 5. Using the same sequence, crisscross around the bolt cir-
gaskets are located. The exact location of a leak can usually be cle and apply an equal torque to the remaining bolts.
detected by brushing a soap and water solution around the
main seal and where the o-rings or gaskets meet on the exte-
rior of the unit, then checking for air bubbles. If a leak is
detected in a seal, o-ring or gasket, the part must be replaced,
and the unit rechecked. Leak test at 10 psi (0.7 bar) for 20 min-
utes.
Brake Test
The brake test must be performed with the Motor removed
and the Brake Test Plate (T-214404) installed. Install the Hex
Bolts through Brake Test Plate and torque to 80 - 100 ft. lbs.
(108-135 Nm). Install Roll Checking Tool (T-212731) and apply
210 psi (14 bar) to the o-ring port in the side of the Brake
Housing. The roll checking fixture should roll freely. Increase
the pressure to 3000 psi (207 bar) and perform the Roll Test.
NOTE: Failure to perform this lest may result in damaged or inef-

fective brake parts.
3121616 3-39
Motor Control Valve Disassembly 4. Using a wrench, loosen jam nuts on Elbow Fittings (30)
and remove fittings from Brake (6) and Motor Control
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-47. Valve (32).
5. Remove O-ring Plugs (23) from Motor Control Valve (32).
1. Place unit on bench with the motor end up.
6. Remove Motor Control Valve (32) from Motor (31) by
2. Remove O-ring Plug (1P) and drain the oil from the gear-
removing the four Bolts (21) and washers (22).
box.
3. Remove Hydraulic Tubing Assembly (35) by loosening
fittings on both ends of tube with a wrench.
32
31
23
22
21
6
1P
35
1P. O-ring Plug 30. Elbow Fitting

6. Hydraulic Brake 31. Hydraulic Motor
21. Hex Bolt 32. Motor Control Valve
22. Lockwasher 35. Hydraulic Tubing
23. Plug
Figure 3-47. Motor Control Valve
3-40 3121616
Motor and Brake Disassembly 4. Remove the Springs (8L) from the piston.
5. Apply less than 50 psi (3.45 bar) air to the “brake port” to
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-48.
remove Brake Piston (8A).
1. With unit resting on bench with Motor (31) end up,
loosen Hex Bolts (29) and remove Lift Lugs (28) from the
Motor (31). THE PISTON MAY MOVE QUICKLY. EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DUR-
ING THIS PROCEDURE.
2. Pull Motor (31) straight up and remove Motor (31) from
Brake Housing (6).
6. Remove Rotors (8J) and Stators (8K) from Brake Housing
3. Remove O-ring (26) from between Motor (31) and Brake (6).
Housing (6).
6
8K
8J 8K
8J 8K
8J
8K 8J
8K
8A 28
8L 29
26
31
6. Brake Housing 26. O-ring

8A. Brake Piston 28. Lift Lug
8L. Spring 29. Hex Bolt
8J. Rotors 31. Motor
8K. Stator
Figure 3-48. Motor and Brake
3121616 3-41
Main Drive Disassembly 5. Remove Thrust Washer (11) from between Brake Hous-
ing (6) and Carrier Subassembly.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-49.
6. Remove Ring Gear (4) from Housing (1G).
1. Remove Sun Gear (8) with Retaining Ring (44) inside. 7. Remove O-ring (5) from between Ring Gear (4) and
Housing (1G).
2. With the unit resting on the Output Shaft (Pinion) (1A),
remove the Bolts (12) from the Brake Housing (6). 8. Remove Carrier Sub-Assembly.
3. Remove the Brake Housing (6) from the main assembly. 9. Remove Thrust Washer (11) from between Carrier Sub-
Assembly and Internal Gear (2).
4. Remove O-ring (5A) from between Brake Housing (6)
and Ring Gear (4). 10. Remove Internal Gear (2).
1A
13
Carrier
Subassembly
11
5
5A
6
1G Hub-Shaft 20
2
Subassembly
3F
44
4 11
8
12
1A. Output Shaft (Pinion) 5. O-ring 12. Bolt

1G. Housing 5A. O-ring 13. Dowel Pin
2. Internal Gear 6. Brake Housing 20. Pipe Plug
3F. Carrier subassembly 8. Sun Gear 44. Ring
4. Ring Gear 11. Thrust Washer
Figure 3-49. Main Drive Assembly
3-42 3121616
Hub-Shaft Disassembly 3. While supporting the Housing (1G) on the Output Shaft
(1A) end, press the Output Shaft (1A) out of the Housing
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-50. (1G).
NOTE: The Lip Seal (1B) will be pressed out of the Housing (1G) by
1. Using retaining ring pliers remove Retaining Ring (1I)
the Bearing Cone (1D) during this step.
from groove in Output Shaft (1A) and discard.
4. Remove the Bearing Cone (1E) from the Housing (1G).
5. Use a bearing puller to remove the Bearing Cone (1D)
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
from the Shaft (1A).
2. Remove Thrust Washer (1H). 6. Bearing Cups (1C & 1F) will remain in Housing (1G).
1B
1C
1F
1A 1H
1D
1G
1E
1I
1A. Output Shaft 1F. Bearing Cup

1B. Lip Seal 1G. Housing
1C. Bearing Cup 1H. Thrust Washer
1D. Bearing Cone 1I. Retaining Ring
1E. Bearing Cone
Figure 3-50. Hub Shaft
3121616 3-43
Carrier Disassembly 2. Remove the Planet Shaft (3E) from the Carrier (3A). Use a
small punch to remove the Roll Pin (3D) from the Planet
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-51. Shaft (3E).
3. Slide the Planet Gear (3F), the two Thrust Washers (3B)
1. Using a 3/16” punch drive the Roll Pin (3G) which holds
out of the Carrier (3A).
the Planet Shaft (3E) in the Carrier (3A) down into the
Planet Shaft (3E) until it bottoms. 4. Remove both rows of Needle Bearings (3C) and the
Spacer (3D) from the bore of the Planet Gear (3F).
NOTE: Make sure that the Roll Pin has bottomed. Otherwise, dam-
age to the carrier could occur when the Planet Shaft is 5. Repeat Steps 1 thru 4 for the remaining two Cluster
removed. Gears (3F).
3B 3F 3G
3C
3D
3C 3B
3E
3A
3A. Carrier 3E. Planet Shaft

3B. Thrust Washers 3F. Cluster Gear
3C. Needle Bearing 3G. Roll Pin
3D. Spacer
Figure 3-51. Carrier
3-44 3121616
Hub-Shaft Assembly Carrier Assembly

NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-50. NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-51.
1. Press Bearing Cup (1C) into Housing (1G) taking care to 1. Apply a liberal Coat of grease to the bore of Cluster Gear
insure cup starts square with the bore of Hub (1G). (3F). This will enable the Needle Rollers (3C) to be held in
place during assembly.
2. Place Bearing Cone (1D) in Bearing Cup (1C) in Housing
(1G). 2. Install the first row of Needle Rollers (3C) into the bore of
Cluster Gear (3F).
3. Press or tap Seal (1B) Into the counterbore of Housing
(1G) to the point where it becomes flush with the Hous- 3. Insert Spacer (3D) into bore of Cluster Gear (3F) on top of
ing (1G) face. Care should be taken to insure Seal (1B) is the Needle Rollers (3C).
being correctly installed (smooth face up). Apply grease
4. Place second row of Needle Rollers (3C) into bore of
to the rubber portion of the seal bore.
Cluster Gear (3F) against Spacer (3D).
4. Invert Hub (1G) and press Bearing Cup (1E) into counter-
5. Place Carrier (3A) so that one of the roll pin holes is
bore of Housing (1G).
straight up.
5. Carefully lower Housing (1G) onto the Output Shaft (1A)
6. Start Planet Shaft (3E) through the hole in Carrier (3A).
until Bearing Cone (1D) contacts the Output Shaft (1A).
Using ample grease to hold it in position, slide one
6. Press on the small end of the Bearing Cone (1D), being Thrust Washer (3B) over the Planet Shaft (3E) with the
careful not to contact the bearing cage, until the Bearing tang resting in the cast slot of the Carrier (3A).
Cone (1D) seats on the shoulder of the Output Shaft
7. With large end of Cluster Gear (3F) facing the roll pin
(1A).
hole in the Carrier, place the Cluster Gear into position in
7. Start the Bearing Cone (1F) onto the Output Shaft (1A). carrier (3A) and push Planet Shaft (3E) through the Clus-
ter Gear (3F) without going all the way through.
8. Press or tap the Bearing Cone (1F) onto the Output Shaft
(1A) until it is just seated in the Bearing Cup (1E). while 8. Slide the second Thrust Washer (3B) between the Cluster
rotating the Housing (G). Gear (3F) and the Carrier (3A) with the tang of the
washer located in the cast slot of the Carrier (3A). Finish
9. Install Bearing Spacer (1H) onto Output Shaft (1A) and
sliding the Planet Shaft (3E) through the Thrust Washer
against Bearing Cone (1F).
(3B) and into the Carrier (3A).
10. Install Retaining Ring (1I) into the groove in the Output
9. Position the non-chamfered side on the Planet Shaft (3E)
Shaft (1A). This Retaining Ring (1I) should never be
roll pin hole so that it is in line with the hole in the Car-
reused in a repair or rebuild.
rier (3A) using a 1/8” (3 mm) diameter punch.
10. After using a 3/16” (5 mm) punch to align the two roll
pin holes. Drive the Roll Pin (3G) through Carrier (3A)
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
and into the Planet Shaft (3E) until the Roll Pin (3G) is
11. Tap the Retaining Ring (1I) with a soft metal punch to flush with the bottom of the cast slot in the Carrier (3A)
ensure that the Retaining Ring (1I) is completely seated outside diameter at the thrust washer (3B) tang. Use a 1/
in the groove of the Output Shaft (IA). 4” (6 mm) pin punch to make sure the Roll Pin (3G) is
flush in the slot.
11. Repeat Steps 1 thru 10 for the remaining two Cluster
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE. Gears(3F).
12. Install O-ring Plug (1P) and torque to 23 to 24 ft.lbs

(31 to 32 Nm).
3121616 3-45
Main Drive Assembly NOTE: If gears do not mesh easily or Carrier Assembly does not
rotate freely, then remove the Carrier and Ring Gear and
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-49. check the Cluster Gear timing.
12. With the Hub Shaft Sub-Assembly resting on the Shaft 20. Install Thrust Washer (11) into the counter-bore on the
(1A) install Internal Gear (2). The spline of the Internal face of the carrier. Use grease to hold in place.
Gear (2) bore will mesh with the spline of the Output
21. Place O-ring (5A) into counter-bore or Brake Housing (6).
Shaft (1A). This will be a tight fit.
Use grease to hold O-Ring in place.
13. Inspect the location of the Internal Gear (2) on the Out-
put Shaft (1A). The portion of the Output Shaft (1A)
should protrude through the Internal Gear (2) bore.
BEWARE OF SHARP EDGES OF THE COUNTER-BORE WHILE SEATING THIS O-
14. Install 4 Dowel Pins (13) into counter bore holes in Hub RING.
(IG).
22. Install the Brake Housing (6), taking care to correctly
15. Install Thrust Washer (11) in counter bore of Carrier Sub- align Pipe Plug (20) with those in the Hub (I G).
Assembly (Small Cluster-Gear end) Use grease to hold in
place. 23. Install Bolts (12) through the Brake Housing (6) into the
Hub (1G) and torque to 23-27 ft.lbs. (31-37 Nm).
16. Place O-ring (5) into Hub counter-bore. Use grease to
hold O-ring in place. 24. With gearbox standing on the pinion end fill gearbox
with 43 oz. of ISO VG150/VG220 gear Oil.
25. Install Retaining Ring (44) into the groove in the Sun
BEWARE OF SHARP EDGES OF THE COUNTER BORE WHILE SEATING THIS Gear (8).
ORING.
26. Install the Sun Gear (8) into mesh with the Planet Gears
17. Place Carrier Sub-Assembly on bench with the large end (3F).
of Cluster Gears (3F) facing up with one at the 12 o'clock
27. Install Pipe Plug (20) into Cover (6) torque to 23 to 24
position. Find the punch marked tooth on each gear at
ft·lbs. (31-32 Nm).
the large end and locate at 12 o'clock (straight up) from
each planet pin. Marked tooth will be located just under
the Carrier on upper two gears. Check the timing
through the slots in the carrier (See Carrier Sub-Assem-
bly).
18. With large shoulder side of Ring Gear (4) facing down,
place Ring Gear (4) over (into mesh with) cluster gears
(3F). Be sure that cluster gear timing marks (punch
marks) remain in correct location during Ring Gear (4)
installation. The side of the Ring Gear (4) with an "X" or
punch mark stamped on it should be up.
19. While holding Ring Gear (4) and Cluster Gears (3F) in
mesh, place small end of Cluster Gears (3F) into mesh
with the Internal Gear (2). On the Ring Gear (4) locate the
hole marked "X", or punch marked, over one of the
marked counter-bored holes (Step 5) in Hub (1G). Check
timing through the slots in the carrier. Rotate carrier in
assembly to check for freedom of rotation.
3-46 3121616
Motor and Brake Assembly Motor Control Valve Assembly

NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-48. NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-47.
1. Alternate Stators (8K) (O.D. lobes) with Rotors (8J) (I.D. 1. Lay assembly down with motor ports facing up. Remove
splines) into bore of Brake Housing (6). starting with a the two plastic plugs in the motor ports, being careful
Stator (8K) and ending with a Stator (8K). not to lose the O-ring in each port. Assemble the Motor
control Valve (32) onto the Motor (31) with Bolt (21) and
2. Grease the O-rings (8F) & (8D) and Back-up rings (8H) &
Lock Washers (22). Torque Bolts (21) to 23-27 ft.lbs. (31-
(8E). and place them in their respective grooves in the
37 Nm).
Brake Housing (6) and Piston (8A). Make sure the Back-
up rings are correctly positioned. NOTE: Be sure to align the holes in the control valve with the
motor ports.
3. Apply grease sparingly to the Piston O.D. (8A) and the
bore of the Brake Housing (6). Insert Piston (8A) into
2. Install Elbow Fittings (30) into Brake (6). Do not tighten
Brake Housing (6) be sure not to damage the O-rings.
jam nuts.
4. Install Springs (8L) into the spring pockets of the Piston
3. Install Elbow Fittings (30) into Motor Control Valve (32).
(8A).
Do not tighten jam nuts.
5. Test the brake and perform the roll test. Remove the
4. Assemble Tube (35) into Elbow Fittings (30) and torque
Brake Test Plate.
to 13-15 ft.lbs (18-20 Nm). Tighten the jam nuts on the
6. Install the O-ring (26) onto the pilot of the Motor (31), Elbow Fittings (30) and torque to 13-15 ft.lbs. (18-20
use grease to keep the O-ring in place. Nm).
7. Place Motor (31) into Brake pilot, and line up holes. 5. Install one O-ring Plug (23) into Motor Control Valve (32)
and torque to 30-31 fI.lbs. (41-42 Nm).
8. Assemble Lift Lugs (28) onto Hex Bolts (29). Assemble
Hex Bolts (29) with Lift Lugs (28) through the Motor (31) 6. Pressure test brake, tube and control valve connections
and Brake (6) against Motor flange. Torque to 80-100 by applying 3000 psi (207 bar) pressure to the open port
ft.lbs. (108-136 Nm). in the Motor Control Valve (32) and holding lor 1 minute.
Check lor leaks al the control-valve-motor interface and
the tube connections. Release pressure and install the
remaining O-ring Plug (23) into Motor Control Valve (32)
and torque to 30-31 ft.lbs. (41-42 Nm).
3121616 3-47
20
12
1I
1H
5A
1E
4
13
1G
11
1J
1C 11
44
1A
1A. Output Shaft 1G. Housing 2. Internal Gear 5A. O-Ring 12. Bolt
1B. Lip Seal 1H. Thrust Washer 3. Carrier Assembly 6. Brake Housing 13. Dowel Pin
1C. Bearing 1I. Retaining Ring 4. Ring Gear 8. Sun Gear 20. Pipe Plug
1E. Bearing 1J. Pipe Plug 5. O-Ring 11. Thrust Washer 44. Internal Retaining Ring
Figure 3-52. Swing Drive Assembly
3-48 3121616
101
102
104
105 103
106
104
107
104
108
104
8K
109
110 8K
104
8K
112
113 8K
29
115
114
28 118
116 8K
125
117 29
32
23
28 6
22
21
30
35
6. Brake Housing 8L. Spring 35. Tube 108. Rotor Set 117. Back-up Washer
8A. Piston 21. Bolt 101. Bolt 109. Wear Plate 118. Housing
8D. O-Ring 22. Lockwasher 102. End Cover 110. Drive Link 119. Outer Bearing
8E.Back-Up Ring 23. Pipe Plug 103. Commutator Seal 112. Coupling Shaft 120. Seal
8F. O-Ring 26. O-Ring 104. Ring Seal 113. Inner Bearing 125. Back-up Washer
8H. Back-up Ring 28. Lifting Lug 105. Commutator and Ring Assy 114. Thrust Washer
8J. Rotor Disc 29. Bolt 106. Ring 115. Thrust Bearing
8K. Stator Disc 30. Elbow 107. Manifold 116. Inner Seal
Figure 3-53. Swing Motor and Brake Assembly
3121616 3-49
3.8 SWING HUB REMOVAL 3.9 SWING HUB INSTALLATION

1. Disconnect all wiring harness terminals connected to Ensure mounting plate and mounting location of the base
the swing motor. plate are clean and painted with a uniform coating of mini-
mum thickness (no runs, drips, etc.).
2. Gently loosen the set screw. Do not remove.
3. Remove the pivot bolt using Allen Wrench. Procedure For Setting Swing Gear Backlash
Set backlash to 0.010 in. to 0.015 in. (0.254 mm - 0.381 mm)
using the following procedure:
1. Place the machine on firm, level ground.
2. Place shim between pinion and bearing at bearing high
spot (shown below).
Jam Nut HIGH SPOT in this area with

two x's and yellow paint in
tooth space.
Jack Bolt
Pivot Bolt Mounting Bolt
HIGH SPOT
marked with yellow paint
4. Remove the mounting bolts securing swing drive hub to
the turntable.
5. Using the suitable lifting device, remove the swing drive
hub from mounting plate without damaging the swing
gear.
6. Place swing drive hub in the clean area.
7. Refer to Section 3.7, Swing Drive, for swing drive mainte- 3. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and torque pivot
nance. bolt to 205 ft. lbs. (280 Nm) (shown below).
Pivot Bolt
NOTE: Make sure the turntable is properly supported during the

following step. The turntable can swing a few degrees
when the turntable lock is removed if the turntable is not
balanced properly.
3-50 3121616
4. Remove turntable lock pin. 9. Torque mounting bolts to 340 ft. lbs. (Nm).
5. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and pre-torque
swing drive mounting bolts to 30 ft. lbs. (40 Nm).
10. Remove shim and discard..
6. Tighten jack bolt until pinion is completely snug against

shim and bearing then loosen jack bolt.
Jam Nut
Jack Bolt
Swing Drive Lubrication

Fill Swing Drive Gearbox with 43 oz (1.27 L) 90w80gear oil with
EP additives. Oil should cover the ring gear. Torque pipe plug
to 23-25 ft.lbs (31- 33 Nm).
7. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and torque jack

bolt 50 ft. lbs. (68 Nm). Fill Plug
8. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and tighten jam
nut.
Drain Plug
3121616 3-51
3.10 SWING BEARING Wear Tolerance

Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition Check 1. From underside of the machine, at rear center, with the
tower boom fully elevated and fully retracted, as shown
NOTE: This check is designed to replace existing bearing bolt in Figure 3-56. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measurement
torque checks on JLG Lifts in service. This check must be Location & Boom Placement A, using a magnetic base
performed after first 50 hours of machine operation and dial indicator, measure and record distance between
every 600 hours of machine operation thereafter. If during swing bearing and turntable as shown in Figure 3-55.
this check any bolts are found to be missing or loose, Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point.
replace missing or loose bolts with new bolts and torque to
2. At the same point, with the main boom horizontal and
the value specified in the torque chart, after lubri-cating
fully extended, and the tower boom fully elevated as
the bolt threads with JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019. After
shown in the Figure 3-56. Swing Bearing Tolerance Mea-
replacing and retorquing bolt or bolts recheck all existing
surement Location & Boom Placement B, using a mag-
bolts for looseness.
netic base dial indicator, measure and record distance
between swing bearing and turntable as shown in Fig-
1. Check frame to bearing. Attach bolts as follows:
ure 3-55. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point.
a. Elevate fully retracted main boom to 70 degrees (full
elevation). 3. If difference is greater than 0.079 in. (2.00 mm), is deter-
mined, the swing bearing should be replaced.
b. At the positions indicated on Figure 3-54.. try and
insert the 0.0015 in. (0.0381 mm) feeler gauge 4. If a difference less than 0.079 in. (2.00 mm) is deter-
between the bolt head and hardened washer at the mined, and any of the following conditions exist, the
arrow indicated position. bearing should be removed, disassembled, and
c. Assure that the 0.0015 in. (0.0381 mm) feeler gauge inspected for the following:
will not penetrate under the bolt head to the bolt a. Metal particles in grease.
shank.
b. Increased drive power required.
d. Swing turntable 90 degrees and check some
c. Noise.
selected bolts are at the new position.
d. Rough rotation.
e. Continue rotating turntable at 90 degrees intervals
until a sampling of bolts have been checked in all 5. If bearing inspection shows no defects, reassemble and
quadrants. return to service.
2. Check the turntable to bearing. Attach bolts as follows:
a. Elevate the fully retracted boom to 70 degrees (full
THE SWING BEARING IS ONE OF THE MOST CRITICAL POINTS ON AN AERIAL
elevation).
LIFT. IT IS HERE THAT THE STRESSES OF LIFTING ARE CONCENTRATED, AT THE
b. Try and insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between bolt CENTER OF ROTATION. BECAUSE OF THIS, PROPER MAINTENANCE OF
head and hardened washer at position shown in THESWING BEARING BOLTS IS A MUST FOR SAFE OPERATION.
Figure 3-54.
c. Lower the boom to horizontal and fully extend the
boom.
d. Try and insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between bolt
head and hardened washer at position shown in
Figure 3-54.
Figure 3-55. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point
.0015" Feeler Gauge
Figure 3-54. Swing Bearing Bolt Feeler Gauge Check
3-52 3121616
3121616
a. Tower boom fully elevated and main boom level.
b. Main boom fully elevated.
Measuring Point
Measuring Point
Figure 3-56. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measurement Location & Boom Placement
3-53
Swing Bearing Replacement INSTALLATION

1. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully lower the
REMOVAL swing bearing into position on the frame. Ensure the
1. From Ground Control station, operate the boom ade- scribed line of the outer race of the bearing aligns with
quately to provide access to frame opening or, if the scribed line on the frame. If a new swing bearing is
equipped, to rotary coupling. used, ensure that the filler plug fitting is at 90 degrees
from the fore and aft center line of the frame.
NEVER WORK BENEATH THE BOOM WITHOUT FIRST ENGAGING BOOM SAFETY
PROP OR PROVIDING ADEQUATE OVERHEAD SLING SUPPORT AND/OR BLOCK- JLG INDUSTRIES RECOMMENDS ALL REMOVED BEARING BOLTS BE DISCARDED
ING. AND REPLACED WITH NEW BOLTS. SINCE THE SWING BEARING IS THE ONLY
STRUCTURAL LINK BETWEEN THE FRAME AND TURNTABLE, IT IS IMPERATIVE
2. Attach an adequate support sling to boom and draw all SUCH REPLACEMENT HARDWARE MEETS JLG SPECIFICATIONS. USE OF GENU-
slack from sling. Prop or block boom if feasible. INE JLG HARDWARE IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED.
3. From inside turntable, remove mounting hardware
attaching rotary coupling retaining yoke brackets to 2. Apply a light coating of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019
turntable. to the new bearing bolts, and loosely install the bolts
and washers through the frame and outer race of bear-
ing.
HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDIATELY AFTER DIS-

CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID THE ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO THE SYS-
TEM. IF COMPRESSED AIR OR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED IMPACT WRENCH IS USED
FOR TIGHTENING THE BEARING ATTACHMENT BOLTS, THE TORQUE SETTING
4. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from the fittings on ACCURACY OF THE TOOL SHOULD BE CHECKED PRIOR TO USE.
the top of the rotary coupling. Use a suitable container
to retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Immediately cap 3. Refer to the Torque Sequence diagram as shown in Fig-
lines and ports. ure 3-58., Swing Bearing Torque Sequence Clean any res-
idue off the new bearing bolts, then apply a light coating
5. Attach suitable overhead lifting equipment to base of of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and install the bolts
the turntable weldment. and washers through the frame and outer race of the
6. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the inner race of bearing. Tighten the bolts to an initial torque of 190 ft.
the swing bearing and on the underside of the turnta- lbs. (260 Nm) w/Loctite.
ble. This will aid in aligning the bearing upon installa- 4. Remove the lifting equipment from the bearing.
tion. Remove the bolts and washers which attach the
turntable to the bearing inner race. Discard the bolts.
7. Use the lifting equipment to carefully lift the complete
turntable assembly from the bearing. Ensure that no
damage occurs to the turntable, bearing or frame-
mounted components.
8. Carefully place the turntable on a suitably supported
trestle.
9. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the outer race of
the swing bearing and the frame. This line will aid in
aligning the bearing upon installation. Remove the bolts
and washers which attach the outer race of the bearing
to the frame. Discard the bolts. Use suitable lifting equip-
ment to remove the bearing from the frame, then move
the bearing to a clean, suitably supported work area.
3-54 3121616

Figure 3-57. Swing Bearing Torque Sequence
5. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully position the Swing Bearing Torque Values
turntable assembly above the machine frame.
1. Outer Race - 190 ft-lb (258 Nm) w/Loctite.
6. Carefully lower the turntable onto the swing bearing,
ensuring that the scribed line of the inner race of the 2. Inner Race - 190 ft-lb (258 Nm) w/Loctite.
bearing aligns with scribed line on the turntable. If a
3. See Figure 3-57. Swing Bearing Torque Sequence.
new swing bearing is used, ensure that the filler plug fit-
ting is at 90 degrees from the fore and aft center line of
the turntable.
CHECK INNER AND OUTER SWING BEARING BOLTS FOR MISSING OR LOOSE-
7. Clean any residue off the new bearing bolts, then apply
a light coating of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and NESS AFTER FIRST 50 HOURS OF OPERATION AND EVERY 600 HOURS THERE-
install the bolts and washers through the turntable and AFTER.
inner race of the bearing.
8. Following the Torque Sequence diagram shown in Fig-
ure 3-58., Swing Bearing Torque Sequence, tighten the
bolts to a torque of 190 ft. lbs. (260 Nm) w/Loctite.
9. Remove the lifting equipment.
10. Install the rotary coupling retaining yoke brackets, apply
a light coating of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the
attaching bolts and secure the yoke to the turntable
with the mounting hardware.
11. Connect the hydraulic lines to the rotary coupling as
tagged prior to removal.
12. At ground control station, use boom lift control to lower
boom to stowed position.
13. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate the
hydraulic system and check the swing system for proper
and safe operation.
3121616 3-55
3.11 ROTARY COUPLING 6. Assemble lip seals (14) in direction shown in Figure 3-59.
Rotary Coupling - Sheet 2 of 2.
Use the following procedure to install the seal kit.
7. Reassemble O-ring (18).
1. If not already removed, remove axle oscillation valve
from cylinder barrel. The valve spool protrudes into the 8. Heat cap seals (17) in hydraulic oil for 5 minutes at 300° F
barrel and will damage spool and seals if left in place. (149° C).
2. Remove snap ring (12) from end. 9. Assemble cap seals over O-rings
3. Remove thrust ring (13) from same end. 10. Reinsert center body in housing (lube with hydraulic oil)
4. Remove center body (10) from housing (11). 11. Replace thrust ring and snap ring.
5. Cut off old seals (14,15,17,18).
1
4
4
6 2
3
3 4
4
4
5
5
Detail A
1. Rotary Coupling 3. Locknut 5. Bolt 7. Bracket

2. Torque Lug 4. Flatwasher 6. Nut
Figure 3-58. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 1 of 2
3-56 3121616
12
13
10
15
16
3 17
1 18
4
17
11 18
6 16
9 15
7 14
8
DETAIL A 13
12
1. O-ring 6. Spring 11. Housing 16. Bearing

2. Plug 7. Valve Block Plunger 12. Retaining Ring 17. Cap Seal
3. Check Valve 8. Valve Block 13. Ring 18. O-ring
4. Screw 9. O-ring 14. Oil Seal
5. Plug 10. Body 15. O-ring
Figure 3-59. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 2 of 2
3121616 3-57
7
5
1,5
2
5 6
6 2
1
7
2,7
3
4 7
4 3 3
1 1
2
2 2 3
4 3
4
7 7
7 7
Figure 3-60. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 2WS
3-58 3121616
7
5
1,5,9
2,8
5 6
6
1 2
7
2,7
3
4 7
4 9 8 3 8 3
1 1
2
2 2
3
3
4 4
7 7 7 7
8
8
9
Figure 3-61. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 4WS
3121616 3-59
Table 3-8. Coupling Port Information Table - 2WS 3.12 GENERATOR

Operating Proof
Port Out- Port Every 250 hours
Description Pressure Pressure
No. let Size
PSI (Bar) PSI (Bar)
Check drive belt tension every 250 hours of operation,.
1 1 -8 Brake 450 (31) 675 (47)
2 2 -6 2 Speed 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
3 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
4 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
5 2 -6, -16 Drive Reverse 4500 (310) 6750 (465)

6 1 -16 Drive Forward 4500 (310) 6750 (465)

7 3 -8, -6 Case Drain 250 (17) 375 (26)
Table 3-9. Coupling Port Information Table - 4WS
Operating Proof
Port Out- Port
Description Pressure Pressure
No. let Size
PSI (Bar) PSI (Bar)
1 1 -8 Brake 450 (31) 675 (47)
2 2 -6 2 Speed 4500 (310) 6750 (465) Figure 3-62. Generator Belt Tension
3 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
Every 500 hours
4 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
5 2 -6, -16 Drive Reverse 4500 (310) 6750 (465) Service generator brushes and slip rings every 500 hours of
operation. Hostile environments may require more frequent
6 1 -16 Drive Forward 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
service.
7 3 -8, -6 Case Drain 250 (17) 375 (26)
8 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
9 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
Figure 3-63. Generator Brushes and Slip Rings
Blow out inside of generator every 500 hours of service. If

operating in a hostile environment, clean monthly.
Figure 3-64. Blow Out Generator
3-60 3121616
Overload Protection Inspecting Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and

Cleaning Slip Rings
Refer to Figure 3-66. Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing
STOP ENGINE WHENEVER CHECKING OR INSPECTING CIRCUIT BREAKER. Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings.
The circuit breaker protects generator windings from over-

INSPECTING BRUSH POSITION
load. Generator output stops if circuit breaker opens.
Inspect brush alignment with slip rings. View alignment
through air vents in stator barrel. Brushes must ride com-
If circuit breaker continues to open, check for faulty equip-
pletely on slip rings.
ment connected to platform receptacles.
INSPECTING BRUSHES
1. Remove end panel. Inspect wires.
2. Remove brush holder assembly. Pull brushes from hold-
ers.
3. Replace brushes if damaged, or if brush is at or near min-
imum length.

CLEANING SLIP RINGS
1. Visually inspect the slip rings. Under normal use, the
rings turn dark brown.
2. If slip rings are corroded or their surface is uneven,
remove belt to turn shaft by hand for cleaning.
3. Clean rings with 220 grit emery paper. Remove as little
material as possible. If rings are deeply pitted and do not
clean up, consult generator factory service.
Figure 3-65. Generator Circuit Breaker Location
4. Reinstall belt, brush holder assembly, and end panel.
3121616 3-61
Brush Position On Slip Rings
2
3
Acceptable Unacceptable
Brushes must ride
completely on slip
rings
1/4 in (6 mm)
Or Less - Replace
7/16 in - 1/2 in
2 (11 - 12 mm) New
1. Brush Holder Assembly

2. Brushes
3. Slip Rings
Figure 3-66. Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings
3-62 3121616
3.13 DEUTZ D2.9 L4 (T4F) ENGINE
1
13
7
2
8
6 14
4
5
3 10, 11
12
15
17
36
38 16
37 35
34
33
32
31 18 19
30
29
20
28 25
24
21
23
27
26 22
1. Fan 11. Spark Arrester 21. Gear Pump Assembly 31. Oil Fill Cap
2. Adapter 12. Pressure Sensor 22. Oil Drain Hose 32. Oil Cooler
3. Drive Belt 13. Front Engine Mount 23. Oil Drain Valve 33. Oil Filter
4. Water Pump 14. Motor Mount 24. Pump Coupler 34. Belt Tensioner
5. Fuel Injector 15. Shuttle Valve 25. Flywheel 35. Plug
6. Thermostat 16. Catalytic Converter/Muffler 26. Fuel Filter 36. Alternator
7. Oil Fill Cap 17. Rear Engine Mount 27. Pressure Sensor 37. Adapter
8. Temperature Sender 18. Coupling 28. Rear Engine Mount 38. Pulley
9. Turbocharger 19. Pump Adapter Plate 29. Oil Pan Drain Plug
10. Exhaust Pipe 20. Pump Assembly 30. Front Engine/Generator Mount
Figure 3-67. Deutz D2.9 L4 (T4F) Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2
3121616 3-63
Vent
1
Return
Supply
5
2
15
7
9 To Engine
14
10
12
13 11
1. Coolant Recovery Tank 4. Coolant Overflow Hose 7. Fuel Pre-Filter 10. Relay 13. Engine Tray
2. Radiator Assembly 5. Coolant Level Sensor 8. Battery 11. Lanyard 14. Air Filter Assembly
3. Air Filter Service Indicator 6. Fuel Pump 9. Power Module Relay 12. Hitch Pin 15. Engine Control Unit (ECU)
Figure 3-68. Deutz D2.9 L4 (T4F) Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2
3-64 3121616
NOTE: Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for detailed oper- Change Engine Oil
ating and maintenance instructions.
1. Allow engine to warm up. Engine oil should reach
Check Oil Level approximately 176° F (80° C).
1. Make sure machine and engine are level and switch 2. Make sure machine and engine are level and switch off
engine OFF before checking oil level. engine.
2. Remove oil dipstick and wipe with clean cloth. 3. Place oil tray under engine.
3. Insert dipstick to the stop and remove again.
4. Check oil level. Top oil level as shown in figure below
HOT ENGINE OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH HOT OIL WHEN
with an approved grade and type of oil outlined in
DRAINING.
engine manufacturer’s operator’s manual.
COLLECT USED OIL IN A CONTAINER SUITABLE FOR DISPOSAL OR RECYCLING.

DISPOSE OF USED ENGINE OIL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGU-
MINIMUM OIL
LEVEL LATIONS.
4. Open oil drain valve and drain oil.
5. Close oil drain valve.
6. Pour in new engine oil. Refer to Section 1 for capacity
MAXIMUM OIL and Figure 3-70. Engine Oil Viscosity.
LEVEL
Figure 3-69. Deutz 2.9 T4F Dipstick Markings

5. Replace dipstick until fully seated.
Figure 3-70. Engine Oil Viscosity
3121616 3-65
Change Oil Filter Change Fuel Filters

1. Wipe area around filter to clean any dirt from area.
2. Using a suitable oil filter removal tool, loosen lube oil fil- FUEL IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. MAKE SURE
ter cartridge and spin off.
NO OPEN FLAMES OR SPARKS ARE IN THE AREA WHEN WORKING ON FUEL SYS-
TEM. DO NOT SMOKE WHEN WORKING ON FUEL SYSTEM.

2. Disconnect water sensor connector (Pre-filter Only).
3. Remove fuel filter cartridge. Catch any escaping fuel.
3. Catch any escaping oil.

4. Clean any dirt from filter carrier sealing surface.
5. Lightly coat new oil filter rubber gasket with clean oil
6. Screw in new filter by hand until gasket is flush.
7. Hand-tighten filter another half-turn.
4. Clean dirt from filter carrier sealing surface.

5. Apply light film of oil or diesel fuel to rubber gasket of
new filter cartridge.
6. Screw in new filter by hand until gasket is flush. Hand-
tighten filter another half-turn.
8. Check oil level.

9. Check oil pressure.
10. Check oil filter cartridge for leaks.
7. Connect water sensor connector (Pre-filter Only).

8. Open fuel shut-off valve.
9. Check for leaks
3-66 3121616
3.14 DEUTZ D2011 (T4I) ENGINE
1
5
6
24 7
2 3 9
4 8
10
23
11
22
21
12
19
20 13
OR
18
14
15
16
17
1. Radiator Mounting Plate 9. Air Cleaner 17. Engine Mount

2. Fan 10. Right Rear Engine Mounting Plate 18. Left Front Engine Support
3. Dipstick 11. Exhaust Pipe 19. Left Front Engine/Generator Support
4. Oil Filler Cap 12. Coupling 20. Starter
5. Control Module 13. Pump Adapter Plate 21. Muffler
6. Fuel Injector 14. Piston Pump 22. Alternator
7. Oil Cooler Hose 15. Gear Pump 23. Radiator Hose
8. Exhaust Pipe Extension 16. Left Rear Engine Mounting Plate 24. Radiator
Figure 3-71. Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2
3121616 3-67
17
1 16 13
2
15
10 14
11
12
4 8
6
18
7 5
MAE4090
1. Battery 7. Engine Tray 13. Temperature Sensor

2. Battery Hold-Down 8. Filler Cap 14. Oil Pressure Sensor
3. J-Bolt 9. Oil Lube Pump 15. Speed Sensor
4. Battery Hold-Down Plate 10. Oil Filter 16. Throttle Actuator
5. Hitch Pin 11. Fuel Filter 17. Temperature Sensor
6. Relay 12. Fuel Supply Pump 18. Starter
Figure 3-72. Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2
3-68 3121616
NOTE: Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for detailed oper- Changing Engine Oil
ating and maintenance instructions.
1. Allow engine to warm up. Engine oil should reach
Checking Oil Level approximately 176° F (80° C).
1. Make sure machine and engine are level and switch 2. Make sure machine and engine are level and switch off
engine OFF before checking oil level. engine.
2. Remove oil dipstick and wipe with clean cloth. 3. Place oil tray under engine.
3. Insert dipstick to the stop and remove again.
4. Check oil level. Top oil level as shown in figure below
HOT ENGINE OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH HOT OIL WHEN
with an approved grade and type of oil outlined in
DRAINING.
engine manufacturer’s operator’s manual.
COLLECT USED OIL IN A CONTAINER SUITABLE FOR DISPOSAL OR RECYCLING.

DISPOSE OF USED ENGINE OIL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGU-
LATIONS.
4. Open oil drain valve and drain oil.
5. Close oil drain valve.
6. Pour in new engine oil. Refer to Section 1 for capacity
and Figure 3-74. Engine Oil Viscosity.
Figure 3-73. Deutz Dipstick Markings

5. Replace dipstick until fully seated.
Figure 3-74. Engine Oil Viscosity
3121616 3-69
Changing Oil Filter 10. Check oil filter cartridge for leaks.
1. Wipe area around filter to clean any dirt from area. Replace Fuel Filter
2. Using a suitable oil filter removal tool, loosen lube oil fil-
ter cartridge and spin off.
FUEL IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. MAKE SURE

2. Remove fuel filter cartridge. Catch any escaping fuel.
3. Clean dirt from filter carrier sealing surface.
4. Apply light film of oil or diesel fuel to rubber gasket of
new filter cartridge.
5. Screw in new filter by hand until gasket is flush. Hand-
tighten filter another half-turn.
6. Open fuel shut-off valve.
3. Catch any escaping oil.
7. Check for leaks.
4. Clean any dirt from filter carrier sealing surface.
5. Lightly coat new oil filter rubber gasket with clean oil. Clean Fuel Strainer
FUEL IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. MAKE SURE
1. Unscrew hexagonal nut (1).
6. Screw in new filter by hand until gasket is flush.
2. Remove fuel strainer cover (2).

3. Clean fuel strainer with diesel fuel and replace as
needed.
7. Hand-tighten filter another half-turn.
4. Place seal (3) in position.
8. Check oil level.
5. Install fuel strainer cover (2). Tighten screw (1).
9. Check oil pressure.
6. Check for leaks.
3-70 3121616
3.15 SPARK ARRESTER CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS 3.16 GLOW PLUGS

1. Remove the cleanout plug in the bottom of spark If the glow plug option is enabled in the JLG Control System,
arrester (muffler). the glow plug and indicator lamp will be energized when the
Power/Emergency Stop switch is pulled on if the ambient air
2. Without causing deformation (or any type of damage to temperature is less than 50° F (10° C) and the engine coolant
the spark arrester) repeatedly tap on the arrester near temperature is less than 140° F (60° C).
the cleanout plug. This may be enough to begin
drainage of the spark trap. This determination will occur one second after the Power/
Emergency Stop switch has been pulled on. The lamp and
3. An industrial vacuum cleaner can do a complete job at glow plugs will remain energized for the period of time speci-
this point. fied by the setting in the JLG Control System. Engine start shall
a. Or, IN A SAFE AREA, start the engine. Then alternate be disabled during this period.
between low idle and high idle for two to three min- On Deutz engines, the glow plugs will continue (post glow)
utes. after the engine has started for three times the machine digit
b. Or, operate the engine as required by the applica- setting.
tion for two to three minutes.
4. Install the cleanout plug.
3121616 3-71
3.17 DEUTZ EMR 2 The EMR2 is equipped with safety devices and measures in the
hardware and software in order to ensure emergency running
The EMR2 consists of the sensors, the control unit and the (Limp home) functions.
actuator. Engine-side controls as well as the JLG Control Sys-
tem are connected by means of separate cable harnesses to In order to switch the engine off, the EMR2 is switched in a de-
the EMR control unit. energized fashion over the ignition switch. A strong spring in
the actuator presses the control rod in the de-energized condi-
The sensors attached to the engine provide the electronics in tion into the zero position. As a redundancy measure, an addi-
the control unit with all the relevant physical parameters In tional solenoid serves for switching off and this, independently
accordance with the information of the current condition of of the actuator, also moves the control rod in the de-energized
the engine and the preconditions (throttle position etc.), the condition into the zero position.
EMR2 controls an actuator that operates the control rod of the
injection pump and thus doses the fuel quantity in accordance After the programming, that is carried out over the ISO9141
with the performance requirements. interface, the EMR2 possesses a motor-specific data set and
this is then fixedly assigned to the engine. Included in this are
The exact position of the regulating rod is reported back and, if the various application cases as well as the customer’s wishes
necessary, is corrected, by means of the control rod travel sen- regarding a particular scope of function.
sor, situated together with the rotation magnets in a housing
of the actuator. Each EMR2 module is matched by serial number to the engine.
Modules cannot be swapped between engines.
Figure 3-75. EMR 2 Engine Side Equipment
3-72 3121616
3121616
Figure 3-76. Deutz EMR 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart
3-73
3-74
Figure 3-77. Deutz EMR 2 Vehicle Side Connection Diagram
3121616
3121616
Figure 3-78. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 1 of 2
3-75
3-76
Figure 3-79. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 2 of 2
3121616
Figure 3-80. EMR 2 Engine Plug Pin Identification
3121616 3-77
Figure 3-81. EMR 2 Vehicle Plug Pin Identification
3-78 3121616
3121616
Figure 3-82. EMR2 Fault Codes - Sheet 1 of 5
3-79
3-80
3121616
3121616
3-81
3-82
3121616
3121616
3-83
3.18 BIO FUEL IN DEUTZ ENGINES Bio Fuel

General PERMITTED BIO-DIESEL FUELS
as a bio-diesel fuel in Europe but fatty acid methylester (FAME)
Use of bio fuels is permitted for the compact engines made by based on other oils have come onto the market increasingly in
DEUTZ. recent years. However, with the latter there is a risk that the
Distillate fuels with residue oil percentages or mixed fuels may limit values of EN 14214 are not kept in the field. Anyone who
not be used in DEUTZ compact engines. The DEUTZ vehicle uses bio-diesel fuel in DEUTZ engines must therefore choose
engines are designed for diesel fuels in accordance with EN his supplier very carefully and have him guarantee compliance
590 with a cetane number of at least 51. DEUTZ engines for with the EN 14214 limit values. Since experience has shown
mobile machinery are designed for a cetane number of at least that rape seed oil methylester (RME) exceeds the limit values
45. When using fuels of a low cetane number, disturbing white less often that other esters, it is expressly recommended to use
smoke and ignition misfires are to be expected under some only rape seed oil methyester. DEUTZ customers in Germany
circumstances. can additionally ensure the quality by buying bio-diesel fuel
with an AGQM certificate (Arbeitsgemeinschaft Qualitäts-Man-
A cetane number of at least 40 is permissible for the US mar- agement Biodiesel e.V.).
ket, therefore special engine models have been developed to
avoid starting difficulties, extreme white smoke or increased The use of US bio-diesel based on soy oil methylester is only
hydrocarbon emissions (EPA specification - US EPA REGULA- permissible in mixtures with diesel fuel with a bio-diesel part
TIONS FOR LARGE NONROAD COMPRESSION- IGNITION of a max. 20 weight-%. The US bio-diesel used for the mixture
ENGINES). must comply with the ASTM D6751-07a (B100) standard.
If the white smoke behavior is unacceptable when using a very

low cetane number, the use of ignition improvers is to be rec-
ommended as a later remedial measure.
The certification measurements for compliance with the legal
emission limits are carried out with the test fuels prescribed by
law. These correspond to the diesel fuels in accordance with
EN 590 and ASTM D 975. No emission values are guaranteed
with the other fuels described. It is the obligation of the owner
to check the permission for use of the fuels in accordance with
regional regulations.
3-84 3121616
APPROVED ENGINES Biological Contamination In Fuels

The 912, 913, 914, 1011, 2011, 1012, 2012, 1013, 2013, 413 and
513 series are approved for bio-diesel from year of manufac- SYMPTOMS
ture 1993 under compliance with the basic conditions speci- The following symptoms may indicate that a fuel tank is con-
fied below. taminated by micro-organisms:
BASIC CONDITIONS TO BE OBSERVED • . Internal tank corrosion,
• A power loss of 5-9 % in relation to diesel fuel in accor- • . Filter blockage and the associated loss of power due to
dance with EN 590 is possible due to the lower heating gel-like deposits on the fuel filter (especially after long
value. Blocking of the fuel injector is not allowed. standstills)
• The lubricating oil quality must correspond to TR 0199-99-
3002. The lubricating oil change interval must be halved in CAUSE
relation to operation with diesel fuel in accordance with EN Micro-organisms (bacteria, yeasts, funguses) can form bio-
590. sludge under unfavorable conditions (favoured particularly by
heat and water).
• Standstills of longer than 4 to 6 weeks must be avoided
with bio-diesel. Otherwise the engine must be started and Penetration by water is usually caused by condensation of the
stopped with diesel fuel. water in the air. Water does not dissolve in fuel so that the pen-
etrating water collects at the bottom of the tank. The bacteria
• Bio-diesels can be mixed with normal diesel fuel but the
and funguses grow in the watery phase, at the phase bound-
basic conditions described in this subsection apply for mix-
ary to the fuel phase, from which they draw their nutrition.
tures. Mixtures with up to 5 % (m/m) bio-diesel (B5) which
There is an increased risk especially with biodiesel (FAME).
have recently been on sale at European fuel stations are
excepted. These fuels must be treated like normal diesel PREVENTIVE MEASURES
fuels because EN 590 expressly permits adding up to 5 % • Keep the storage tank clean, regular cleaning of the tank
(m/m) bio-diesel in accordance with EN 14214. by specialist companies
• Approx. 30-50 hours after changing over from diesel fuel to • Installation of fuel pre-filters with water traps, especially in
bio-diesel, the fuel filter should be changed as a preventive countries with frequently fluctuating fuel qualities and
measure to avoid a drop in performance due to clogged high percentage of water.
fuel filters. Deposited fuel ageing products are dissolved by
bio-diesel and transported into the fuel filter. They should If the fuel system and storage tank have already been attacked
not be changed immediately but after approx. 30 to 50 by micro-organisms. The biocide must be dosed according to
hours because the dissolving of dirt takes a certain amount the manufacturer's specifications.
of time. • Avoid direct exposure of the storage tank to sunlight
PLANT OIL • Use smaller storage tanks with corresponding low dwell
times of the stored fuel
FUEL ADDITIVES
PURE PLANT OILS (E.G. RAPE SEED OIL, SOY OIL, PALM OIL) ARE NOT CLASSI- The use of fuel additives is not permitted. The flow improvers
FIED AS BIO-DIESEL AND EXHIBIT PROBLEMATICAL PROPERTIES FOR DIESEL mentioned above are an exception. Use of unsuitable addi-
ENGINE OPERATION (STRONG TENDENCY TO COKE, RISK OF PISTON SEIZURE, tives will result in loss of warranty.
EXTREMELY HIGH VISCOSITY, POOR EVAPORATION BEHAVIOR.
The conversion of DEUTZ engines to rape seed oil fuel opera-

tion with conversion kits and modified tanks systems of vari-
ous manufacturers is not allowed and leads to loss of warranty
rights.
3121616 3-85
3.19 GM ENGINE
1
6
4 3
9
15
10
14 11
11
13
12
MAE8840
1. Container 5. Radiator Hose 9. Piston Pump 13. Engine Mount Plate

2. Radiator Mounting Plate 6. Air Cleaner Assembly 10. Gear Pump 14. Battery
3. Oil Filter 7. Fitting 11. Engine Mount 15. Battery Hold Down
4. Fan 8. Muffler 12. Engine Mount (front)
Figure 3-87. GM Engine Installation Sheet 1 of 2
3-86 3121616
RETURN ON
FUEL TANK
TO ENGINE
FITTING LOCATED IN
BOTTOM OF FUEL TANK
TO LP FUEL
SHUT-OFF
MAE8860
Figure 3-88. GM Engine Installation Sheet 2 of 2
3121616 3-87
3.20 GM ENGINE GENERAL MAINTENANCE • Check ground and platform control stations to ensure all
warning indicator lights are functioning.
Drive Belt Maintenance Checking/Filling Engine Oil Level

The serpentine drive belt utilizes a spring loaded tensioner
which keeps the belt properly adjusted. The drive belt is an
integral part of the cooling and charging systems and should
AN OVERFILLED CRANKCASE (OIL LEVEL OVER THE SPECIFIED FULL MARK) CAN
be inspected frequently.
CAUSE AN OIL LEAK, FLUCTUATION OR DROP IN OIL PRESSURE, AND ROCKER
When inspecting belts check for: ARM "CLATTER".
• Cracks or breaks
• Chunking of the belt
CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL. OIL LEVEL MUST
• Splits
BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN "ADD" MARK AND "FULL" MARK ON DIPSTICK.
• Material hanging from belt
To ensure you are not getting a false reading, make sure the
• Glazing and hardening
following steps are taken before checking oil level.
• Damaged or improperly aligned pulleys
1. Stop engine if in use.
• Improperly performing tensioner
2. Allow sufficient time (approximately 5 minutes) for oil to
Check belt tensioner by pressing down on the midway point of drain back into oil pan.
the longest stretch between pulleys. The belt should not
depress beyond 1/2 inch (13mm). If depression is more than 3. Remove dipstick. Wipe with a clean cloth or paper towel
allowable, adjust tension. and reinstall. Push dipstick all the way in dipstick tube.
4. Remove dipstick and note oil level.
5. Oil level must be between "FULL" and "ADD" marks.
ENGINE MANUFACTURER DOES NOT RECOMMEND USE OF "BELT DRESSING"
OR "ANTI SLIPPING AGENTS" ON DRIVE BELT.
Engine Electrical System Maintenance

The engine electrical system incorporates computers and
microprocessors to control engine ignition, fuel control, and
emissions. Periodic inspection of electrical wiring is necessary
due to sensitivity of computers to good electrical connections.
When inspecting the electrical system use the following:
• Check and clean battery terminal connections and ensure
connections are tight Figure 3-89. GM Engine Oil Dip Stick
• Check battery for any cracks or damage to case 6. If oil level is below "ADD" mark, proceed to Step 7 and 8
and reinstall dipstick in dipstick tube.
• Check Positive and Negative battery cables for corrosion
build up, or rubbing and chafing. Check connections on 7. Remove oil filter cap from valve rocker arm cover.
chassis are tight. 8. Add required amount of oil to bring level up to, but not
• Check entire engine wire harness for rubbing chafing, cuts over, "FULL" mark on dipstick.
or damaged connections. Repair as needed.
9. Reinstall oil fill cap to valve rocker cover and wipe away
• Check all wire harness connectors to ensure they are fully any excess oil.
seated and locked.
• Check ignition coil and spark plug cables for hardening,
cracking, chafing, separation, split boot covers, and proper
fit
• Replace spark plugs at the proper intervals as prescribed in
the engine manufacturer’s manual
• Make sure all electrical components are fitted securely.
3-88 3121616
Changing Engine Oil 1. Loosen worm gear clamp on coolant line running to EPR
as shown below. Remove hose from EPR. Place a rag
under hose to prevent coolant from running onto
engine/machine.
ALWAYS CHANGE OIL FILTER WHEN CHANGING OIL. CHANGE OIL WHEN
ENGINE IS WARM FROM OPERATION. OILS WILL FLOW FREELY AND CARRY
AWAY MORE IMPURITIES.
To change oil use the following steps:

1. Start engine and run until it reaches normal operating
temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Remove drain plug and allow oil to drain.
4. Remove and discard oil filter and sealing ring.
5. Coat sealing ring on new filter with clean engine oil and
wipe engine filter mounting surface to remove contami-
nation. Tighten filter securely (follow filter manufactur-
ers instructions). Do not over tighten.
6. Check sealing ring on drain plug for damage. Replace if 2. Remove radiator cap. Fill radiator with coolant until
necessary. Pipe plug and oil pan sealing surface with a coolant starts to appear from previously removed hose
clean rag. Reinstall plug. Do not over tighten. at the EPR. Reinstall hose back on EPR and continue to
7. Fill crankcase with oil. fill radiator with coolant.
8. Start engine and check for oil leaks.

9. Stop engine and check oil level is at "FULL".
10. Dispose of oil and filter in a safe manner as required by
local regulations.
Coolant Fill Procedure - Dual Fuel Engine
HOT ENGINE AND COMPONENTS CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS. MAKE SURE
ENGINE IS COOL BEFORE PERFORMING MAINTENANCE.
DAMAGE TO ENGINE CAN OCCUR IF NOT PROPERLY FILLED WITH COOLANT.

LPG FUELED ENGINES ARE MOST PRONE TO CREATING AN AIR LOCK DURING A 3. With radiator cap still removed, start engine and run
COOLANT FILL OPERATION DUE TO ELECTRONIC PRESSURE REGULATOR (EPR) until thermostat opens at 170° F (77° C), which can be
BEING THE HIGHEST POINT IN THE COOLING SYSTEM. AN EPR THAT APPEARS checked using the JLG handheld analyzer.
TO HAVE FROST FORMING ON IT IS A SIGN THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM CON-
TAINS AIR. APPEARANCE AND TEMPERATURE OF THE EPR SHOULD BE MONI-
TORED DURING COOLANT FILL OPERATION. A WARM EPR IS AN INDICATION
THAT THE COOLING SYSTEM IS PROPERLY FILLED AND FUNCTIONING. WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING, AIR AND/OR STEAM MAY BE PRESENT COMING
FROM THE RADIATOR. THIS IS NORMAL.
3121616 3-89
4. Run engine for five minutes after it has reached operat- 3.21 GM ENGINE DUAL FUEL SYSTEM
ing temperature. Shut off engine and continue to step 5.
The fuel system installed on this engine is designed to meet
mobile engine emission standards applicable for 2010 and
later model years. The Dual Fuel system allows the vehicle to
WITH ENGINE RUNNING OR WHEN SHUTTING OFF ENGINE, SOME HEATED operate on gasoline or LPG by positioning a selector switch in
COOLANT MAY SPILL OUT DUE TO AIR "BURPING" OUT OF THE SYSTEM WITH the operator's platform. When the operator places the selector
RADIATOR CAP OFF. switch in gasoline mode, the gasoline fuel pump is energized.
In gasoline mode the LPG fuel lock-off is isolated and will not
5. Verify the two coolant hoses on the EPR are warm. If they energize. In addition, the gasoline injector circuit is enabled
are not warm repeat step 3 and 4, otherwise continue to and injector pulses are provided to each injector. ECM calibra-
step 6. tion for gasoline is also enabled.
When LPG mode is selected the Low Pressure LPG lock-off is
energized and fuel from the LPG tank flows to the Electronic
A PROPERLY PURGED COOLING SYSTEM WILL YIELD A WARM UPPER RADIA- Pressure Regulator (EPR). The EPR receives an electronic signal
TOR HOSE AND A WARM EPR HOSE. IF UPPER RADIATOR AND EPR HOSES ARE to position the secondary lever for start or run positions. When
NOT WARM TO THE TOUCH AFTER ENGINE HAS RUN FOR 5-8 MINUTES AFTER the engine begins to crank, the mixer air valve will rise and fuel
REACHING OPERATING TEMPERATURE, THE SYSTEM MAY STILL CONTAIN AIR. begins flowing to engine. During this mode the gasoline fuel
IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO REPEAT ABOVE STEPS. pump is isolated and is not activated.
Primary components of the gasoline dual fuel system are the
6. Fill radiator with coolant as needed and install radiator gasoline tank, electric fuel pump and filter, fuel supply line,
cap. injector rail and injectors and the fuel pressure regulator.
7. Remove coolant recovery bottle cap and fill to just Primary components of the LPG dual fuel system are the LPG
below HOT FULL line. Reinstall cap. fuel tank, in-fuel filter, LPG Low Pressure lock-off, Electronic
Pressure Regulator (EPR) and the fuel mixer module. The LPG
fuel system operates at pressures which range from 14.0
inches (355.60 mm) of water column up to 312 psi (21.5 BAR).
Components shared by both systems include the Electronic
Throttle Control and ECM. The ECM contains a dual calibration;
one controls the gasoline fuel system during gasoline opera-
tion and one controls the LPG fuel system during LPG opera-
tion.
Fuel Filter
Propane fuel, like all other motor fuels, is subject to contamina-
tion from outside sources. Refueling and removal of the tank
from the equipment can contaminate the fuel system. It is nec-
essary to filter fuel before it enters fuel system components
downstream of the tank.
An in-line fuel filter is installed in the fuel system to remove
fuel contamination. The in-line filter is replaceable as a unit
only. Filter maintenance is critical to proper operation of the
fuel system and should be replaced as listed in Section 1. More
frequent replacement of the filter may be necessary in severe
operating conditions.
3-90 3121616
23
3
11
10
2
22
21
20
15
18
16
19
13
14
12
9
8 17 7
12 6
14
9 4 5
7
7 9
MAE3870
1
1. 1 inch Split Loom 6. Adapter Fitting 11. Lock-Off Valve 16. Electronic Pressure 21. Adapter
2. 90° Fitting 7. Hose 12. Clamp 17. Adapter 22. Spacer
3. 90° Fitting 8. Hose 13. Regulator 18. Mixer 23. T-MAP Sensor
4. 90° Fitting 9. Clamp 14. 45° Fitting 19. Spacer (600A Only)
5. Clamp 10. Nipple 15. Plug 20. Throttle Body
Figure 3-90. GM 3.0 Duel Fuel System Components
3121616 3-91
Direct Electronic Pressure Regulator (DEPR) Air Fuel Mixer
THE DEPR IS AN EMISSION CONTROL DEVICE AND SHOULD ONLY BE SERVICED THE AIR/FUEL MIXER IS AN EMISSION CONTROL DEVICE. COMPONENTS INSIDE
BY QUALIFIED TECHNICIANS. THE MIXER ARE SPECIFICALLY CALIBRATED TO MEET THE ENGINE’S EMISSIONS
REQUIREMENTS AND SHOULD NEVER BE DISASSEMBLED OR REBUILT. IF THE
The ECI engine management system uses the DEPR to control MIXER FAILS TO FUNCTION CORRECTLY, REPLACE WITH AN OEM REPLACE-
fuel delivery for precise fuel metering needed for optimum MENT PART.
combustion, fuel economy, and transient response.
The air valve mixer is a self-contained air-fuel metering device.
The DEPR is a single-stage microprocessor based electrome-
The mixer is an air valve design, utilizing a relatively constant
chanical fuel pressure regulator that incorporates a high
pressure drop to draw fuel into the mixer from cranking
speed/fast acting actuator. It communicates with the Engine
speeds to full load.
Control Module (ECM) over a Controller Area Network (CAN)
link, receiving fuel pressure commands and broadcasting The mixer is mounted in the air stream ahead of the throttle
DEPR operating parameters back to the ECM. control device. When the engine begins to crank it draws in air
with the air valve covering the inlet, and negative pressure
The DEPR can regulate fuel pressure from -18 to +13 inches of
begins to build. This negative pressure signal is communicated
water column above the Mixer air inlet pressure, providing suf-
to the top of the air valve chamber through vacuum ports in
ficient control authority to stall an engine either rich or lean.
the air valve assembly. A pressure/force imbalance begins to
When the DEPR receives an output pressure command from build across the air valve diaphragm between the air valve vac-
the ECM, the valve is internally driven to attain targeted fuel uum chamber and the atmospheric pressure below the dia-
pressure, the DEPR then closes the loop internally using a built phragm.
in fuel pressure sensor to maintain target fuel pressure/fuel
The vacuum being created is referred to as Air Valve Vacuum
flow rate, until another external command from the ECM is
(AVV). As the air valve vacuum reaches the imbalance point,
received (intervals < 10 ms).
the air valve begins to lift against the air valve spring. The
The DEPR has an integral fuel temperature sensor that is used amount of AVV generated is a direct result of throttle position.
by the ECM to correct for variations in fuel density. This pro- At low engine speed the air valve vacuum and the air valve
vides an extremely accurate method for open loop fuel con- position is low, creating a small venturi for the fuel to flow. As
trol. Then with the addition of the pre- and post-cat oxygen engine speed increases, AVV increases and the air valve is lifted
sensors, the pressure command transmitted form the ECM can higher creating a much larger venturi. Air valve vacuum is
be further adjusted using closed loop feedback. communicated from the mixer venturi to the IEPR via the fuel
supply hose.
Figure 3-91. Direct Electronic Pressure Regulator
Figure 3-92. Air Fuel Mixer
3-92 3121616
Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) Engine Control Module (ECM)

The Electronic Throttle Control device or "Throttle Body NOTE: The ECM may also be referred to as the Engine Control Unit
Assembly" is connected to the intake manifold of the engine. (ECU) in some applications.
The electronic throttle control device utilizes an electric motor
connected to the throttle shaft. To obtain maximum effect from the catalyst and accurate con-
When the engine is running, electrical signals are sent from trol of air fuel ratio, the emission certified engine is equipped
equipment controls to the engine ECM. The ECM then sends with an onboard computer or Engine Control Module (ECM).
an electrical signal to the motor on the electronic throttle con- The ECM is a 32 bit controller which receives input data from
trol to increase or decrease the angle of the throttle blade thus sensors fitted to the engine and fuel system and then outputs
increasing or decreasing the air/fuel flow to the engine. various signals to control engine operation.
Two internal Throttle Position Sensors (TPS) provide throttle

shaft and blade position output signals to the ECM. TPS infor-
mation is used by the ECM to correct speed and load control,
as well as emission control.
Figure 3-95. ECM Assembly
One specific function of the controller is to maintain "closed

loop fuel control". Closed loop fuel control is accomplished
when the exhaust gas oxygen sensor (HEGO) mounted in the
exhaust system sends a voltage signal to the controller. The
controller calculates corrections for the air fuel ratio. and out-
Figure 3-93. ELectronic Throttle Control Device puts signals to the DEPR to correct the amount of fuel supplied
to the mixer. At the same time the ECM may correct throttle
Electric Lock Off blade position to correct engine speed and load.
The Electric Lock Off device is an integrated assembly consist- The controller also performs fuel system diagnostic functions
ing of a 12 volt solenoid and normally closed valve. When and notifies the operator of malfunctions by turning on a Mal-
energized, the solenoid opens the valve and allows propane function Indicator Light (MIL) mounted in the Ground Control
fuel to flow through the device. The valve opens during Station and Platform Control Station. System malfunctions are
engine cranking and run cycles. Lock Off supply voltage is con- identified by a Diagnostic Code number. In addition to notify-
trolled by the Engine Control Module (ECM). ing the operator of the system malfunction, the controller also
stores information about the malfunction in its memory.
Figure 3-96. ECM Input-Output Diagram

Figure 3-94. Electric Lock Off Assembly
3121616 3-93
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor Gasoline Fuel Pump

There are two Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensors (HEGO). Gasoline is stored as a liquid in the fuel tank and in drawn into
The first HEGO is mounted in the exhaust system downstream the fuel system by an electric fuel pump. The fuel pump
of the engine. It is used to measure the amount of oxygen receives a signal from the ECM to prime the fuel system for
present in the exhaust stream and communicate that to the approximately 2 seconds before start. Priming the fuel system
ECM via an electrical signal. The amount of oxygen present in provides for a quicker start when engine begins to crank.
the exhaust stream indicates whether the fuel/air ratio is too
rich or too lean. If the HEGO sensor signal indicates exhaust Gasoline Pressure And Temperature Sensor
stream is too rich, the ECM will decrease or lean the fuel mix-
ture during engine operation. If mixture is too lean the ECM Manifold
will richen the mixture. The ECM continuously monitors the This engine is equipped with a fuel injector rail that does not
HEGO sensor output. If a rich or lean condition is present for an have a pressure regulator or a return circuit to the fuel tank.
extended period of time, and the ECM cannot correct the con- Fuel pressure for this engine is regulated by the engine’s ECM.
dition, the ECM sets a diagnostic code and turns on the MIL The ECM receive fuel pressure and temperature feedback from
light in control box. the gasoline fuel sensor manifold and uses this information to
The second HEGO is mounted in the exhaust system after the control the ground side of the fuel pump. Fuel pressure is regu-
muffler. It measures the amount of oxygen in the exhaust sys- lated by the ECM pulse width modulating (PWM) the fuel
tem after the catalyst treatment has been completed in the pump. The fuel pressure and temperature sensor manifold has
muffler. If the ECM detects that the catalytic action in the muf- a return or "bleed" circuit that connects back to the fuel tank.
fler is not sufficient and fuel correction cannot correct the mal- This circuit is used to bleed off any vapor that develops in the
function the MIL light is illuminated in the control box and a line and return a small amount of fuel to the tank.
DTC code will stored in the computer. Fuel comes from the fuel tank and passes through the fuel
pump. Fuel exits the fuel pump, passes through the filter and
then enters the fuel pressure and temperature manifold
THE HEATED EXHAUST GAS OXYGEN SENSOR IS AN EMISSION CONTROL assembly. Fuel flows through the feed circuit and is delivered
DEVICE. IF THE HEGO FAILS TO OPERATE, REPLACE IT WITH AN OEM REPLACE- to the fuel injector rail. Fuel that enters the bleed circuits
MENT PART. THE HEGO SENSOR IS SENSITIVE TO SILICONE OR SILICONE BASED through the bypass valve in the manifold is returned to the
PRODUCTS AND CAN BECOME CONTAMINATED. AVOID USING SILICONE SEAL- fuel tank.
ERS OR HOSES TREATED WITH SILICONE LUBRICANTS IN THE AIR STREAM OR
FUEL LINES.
Figure 3-97. Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO)
Gasoline Multi Point Fuel Injection System (MPFI)

The primary components of the Gasoline Multi Point Fuel
Injection (MPFI) fuel system are the fuel tank, electric fuel
pump, fuel pressure and temperature sensor manifold, fuel fil-
ter, and fuel rail.
Figure 3-98. Gasoline Fuel Pressure and Temperature

Manifold Assembly
3-94 3121616
Fuel Filter 3.22 GM ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM REPAIR

After fuel is drawn into the fuel pump, the fuel flows through
the gasoline fuel filter. The fuel filter traps small particles as Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief
fuel passes through the filter to remove debris and prevents
fuel pressure and temperature manifold and fuel injectors
from becoming damaged. Fuel filter maintenance is required
THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM OPERATES AT PRESSURES UP TO 312 PSI (21.5
as shown in Section 1.
BAR). TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF FIRE AND PERSONAL INJURY, RELIEVE THE
PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE (WHERE APPLICABLE) BEFORE SERVICING
Fuel Injector Rail THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
Fuel flows from the fuel pressure and temperature manifold
assembly to the fuel rails where fuel is delivered to the fuel To relieve propane fuel system pressure:
injectors. The fuel rail also contains a Schrader valve which is 1. Close manual shut-off valve on propane fuel tank.
used to test regulated pressure of the fuel system.
2. Start and run vehicle until engine stalls.
Fuel Injector 3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
The fuel supply is maintained on the top of the injector from
the injector rail. The injector is fed a "pulse" signal through the
wire harness which causes the injector to open. During regular RESIDUAL VAPOR PRESSURE WILL BE PRESENT IN THE FUEL SYSTEM. ENSURE
operating conditions the ECM controls the opening and dura- WORK AREA IS WELL VENTILATED BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY FUEL LINE.
tion of opening of the injector. During lower RPM operation
the injector signals or "pulses" are less frequent then when the Propane Fuel System Leak Test
engine is operating at higher RPMs. The engine has been cali-
brated to deliver the precise amount of fuel for optimum per-
formance and emission control.
PROPANE IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE AND CAN EASILY IGNITE AND CAUSE BURNS
AND SERIOUS INJURIES. NEVER USE AN OPEN FLAME OF ANY TYPE TO CHECK
FOR PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM LEAKS.
Always inspect propane fuel system for leaks after performing

service. Check for leaks at fittings of the serviced or replaced
component. Use a commercially available liquid leak detector
or an electronic leak detector. When using both methods, use
electronic leak detector first to avoid contamination by liquid
leak detector.
3121616 3-95
Propane Fuel Filter Replacement INSTALLATION
REINSTALL FILTER MAGNET IN HOUSING BEFORE INSTALLING NEW SEAL.
1. Install mounting plate to lock off O-ring seal.

2. Install retaining bolt seal.
3. Install housing seal.
4. Drop magnet in bottom of filter housing.
5. Install filter in housing.
6. Install retaining bolt in filter housing.
7. Install filter up to bottom of electric lock off.
8. Tighten filter retaining bolt to 106 in-lb (12 Nm).
9. Open manual shut-off valve. Start vehicle and leak check
propane fuel system at each serviced fitting. Refer to
1. Electric Lock Off Solenoid 7. Electrical Connector Propane Fuel System Leak Test.
2. Mounting Plate 8. Fuel Outlet
3. Housing Seal 9. O-ring Direct Electronic Pressure Regulator (DEPR)
4. Filter Magnet 10. Filter
5. Filter Housing 11. Fuel Inlet
Maintenance And Inspection
6. Seal 12. Retaining Bolt NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-90. GM 3.0 Duel Fuel System Components.
Figure 3-99. Filter Lock Assembly
REMOVAL DEPR COMPONENTS ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED AND CALIBRATED TO MEET

1. Relieve propane fuel system pressure. Refer to Propane FUEL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS OF THE EMISSION CERTIFIED ENGINE. IF THE
Fuel System Pressure Relief. DEPR FAILS TO OPERATE OR DEVELOPS A LEAK, IT SHOULD BE REPAIRED OR
REPLACED WITH OEM RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT PARTS.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Slowly loosen the filter housing retaining bolt and 1. Check for any fuel leaks at inlet and outlet fittings.
remove it. 2. Check for any fuel leaks in DEPR body.
4. Pull filter housing from electric lock off assembly. 3. Check inlet and outlet fittings of coolant supply lines for
5. Locate and remove filter magnet. water leaks if applicable.
6. Remove the filter from housing. 4. Check DEPR is securely mounted and mounting bolts are
tight.
7. Remove and discard housing seal.
5. Check DEPR for external damage.
8. Remove and discard retaining bolt seal.
6. Check DEPR electrical connections are seated and
9. Remove and discard mounting plate to lock off O-ring locked.
seal.
3-96 3121616
Check/Drain Oil Build-Up In 2-Stage Vaporizer 13. Slowly open manual service valve.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-90. GM 3.0 Duel Fuel System Components.

FUEL CYLINDER MANUAL VALVE CONTAINS AN “EXCESS FLOW CHECK VALVE”.
During normal operation for LPG engines oil or “heavy ends” OPEN MANUAL VALVE SLOWLY TO PREVENT ACTIVATING THE “EXCESS FLOW
may build inside the Vaporizer secondary chamber. These oil CHECK VALVE.”
and heavy ends may be a result of poor fuel quality, fuel con-
tamination, or regional variation of the fuel make up. A signifi- 14. Check for leaks at the inlet and outlet fittings using a
cant build up of oil can affect performance of the secondary soapy solution or an electronic leak detector.
diaphragm response.
15. Check coolant line connections for leaks.
16. Start engine. Recheck regulator for leaks.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS RECOMMENDATION MAY BE USED TO DENY A WAR-
17. Dispose of any drained material in safe and proper man-
RANTY CLAIM.
ner according to applicable regulations.
Drain oil periodically to maintain emission warranty. More fre-
quent draining of the Vaporizer Regulator is recommended
Air Fuel Mixer/Throttle Control Device Maintenance
where substandard fuel may be a problem. Drain Vaporizer And Inspection
Regulator at every engine oil change if contaminated or sub-
standard fuel is suspected or known to be have been used NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-90. GM 3.0 Duel Fuel System Components.
with the emission compliant fuel system.
NOTE: Draining regulator when engine is warm will help oils to

flow freely from the regulator. AIR FUEL MIXER COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED AND CAL-
IBRATED TO MEET FUEL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS OF THE EMISSION CERTIFIED
1. Move equipment well ventilated area and ensure no ENGINE. THE MIXER SHOULD NOT BE DISASSEMBLED OR REBUILT. IF MIXER
external ignition sources are present. FAILS TO OPERATE OR DEVELOPS A LEAK, IT SHOULD BE REPLACED WITH OEM
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT PARTS.
2. Start engine.
3. With engine running, close manual valve. 1. Check for leaks at the inlet fitting.
4. When engine runs out of fuel and stops, turn key OFF. 2. Inspect fuel inlet hose for cracking, splitting, or chaffing.
Replace if any of these condition exist.
5. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Ensure mixer is securely mounted and not leaking vac-
uum at the mounting gasket or surface.
A SMALL AMOUNT OF FUEL MAY STILL BE PRESENT IN THE FUEL LINE. USE 4. Inspect air inlet hose connection and clamp. Inspect
GLOVES TO PREVENT BURNS AND WEAR PROPER EYE PROTECTION. inlet hose for cracking, splitting, or chafing. Replace if
any of these conditions exist.
NOTE: If fuel continues to flow from connections when loosened,
5. Inspect air cleaner element.
check manual valve is fully closed.
6. Check fuel lines for cracking, splitting, or chafing.
6. Loosen hose clamps at inlet and outlet hoses. Remove Replace if any of these conditions exist.
hoses.
7. Check for leaks at the throttle body and intake manifold.
7. Remove regulator mounting bolts.
8. Place a small receptacle in the engine compartment.
9. Rotate regulator to 90° so outlet fitting is pointing down
into receptacle. Drain regulator.
10. Inspect secondary chamber for any large dried particles
and remove.
11. Remove receptacle and reinstall regulator retaining
bolts. Torque to specifications.
12. Reinstall fuel hoses. Reconnect any other hoses
removed during this procedure.
3121616 3-97
Exhaust System And Catalytic Converter Inspection Throttle Body (ETC) Replacement
And Maintenance NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-90. GM 3.0 Duel Fuel System Components.
REMOVAL
EXHAUST SYSTEM ON THIS EMISSION CERTIFIED ENGINE CONTAINS A HEATED 1. Disconnect negative battery cable.
EXHAUST GAS OXYGEN SENSOR (HEGO) WHICH PROVIDES FEEDBACK TO THE
ECM ON AMOUNT OF OXYGEN PRESENT IN THE EXHAUST STREAM AFTER COM- 2. Remove Mixer (See “Mixer Replacement” on page 98).
BUSTION. OXYGEN IN THE EXHAUST STREAM IS MEASURED IN VOLTAGE AND
3. Disconnect TMAP electrical connector.
SENT TO THE ECM. THE ECM THEN MAKES CORRECTIONS TO THE FUEL AIR
RATIO TO ENSURE PROPER FUEL CHARGE AND OPTIMUM CATALYTIC PERFOR- 4. Disconnect electronic throttle control connector.
MANCE. EXHAUST CONNECTIONS MUST REMAIN SECURE AND AIR TIGHT.
5. Remove bolts (208), adapter (204), and throttle body
(201) from manifold.
6. Remove spacer (205).
THE HEGO SENSOR IS SENSITIVE TO SILICONE BASED PRODUCTS. DO NOT USE
SILICONE SPRAYS OR HOSES WHICH ARE ASSEMBLED USING SILICONE LUBRI- 7. Remove and discard gasket (202) and O-ring (203).
CANTS. SILICONE CONTAMINATION CAN CAUSE SEVERE DAMAGE TO THE
HEGO. INSTALLATION
NOTE: Lightly lubricate O-ring.
1. Check exhaust manifold at cylinder head for leaks and all
retaining bolts and shields (if used) are in place. 1. Install O-ring (203) and spacer (205) on throttle body
2. Check manifold to exhaust pipe fasteners are tight and (201).
there are no exhaust leaks. Repair if necessary. 2. Align new gasket (202) and throttle body on manifold.
3. Inspect HEGO electrical connector is seated and locked. 3. Slide adapter (204) on throttle body and secure with four
Check wires for cracking, splits, chafing or “burn bolts (208).
through.” Repair if necessary.
4. Reinstall Mixer (See “Mixer Replacement” on page 98).
4. Check exhaust pipe extension connector for leaks.
Tighten if necessary. Mixer Replacement
5. Check catalyst muffler is securely mounted. Check for
leaks at inlet and outlet.
Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) REMOVAL
Sensor 1. Remove EPR. (See “Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR)

Replacement” on page 99)
2. Remove Air Intake hose from Mixer.
REMOVAL 3. Remove four bolts (206) and washers (207) securing
mixer (104) to adapter (204). Remove Mixer.
1. Disconnect TMAP (402) electrical connector.
2. Remove retaining bolt (403), washer (404), and TMAP INSTALLATION
(402).
INSTALLATION COVER THROTTLE BODY ADAPTER OPENING TO PREVENT DEBRIS FROM

NOTE: Apply a small amount of O-ring lubricant before installa- ENTERING ENGINE.
tion.
1. Install Mixer (104) to Adapter (204). Secure with four
1. Install TMAP (402). Secure with washer (404) and bolt washers (207) and bolts (206). Torque to 80 in-lb (9 Nm)
(403). 2. Install EPR (See “Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR)
2. Torque retaining bolt to 62 in-lb (7 Nm). Replacement” on page 99).
3. Start vehicle and check for proper operation. 3. Reinstall Air Intake Hose.
4. Start engine and leak check all fittings and connections.
3-98 3121616
Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR) Replacement Coolant Hose Replacement

REMOVAL REMOVAL
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-90. GM 3.0 Duel Fuel System Components. 1. Drain coolant.
2. Using hose clamp pliers, disconnect both hose clamps
1. Unplug EPR (102) electrical connector.
on each hose.
2. Remove hoses from EPR.
3. Remove hose from fittings.
3. Remove four flange nuts (107) and EPR from Mixer (104).
INSTALLATION
4. If new EPR is being installed, remove and retain hose
adapter (103) and four bolts (105). NOTE: Use hose material and lengths specified by JLG.
INSTALLATION 1. Install hose clamps to each hose and set clamp back on
each hose to make installation easier.
1. If new EPR is being installed, install adapter (103) and
four bolts (105) to EPR. 2. Fit hose to fittings.
2. Install EPR (102) on Mixer (104). Secure with four flange 3. Secure by positioning each of the clamps.
nuts (107).
3. Reattach all hoses.
Vapor Hose Replacement
4. Start engine and leak check all fittings and connections. REMOVAL
1. Disconnect both hose clamps using hose clamp pliers.
Regulator Replacement
2. Remove vapor hose from each fitting.
INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect and remove Lock-Off Valve (12) from Regula-
tor (16). VAPOR SUPPLY HOSE IS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THIS EQUIPMENT. DO
NOT USE HOSE MATERIAL OR LENGTH OTHER THAN JLG SPECIFIED PARTS.
2. Remove hoses from regulator.
3. Remove regulator from engine. 1. Install hose clamps and set back on each hose.
2. Reinstall vapor hose to each fitting.
INSTALLATION
3. Reset clamps.
1. Install Regulator (16) on engine.
4. Start engine and check for leaks.
2. Install hoses on regulator.
3. Install Lock-Off Valve (12) to Regulator. Reconnect Lock-
Off Valve.
4. Start engine and leak check all fittings and connections.
3121616 3-99
Engine Control Module Replacement Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor Replacement
REMOVAL REMOVAL
1. Disconnect Negative battery cable. 1. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable.
2. Remove controller from mounting bracket. 2. Disconnect O2 sensor electrical connector.
3. Push connector lock back to unlock connector. 3. Using an O2 Sensor socket, remove and discard Sensor.
4. Unplug and remove controller. INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
LUBRICATE O2 SENSOR THREADS WITH ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND GM P/N

5613695 OR EQUIVALENT BEFORE INSTALLATION. DO NOT GET COMPOUND
CONTROLLER IS CALIBRATED FOR EACH ENGINE. VERIFY YOU HAVE CORRECT
ON SENSOR TIP.
CONTROLLER.
1. Install O2 sensor. Tighten to 30 lb-ft (41 Nm).
1. Plug connector into controller.
2. Start engine.
2. Push lock into place.
3. Check and clear any DTC codes.
3. Mount controller into mounting bracket.
4. Verify engine is in closed loop and no warning lights are
4. Reconnect the battery cable.
illuminated.
5. Start engine.
6. Check and clear any DTC codes.
7. Verify engine is in closed loop and no warning lights are
illuminated.
3-100 3121616
3.23 GM ENGINE LPG FUEL SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS Diagnostic Aids

This procedure is intended to diagnose a vehicle operating on
Fuel System Description LPG. If vehicle will not continue to run on LPG, refer to Hard
Start for preliminary checks.
NOTE: Before proceeding with this procedure, verify vehicle has a

sufficient quantity of fuel and that liquid fuel is being deliv-
ered to the LPR. Ensure the LPG tank manual shut off valve
is fully opened and excess flow valve has not been acti-
vated.
Tools Required:
• 7/16 Open end wrench (for test port plugs)
• DVOM (GM J 39200, Fluke 88 or equivalent).
• 12 volt test light
Diagnostic Scan Tool
• Diagnostic Display tool.
Pressure Gauges
Figure 3-100. DEPR • IMPCO ITK-2 Test kit
• Water Column Gauge / Manometer (GM 7333-6 or equiva-
The Engine Control Module (ECM) receives information from lent).
various engine sensors to control the Direct Electronic Pres-
sure Regulator (DEPR) and lock-off Valve. • 0-10 PSI Gauge
The lock-off Valve solenoid prevents fuel flow unless the Test Description
engine is cranking or running. Numbers below refer to step numbers on the diagnostic table.
At Key ON, the DEPR valve receives a two (2) second prime 5. This step determines if the LPR requires replacement
pulse from the ECM, allowing time for the fuel to flow through
the fuel filter and fuel lines to the DEPR. 6. This step determines if the problems are in the mechanical
side of the Pressure Regulator or the Electronic Voice Coil
Fuel travels from the lock-off to the light duty 2- stage regula-
tor into the DEPR. 10. This step determines if the Mixer requires replacement
Engine cranking generates vacuum which provided lift for the 14. This step determines if the Lock Off requires replacement
mixer air valve and is commonly referred to as air valve vac- 17. This step determines if the Fuel Filter requires replacement.
uum. Once in the mixer, fuel is combined with air and drawn
into the engine for combustion.
3121616 3-101
Table 3-10. LP Fuel System Diagnosis
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO

1 Were you referred to this procedure by a DTC diagnostic chart? -- Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2
2 Perform the On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check. -- Go to the Go to Step 3
Are any DTCs present in the ECM? applicable DTC Table
3 Verify that the LPG fuel tank has a minimum of 1/4 tank of fuel, that the manual valve is open -- Go to Step 4 --
and the tank quick connect is fully engaged
Does the vehicle have fuel?
4 1. Connect a water column gauge or a manometer to the secondary test port of the low pressure -- Go to Step 5 Go to Step 8
regulator (LPR).
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
Does the engine start and run?
5 With the engine idling, observe the pressure reading for the LPR secondary pressure. -1.0" to Go to Step 25 Go to Step 6
Does the fuel pressure fluctuate rhythmically OUTSIDE the specified range? -2.0" w.c
6 1. Disconnect the EPR electrical connectors. NOTE: This action will cause a DTC to be set by the -1.0" to Go to Fuel Control System Go to Step 7
ECM -2.0" w.c Diagnosis
2. With the engine idling observe the pressure reading on the secondary test port.
Is the fuel pressure WITHIN the specified range?
7 1. Inspect the air intake stream between the mixer assembly and the throttle body for leaks. -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 22
2. Inspect the fuel hose connection between the LPR and mixer assembly for damage or leak-
age.
3. Inspect any vacuum hoses for leaks
Was a problem found and corrected?
8 1. Connect a water column gauge or a manometer to the secondary test port of the low pressure -- Go to Step 12 Go to Step 9
regulator (LPR).
2. Crank the engine and observe the pressure reading for the LPR secondary pressure.
Does the fuel pressure indicate a vacuum is present?
9 1. Remove Air induction hose to the mixer -- Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
2. Observe the air valve for movement while the engine is cranking. Note: Movement of the air
valve will be minimal at cranking speeds.
Does the air valve move when the engine is cranked?
10 1. Inspect the air intake stream to the mixer assembly and the throttle body for vacuum leaks. -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 24
2. Inspect the vacuum hoses from the mixer for proper connection and condition.
Was a problem found and repaired?
11 Inspect the fuel hose connection between the LPR and the mixer assembly for damage or leak- -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 12
age.
Was a problem found and repaired?
12 1. Connect a 0-10 psi gauge to the primary test port of the low pressure regulator (LPR). 1- 3 PSI Go to Step 22 Go to Step 13
2. Crank the engine and observe the pressure reading for the LPR primary pressure.
Is the fuel pressure ABOVE the specified value?
13 1. Turn OFF the ignition. -- Go to Step 14 Go to Step 16
2. Disconnect the LPL connector.
3. Install a test light between the pins of the LPL connector.
4. Crank the engine. The test light should illuminate.
Does the test light illuminate?
14 Using a DVOM, check the resistance of the low pressure lock-off (LPL). 12W - 16W Go to Step 15 Go to Step 23
Is the resistance within the specified range?
3-102 3121616
Table 3-10. LP Fuel System Diagnosis
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO

15 1. Turn the ignition OFF. -- Go to Step 23 Go to Step 17
2. Close the manual shut-off valve on the LPG tank.
CAUTION: When disconnecting LPG fuel lines, liquid LPG may be present. Perform this step in a
well ventilated area.
3. Loosen the fuel inlet hose fitting at the inlet of the LPL.
Was fuel present when the fitting was loosened?
16 1. Turn OFF the ignition. -- Go to Step 20 Go to Step 21
2. Connect the test light to chassis ground and probe pin A of the LPL connector.
3. Crank the engine. The test light should illuminate.
Does the test light illuminate?
17 1. Remove the LPG fuel filter / LPL. -- Go to Step 19 Go to Step 18
2. Remove the filter from the LPL.
3. Empty the contents of the inlet side of the LPG fuel filter onto a clean surface.
4. Inspect the contents of the LPG fuel filter for an excessive amount of foreign material or
water. If necessary, locate and repair the source of contamination.
5. Verify the LPG fuel filter is not restricted or plugged.
Was a problem found?
18 The fuel supply system or hoses are plugged or restricted, locate and repair the problem. -- Go to Step 26 --
Is the action complete?
19 Replace the fuel filter. Refer to Fuel Filter Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
20 Repair the open in the lock-off ground circuit. -- Go to Step 26 --
21 Repair the open in the lock-off power circuit. -- Go to Step 26 --
22 Replace the low pressure regulator (LPR). Refer to Low Pressure Regulator Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
23 Replace the lock-off. Refer to Lock-off Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
24 Replace the mixer assembly. Refer to Fuel Mixer Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
25 The fuel supply system is operating normally, if a failure of the control solenoids is suspected. -- System OK --
Refer to Fuel Control System Diagnosis.
1. Install the test plug in the LPR secondary chamber.

2. If you were sent to this routine by another diagnostic chart, return to the previous diagnostic
procedure.
26 1. Disconnect all test equipment -- System OK --
2. Install the primary and secondary test port plugs.
3. Start the engine.
4. Using SNOOP or equivalent, leak check the test port plugs.
3121616 3-103
Table 3-11. Symptom Diagnosis
Checks Action
Important Preliminary Checks
Before Using This Section Before using this section, you should have performed On Board Diagnostic Check and determined that:
1. The Control Module and MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) are operating correctly.
2. There are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) stored, or a DTC exists but without a MIL.
Several of the following symptom procedures call for a careful visual and physical check. The visual and physical checks are very important. The
checks can lead to correcting a problem without further checks that may save valuable time.
LPG Fuel System Check 1. Verify the customer complaint.
2. Locate the correct symptom table.
3. Check the items indicated under that symptom.
4. Operate the vehicle under the conditions the symptom occurs. Verify HEGO switching between lean and rich.
IMPORTANT! Normal HEGO switching indicates the LPG fuel system is in closed loop and operating correctly at that time.
Visual and Physical Checks ² Check all ECM system fuses and circuit breakers.
² Check the ECM ground for being clean, tight and in its proper location.
² Check the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and proper connections.
² Check thoroughly for any type of leak or restriction.
² Check for air leaks at all the mounting areas of the intake manifold sealing surfaces.
² Check for proper installation of the mixer module assembly.
² Check for air leaks at the mixer assembly.
² Check the ignition wires for the following conditions:
- Cracking
- Hardness
- Proper routing
- Carbon tracking
² Check the wiring for the following items:
- Proper connections, pinches or cuts.
² The following symptom tables contain groups of possible causes for each symptom. The order of these procedures is not important. If the scan
tool readings do not indicate the problems, then proceed in a logical order, easiest to check or most likely to cause first.
Intermittent
DEFINITION: The problem may or may not turn ON the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) or store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
Preliminary Checks ² Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
² Do not use the DTC tables. If a fault is an intermittent, the use of the DTC tables may result in the replacement of good parts.
Faulty Electrical Connections or Wiring ² Faulty electrical connections or wiring can cause most intermittent problems.
² Check the suspected circuit for the following conditions:
- Faulty fuse or circuit breaker
- Connectors poorly mated
- Terminals not fully seated in the connector (backed out)
- Terminals not properly formed or damaged
- Terminal to wires poorly connected
- Terminal tension insufficient.
² Carefully remove all the connector terminals in the problem circuit in order to ensure the proper contact tension. If necessary, replace all the
connector terminals in the problem circuit in order to ensure the proper contact tension.
² Checking for poor terminal to wire connections requires removing the terminal from the connector body.
Operational Test If a visual and physical check does not locate the cause of the problem, drive the vehicle with a scan tool. When the problem occurs, an abnormal
voltage or scan reading indicates the problem may be in that circuit.
3-104 3121616
Checks Action
Intermittent Malfunction Indicator Lamp The following components can cause intermittent MIL and no DTC(s):
(MIL) ² A defective relay, Control Module driven solenoid, or a switch that can cause electrical system interference. Normally, the problem will occur
when the faulty component is operating.
² The improper installation of electrical devices, such as lights, 2-way radios, electric motors, etc.
² The ignition secondary voltage shorted to a ground.
² The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) circuit or the Diagnostic Test Terminal intermittently shorted to ground.
² The Control Module grounds.
Loss of DTC Memory To check for the loss of the DTC Memory:
1. Disconnect the TMAP sensor.
2. Idle the engine until the Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminates.
The ECM should store a TMAP DTC. The TMAP DTC should remain in the memory when the ignition is turned OFF. If the TMAP DTC does not store
and remain, the ECM is faulty
Additional Checks
No Start
DEFINITION: The engine cranks OK²²but does not start.
Preliminary Checks Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Control Module Checks If a scan tool is available:
² Check for proper communication with both the ECM
² Check the fuse in the ECM battery power circuit. Refer to Engine Controls Schematics.
² Check battery power, ignition power and ground circuits to the ECM. Refer to Engine Control Schematics. Verify voltage and/or continuity for
each circuit.
Sensor Checks ² Check the TMAP sensor.
² Check the Magnetic pickup sensor (RPM).
Fuel System Checks Important: A closed LPG manual fuel shut off valve will create a no start condition.
² Check for air intake system leakage between the mixer and the throttle body.
² Verify proper operation of the low pressure lock-off solenoids.
² Check the fuel system pressures. Refer to the LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for proper mixer air valve operation.
Ignition System Checks Note: LPG being a gaseous fuel requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operating conditions.
² Check for the proper ignition voltage output with J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Verify that the spark plugs are correct for use with LPG (R42LTS)
² Check the spark plugs for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check for bare or shorted ignition wires.
² Check for loose ignition coil connections at the coil.
Engine Mechanical Checks Important: The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than
the gasoline fuel supply system.
² Check for the following:
- Vacuum leaks
- Improper valve timing
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Broken or weak valve springs
- Worn camshaft lobes.
3121616 3-105
Checks Action
Exhaust System Checks ² Check the exhaust system for a possible restriction:
- Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes
- Inspect the muffler for signs of heat distress or for possible internal failure.
² Check for possible plugged catalytic converter. Refer to Restricted Exhaust System Diagnosis
Hard Start
DEFINITION: The engine cranks OK, but does not start for a long time. The engine does eventually run, or may start but immediately dies.
² Make sure the vehicle's operator is using the correct starting procedure.
Sensor Checks ²Check the Engine Coolant Temperature sensor with the scan tool. Compare the engine coolant temperature with the ambient air temperature
on a cold engine. IF the coolant temperature reading is more than 5 degrees greater or less than the ambient air temperature on a cold engine,
check for high resistance in the coolant sensor circuit. Refer to DTC 111
² Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
²Check the Throttle position (TPS) sensor.
Fuel System Checks Important: A closed LPG manual fuel shut off valve will create an extended crank OR no start condition.
² Verify the excess flow valve in the LPG manual shut-off valve is not tripped.
² Check mixer module assembly for proper installation and leakage.
² Verify proper operation of the low pressure lock-off solenoids.
² Verify proper operation of the EPR
² Check for air intake system leakage between the mixer and the throttle body.
² Check the fuel system pressures. Refer to the Fuel System Diagnosis.
Ignition System Checks Note: LPG being a gaseous fuel requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operating conditions.
² Check the spark plugs for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check for bare or shorted ignition wires.
² Check for moisture in the distributor cap if applicable.
² Check for loose ignition coil connections.
Important:
1. If the engine starts but then immediately stalls, Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP).
2. Check for improper gap, debris or faulty connections.
Engine Mechanical Checks Important: The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than the
gasoline fuel supply system.
² Check for the following:
- Vacuum leaks
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
² Check the intake and exhaust manifolds for casting flash.
² Check for possible plugged catalytic converter. Refer to Restricted Exhaust System Diagnosis or Exhaust System in the GM Base Engine Service
Manual
3-106 3121616
Checks Action
Additional Checks ²
Cuts Out, Misses
DEFINITION: A surging or jerking that follows engine speed, usually more pronounced as the engine load increases which is not normally felt above 1500 RPM. The exhaust has a steady spit-
ting sound at idle, low speed, or hard acceleration for the fuel starvation that can cause the engine to cut-out.
Ignition System Checks ² Start the engine.
² Wet down the secondary ignition system with water from a spray bottle, and look/listen for arcing or misfiring as you apply water.
² Check for proper ignition output voltage with spark tester J 26792.
² Check for a cylinder misfire.
² Remove the spark plugs in these cylinders and check for the following conditions:
² Insulation cracks
² Wear
² Improper gap
² Burned electrodes
² Heavy deposits
² Visually/Physically inspect the secondary ignition for the following:
² Ignition wires for arcing, cross-firing and proper routing
² Ignition coils for cracks or carbon tracking
Engine Mechanical Checks ² Perform a cylinder compression check.
² Check the engine for the following:
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Broken or weak valve springs.
² Check the intake and exhaust manifold passages for casting flash.
Fuel System Checks ² Check the fuel system - plugged fuel filter, low fuel pressure, etc. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check the condition of the wiring to the low pressure lock-off solenoid.
Additional Check Check for Electromagnetic Interference (EMI).
² EMI on the reference circuit can cause a missing condition.
² Monitoring the engine RPM with a scan tool can detect an EMI.
² A sudden increase in the RPM with little change in the actual engine RPM, indicates EMI is present.
² If the problem exists, check the routing of the secondary wires and the ground circuit.
Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
DEFINITION: The vehicle has a momentary lack of response when depressing the accelerator. The condition can occur at any vehicle speed. The condition may cause the engine to stall if it's
severe enough.
Fuel System Checks ² Check the fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for low fuel pressure during a moderate or full throttle acceleration. If the fuel pressure drops below specification, there is possibly a
faulty low pressure regulator or a restriction in the fuel system.
² Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor response and accuracy.
² Check LPL electrical connection
² Check the mixer air valve for sticking or binding.
² Check the mixer module assembly for proper installation and leakage.
² Check the EPR electrical connections.
3121616 3-107
Checks Action
Ignition System Checks Note: LPG being a gaseous fuel requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operating conditions. If a prob-
lem is reported on LPG and not gasoline, do not discount the possibility of a LPG only ignition system failure and test the system accordingly.
² Check for faulty spark plug wires
² Check for fouled spark plugs.
Additional Check ² Check for manifold vacuum or air induction system leaks
² Check the generator output voltage.
Backfire
DEFINITION: The fuel ignites in the intake manifold, or in the exhaust system, making a loud popping noise.
Preliminary Check ² Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Ignition System Checks Important! LPG, being a gaseous fuel, requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operat-
ing conditions. The ignition system must be maintained in peak condition to prevent backfire.
² Check for the proper ignition coil output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
² Check the spark plug wires by connecting an ohmmeter to the ends of each wire in question. If the meter reads over 30,000 ohms, replace the
wires.
² Check the connection at each ignition coil.
² Check for deteriorated spark plug wire insulation.
² Check the spark plugs. The correct spark plugs for LPG are (R42LTS)
² Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
Engine Mechanical Check Important! The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than a
gasoline fuel supply system.
² Check the engine for the following:
- Engine compression
- Manifold vacuum leaks
- Intake manifold gaskets
- Sticking or leaking valves
- Exhaust system leakage
² Check the intake and exhaust system for casting flash or other restrictions.
Fuel System Checks ² Perform a fuel system diagnosis. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
DEFINITION: The engine delivers less than expected power. There is little or no increase in speed when partially applying the accelerator pedal.
² Refer to the LPG Fuel system OBD System Check
² Compare the customer's vehicle with a similar unit. Make sure the customer has an actual problem. Do not compare the power output of the
vehicle operating on LPG to a vehicle operating on gasoline as the fuels do have different drive feel characteristics
² Remove the air filter and check for dirt or restriction.
² Check the vehicle transmission Refer to the OEM transmission diagnostics.
3-108 3121616
Checks Action
Fuel System Checks ² Check for a restricted fuel filter, contaminated fuel, or improper fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for the proper ignition output voltage with the spark tester J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Check for proper installation of the mixer module assembly.
² Check all air inlet ducts for condition and proper installation.
² Check for fuel leaks between the LPR and the mixer.
² Verify that the LPG tank manual shut-off valve is fully open.
² Verify that liquid fuel (not vapor) is being delivered to the LPR.
Sensor Checks ² Check the Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) for contamination and performance. Check for proper operation of the MAP sensor.
² Check for proper operation of the TPS sensor.
- Check for possible plugged catalytic converter.
Engine Mechanical Check Check the engine for the following:
² Engine compression
² Valve timing
² Improper or worn camshaft. Refer to Engine Mechanical in the Service Manual.
Additional Check ² Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight, and in their proper locations.
² If all procedures have been completed and no malfunction has been found, review and inspect the following items:
² Visually and physically, inspect all electrical connections within the suspected circuit and/or systems.
² Check the scan tool data.
Poor Fuel Economy
DEFINITION: Fuel economy, as measured by refueling records, is noticeably lower than expected. Also, the economy is noticeably lower than it was on this vehicle at one time, as previously
shown by an by refueling records.
² Check the air cleaner element (filter) for dirt or being plugged.
² Visually (Physically) check the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper connections.
² Check the operators driving habits for the following items:
- Is there excessive idling or stop and go driving?
- Are the tires at the correct air pressure?
- Are excessively heavy loads being carried?
- Is their often rapid acceleration?
² Suggest to the owner to fill the fuel tank and to recheck the fuel economy.
² Suggest that a different operator use the equipment and record the results.
Fuel System Checks ² Check the LPR fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check the fuel system for leakage.
Sensor Checks ² Check the Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) sensor.
Ignition System Checks ² Verify that the spark plugs are correct for use with LPG (R42LTS)
² Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check the ignition wires for the following items:
- Cracking
- Hardness
- Proper connections
Cooling System Checks ² Check the engine thermostat for always being open or for the wrong heat range
3121616 3-109
Checks Action
Additional Check ² Check the transmission shift pattern. Refer to the OEM Transmission Controls section the Service Manual.
² Check for dragging brakes.
Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle, Stalling
DEFINITION: The engine runs unevenly at idle. If severe enough, the engine or vehicle may shake. The engine idle speed may vary in RPM. Either condition may be severe enough to stall the
engine.
Preliminary Check Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Sensor Checks ²Check for silicon contamination from fuel or improperly used sealant. The sensor will have a white powdery coating. The sensor will result in a
high but false signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The ECM will reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine causing a severe drive-
ability problem.
²Check the Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) performance:
²Check the Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) sensor response and accuracy.
Fuel System Checks ²Check for rich or lean symptom that causes the condition. Drive the vehicle at the speed of the complaint. Monitoring the oxygen sensors will
help identify the problem.
²Check for a sticking mixer air valve.
²Verify proper operation of the EPR.
²Perform a cylinder compression test. Refer to Engine Mechanical in the Service Manual.
²Check the LPR fuel pressure. Refer to the LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
²Check mixer module assembly for proper installation and connection.
Ignition System Checks ²Check for the proper ignition output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
²Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Blistered insulators
- Heavy deposits
²Check the spark plug wires by connecting an ohmmeter to the ends of each wire in question. If the meter reads over 30,000 ohms, replace the
wires.
Additional Checks Important: The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than
the gasoline fuel supply system.
²Check for vacuum leaks. Vacuum leaks can cause a higher than normal idle and low throttle angle control command.
²Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight, and in their proper locations.
²Check the battery cables and ground straps. They should be clean and secure. Erratic voltage may cause all sensor readings to be skewed
resulting in poor idle quality.
Engine Mechanical Check ² Check the engine for the following:
- Broken motor mounts
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Worn camshaft lobes
Surges/Chuggles
DEFINITION: The engine has a power variation under a steady throttle or cruise. The vehicle feels as if it speeds up and slows down with no change in the accelerator pedal.
Sensor Checks ² Check Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) performance.
3-110 3121616
Checks Action
Fuel System Checks ² Check for Rich or Lean symptom that causes the condition. Drive the vehicle at the speed of the complaint. Monitoring the oxygen sensors will
help identify the problem.
² Check the fuel pressure while the condition exists. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Verify proper fuel control solenoid operation.
² Verify that the LPG manual shut-off valve is fully open.
² Check the in-line fuel filter for restrictions.
Ignition System Checks ² Check for the proper ignition output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
² Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
- Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
Additional Check ² Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight, and in their proper locations.
² Check the vacuum hoses for kinks or leaks.
² Check Transmission
3121616 3-111
Table 3-12. DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart
DTC Description SPN Code FMI Code

16 Crank Never Synced at Start 636 8
91 Fuel Pump Low Voltage 94 4
92 Fuel Pump High Voltage 94 3
107 MAP Low Voltage 106 4
108 MAP High Pressure 106 16
111 IAT Higher Than Expected 1 105 15
112 IAT Low Voltage 105 4
113 IAT High Voltage 105 3
116 ECT Higher Than Expected 1 110 15
117 ECT Low Voltage 110 4
118 ECT High Voltage 110 3
121 TPS 1 Lower Than TPS 2 51 1
122 TPS 1 Signal Voltage Low 51 4
123 TPS 1 Signal Voltage High 51 3
127 IAT Higher Than Expected 2 105 0
129 BP Low Pressure 108 1
134 EGO 1 Open/Inactive 724 10
154 EGO 2 Open/Inactive 520208 10
171 Adaptive Learn High Gasoline 520200 0
172 Adaptive Learn Low Gasoline 520200 1
182 Fuel Temp Gasoline Low Voltage 174 4
183 Fuel Temp Gasoline High Voltage 174 3
187 Fuel Temp LPG Low Voltage 520240 4
188 Fuel Temp LPG High Voltage 520240 3
217 ECT Higher Than Expected 2 110 0
219 Max Govern Speed Override 515 15
221 TPS 2 Signal Voltage Low 51 0
222 TPS 2 Signal Low Voltage 520251 4
223 TPS 2 Signal High Voltage 520251 3
261 Injector Driver 1 Open 651 5
262 Injector Driver 1 Shorted 651 6
336 Crank Sync Noise 636 2
337 Crank Loss 636 4
341 Cam Sync Noise 723 2
342 Cam Sensor Loss 723 4
420 Gasoline Cat Monitor 520211 10
524 Oil Pressure Low 100 1
3-112 3121616
Table 3-12. DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart
DTC Description SPN Code FMI Code

562 System Voltage Low 168 17
563 System Voltage High 168 15
601 Flash Checksum Invalid 628 13
604 RAM Failure 630 12
606 COP Failure 629 31
642 External 5V Reference Low 1079 4
643 External 5V Reference High 1079 3
685 Power Relay Open 1485 5
686 Power Relay Shorted 1485 4
687 Power Relay Short to Power 1485 3
1111 Fuel Rev Limit 515 16
1112 Spark Rev Limit 515 0
1151 Closed Loop Multiplier High LPG 520206 0
1152 Closed Loop Multiplier Low LPG 520206 1
1155 Closed Loop Multiplier High Gasoline 520204 0
1156 Closed Loop Multiplier Low Gasoline 520204 1
1161 Adaptive Learn High LPG 520202 0
1162 Adaptive Learn Low LPG 520202 1
1165 LPG Cat Monitor 520213 10
1171 LPG Pressure Higher Than Expected 520260 0
1172 LPG Pressure Lower Than Expected 520260 1
1173 EPR Comm Lost 520260 31
1174 EPR Voltage Supply High 520260 3
1175 EPR Voltage Supply Low 520260 4
1176 EPR Internal Actuator Fault 520260 12
1177 EPR Internal Circuitry Fault 520260 12
1178 EPR Internal Comm Fault 520260 12
1612 RTI 1 loss 629 31
1613 RTI 2 Loss 629 31
1614 RTI 3 Loss 629 31
1615 A/D Loss 629 31
1616 Invalid Interrupt 629 31
1625 Shutdown Request 1384 31
1626 CAN Tx Failure 639 12
1627 CAN Rx Failure 639 12
1628 CAN Address Conflict Failure 639 13
1629 Loss of TSC 1 639 31
2111 Unable to Reach Lower TPS 51 7
2112 Unable to Reach Higher TPS 51
2135 TPS 1/2 Simultaneous Voltages 51 31
2229 BP Pressure High 108 0
3121616 3-113
3.24 FORD ENGINE

NOTE: Detailed Engine service instructions are provided in the
following publications: Service Manual 3128849.
1
2
6
4
7
5 9 8
29 A
A 10
11
12
13
27
26 14
25
15
24
16
17
23
22 18
21 19
28
20
MAE13920
Figure 3-101. Ford Engine Installation Sheet 1 of 4
3-114 3121616
30
31
32
33
35
34
36 37
38
MAE13930
3121616 3-115
39
42 40
41
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
MAE13940
3-116 3121616
1. Lock-Off Valve 18. O-Ring 35. Radiator Hose

2. LP Mixer 19. Gear Pump and Fitting Assembly 36. Motor Mount
3. Governor 20. Rear Engine Mount 37. Tray
4. Rubber Isolator 21. Oil Filter 38. Lanyard Cable
5. Mount Isolator 22. Starter 39. Battery
6. Exhaust Manifold 23. Dipstick 40. Battery Hold-Down Bracket
7. Belt 24. Alternator 41. J-Bolt
8. V-Belt 25. Thermostat 42. Relay
9. Pulley 26. Water Pump 43. Fuel Harness
10. Front Right Engine Mount 27. Fan Spacer 44. Fuel Filter
11. Engine 28. Front Left Engine Mount 45. Fuel Pump
12. Relay (Fuel Pump & Power) 29. Fan 46. Tail Pipe
13. Spark Plug 30. Container 47. Exhaust Pipe
14. Fuel Injector 31. Air Filter 48. Muffler
15. Engine Control Unit (ECU) Mount 32. Upper Radiator Hose 49. Bracket
16. Pump Coupling 33. Radiator
17. Piston Pump & Fitting Assembly 34. Lower Radiator Hose
3121616 3-117
Table 3-13. Fault Code Cross Reference List (Ford Engine)
Original DTC Corresponding

Fault Name
Number DTC (Current)
11 Intake cam / distributor position 11
24 Exhaust cam position 24
111 CL high LPG 1151
112 EGO open/lazy pre-cat 1 134
113 EGO open/lazy pre-cat 2/post-cat 1 154
114 EGO open/lazy post-cat 1 140
115 EGO open/lazy post-cat 2 160
121 CL high gasoline bank1 1155
122 CL low gasoline bank1 1156
124 CL low LPG 1152
125 CL high NG 1153
126 CL low NG 1154
131 CL high gasoline bank2 1157
132 CL low gasoline bank2 1158
133 Gasoline cat monitor 420
134 LPG cat monitor 1165
135 NG cat monitor 1166
136 Gasoline cat monitor 430
141 AL high gasoline bank1 171
142 AL low gasoline bank1 172
143 AL high LPG 1161
144 AL low LPG 1162
145 AL high NG 1163
146 AL low NG 1164
147 AL high gasoline bank2 174
148 AL low gasoline bank2 175
161 Battery Voltage High 563
162 Battery Voltage Low 562
163 AUX analog PD1 high 1515
164 AUX analog PD1 low 1516
165 AUX analog PU3 high 1517
166 AUX analog PU3 low 1518
167 AUX analog PUD1 high 1541
168 AUX analog PUD1 low 1542
181 AUX DIG1 high 1551
182 AUX DIG1 low 1552
3-118 3121616

Fault Name
211 IAT high voltage 113
212 IAT low voltage 112
213 IAT higher than expected 1 111
214 IAT higher than expected 2 127
215 Oil pressure low 524
221 ECT/CHT High Voltage 118
222 ECT/CHT Low Voltage 117
223 CHT higher than expected 1 1521
224 CHT higher than expected 2 1522
225 ECT higher than expected 1 116
226 ECT higher than expected 2 217
231 MAP High Pressure 108
232 MAP Low Voltage 107
234 BP high pressure 2229
235 BP low pressure 129
242 Crank sync noise 336
243 Never crank synced at start 16
244 Cam loss 342
245 Cam sync noise 341
246 Crank loss 337
253 Knock 1 sensor Open 327
254 Knock 1 Excessive Signal 326
255 Knock 2 sensor Open 332
256 Knock 2 Excessive Signal 331
261 FP high voltage 92
262 FP low voltage 91
271 FT Gasoline High Voltage 183
272 FT Gasoline Low Voltage 182
273 FT Gaseaous fuel high voltage 188
274 FT Gaseaous fuel low voltage 187
281 TIP High Voltage 238
282 TIP Low Voltage 237
283 TIP Active 236
301 Emissions/catalyst damaging misfire 301
3121616 3-119

Fault Name
311 Injector Loop Open or Low-side short to Ground 261
312 Injector Coil Shorted 262
323 Injector Losop Open or Low-side short to Ground 273
351 FPump motor loop open or high-side shorted to ground 628
352 FPump motor high-side shorted to power 629
353 Megajector delivery pressure higher than expected 1171
354 Megajector delivery pressure lower than expected 1172
355 Megajector comm lost 1173
359 Fuel run-out longer than expected 1181
361 Megajector voltage supply high 1174
362 Megajector voltage supply low 1175
363 Megajector internal actuator fault detection 1176
364 Megajector internal circuitry fault detection 1177
365 Megajector internal comm fault detection 1178
411 Primary Loop Open or Low-side Short to Ground 2300
412 Primary Coil Shorted 2301
3-120 3121616

Fault Name
511 FPP1 high voltage 2122
512 FPP1 low voltage 2123
513 FPP1 higher than IVS limit 2115
514 FPP1 lower than IVS limit 2139
515 FPP1 higher than FPP2 2126
516 FPP1 lower than FPP2 2121
517 IVS stuck at-idle, FPP1/2 match 2130
518 IVS stuck off-idle, FPP1/2 match 2131
521 FPP2 high voltage 2128
522 FPP2 low voltage 2127
523 FPP2 higher than IVS limit 2116
524 FPP2 lower than IVS limit 2140
525 FPP1/2 simultaneous voltages out of range 1121
526 FPP1 invalid voltage and FPP2 disagrees with IVS 2120
527 FPP2 invalid voltage and FPP1 disagrees with IVS 2125
528 FPP1/2 do not match each other or the IVS 1122
531 TPS1 high voltage 123
532 TPS1 low voltage 122
533 TPS2 high voltage 223
532 TPS2 low voltage 222
535 TPS1 higher than TPS2 221
536 TPS1 lower than TPS2 121
537 Unable to reach higher TPS 2112
538 Unable to reach lower TPS 2111
539 TPS1/2 simultaneous voltages out of range 2135
545 IVS/Brake/Trans-Park interlock failure 1531
551 Max govern speed override 219
552 Fuel rev limit 1111
3121616 3-121

Fault Name
553 Spark rev limit 1112
611 COP failure 606
612 Invalid interrupt 1616
613 A/D loss 1615
614 RTI 1 loss 1612
615 Flash checksum invalid 601
616 RAM failure 604
631 5VE1 low voltage 642
632 5VE1 high voltage 643
633 5VE2 high voltage 653
634 5VE2 low voltage 652
635 5VE 1/2 simultaneous out-of-range 1611
641 Rx Inactive 1621
642 Rx Noise 1622
643 Invalid Packet Format 1623
644 Shutdown Request 1624/1625
646 CAN Tx failure 1626
647 CAN Rx failure 1627
648 CAN addresss conflict failure 1628
655 RTI 2 loss 1613
656 RTI 3 loss 1614
711 Relay Control ground short 686
712 Relay Coil Open 685
713 Relay coil short to power 687
714 Fpump relay control ground short 628
715 Fpump relay coil open 627
716 Fpump relay coil short to power 629
721 Start relay control ground short 616
722 Start relay coil open 615
723 Start relay coil short to power 617
724 Buzzer control ground short 1641
725 Buzzer open 1642
726 Buzzer control short to power 1643
731 PWM1-Gauge1 open / ground short 1631
732 PWM1-Gauge1 short to power 1632
733 PWM2-Gauge2 open /ground short 1633
735 PWM3-Gauge3 open / ground short 1635
741 PWM4 open / ground short 1637
742 PWM4 short to power 1638
3-122 3121616

Fault Name
761 MIL control ground short 1644
762 MIL open 650
763 MIL control short to power 1645
771 Tach output ground short 2618
772 Tach output short to power 2619
1182 Fuel impurity level high 1182
1183 Megajector autozero / lockoff failed 1183
1311 Misfire detected 1311
1629 J1939 TSC1 message receipt lost 1629
1630 J1939 ETC message receipt lost 1630
3121616 3-123
Table 3-14. CAN to DTC Cross Reference (Ford Engine)
DTC DTC and Description SPN FMI

108 MAP pressure high 106 16
107 MAP voltage low 106 4
118 ECT voltage high 110 3
117 ECT voltage low 110 4
116 ECT higher than expected stage 1 110 15
113 IAT voltage high 105 3
112 IAT voltage low 105 4
2229 BP pressure high 108 0
129 BP pressure low 108 1
563 Vbat voltage high 168 15
562 Vbat voltage low 168 17
643 Sensor supply voltage 1 high 1079 3
642 Sensor supply voltage 1 low 1079 4
123 TPS1 voltage high 51 3
122 TPS1 voltage low 51 4
223 TPS2 voltage high 3673 3
222 TPS2 voltage low 3673 4
221 TPS1-2 higher than expected 51 0
121 TPS1-2 lower than expected 51 1
2122 FPP1 voltage high 91 3
2123 FPP1 voltage low 91 4
2128 FPP2 voltage high 29 3
2127 FPP2 voltage low 29 4
2115 FPP1 higher than IVS 91 0
2139 FPP1 lower than IVS 91 1
2116 FPP2 higher than IVS 29 0
2140 FPP2 lower than IVS 29 1
2126 FPP1-2 higher than expected 91 16
2121 FPP1-2 lower than expected 91 18
524 Oil pressure low 100 1
171 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank1 high 4237 0
172 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank1 low 4237 1
1155 Closed-loop gasoline bank1 high 4236 0
1156 Closed-loop gasoline bank1 low 4236 1
1157 Closed-loop gasoline bank2 high 4238 0
1158 Closed-loop gasoline bank2 low 4238 1
1151 Closed-loop LPG high 4236 0
1152 Closed-loop LPG low 4236 1
1153 Closed-loop NG high 4236 0
1154 Closed-loop NG low 4236 1
174 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank2 high 4239 0
175 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank2 low 4239 1
3-124 3121616

1161 Adaptive-learn LPG high 4237 0
1162 Adaptive-learn LPG low 4237 1
1163 Adaptive-learn NG high 4237 0
1164 Adaptive-learn NG low 4237 1
261 Injector 1 open or short to ground 651 5
262 Injector 1 coil shorted 651 6
2300 Spark coil 1 primary open or short to ground 1268 5
2301 Spark coil 1 primary shorted 1268 6
3121616 3-125

217 ECT higher than expected stage 2 110 0
111 IAT higher than expected stage 1 105 15
127 IAT higher than expected stage 2 105 0
327 Knock1 sensor open or not present 731 4
2112 Unable to reach higher TPS 51 7
2111 Unable to reach lower TPS 51 7
1531 Gov1/2/3 interlock failure 0 31
628 Fuel-pump high-side open or short to ground 1347 5
629 Fuel-pump high-side short to power 1347 6
342 Loss of CAM input signal 723 4
341 CAM input signal noise 723 2
336 CRANK input signal noise 636 2
16 Crank and/or cam could not synchronize during start 636 8
606 Microprocessor failure - COP 629 31
1612 Microprocessor failure - RTI 1 629 31
1615 Microprocessor failure - A/D 629 31
1616 Microprocessor failure - Interrupt 629 31
601 Microprocessor failure - FLASH 628 13
604 Microprocessor failure - RAM 630 12
326 Knock1 excessive or erratic signal 731 2
219 RPM higher than max allowed govern speed 515 15
1111 RPM above fuel rev limit level 515 16
1112 RPM above spark rev limit level 515 0
134 EGO1 open / lazy 3217 5
1521 CHT higher than expected stage 1 110 16
1522 CHT higher than expected stage 2 110 0
1515 AUX analog Pull-Down 1 high voltage 710 3
1516 AUX analog Pull-Down 1 low voltage 710 4
1511 AUX analog Pull-Up 1 high voltage 701 3
1512 AUX analog Pull-Up 1 low voltage 701 4
1621 RS-485 Rx inactive 0 31
1622 RS-485 Rx noise 0 31
1623 RS-485 Rx bad packet format 0 31
1624 RS-485 remote shutdown request 0 31
238 TIP high voltage 102 3
237 TIP low voltage 102 4
3-126 3121616

92 FP high voltage 94 3
91 FP low voltage 94 4
420 Catalyst inactive on gasoline (Bank 1) 3050 11
1165 Catalyst inactive on LPG 3050 11
1166 Catalyst inactive on NG 3050 11
1171 MegaJector delivery pressure higher than expected 520260 0
1172 MegaJector delivery pressure lower than expected 520260 1
1173 MegaJector comm lost 520260 31
1174 MegaJector voltage supply high 520260 3
1175 MegaJector voltage supply low 520260 4
1176 MegaJector internal actuator fault detection 520260 12
1177 MegaJector internal circuitry fault detection 520260 12
1178 MegaJector internal comm fault detection 520260 12
1131 WGP voltage high 1192 3
1132 WGP voltage low 1192 4
234 Boost control overboost failure 102 0
299 Boost control underboost failure 102 1
236 TIP active 102 2
183 FT high voltage 174 3
182 FT low voltage 174 4
524 Oil pressure sender low pressure 100 1
521 Oil pressure sender high pressure 100 0
523 Oil pressure sender high voltage 100 3
522 Oil pressure sender low voltage 100 4
337 Crank signal loss 636 4
1625 J1939 shutdown request 1110 31
1626 CAN-J1939 Tx fault 639 12
1627 CAN-J1939 Rx fault 639 12
508 IAC ground short 520201 6
509 IAC coil open/short 520201 5
686 Power relay ground short 1485 4
685 Power relay coil open 1485 5
687 Power relay coil short to power 1485 3
616 Start relay ground short 1321 4
615 Start relay coil open 1321 5
617 Start relay coil short to power 1321 3
1641 Buzzer control ground short 920 4
1642 Buzzer open 920 5
1643 Buzzer control short to power 920 3
628 Fuel pump relay control ground short 1348 4
627 Fuel pump relay coil open 1348 5
629 Fuel pump relay coil short to power 1348 3
1644 MIL control ground short 1213 4
3121616 3-127

650 MIL open 1213 5
1645 MIL control short to power 1213 3
2618 Tach output ground short 645 4
2619 Tach output short to power 645 3
2130 IVS stuck at-idle, FPP1/2 match 558 5
2131 IVS stuck off-idle, FPP1/2 match 558 6
1121 FPP1/2 simultaneous voltages out-of-range (redundancy lost) 91 31
2120 FPP1 invalid voltage and FPP2 disagrees with IVS (redundancy lost) 520199 11
2125 FPP1/2 do not match each other or IVS (redundancy lost) 520199 11
1122 FPP1/2 do not match each other or IVS (redundancy lost) 520199 11
653 Sensor supply voltage 2 high 1080 3
652 Sensor supply voltage 2 low 1080 4
1611 Sensor supply voltage 1 and 2 out-of-range 1079 31
332 Knock2 sensor open or not present 520197 4
331 Knock2 excessive or erratic signal 520197 2
2135 TPS1/2 simultaneous voltages out-of-range 51 31
2428 EGT temperature high 173 0
1628 J1939 CAN address / engine-number conflict 639 13
1631 PWM1-Gauge1 open / ground short 697 5
1632 PWM1-Gauge1 short to power 697 3
1637 PWM4 open / ground short 700 5
1638 PWM4 short to power 700 3
430 Catalyst inactive on gasoline (Bank 2) 3051 11
1541 AUX analog Pull-Up/Down 1 high voltage 704 3
1542 AUX analog Pull-Up/Down 1 low voltage 704 4
1551 AUX digital 1 high voltage 707 3
1552 AUX digital 1 low voltage 707 4
3-128 3121616

188 Gaseous fuel temperature sender high voltage 3468 3
187 Gaseous fuel temperature sender low voltage 3468 4
1629 J1939 TSC1 message receipt loss 695 9
359 Fuel run-out longer than expected 632 31
1630 J1939 ETC message receipt loss 91 19
502 Roadspeed input loss of signal 84 8
1411 EMWT1 voltage high 441 3
1412 EMWT2 voltage high 442 3
1413 EMWT1 voltage low 441 4
1414 EMWT2 voltage low 442 4
1415 EMWT1 higher than expected stage 1 441 15
1419 ERWT1 voltage high 1385 3
1420 ERWT2 voltage high 1386 3
1421 ERWT1 voltage low 1385 4
1422 ERWT2 voltage low 1386 4
1423 ERWT1 higher than expected stage 1 1385 15
8901 UEGO microprocessor internal fault 3221 31
8902 UEGO heater supply high voltage 3222 3
8903 UEGO heater supply low voltage 3222 4
8904 UEGO cal resistor voltage high 3221 3
8905 UEGO cal resistor voltage low 3221 4
8906 UEGO return voltage shorted high 3056 3
8907 UEGO return voltage shorted low 3056 4
8908 UEGO pump voltage shorted high 3218 3
8909 UEGO pump voltage shorted low 3218 4
8910 UEGO sense cell voltage high 3217 3
8911 UEGO sense cell voltage low 3217 4
8912 UEGO pump voltage at high drive limit 3225 3
8913 UEGO pump voltage at low drive limit 3225 4
8914 UEGO sense cell slow to warm up 3222 10
8915 UEGO pump cell slow to warm up 3225 10
8916 UEGO sense cell impedance high 3222 0
3121616 3-129

8917 UEGO pump cell impedance high 3225 0
8918 UEGO pump cell impedance low 3225 1
1311 Cylinder 1 misfire detected 1323 11
301 Cylinder 1 emissions/catalyst damaging misfire 1323 31
1651 J1939 ETC message receipt loss while in-gear 91 9
1182 Fuel impurity level high 520401 0
1183 MegaJector autozero / lockoff failure 520803 31
11 Intake cam / distributor position error 520800 7
24 Exhaust cam position error 520801 7
88 Fuel pressure higher than expected 94 0
87 Fuel pressure lower than expected 94 1
1555 Water Intrusion Detection 709 3
520 Oil pressure sender low pressure stage 1 100 18
916 Shift actuator feedback out-of-range 520226 3
919 Shift unable to reach desired gear 520226 7
920 Shift actuator or drive circuit failed 520226 31
NOTE: For detail Diagnostic Trouble Code of Ford Engine refer DTC manual (PN 3128850).
3-130 3121616
3.25 COUNTERWEIGHT
If the counterweight has been removed, ensure the retaining
bolts are torqued to the proper value as shown in Figure 3-105.
Counterweight Bolt Torque.
*
MAE18160
* Torque to 320 ft-lb (435 Nm)

Figure 3-105. Counterweight Bolt Torque
3121616 3-131
NOTES:
3-132 3121616
SECTION 4. BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 PLATFORM 6. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove the
rotator shaft, then remove the support from the rotator.
Support Removal
1. Disconnect electrical cables from control console.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the rotator.
Use suitable container to retain any residual hydraulic
fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
3. Remove the bolts securing the platform to the platform
support, then remove the platform.
4. Using a suitable lifting device, support the platform sup-

port.
NOTE: The platform support weighs approximately 125 lbs. (56.8

kg).
5. Remove the bolts and washers securing the support to

the rotator.
3121616 4-1
Support Installation 5. Position the platform on the platform support and

install the bolts securing the platform to the platform
1. Using a suitable lifting device, support the platform sup- support. Torque the bolts to 105 ft. lbs. (145 Nm).
port and position it on the rotator.
NOTE: The platform support weighs approximately 125 lbs. (56.8

kg).
2. Install the rotator center bolt.
6. Remove tag and reconnect the hydraulic lines to the

rotator.
7. Connect the electrical cables to the platform control
console.
.
3. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the bolts and

washers securing the support to the rotator and install
the bolts and washers.
4. Torque the nut on the rotator center bolt to 586 ft. lbs.
(795 Nm). Torque the retaining bolts to 40 ft. lbs. (55
Nm).
4-2 3121616
A, B, D
C, D
NOTE: If any rotator bolts are replaced, replace all
bolts on the rotator and torque them
A Torque to 40 ft.lbs. (55 Nm)

B JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011
C Torque 586ft. lbs. (795 Nm)
D Check torque every 150 hours of operation
E Torque 105 ft. lbs. (145 Nm)
Figure 4-1. Platform Support Torque Values
3121616 4-3
4.2 ROTATOR AND SLAVE CYLINDER 600AJ

1. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from the rotator. Use
Removal suitable container to retain any residual hydraulic fluid.
Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
600A 2. Supporting the rotator, remove hardware from pin #1.
Using a suitable brass drift and hammer remove pin #1
1. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from the rotator. Use
from the jib assembly.
suitable container to retain any residual hydraulic fluid.
Cap hydraulic lines and ports. 3. Remove the hardware from pin #2. Using a suitable
brass drift and hammer, remove pin #2 from the jib
2. Supporting the rotator, remove hardware from pin #1. assembly and remove the rotator.
Using a suitable brass drift and hammer remove pin #1
4. Telescope the fly section out approximately 20 in. (50.8
from the fly boom. cm) to gain access to the slave leveling cylinder.
3. Remove the hardware from pin #2. Using a suitable 5. Remove the hardware from pin #3. Using a suitable
brass drift and hammer, remove pin #2 from the fly brass drift and hammer remove pin #3 from the jib
boom and remove the rotator. assembly.
4. Supporting the slave cylinder, remove the hardware 6. Supporting the slave cylinder, remove the hardware
from pin #4. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer
from pin #3. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer
remove pin #4 from the fly boom.
remove pin #3 from the fly boom.
7. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from the slave level-
5. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from the slave leveling cylinder. Use a suitable container to collect any resid-
ing cylinder. Use a suitable container to collect any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
ual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports. Remove the slave cylinder.
Remove the slave cylinder.
SLAVE CYLINDER
600AJ
600A
ROTATOR 2
1
2
1 ROTATOR
Figure 4-2. Rotator and Leveling Cylinder Components
4-4 3121616
Installation 600AJ
1. Telescope the fly section out approximately 20 in. (50.8
600A cm) to gain access to the slave leveling cylinder.
1. Support the slave cylinder. Using a suitable brass drift 2. Support the slave cylinder. Using a suitable brass drift
and hammer, install pin #3 to the fly boom. and hammer, install pin #4 to the fly boom.
2. Support the rotator. Using a suitable brass drift and 3. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, install pin #3 to
hammer, install pin #2 to the fly boom and install the the jib assembly.
rotator.
4. Support the rotator. Using a suitable brass drift and
3. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, install pin #1 to hammer, install pin #2 to the fly boom and install the
the rotator. rotator.
4. Remove tag and reconnect the hydraulic lines to the 5. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, install pin #1 to
rotator and the slave cylinder. the rotator.
6. Remove tag and reconnect the hydraulic lines to the
rotator and the slave cylinder.
3121616 4-5
4.3 MAIN BOOM POWERTRACK Installation

1. Using suitable lifting equipment, adequately support
Removal the powertrack weight along entire length.
1. Disconnect wiring harness connectors located in tower 2. With powertrack supported and using all applicable
upright. safety precautions, install bolts #3 securing rail to the
base boom.
3. Install bolts #2 that attaches rail to the push tube on the
main boom section.
CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM.
4. Install bolts #1 securing the push tube on the fly boom
2. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from connectors at section.
boom assembly. Use suitable container to collect any
5. Remove tag and reconnect all hydraulic lines and elec-
residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
trical cable from powertrack.
3. Disconnect dual capacity indicator limit switch from side
6. Reconnect dual capacity indicator limit switch from side
of boom section (600A only).
of boom section (600A only).
4. Remove hydraulic lines and electrical cables from pow-
7. Remove tag and reconnect hydraulic lines from connec-
ertrack.
tors at boom assembly.
5. Using suitable lifting equipment, adequately support
powertrack weight along entire length.
6. Remove bolt #1 securing the push tube on the fly boom
section.
7. Remove bolt #2 securing the push tube on the mid sec-
tion of the boom.
8. With powertrack supported and using all applicable
safety precautions, remove bolts #3, #4, and #5 securing
rail to the base boom section. Remove powertrack from
boom section.
2
1
5
4
3
PUSH TUBE
FLY BOOM
Figure 4-3. Main Boom Powertrack Components
4-6 3121616
4.4 POWERTRACK MAINTENANCE 2. Repeat step 1 and remove screw from other side of
track. Remove bar/poly roller from powertrack.
Remove Link
NOTE: Hoses shown in powertrack are for example only. Actual
hose and cable arrangements are different.
1. Clamp bar and poly roller tightly so they do not spin

when removing screw. With a small ¼” ratchet and a T-
20 Torx bit, remove 8-32 x 0.500 screw from one side.
REPOSITION CABLES/HOSES. KEEP COVERED DURING GRINDING TO PREVENT

DAMAGE.
3121616 4-7
3. To remove a link, rivets holding links together must be 5. After grinding it may be necessary to use a center punch
removed. Use a right-angle pneumatic die grinder with with a hammer to remove rivet.
a ¼” ball double cut bur attachment.
NOTE: It may be necessary to loosen fixed end brackets from
machine to move track section enough to disconnect links.
4. insert tool into rolled over end of rivet. Grind out middle
of rivet until rolled over part of rivet falls off. Repeat for
all rivets to be removed.
4-8 3121616
6. Insert flat head screwdriver between links. Twist and pull 7. Remove link from other section of powertrack using
links apart. screwdriver.
3121616 4-9
Install New Link 2. Spread half-shear (female) end of new link and slide cut-
out end of track section into it. Use screwdriver if neces-
1. Squeeze cut-out end of new link into half-shear (female) sary.
end of track section.
3. Round half-shears will not fit properly in cut-outs after

new link is installed.
4-10 3121616
4. Pull moving end over track so new connection is posi- 6. Push pin through center hole. Slide washer on pin.
tioned in curve of powertrack. Round half-shears will
rotate into cut-outs.
7. Install snap ring in groove on pin. Repeat pin installation

steps for all center holes with rivets removed.
5. Parts shown below connect new link to powertrack.
3121616 4-11
NOTE: Make sure snap rings are seated in pin groove and closed 9. Pull up on other end of round bar. Slide new poly roller
properly. on bar.
Correct Incorrect
8. Install new 8-32 x 0.500 self-threading Torx head screw

in end of new aluminum round bar. Torque to 18-20 in-
lb (2-2.25 Nm).
4-12 3121616
10. Install new 8-32 x 0.500 self threading screw on other Replace Fixed End Brackets
side. Torque to 18-20 in-lb (2-2.25 Nm).
REPOSITION CABLES/HOSES. KEEP COVERED DURING GRINDING TO PREVENT

DAMAGE.
1. Remove rivets as shown in link removal instructions.
NOTE: When tightening screws make sure screw head is seated

against link with no space in between link and underside of
screw head.
2. Parts used: Bracket Center Pin and Center Pin Snap Ring.
3121616 4-13
3. Take new bracket and install bracket center pin and Replace Moving End Brackets
snap ring. Repeat on other bracket if replacing it.
NOTE: Ensure snap rings are seated in pin groove and closed
properly.
REPOSITION CABLES AND HOSES. KEEP COVERED DURING GRINDING TO PRE-
VENT DAMAGE.
1. Remove existing pins and center rivet. Remove rivet as

shown in link removal instructions on page 4-20. Repeat
on other bracket if replaced.
Correct Incorrect
4-14 3121616
2. Install center pin with snap ring in new bracket. NOTE: Ensure snap rings are seated in pin groove and closed
properly.
Correct Incorrect
4. Make sure both brackets rotate correctly.

3. Install radius pins and snap rings in original locations.
Repeat with other moving end if replaced.
3121616 4-15
4.5 MAIN BOOM ASSEMBLY 4. Remove lift cylinder pin from base boom using a suit-
able brass drift and hammer.
Refer to Figure 4-4., Main Boom Assembly Components. 5. Remove hardware securing master cylinder rod end to
base boom section.
Removal
6. Remove master cylinder pin from base boom using a
1. Support boom assembly weight along entire length suitable brass drift and hammer.
using suitable lifting equipment. 7. Remove hardware securing boom pivot pin to turntable
upright.
8. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove pivot
CAP HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER DISCONNECTING pin from turntable upright.
LINES TO PREVENT SYSTEM CONTAMINATION.
9. Using all applicable safety precautions, carefully lift
2. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from telescope cylin- boom assembly clear of upright. Lower to ground or
der. Use suitable container to retain any residual hydrau- suitably supported work surface.
lic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
3. Remove hardware securing lift cylinder rod end to base

boom section.
MASTER MAIN BOOM

CYLINDER PIN
BOOM
PIVOT PIN MAIN LIFT
CYLINDER
LIFT CYLINDER
PIN
MASTER
CYLINDER
UPRIGHT
TOWER BOOM
Figure 4-4. Main Boom Assembly Components
4-16 3121616
Disassembly Inspection
1. Remove hardware securing telescope cylinder to aft end NOTE: Replace worn or damage components as needed.
of main boom section.
1. Inspect main boom pivot pin for wear, scoring, tapering
2. Remove hardware and wear pads from top, sides, and
and ovality, or other damage. Replace pins if necessary.
bottom of main boom section.
2. Inspect telescope cylinder attach point for scoring,
3. Remove fly boom assembly from main boom using
tapering and ovality. Replace pins if necessary.
overhead crane or suitable lifting device.
3. Inspect main lift cylinder attach pin for wear, scoring,
4. Remove hardware from telescope cylinder pin. Remove
tapering and ovality, or other damage. Protect pin sur-
cylinder pin from fly boom section using a suitable brass
faces before installation. Replace pins if necessary.
drift and hammer.
4. Inspect inner diameter of boom pivot bearing for scor-
5. Pull telescope cylinder partially from aft end of fly boom.
ing, distortion, wear, or other damage. Replace bearing
Secure cylinder with a suitable sling and lifting device at
if necessary.
center of gravity.
5. Inspect all wear pads for excessive wear or other dam-
6. Carefully remove telescope cylinder and place on a suit-
age.
able trestle.
6. Inspect threaded components for stretching, thread
NOTE: The Main Boom Telescope Cylinder can be removed with-
deformation, twisting, or other damage. Replace if nec-
out disassembling the main boom by disconnecting
essary.
hydraulic lines, top attaching pin of main boom lift cylin-
der and telescope cylinders as directed above, and pulling 7. Inspect structural units of boom assembly for bending,
out the telescope cylinder through the access plate open- cracking, separation of welds, or other damage. Replace
ing of the upright. boom sections if necessary.
7. Remove hardware and wear pads from top, sides, and

bottom of fly boom section.
3121616 4-17
Assembly Installation
NOTE: When installing fly section wear pads, install same number 1. Use a suitable lifting device to position boom assembly
and thickness of shims as were removed during disassem- on upright. Align pivot holes in boom and upright.
bly.
2. Install boom pivot pin. Ensure location of hole in pin is
aligned with attach point with upright.
1. Measure inside dimensions of base section to determine
number of shims required for proper lift. 3. Gently tap pin in position with soft headed mallet.
Install pin mounting hardware.
2. Install side, top, and bottom wear pads to aft end of fly
section. Shim evenly to inside measurements of base 4. Align holes in boom structure with hole in master cylin-
boom section. der. Insert master cylinder pin. Ensure location of hole in
pin is aligned with attach point on boom.
5. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate lifting
ENSURE BOOM SLIDING AREAS ARE CLEAR OF CHAINS, TOOLS, AND OTHER device and position boom lift cylinder so holes in cylin-
OBJECTS WHEN ASSEMBLING BOOM SECTIONS. der rod end and boom structure are aligned. Insert lift
cylinder pin. Ensure location of hole in pin is aligned
3. Secure sling and lifting device at telescope cylinder cen- with attach point on boom.
ter of gravity. Lift cylinder to aft end of fly boom section.
6. Connect all wiring connectors.
4. Slide telescope cylinder in aft end of fly boom section.
Align attachment holes in fly boom section with hole in 7. Connect all hydraulic lines running along side of boom
rod end of telescope cylinder. assembly.
5. Install telescope cylinder pin. Secure with mounting 8. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate machine
hardware. systems and raise and extend boom fully. Note exten-
sion cycle performance.
6. Secure sling and lifting device at fly boom center of
gravity. 9. Retract and lower boom. Note retraction cycle perfor-
mance.
7. Slide fly boom assembly in base boom section. Check for
1/16 in. (1.57 mm) clearance. Shim if needed.
8. Install wear pads in forward position of base boom sec-
tion. Check for 2/10 in. (5.08 mm) clearance. Shim if
needed.
9. Align cylinder with slots at aft end of base boom section.
Secure cylinder with mounting hardware.
4-18 3121616
4.6 UPRIGHT Installation

Removal 1. Using suitable lifting device, position upright on tower
boom assembly so pivot holes in upright and tower
boom are aligned.
CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM. 2. Install upright pivot pin (11) into the tower boom
assembly and secure it with the mounting hardware.
1. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to main lift cylinder
(1). Use suitable container to retain any residual hydrau-
device and position upright leveling cylinder (9) so holes
in cylinder barrel end and upright structure are aligned.
2. Support main lift cylinder using suitable lifting device. Insert level cylinder pin (10), ensuring that location of
hole in pin is aligned with attach point on upright.
3. Remove bolt and keeper pin from main lift cylinder bar-
rel end pin (2). Remove pin using a suitable brass drift 4. Align main lift cylinder (1) with attach holes in upright.
and hammer. Using a soft head mallet, install cylinder pin (2) and
secure with mounting hardware.
4. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to master cylinder
(3). Use a suitable container to retain any residual 5. Align master cylinder (3) with attach holes in upright.
hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports. Using a soft head mallet, install cylinder pin (4) and
secure with mounting hardware.
5. Remove bolt and keeper pin from master cylinder barrel
end pin (4). Remove pin using a suitable brass drift and 6. Install mounting hardware and hose bracket (8) to tower
hammer. upright.
6. Disconnect wiring harness to two horizontal limit 7. Connect wiring harness to horizontal limit switch (5) and
switches (5) and dual capacity limit switch (6). dual capacity limit switch (6).
7. Support tower upright (7) with suitable lifting device. 8. Connect the hydraulic lines to the main boom lift cylin-
der as tagged during removal.
8. Remove mounting hardware and hose bracket (8) from
tower upright.
9. Remove bolt and keeper pin from upright level cylinder
(9) barrel end pin (10). Remove pin using a suitable brass
drift and hammer.
10. Remove bolt and keeper pin from upright pivot pin (11).
Remove pin using a suitable brass drift and hammer.
Remove upright from tower boom assembly.
6 3
7
5
1
2
8
10 9
5
11
Figure 4-5. Tower Upright Components
3121616 4-19
4.7 TOWER BOOM ASSEMBLY Remove hoses and wiring harness from tower boom
powertrack.
Removal 3. Remove mounting hardware which secures the push
tubes to the tower fly boom section.
4. Remove mounting hardware which secures push tubes

CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM. to the powertrack. Remove push tubes.
5. Remove mounting hardware which secures the pow-

1. Using an overhead crane or suitable lifting device, sup-
ertrack to the cover plate, then remove powertrack.
port the entire Tower Boom Assembly and separately
support the tower lift cylinder. 6. Remove mounting hardware which secures the cover
2. Tag and disconnect all hydraulic lines from tower boom plate to the top of the tower base section, then remove
assembly to turntable components. Use suitable con- cover plate.
tainer to retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydrau-
lic lines and ports. 7. Remove mounting hardware from tower boom tele-
scope cylinder barrel end.
3. Disconnect wiring harness from ground control box.
8. Remove mounting hardware which secures the wear
4. Remove mounting hardware from tower lift cylinder rod pads to front of tower base boom section; remove the
end. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove wear pads from the top, sides and bottom of the tower
the tower lift cylinder pin #1 from the tower boom
base boom.
assembly.
5. Remove mounting hardware from tower boom pivot 9. Remove fly assembly from base section using an over-
pin. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove pin head crane or suitable lifting device.
#2 from turntable assembly.
10. Remove mounting hardware which secures tower tele-
6. Using all applicable safety precautions, carefully lift the scope cylinder to the fly section. Remove pin from fly
Tower Boom Assembly clear of turntable and lower to boom section using a suitable brass drift and hammer.
ground or a suitable supported work surface.
11. Remove mounting hardware which secures wear pads
to aft end of tower fly boom section; remove the wear
pads from the top, sides and bottom of the fly boom.
12. Remove mounting hardware which secures upright lev-

2
eling cylinder to fly section. Remove pin from fly boom
section using a suitable brass drift and hammer.
1 13. Remove hardware and wear pads from top, sides, and
bottom of fly boom aft section.
Hose & Cable

Bracket Push Tubes
Hose Clamp
Figure 4-6. Tower Boom Components
Disassembly Cover Plate
1. Remove brackets securing hoses and wiring harnesses

to push tubes and top of tower boom assembly.
2. Mark all hoses and wiring harnesses at bracket on rear

end of tower base boom section for future assembly. Figure 4-7. Tower Boom Powertrack Components
4-20 3121616
Inspection 5. Align tower telescope cylinder with attach holes in

tower fly boom. Install cylinder pin in tower fly boom
NOTE: Replace worn or damage components as needed. using a soft head mallet. Secure with mounting hard-
ware.
1. Inspect tower boom pivot pin for wear, scoring, tapering
and ovality, or other damage. Replace pins if necessary. 6. Secure the sling and lifting device at the tower fly boom
assembly’s approximate center of gravity.
2. Inspect tower boom pivot attach points for scoring,
tapering and ovality, or other damage. Replace pins if 7. Slide tower fly boom assembly into the tower base
necessary. boom section. Shim boom, if necessary, for a total of 1/
3. Inspect inner diameter of tower boom pivot bearings for 16 in. (0.062) clearance.
scoring, distortion, wear, or other damage. Replace pins
if necessary. 8. Install wear pads in forward position of the tower base
boom section. Shim boom, if necessary, for a total of 2/
4. Inspect lift cylinder attach pin for wear, scoring, tapering 10 in. (0.20) clearance.
and ovality, or other damage. Ensure pin surfaces are
protected prior to installation. Replace pins if necessary. 9. Align telescope cylinder with slots at aft end of tower
base boom section. Secure cylinder with mounting
5. Inspect inner diameter of upright attach point bearings
hardware.
for scoring, distortion, wear, or other damage. Replace
bearing if necessary.
10. Install cover plate to attach point on the tower base
6. Inspect all threaded components for stretching, thread boom section, then secure with mounting hardware.
deformation, twisting, or other damage. Replace if nec-
essary. 11. Install powertrack to attach point on the tower base
boom section, then secure with mounting hardware.
7. Inspect structural units of tower boom assembly for
bending, cracking, separation of welds, or other dam- 12. Attach push tubes to the powertrack and attach point
age. Replace boom sections if necessary. on the tower fly boom section with mounting hardware.
8. Inspect powertrack for cracking, wear, or other damage.
13. Properly route hoses and wiring harnesses through
Replace links or assembly, if necessary.
bracket at aft end of tower base boom section.
Assembly 14. Pull hoses and wiring harnesses through hose bracket to
mark on hoses and harnesses from disassembly. Clamp
NOTE: When installing fly section wear pads, install same number
for proper length.
and thickness of shims as were removed during disassem-
bly.
15. Route hoses and harnesses through powertrack. Push
tubes through holes in side of tower fly boom nose.
1. Measure inside dimensions of tower base section to
Secure hoses and harnesses with hoses brackets.
determine number of shims required for proper lift.
2. Install side, top and bottom wear pads to front end of

tower fly section. Shim evenly to measurements of the Hose & Cable
inside of base boom section. Bracket Push Tubes
ENSURE BOOM SLIDING AREAS ARE CLEAR OF CHAINS, TOOLS, AND OTHER
OBJECTS WHEN ASSEMBLING BOOM SECTIONS. Hose Clamp
3. Align upright leveling cylinder with attach holes in

tower fly boom. Using a soft head mallet, install the cyl- Cover Plate
inder pin into tower fly boom and secure with mounting
hardware.
4. Install side, top, and bottom wear pads to the aft end of
tower fly section; shim evenly to the measurements of
the inside of the base boom section. Figure 4-8. Tower Boom Powertrack Components
3121616 4-21
Installation 4.8 JIB ASSEMBLY - 600AJ

1. Position tower boom assembly on turntable using a suit- Refer to Figure 4-10., Jib Assembly.
able lifting device. Align pivot holes in boom and turnta-
ble. Removal
2. Install tower boom pivot pin #1. Ensure location of hole NOTE: Support the jib using a suitable lifting device.
in pin is aligned with attach point on turntable.
1. For platform and support removal see Section 4.1, Plat-
3. If necessary, gently tap pin into position with soft
form.
headed mallet. Secure pin mounting hardware.
2. Position the articulating jib boom level with ground.
device and position lower boom lift cylinder so holes in
cylinder rod end and tower boom structure are aligned.
Insert lift cylinder pin #2, ensuring that location of hole HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDIATELY AFTER DIS-
in pin is aligned with attach point on tower boom. CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM.
5. Connect all wiring connections at ground controls.
3. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from level cylinder
6. Connect all hydraulic lines running from aft end of tower and jib lift cylinder. Use suitable container to retain any
boom assembly to ground controls. residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
4. Remove mounting hardware from slave leveling cylin-
der pin #1. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer,
remove the cylinder pin from jib assembly.
2 5. Remove mounting hardware from jib assembly boom

pivot pin #2. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer,
remove the pivot pin from boom assembly.
1
Disassembly
1. Remove mounting hardware from jib boom pivot pins
#3 and #4. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer,
remove the pins from articulating jib boom pivot weld-
ment.
2. Remove mounting hardware from rotator support pins
#5 and #6. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer,
remove the pins from rotator support.
Figure 4-9. Tower Boom Components
4-22 3121616
3. Remove mounting hardware from lift cylinder pin #7. Assembly

Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove the cyl-
inder pin from articulating jib boom. 1. Align lift cylinder with attach holes in jib assembly.
Using a soft head mallet, install cylinder pin #7 into jib
2 4 JIB PIVOT and secure with mounting hardware.
2. Align rotator support with attach hole in jib assembly.
JIB Using a soft head mallet, install rotator support pin #6
into jib and secure with mounting hardware.
7
SLAVE 3. Align bottom tubes with attach holes in rotator support.
CYLINDER
Using a soft head mallet, install rotator support pin #5
1 into jib assembly and secure with mounting hardware.
3
4. Align jib assembly with attach hole in jib boom pivot
weldment. Using a soft head mallet, install rotator sup-
JIB LIFT port pin #4 into jib assembly and secure with mounting
CYLINDER hardware.
6
5. Align bottom tubes with attach holes in jib boom pivot
5 weldment. Using a soft head mallet, install rotator sup-
port pin #3 into jib boom pivot weldment and secure
Figure 4-10. Jib Assembly with mounting hardware.
Installation
Inspection
1. Align jib boom pivot weldment with attach holes in fly
NOTE: When inspecting pins and bearings Refer to Section 2.5 - boom assembly. Using a soft head mallet, install pivot
Pins and Composite Bearing Repair Guidelines. pin #2 into fly boom assembly and secure with mount-
ing hardware.
1. Inspect fly boom pivot pin for wear, scoring, tapering
and ovality, or other damage. Replace pins as necessary. 2. Align the slave leveling cylinder with attach holes in jib
boom pivot weldment. Using a soft head mallet, install
2. Inspect fly boom pivot attach points for scoring, taper- slave leveling cylinder pin #1 into articulating jib boom
ing and ovality, or other damage. Replace pins as neces- pivot weldment and secure with mounting hardware.
sary.
3. Inspect inner diameter of fly boom pivot bearings for
scoring, distortion, wear, or other damage. Replace bear-
ings as necessary.
4. Inspect lift cylinder attach pin for wear, scoring, tapering
and ovality, or other damage. Ensure pin surfaces are
protected prior to installation. Replace pins as neces-
sary.
5. Inspect inner diameter of rotator attach point bearings
for scoring, distortion, wear, or other damage.
6. Inspect all threaded components for damage such as
stretching, thread deformation, or twisting. Replace as
necessary.
7. Inspect structural units of jib boom assembly for bend-
ing, cracking, separation of welds, or other damage.
Replace boom sections as necessary.
3121616 4-23
4.9 BOOM CLEANLINESS GUIDELINES 5. If pressurized air cannot dislodge the debris, then water
with mild solvents applied via a pressure washer can be
The following are guidelines for internal boom cleanliness for used. Again the method is to wash the debris toward the
machines that are used in excessively dirty environments. nearest exiting point from the boom. Make sure that all
debris is removed, that no “puddling” of water has
1. JLG recommends the use of the JLG Hostile Environment
occurred, and that the boom internal components are
Package if available to keep the internal portions of a
dry prior to operating the machine. Make sure you com-
boom cleaner and to help prevent dirt and debris from
ply with all federal and local laws for disposing of the
entering the boom. This package reduces the amount of
wash water and debris.
contamination which can enter the boom but does not
eliminate the need for more frequent inspections and 6. If neither pressurized air nor washing of the boom dis-
maintenance when used in these types of environ- lodges and removes the debris, then disassemble the
ments. boom in accordance to the instructions outlined in the
JLG Service & Maintenance Manual to remove the
2. JLG recommends that you follow all guidelines for ser-
debris.
vicing your equipment in accordance with the instruc-
tions outlined in the JLG Service & Maintenance Manual
for your machine. Periodic maintenance and inspection
is vital to the proper operation of the machine. The fre-
quency of service and maintenance must be increased
as environment, severity and frequency of usage
requires.
3. Debris and foreign matter inside of the boom can cause
premature failure of components and should be
removed. Methods to remove debris should always be
done using all applicable safety precautions outlined in
the JLG Service & Maintenance Manuals.
4. The first attempt to remove debris from inside the boom
must be to utilize pressurized air to blow the debris
toward the nearest exiting point from the boom. Make
sure that all debris is removed before operating the
machine.
4-24 3121616
4.10 ROTARY ACTUATOR Required Tools
Theory of Operation
The L20 Series rotary actuator is a simple mechanism that uses
the sliding spline operating concept to convert linear piston
motion into powerful shaft rotation.
Each actuator is composed of a housing with integrated gear

teeth (1) and only two moving parts: the central shaft with
integrated bearing tube and mounting flange (2), and the
annular piston sleeve (3). Helical spline teeth machined on the
shaft engage matching splines on the piston inside diameter.
The piston outside diameter carries a second set of opposite
direction splines which engage with matching splines in the
housing.
1. Flashlight - Examine timing marks, component failure,

and overall condition.
2. Felt Marker - Match mark timing marks and outline trou-
bled areas.
3. Allen wrench - Remove port plugs and set screws.
2
4. Box knife - removal of seals.
5. Seal tool - assembly and disassembly of seals and wear
guides.
1
6. Pry bar - End cap removal and manual rotation of shaft.
7. Rubber mallet- Removal and installation of shaft and
piston sleeve assembly.
3
8. Nylon drift - Piston sleeve installation.
9. End cap dowel pins - removal and installation of end cap
(sold with Helac seal kit).
The seal tool is a customized standard flat head screwdriver. To
make this tool, heat flat end with a torch. Secure heated end of
screwdriver in a vice and bend to a slight radius. Once radius is
achieved, round off all sharp edges using a grinder. There may
Bars indicate starting positions of piston and shaft. Arrows be some slight modifications for your personal preference.
indicate direction of rotation. The housing with integral ring
gear remains stationary. As fluid pressure is applied, the piston
is displaced axially while helical gearing causes the piston and
shaft to rotate simultaneously. The double helix design com-
pounds rotation: shaft rotation is about twice of the piston.
As hydraulic pressure is applied, piston is displaced axially

within the housing - similar to operation of a hydraulic cylin-
der - while splines cause shaft to rotate. When control valve is
closed, oil is trapped inside the actuator, preventing piston
movement and locking shaft in position. The shaft is sup-
ported radially by the large upper radial bearing and lower
radial bearing.
3121616 4-25
600A
14
6
11
7 12
8 3
600AJ 7
8
1
5
16
13
15
9
10
14
1. Housing 5. O-Ring 9. Cap Seal 13. Cap Bearing

2. Shaft 6. Shaft Bearing 10. Back-Up Ring 14. Capscrew
3. Piston 7. Thrustwasher 11. Rod Seal 15. Bolt
4. End Cap 8. Bearing Packing 12. Piston Seal 16. Valve Block
Figure 4-11. Rotary Actuator - Exploded View
4-26 3121616
Disassembly 4. Remove end cap (4) using tools provided with Helac seal
kit.
1. Remove capscrews (113) over end cap lock pins (109).
2. Using a 1/8” (3.18mm) drill bit, drill a hole in center of 5. Using a metal bar or similar tool, unscrew end cap (4) by
each lock pin approximately 3/16" (4.76mm) deep. turning it counter clockwise.
3. Remove lock pins using an ”Easy Out” (Size #2 shown. If

pin will not come out, use 5/16" drill bit 1/2" (12.7mm)
deep to drill out entire pin. 6. Remove end cap (4) and set aside for later inspection.
NOTE: If the pin will not come out with the ”Easy Out”, use 5/1 6 in.
drill bit to a depth of 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) to drill out the entire
pin. Do not drill deeper than 1/2 in. (12.7 mm).
3121616 4-27
7. Remove stop tube if installed. 9. Before removing shaft, (2), use a felt marker to clearly
indicate timing marks between shaft and piston. This
simplifies timing during assembly.
8. Actuator has timing marks for proper engagement.
10. Remove shaft (2). It may be necessary to strike threaded

end of shaft with a rubber mallet.
4-28 3121616
11. Before removing piston (3), mark housing (1) ring gear in 13. At the point when piston gear teeth come out of
relation to piston O.D. gear. There should be timing engagement with housing gear teeth, mark piston and
marks on housing (1) ring gear, piston (3), and shaft (2). housing with a marker as shown.
12. To remove piston (3), use a rubber mallet and plastic 14. Remove O-ring (204) and backup ring (207) from end
mandrel so piston is not damaged. cap (4) and set aside for inspection.
3121616 4-29
15. Remove wear guides (302) from end cap (4) and shaft 17. Remove thrust washers (304) from end cap (4) and shaft
(2). (2).
16. To remove main pressure seals (205), cut them with a 18. Remove wiper seal (304.1) from end cap (4) and shaft (2).
sharp razor blade. Do not to damage seal groove.
19. Remove piston O.D. seal (202).
4-30 3121616
20. Remove piston I.D. seal (200). 2. Inspect thrust washers (304) for rough or worn edges
and surfaces. Measure thickness is within specifications
(Not less than 0.092” or 2.34 mm).
Inspection
1. Clean all parts in a solvent tank and dry with com- 3. Inspect wear guide condition and measure thickness
pressed air before inspecting. Carefully inspect all criti- (not less than 0.123” or 3.12 mm).
cal areas for any surface finish abnormalities: Seal
grooves, bearing grooves, thrust surfaces, rod surface,
housing bore, and gear teeth.
3121616 4-31
Assembly 3. Install wiper seal (304.1/green 0-ring) in groove on shaft

(2) and end cap (4) - around outside edge of thrust
1. Gather all components and tools to one location. Use washer (304).
cut away drawing to reference seal orientations.
4. Use a seal tool install main pressure seal (205) on shaft

2. Install thrust washer (304) on shaft (2) and end cap (4). (2) and end cap (4). Use seal tool in a circular motion.
5. Install wear guide (302) on end cap (4) and shaft (2).
4-32 3121616
6. Install inner T-seal (200) in piston (3) using a circular 8. Insert piston (3) in housing (1) as shown, until outer pis-
motion. Install outer T-seal (202) by stretching it around ton seal (202) touches inside housing bore.
the groove in a circular motion. Each T-seal has two
back-up rings (see drawing for orientation).
9. Looking from angle shown, rotate piston (3) until marks

you put on piston and housing (1) during disassembly
7. Beginning with inner seal (200) insert one end of b/u line up as shown. Using a rubber mallet, tap piston in
ring in lower groove and feed the rest in using a circular housing to point where gear teeth meet.
motion. Make sure wedged ends overlap correctly.
Repeat for outer seal (202).
3121616 4-33
10. Looking from opposite end of housing (1) when timing 13. Install 2 bolts in threaded holes in flange. Using a bar,
marks line up, tap piston (3) in until gear teeth mesh rotate shaft clockwise until wear guides are seated in
together. Tap piston in housing until it bottoms out. housing bore.
11. Install shaft (2) in piston (3). Do not damage seals. Do 14. Install stop tube on shaft end. Stop tube is an available
not engage piston gear teeth. option to limit actuator rotation.
15. Coat threads on end of shaft with anti-seize grease to
prevent galling.
12. Looking from view shown, use existing timing marks to

line up gear teeth on shaft (2) with gear teeth on inside
of piston (3). Tap flange end of shaft with rubber mallet
until gear teeth engage.
4-34 3121616
16. Install 0-ring (204) and back-up ring (207) in inner seal 19. Place lock pins (109) provided in Helac seal kit in holes
groove on end cap (4). with dimple side up. Using a punch, tap lock pins to bot-
tom of hole.
17. Thread end cap (4) on shaft (2) end. Ensure wear guide
stays in place on end cap as it is threaded in housing (1). 20. Insert set screws (113) over lock pins. Tighten to 25 in-lb
(2.825 Nm).
18. Tighten end cap (4). Ensure holes for lock pins line up.
3121616 4-35
Installing Counterbalance Valve 3. Bolts that come with valve are Grade 8 bolts. Install new
bolts with a new valve. Apply Loctite #242 to shanks of
Refer to Figure 4-12., Rotator Counterbalance Valve.
the three bolts at time of installation.
1. Make sure surface of actuator is clean and free of any
4. Torque 1/4-inch bolts 110-120 in-lb (12.4-13.5 Nm). Do
contamination and debris, including old Loctite.
not torque over 125 in-lb (14.1 Nm). Torque 5/16-inch
2. Make sure new valve has the O-rings in counterbores of bolts to 140 in-lb (15.8 Nm). Do not torque over 145 in-lb
valve to seal it to the actuator housing. (16.3 Nm).
Figure 4-12. Rotator Counterbalance Valve
4-36 3121616
Testing Actuator 1. Connect a 3/16" inside diameter x 5/16" outside diame-

ter x 5 foot clear, vinyl drain tube to each of the two
If equipment is available, test actuator on a hydraulic test
bleed nipples. Secure with hose clamps. Place vinyl
bench. Breakaway pressure — the pressure at which the shaft
tubes in a clean 5-gallon container to collect purged oil.
begins to rotate — should be approximately 400 psi (28 bar).
Cycle actuator at least 25 times at 3000 psi (210 bar) pressure. 2. Oil can be returned to reservoir after procedure is com-
After 25 rotations, increase pressure to 4500 psi (315 bar). pleted.
Check for leaks and cracks. Perform test again at end of rota-
tion in the opposite direction.
Testing Actuator for Internal Leaks

If actuator is equipped with a counterbalance valve, plug valve
ports, connect hydraulic lines to housing ports. Bleed all air
from actuator (see Installation and Bleeding). Rotate shaft to
end of rotation at 3000 psi (210 bar) and maintain pressure.

Remove hydraulic line from non-pressurized side.
Continuous oil flow from open housing port indicates internal
leakage across the piston. Replace line and rotate shaft to end
of rotation in opposite direction. Repeat test procedure out-
lined above for other port. If there is an internal leak, disassem-
ble, inspect, and repair.
Installation and Bleeding

AFTER INSTALLING ACTUATOR, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL SAFETY DEVICES

SUCH AS TIE RODS OR SAFETY CABLES ARE PROPERLY REATTACHED.
Figure 4-13. Actuator Bleed Ports
To purge air from hydraulic lines, connect them together to 3. With an operator in the platform, open both bleed nip-
create a closed loop and pump hydraulic fluid through them. ples 1/4 turn. Hydraulically rotate platform to end of
Review hydraulic schematic to determine which hydraulic rotation (clockwise or counterclockwise), and maintain
lines to connect. The linear feet and inside diameter of hydrau- hydraulic pressure. Oil with small air bubbles will be
lic supply lines together with pump capacity determine seen flowing through the tubes. Allow 1/2 gallon of fluid
amount of pumping time required to fully purge the hydraulic to be purged from actuator.
system.
4. Keep fittings open and rotate platform in opposite
Bleeding may be necessary if excessive backlash is exhibited direction to end position. Maintain hydraulic pressure
after actuator is connected to hydraulic system. The following until an additional 1/4 gallon of fluid is pumped into the
steps are recommended when a minimum of two gal (8L) is container.
purged.
5. Repeat steps 2 & 3. After last 1/2 gallon is purged, close
both bleed nipples before rotating away from end posi-
tion.
3121616 4-37
Troubleshooting
Table 4-1. Troubleshooting
Problem Cause Solution

1. Shaft rotates slowly or not at all a. Insufficient torque output a. Verify correct operating pressure. Do not exceed OEM’s
pressure specifications. Load may be above maximum
capacity of the actuator.
b. Low rate of fluid flow b. Inspect ports for obstructions and hydraulic lines for
restrictions and leaks.
c. Control or counterbalance valve has internal leak c. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve. Leave valve
ports open and operate actuator through housing ports (do
not exceed OEM’s operating pressure). Valve must be
replaced if a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from valve
ports.
d. Piston and/or shaft seal leak d. Remove plug and housing’s valve ports. Operate actuator
through housing ports. Conduct internal leakage test.
e. Rebuild actuator. Remove all rust then polish. Replace-

e. Corrosion build-up on the thrust surfaces ment parts may be needed.
f. Rebuild actuator. Use fluid compatible with all seals and

f. Swollen seals and composite bearings caused by incom- bearings.
patible hydraulic fluid
2. Operation is erratic or not responsive a. Air in actuator a. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding procedures.
3. Shaft will not fully rotate a. Twisted or chipped gear teeth a. Check for gear binding. Actuator may not be able to be
rebuilt and may need to be replaced. Damage could be a
result of overload or shock.
b. Port fittings are obstructing the piston b. Check thread length of port fittings. Fittings should dur-
ing stroke not reach inside housing bore.
4. Selected position cannot be maintained a. Control or counterbalance valve has internal leak a. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve. Leave valve
ports open and operate actuator through housing ports (do
not exceed OEM’s operating pressure). Valve must be
replaced if a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from valve
ports.
b. Piston and/or shaft seal leak b. Remove plug and housing’s valve ports. Operate actuator
through housing ports. Conduct internal leakage test.
c. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding procedures

c. Air in actuator
4-38 3121616
4.11 FOOT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT

Adjust foot switch to operate functions when pedal is at center
of travel. Adjust if switch operates within last 1/2 in. (6.35 mm)
of top or bottom travel.
ELECTRIC SHOCK OR UNCONTROLLED MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE

DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. DISCONNECT INPUT POWER BEFORE PERFORM-
ING INSTALLATION OR MAINTENANCE.
NOTE: For models with two switches, both switches can be inde-
pendently adjusted.
1. Remove four socket head cap screws and cover from

foot switch assembly.
2. To increase travel before switch is activated, turn Adjust-
ment Screw clockwise.
3. To decrease travel before switch is activated, turn
Adjustment Screw counter-clockwise.
Adjusting Screw
Figure 4-14. Foot Switch Adjustment

4. Install cover and secure with four socket head caps
crews. Torque to 18-22 in-lb (2-3 Nm).
3121616 4-39
4.12 SKYGUARD IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE &

“BOTH” IS SELECTED.
In Platform Mode:
Operation
NOTE: Machine will treat Soft Touch/SkyGuard override switch as
Skyguard is used to provide enhanced control panel protec- if it is a Soft Touch and SkyGuard switch.
tion. When the SkyGuard sensor is activated, functions that
were in use at the time of actuation will reverse or cutout. 1. In an area free of obstructions, from platform controls
Refer Table 4-2, “SkyGuard Function Table,” on page 41for test the SkyGuard feature by operating the telescopic
functions. out functions and engaging the SkyGuard sensor, tele-
scopic out function will be stopped, soft touch indicator
light will flash at 3HZ, the horn will be turned on until
the SkyGuard sensor and footswitch is disengaged.
2. With SkyGuard sensor engaged, press and hold the yel-
low “Override Soft Touch” button and then operate a
function switch or joystick to check if the operation can
be resumed.
3. Disengage the SkyGuard sensor, release controls, recycle
the foot switch, make sure normal operation is available.
In Ground Mode:
Operation will be allowed regardless of SkyGuard switch acti-
vation.
Figure 4-15. Skyguard IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE &

“SOFT TOUCH” IS SELECTED.
Machine will treat the Soft Touch/SkyGuard override switch as
Functional Test if it is a Soft Touch switch.
IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE &

“SKYGUARD” IS SELECTED IN MACHINE SET UP. IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE &
In Platform Mode: “NONE” IS SELECTED.
Skyguard sensor status will be ignored. No function cutout or
1. In an area free of obstructions, from the platform con- reversal will be implemented.
trols test the SkyGuard feature by operating the tele-
scope out functions and engaging (and holding) the
SkyGuard sensor. Telescope function will be stopped
and telescope in function will be activated for a short
duration. Soft touch indicator light will flash at 3HZ,
horn will be turned on, until the SkyGuard sensor and
footswitch is disengaged.
2. With SkyGuard sensor engaged, press and hold

the yellow “Override Soft Touch” button and then oper-
ate a function switch or joystick to check if the operation
can be resumed.
3. Disengage the SkyGuard sensor, release controls, recycle

the foot switch, make sure normal operation available.
In Ground Mode:
Operation will be allowed regardless of SkyGuard sensor acti-

vation.
4-40 3121616
Diagnostic & Troubleshooting 2. If machine operation is not available:
If you are experiencing a problem that is not described here, Help menu or diagnostics menu is to be used to collect
see your authorized dealer for service. the fault information.
Depending on configuration, diagnostics menu
will read:
1. Check the configuration under the menu “MACHINE
SETUP  STOUCH/SKYGUARD” according to the actual Diagnostics->System->Skyguard switch
system installed on machine. Make sure recommended
Diagnostics->System->STOUCH OR SG
configuration described is selected.
Pressing to engage the SkyGuard sensor will change the
If SkyGuard does Not Function with sensor engaged. switch or relay to open/close status.
If the switch status states “Closed” regardless of sensor

activation status:
AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN OR OPERATOR IS REQUIRED TO CONDUCT AN OPER-
ATION CHECK OF SKYGUARD SENSOR DAILY. Power or ground wire is not making good contact and/
or may be loose or broken.
Help menu or diagnostics menu is to be used to collect
the fault information. Both relays failed (low probability).
Depending on configurations, diagnostics menu If the switch status is in disagreement, then one relay
will read: may have failed or one relay isn't inserted into the
holder correctly. This may also be noticed since machine
Diagnostics->System->Skyguard switch will not be able to be operated.
Diagnostics->System->STOUCH OR SG
Switch disagreement fault (2563) and SkyGuard switch
Pressing to engage the SkyGuard sensor will change the activation fault (0039) will be shown under
switch or relay to open/close status. Help menu.
If the switch status stays in “Open” while the actual Sky-

Guard sensor is pressed, then the SkyGuard sensor may
have failed, it needs to be changed immediately.
Table 4-2. SkyGuard Function Table
Main Main Tele Main Tele Main Drive Forward Drive Reverse Basket Basket Jib
Lift In Out Swing Level Rotate Lift
DOS DOS DOS DOS
Enabled Not Enabled Not
Enabled Enabled
R C R R R C* R R C C C
R = Indicates Reversal is Activated
C = Indicates Cutout is Activated
* Disregard when boom is in line and driving forward with or without steering and no other function active
Note: When Soft Touch is enabled with SkyGuard all functions are cut out only.
3121616 4-41
4.13 BOLT ON FALL ARREST • Cable: Inspect cable for proper tension, broken strands,
kinks, or any signs of corrosion.
The bolt on fall arrest system is designed to provide a lanyard
attach point while allowing the operator to access areas out- GAP
GAPSHOWING:
SHOWING:
side the platform. Exit/Enter the platform through the gate INCORRECT
INCORRECT
area only. The system is designed for use by one person.
Personnel must use fall protection at all times. A full body har-
ness is required with lanyard not to exceed 6 ft. (1.8 M) in
length, that limits the maximum arrest force to 900 lbs. (408
kg).
NO GAP:
External Fall Arrest System capacity is 310 lb (140 kg) - one (1) NO GAP: CORRECT
CORRECT
person maximum.
Do not move the platform during use of the external fall arrest
system.
DO NOT OPERATE ANY MACHINE FUNCTIONS WHILE OUTSIDE OF PLATFORM.

BE CAREFUL WHEN ENTERING/EXITING THE PLATFORM AT ELEVATION.
Figure 4-16. Bolt On Fall Arrest Cable Tension
• Fittings & Brackets: Ensure all fittings are tight and there are
IF THE EXTERNAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM IS USED TO ARREST A FALL OR IS OTH- no signs of fractures. Inspect brackets for any damage.
ERWISE DAMAGED, THE ENTIRE SYSTEM MUST BE REPLACED AND THE PLAT-
FORM FULLY INSPECTED BEFORE RETURNING TO SERVICE. REFER TO THE • Attachment Ring: No cracks or signs of wear are accept-
SERVICE MANUAL FOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. able. Any signs of corrosion requires replacement.
THE EXTERNAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM REQUIRES AN ANNUAL INSPECTION AND • Attaching Hardware: Inspect all attaching hardware to
CERTIFICATION. THE ANNUAL INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION MUST BE ensure there are no missing components and hardware is
PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED PERSON OTHER THAN THE USER.
properly tightened.
Inspection Before Use • Platform Rails: No visible damage is acceptable.
The external fall arrest system must be inspected before each

use of the aerial work platform. Replace components if there Installation
are any signs of wear or damage.
1. Install the retaining hardware (bolts, nuts, and washers)
Before each use, perform a visual inspection of the following and secure the brackets to the platform rail. Tighten the
components: nuts but do not torque them yet.
BOLT
WASHER
WASHER
NUT
4-42 3121616
2. Attach the fall arrest cable to the right hand bracket ent at the outside diameter of the washers. Ensure the
Using the attaching bolt and nut. Orient the bolt as cable has not rotated during tightening.
shown below. Do not tighten the nut so cable can still
rotate.
BOLT
NUT
6. Tighten the first jam nut against the retaining nut to

keep the nut from loosening. Tighten the remaining jam
nut against the first jam nut.
7. Torque the nuts and bolts securing the brackets to 15
ft.lbs. (20 Nm).
3. Install the Attachment Ring onto the cable.
4. Without twisting the fall arrest cable, pull it thru the left
hand bracket and mark the top of the swaged cable end.
Install the fall arrest cable through the left hand bracket
and secure it using the belleville washers, washer, retain-
ing nut, and jam nuts. Orient the hardware as shown
below and with the belleville washers so the gap is pres-
ent at the outside diameter of the washers. install the
nuts onto the cable finger tight so the mark on the cable
does not move.
WASHER
BELLEVILLE
NUT WASHER
JAM NUT
5. Use the two jam nuts to prevent the cable from rotating
while the nut is tightened. Tighten the nut until the bel-
leville washers are fully compressed and no gap is pres-
3121616 4-43
7
1,2,3,4
1. Belleville Washer
2. Washer
6 3. Hex Nut
4. Jam Nut
5. LH Bracket
6. Attachment Ring
7. Cable
8. RH Bracket
9. Decal
Figure 4-17. Bolt On Fall Arrest System
4-44 3121616
SECTION 5. BASIC HYDRAULICS INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
5.1 LUBRICATING O-RINGS IN THE HYDRAULIC 2. Holding the fitting over the hydraulic oil container,
brush an even film of oil around the entire o-ring in the
SYSTEM fitting, making sure the entire o-ring is completely satu-
rated.
When assembling connectors in the hydraulic that use o-ring
fittings, it is necessary to lubricate all fittings with hydraulic oil
prior to assembly. To lubricate the fittings, use one of the fol-
lowing procedures.
NOTE: All O-ring fittings must be pre-lubricated with hydraulic oil

prior to assembly.
Cup and Brush

The following is needed to correctly oil the o-ring in this man-
ner:
3. Turn the o-ring on the other side of the fitting and
• Small container for hydraulic oil repeat the previous step, ensuring the entire o-ring is
coated with hydraulic oil.
• Small paint brush
1. Hold the fitting in one hand while using the brush with
the other hand to dip into the container. Remove excess
hydraulic oil from the brush so an even film of oil is
applied on the o-ring.
3121616 5-1
Dip Method Spray Method

NOTE: This method works best with Face Seal o-rings, but will This method requires a pump or trigger spray bottle.
work for all o-ring fitting types.
1. Fill the spray bottle with hydraulic oil.
The following is needed to correctly oil the o-ring in this man- 2. Hold the fitting over suitable catch can.
ner:
3. Spray entire o-ring surface with a medium coat of oil.
• A small leak proof container
• Sponge cut to fit inside container
• A small amount of hydraulic oil to saturate sponge.
1. Place sponge inside container and add hydraulic oil to

the sponge until fully saturated.
2. Dip the fitting into the sponge using firm pressure.
Upon lifting the fitting, a small droplet will form and drip
from the bottom of the fitting. This should signify an
even coating of oil on the fitting.
Brush-on Method
This method requires a sealed bottle brush.
1. Fill the bottle with hydraulic oil.

2. Using slight pressure to the body of the spray bottle,
invert the bottle so the brush end is in the downward
position.
3. Brush hydraulic oil on the entire o-ring, applying an
even coat of oil.
3. O-ring Boss type fittings will require more pressure in

able to immerse more of the fitting into the saturated
sponge. This will also cause more oil to be dispersed
from the sponge.
5-2 3121616
5.2 CYLINDERS - THEORY OF OPERATION Cylinders Without Counterbalance Valves - Master

Cylinder and Steer Cylinder
Systems With Double Acting Cylinders
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate engine
Systems with double acting cylinders are the Slave Level, Mas- and fully extend cylinder to be checked. Shut down
engine.
ter Level, Lift, Telescope, Articulating Jib Boom Lift, Axle Lock-
out, and Steer. A double acting cylinder is one that requires oil 2. Carefully disconnect hydraulic hoses from retract port of
flow to operate the cylinder rod in both directions. Directing cylinder. There will be some initial weeping of hydraulic
oil (by actuating the corresponding control valve to piston fluid which can be caught in a suitable container. After
side of cylinder) forces the piston to travel toward the rod end initial discharge, there should be no further drainage
of the barrel, extending the cylinder rod (piston attached to from the retract port.
rod). When oil flow is stopped, movement of rod stops. By 3. Activate engine and extend cylinder.
directing oil to the rod side of the cylinder, the piston is forced
in the opposite direction and the cylinder rod retracts. 4. If cylinder retract port leakage is less than 6-8 drops per
minute, carefully reconnect hose to port and retract cyl-
inder. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8 drops per min-
Systems With Holding Valves ute or more, repair cylinder.
Holding valves are used in the Lift, Telescope, Lockout, Slave 5. With cylinder fully retracted, shut down engine and
Level, and Articulating Jib Boom Lift circuits to prevent retrac- carefully disconnect hydraulic hose from cylinder
tion of the cylinder rod should a hydraulic line rupture or a extend port.
leak develop between the cylinder and its control valve. 6. Activate engine and retract cylinder. Check extend port
for leakage.
5.3 CYLINDER CHECKING PROCEDURE 7. If extend port leakage is less than 6-8 drops per minute,
carefully reconnect hose to extend port, then activate
NOTE: Cylinder check must be performed any time a system com- cylinder through one complete cycle and check for
ponent is replaced or when improper system operation is leaks. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8 drops per min-
suspected. ute or more, repair cylinder.
Boom at Horizontal
1001102599A
Figure 5-1. Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder Repair
3121616 5-3
Cylinders With Single Counterbalance Valve Cylinders With Dual Counterbalance Valves
(Main Lift Cylinder) (Articulating Jib Boom Lift, and Slave), Slave Level, Lower Lift,
Upright level, Main Telescope and Tower Telescope)
OPERATE ALL FUNCTIONS FROM GROUND CONTROL STATION ONLY.

OPERATE ALL FUNCTIONS FROM GROUND CONTROL STATION ONLY.
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate hydrau-
lic system. 1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate hydrau-
lic system.
IMPROPERLY SUPPORTED BOOM CAN FALL AND CAUSE DEATH, SERIOUS

INJURY, OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT. DO NOT WORK ON CYL- IF WORKING ON TOWER BOOM LIFT CYLINDER, RAISE TOWER BOOM HALF-
INDER WITHOUT A SUITABLE PROP IN PLACE. WHEN WORKING ON MAIN LIFT WAY, FULLY ELEVATE MAIN BOOM WITH TELESCOPE C YLINDER FULLY
CYLINDER, RAISE BOOM TO HORIZONTAL AND PLACE A BOOM PROP APPROXI- RETRACTED. ATTACH AN OVERHEAD CRANE TO THE UPRIGHT FOR SUPPORT,
MATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) BELOW THE MAIN BOOM. LEAVING APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) OF SLACK IN CHAIN OR SLING FOR
TEST PURPOSES. IF WORKING ON THE UPRIGHT LEVEL, RAISE TOWER BOOM
2. Shut down hydraulic system and allow machine to sit for
HALFWAY, THEN RAISE MAIN BOOM TO HORIZONTAL AND POSITION A SUIT-
10-15 minutes. If machine is equipped with proportional
ABLE BOOM PROP APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) BELOW MAIN BOOM. IF
control valves, turn IGNITION SWITCH to ON, move con-
WORKING ON PLATFORM LEVEL CYLINDER, STROKE PLATFORM LEVEL CYLIN-
trol switch or lever for applicable cylinder in each direc-
DER FORWARD UNTIL PLATFORM SITS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE.
tion, then turn IGNITION SWITCH to OFF. If machine is
equipped with hydraulic control valves, move control 2. Shut down hydraulic system and allow machine to sit for
lever for applicable cylinder in each direction. This is 10-15 minutes. If machine is equipped with proportional
done to relieve hydraulic line pressure. Carefully remove control valves, turn IGNITION SWITCH to ON, move con-
hydraulic hoses from appropriate cylinder port block. trol switch or lever for applicable cylinder in each direc-
tion, then turn IGNITION SWITCH to OFF. If machine is
3. There will be initial weeping of hydraulic fluid, which
equipped with hydraulic control valves, move control
can be caught in a suitable container. After initial dis-
lever for applicable cylinder in each direction. This is
charge, there should be no further leakage from the
done to relieve hydraulic line pressure. Carefully remove
ports. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8 drops per min-
hydraulic hoses from appropriate cylinder port block.
ute or more, counterbalance valve is defective and must
be replaced. 3. Catch initial weeping of hydraulic fluid in a suitable con-
tainer. After initial discharge, there should be no further
4. To check piston seals, carefully remove counterbalance
leakage from ports. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8
valve from the retract port. After initial discharge, there
drops per minute or more, counterbalance valve is
should be no further leakage from the ports. If leakage
defective and must be replaced.
occurs at a rate of 6-8 drops per minute or more, piston
seals are defective and must be replaced. 4. To check piston seals, carefully remove counterbalance
valve from retract port. After initial discharge, there
5. If no repairs are necessary or when repairs have been
should be no further leakage from the ports. If leakage
made, replace counterbalance valve and connect
occurs at a rate of 6-8 drops per minute or more, piston
hydraulic hoses to cylinder port block.
seals are defective and must be replaced.
6. If used, remove lifting device from upright or remove
5. If no repairs are necessary or when repairs have been
prop from below main boom. Activate hydraulic system
made, replace counterbalance valve and carefully con-
and run cylinder through one complete cycle to check
nect hydraulic hoses to cylinder port block.
for leaks.
6. Remove lifting device from upright or remove prop from
below main boom. Activate hydraulic system and run
cylinder through one complete cycle to check for leaks.
5-4 3121616
5.4 HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS

Cylinder Locations
3
6
7
2 1
10
10
Item Cylinder Item Cylinder

1 Tower Boom Lift 6 Tower Boom Telescope
2 Upright Level 7 Platform Level Slave
3 Master 8 Jib Lift
4 Main Boom Lift 9 Steer
5 Main Boom Telescope 10 Axle Lockout
Figure 5-2. Hydraulic Cylinder Locations
3121616 5-5
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Removal Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Installation
1. Place machine on flat and level surface with main boom 1. Attach hydraulic power supply to telescope cylinder
horizontal. Extend telescope for access to cylinder rod ports. Using suitable supports or lifting devices at each
pin (1). end of cylinder, extend rod so cylinder pin holes are
same distance apart as boom pin attach holes.
2. Shut down engine. Support main boom basket end with
a prop (2). See Figure 5-1., Boom Positioning and Sup- 2. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully lower cylin-
port, Cylinder Repair. der to boom assembly.
3. Install cylinder in boom assembly.
4. Remove lifting devices from telescope cylinder (1).

CAP HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER DISCONNECTING
LINES TO PREVENT SYSTEM CONTAMINATION. 5. Install telescope cylinder rod pin (3) in fly boom. Install
keeper pin and bolt.
3. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to telescope cylinder
6. Install telescope cylinder barrel end support in slots in
(1). Use suitable container to retain any residual hydrau-
base boom. Apply JLG Thread Locking Compound P/N
0100011 to bolts (4) and install with shims (6) and blocks
4. Remove bolt and keeper pin from cylinder rod pin (3). (4).
7. Remove hydraulic line and port caps. Correctly route

5. Carefully drive telescope cylinder rod pin from fly boom
and connect hydraulic lines as tagged to the telescope
using a suitable brass drift.
cylinder.
6. Remove four bolts (4), two blocks (5), and shims (6) from
8. Remove boom prop and overhead crane. Activate
telescope cylinder barrel end support.
hydraulic system.
7. Attach a suitable sling to telescope cylinder. Attach suit- 9. Operate boom functions following all applicable safety
able lifting device to sling and pull cylinder partially
from boom assembly. 10. precautions. Check for correct operation and hydraulic
leaks. Secure as necessary.
8. Secure cylinder with a suitable sling and lifting device at
approximate center of gravity. 11. Check fluid level of hydraulic tank. Adjust as needed.
9. Lift cylinder clear of boom assembly. Lower to ground or

suitably supported work area.
4
5 6 3
8 2
Figure 5-3. Telescope and Lift Cylinder Installation
5-6 3121616
Main Boom Lift Cylinder Removal Main Boom Lift Cylinder Installation
1. Place machine on flat and level surface. Start engine and 1. Install lift cylinder in place using suitable slings or sup-
place main boom horizontal. Shut down engine and ports. Align attach pin mounting holes on upright.
prop boom. (See Figure 5-1., Boom Positioning and Sup-
2. Using a suitable drift, drive barrel end attach pin (3)
port, Cylinder Repair.
through mounting holes in lift cylinder and upright.
2. Remove bolt and keeper pin from cylinder rod pin (7). Install keeper pin and bolt.
Drive out pin using a suitable brass drift.
3. Remove cylinder port plugs and hydraulic line caps.
3. Fully retract lift cylinder rod using auxiliary power, Connect previously tagged lines to cylinder ports.
4. Disconnect, cap, and tag main boom lift cylinder (8) 4. Using auxiliary power extend cylinder rod until attach
hydraulic lines and ports. pin hole aligns with those in the boom. Using a suitable
drift drive cylinder rod attach pin (2) through aligned
5. Remove barrel end attach pin (9) keeper pin and bolt.
holes, taking care to align the grooved pin holes. Install
Drive out barrel end attach pin from upright using a suit-
keeper pin and bolt.
able brass drift.
6. Remove cylinder from boom and place in a suitable
hydraulic system.
work area.
6. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate boom
functions. Check for correct operation and hydraulic
7. Check fluid level of hydraulic tank. Adjust as needed.
1
2 3
Figure 5-4. Leveling Cylinder Removal
3121616 5-7
Upright Level Cylinder Removal 5. Drive barrel end attach pin (1) through mounting holes
in upright and leveling cylinder using a suitable drift.
1. With aid of an assistant, manually override Plunger Valve
with a pry bar. From Ground Control, use auxiliary power 6. Remove mounting hardware from upright to tower
and extend tower telescope to access leveling cylinder boom assembly pivot pin (2).
rod end pin (3).
7. Drive pivot pin (2) through mounting holes in upright
and tower boom assembly using a suitable drift.
Pry Bar
8. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate over-
Turntable Ref.
head crane to move upright and upper boom assembly
Lift Cylinder Ref.
forward to clear tower boom.
9. After moving assemblies forward, operate overhead

crane left far enough to remove leveling cylinder.
10. Tag, disconnect, and cap level cylinder hydraulic lines.

Plunger Valve
11. Remove mounting hardware from leveling cylinder to
tower boom fly assembly rod end pin (3).
Figure 5-5. Plunger Valve Override
12. Drive leveling cylinder pin (3) through mounting holes
2. Position and support main boom as shown in Figure 5- in tower boom fly and leveling cylinder using a suitable
6., Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder Repair. drift. Remove leveling cylinder.
3. Remove bolt and retaining pin from leveling cylinder to
upright pin (1). Upright Level Cylinder Installation
4. Support upper boom assembly with overhead crane. 1. Place leveling cylinder in position in tower boom. Align
Raise boom until tension is released from cylinder pin
holes in tower boom and leveling cylinder. Install level-
(1).
ing cylinder attach pin (3) using a suitable rubber mallet.
Overhead Crane 2. Secure pin to tower boom with mounting hardware.
3. Remove cylinder port plugs and hydraulic line caps and

correctly attach lines to cylinder ports.
4. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate the

overhead crane to move upright and upper boom
assembly in proper position with tower boom.
Upright
Slave Cylinder 5. Align holes in upright and tower boom assembly and
install upright pivot pin (2) using a suitable rubber mal-
let. Secure pin with mounting hardware.
Chain
Boom Support Attach 6. Align holes in upright and leveling cylinder barrel end.
Point Install leveling cylinder pin (1) using a suitable rubber
Tower Lift mallet. Install keeper pin and bolt.
Cylinder
7. Remove overhead crane from upper boom. Activate
hydraulic system.
8. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate the

boom functions. Check for correct operation and
hydraulic leaks. Secure as necessary.
Figure 5-6. Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder Repair 9. Check fluid level of hydraulic tank Adjust as needed.
5-8 3121616
Tower Boom Lift Cylinder Removal 4. Remove mounting hardware securing cylinder rod pin
to tower boom. Drive out cylinder rod attach pin using a
Refer to Figure 5-6., Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder suitable brass drift.
Repair.
5. Tag, disconnect, and cap tower lift cylinder hydraulic
1. Place machine on a flat and level surface. Place main lines and ports.
boom in a horizontal position with telescope cylinder
fully retracted. Place tower boom in a fully elevated and 6. Remove mounting hardware securing cylinder barrel
fully retracted position. pin to turntable. Drive out cylinder barrel pin using a
suitable brass drift.
2. Support main boom with a prop. Support upright with
an overhead crane. 7. Carefully remove restraining slings. Remove tower lift
cylinder from turntable and place in a suitable work
3. Using slings restrain tower lift cylinder. area.
8. Fully retract lift cylinder. Use auxiliary power source if
necessary.
Pry Bar
Turntable Ref.
Lift Cylinder Ref.

Override Plunger Valve Plunger
Valve
Powertrack Hardware
Lower Cover Plate
Fly Ref.
Retaining Plates
Base Ref. Fly Pin Access
Figure 5-7. Tower Telescope Cylinder Removal
3121616 5-9
Tower Lift Cylinder Installation Tower Telescope Cylinder Installation

1. With main boom and tower boom positioned and sup- 1. With boom positioned as in Figure 5-3., Telescope and
ported as in Figure 5-1., Boom Positioning and Support, Lift Cylinder Installation, slide telescope cylinder into
Cylinder Repair, place tower lift cylinder in position on boom, aligning cylinder port block end with slotted
turntable. Secure in place using slings. holes in Base Boom. Secure telescope cylinder with
mounting hardware.
2. Align holes in turntable and lift cylinder. Install cylinder
2. Remove caps and plugs from hydraulic lines and ports.
barrel pin using a suitable rubber mallet. Install keeper
Connect hydraulic lines to cylinder as tagged during
pin and bolt.
Removal. Reinstall cover plate.
3. Connect auxiliary power source to cylinder. Extend cyl- 3. Start engine. With aid of an assistant, manually override
inder rod until cylinder rod bushing aligns with bush- the plunger valve. Activate Tower telescope out to align
ings on boom. attaching pin holes in Fly Boom. Shut down engine.
4. Drive rod attach pin through aligned bushings using an 4. Using a brass drift, drive in attach pin. Secure with
appropriate brass drift. Secure pin with attaching hard- mounting hardware.
ware. 5. Align holes in base boom and powertrack. Secure pow-
ertrack with mounting hardware.
5. Remove caps from cylinder hydraulic lines. Install lines
to cylinder as previously tagged. 6. Remove boom prop and overhead crane. Activate
hydraulic system.
hydraulic system. 7. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate boom
functions. Check for correct operation and hydraulic
7. Operate boom functions following all applicable safety leaks. Secure as necessary.
precautions. Check for correct operation and hydraulic
8. Check hydraulic tank fluid level. Adjust as needed.
8. Check fluid level of hydraulic tank. Adjust as needed.
Tower Telescope Cylinder Removal

1. Place machine on a flat and level surface, with main
boom horizontal. Shut down engine and prop boom See
Figure 5-3., Telescope and Lift Cylinder Installation.
2. With aid of an assistant, manually override Plunger Valve

with a pry bar. From Ground Control, using auxiliary
power, extend tower telescope to access fly attach pin.
3. Remove lower cover plate.
4. Remove mounting hardware securing powertrack to

tower boom assembly. Slide powertrack back to move
holes and wiring harness for access to telescope cylin-
der.
5. Tag, disconnect, and cap hydraulic hoses to Tower Tele-

scope Cylinder. Plug cylinder ports.
6. Remove mounting hardware securing upper cylinder

pin to fly boom. Drive out cylinder rod pin using a suit-
able brass drift.
7. Remove mounting hardware attaching retaining plates

to base boom. Remove plate.
8. Carefully slide telescope cylinder from boom. Place cyl-

inder on a suitable work area.
5-10 3121616
5.5 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER REPAIR 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
marks (3) for later realignment. Remove eight cylinder
head cap screws (4).
Tower Boom Lift Cylinder
DISASSEMBLY
Refer to Figure 5-11., Tower Boom Lift Cylinder.
CONTAMINATION MAY DAMAGE EQUIPMENT. DISASSEMBLE CYLINDER ON A

CLEAN WORK SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA.
1. Connect a suitable auxiliary hydraulic power source to

cylinder port block fitting.

DO NOT FULLY EXTEND CYLINDER TO THE END OF STROKE. RETRACT CYLINDER
SLIGHTLY TO AVOID TRAPPING PRESSURE.
2. Operate hydraulic power source and extend cylinder.
Shut down and disconnect power source. Adequately Figure 5-9. Marking Cylinder for Alignment
support cylinder rod, if applicable.
3. If applicable, remove cartridge-type counterbalance
valve and fittings from cylinder port block. Discard O- PULLING ROD OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
rings. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING CYLINDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON.
4. Place cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fixture. Tap
around outside of cylinder head retainer with a suitable 6. Clamp barrel securely. Pull rod assembly and cylinder
hammer to break thread-locking compound. head from barrel.
7. Protect cylinder rod from damage and clamp in a vise or
holding fixture as close to piston as possible.
ROD
SUPPORT
BARREL CLAMP
ROD SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP SUPPORT
TABLE
SUPPORT
TABLE
Figure 5-8. Cylinder Barrel Support
Figure 5-10. Cylinder Rod Support
3121616 5-11
23
7* 1A
24*
8
5
14
13
13
14
15
16
6
17
19
18
4
20
21 9
26 10
11
12
*Torque to 50-55 ft-lb (67-74 Nm)

**Torque to 30 ft-lb (41 Nm)
2A
1683288M
1. Barrel 5. Tapered Bushing 11. Locking Compound 17. Wear Ring 23. O-Ring Plug
1a. Composite Bushing 6. Spacer 12. Locking Primer 18. O-Ring 24. Counterbalance Valve
2. Rod 7. Cartridge Valve 13. Seal 19. Back-Up Ring 25. Bolt
2a. Composite Bushing 8. O-Ring Plug 14. Lock Ring 20. Rod Seal
3. Piston 9. Ring Washer 15. O-Ring 21. Wiper
4. Head 10. Capscrew 16. Back-Up Ring 22. Not Used
Figure 5-11. Tower Boom Lift Cylinder
5-12 3121616
8. Using suitable protection, clamp cylinder rod in a vise or 14. Remove and discard two lock rings (14) and seals (13)
similar holding fixture as close to piston as possible. from outside grooves of piston.
9. Remove cap screws attaching tapered bushing to pis-
ton. 3
10. Insert cap screws in threaded holes in outer piece of

tapered bushing. Progressively tighten cap screw(s) until 15
bushing is loose on piston. 16
11. Remove tapered bushing from piston. Discard cap-

screws.
12. Screw piston counter-clockwise by hand and remove
from cylinder rod.
14
13
13
14
Rod
Tapered Figure 5-13. Piston Disassembly
Bushing
15. Remove piston spacer (6) from rod 2).
Piston 16. Remove rod from holding fixture. Remove cylinder head
(4) and washer ring (9).
17. Remove and discard three wear rings (17), wiper seal
Capscrew (21), and rod seal (20) from inside of cylinder head (4).
Remove and discard backup ring (19) and O-ring (18)
from outer groves of cylinder head.
Figure 5-12. Tapered Bushing Removal
17
4 21
REMOVE SEALS USING A BRASS OR PLASTIC PICK ONLY. DO NOT USE A KNIFE,
SHARP OBJECT, OR SCREW DRIVER. MAKE NOTE OF SEAL ORIENTATION
BEFORE REMOVING FOR PROPER INSTALLATION.
13. Remove and discard backup ring (16) and O-ring (15)
from inside grooves of piston (3).
18
20
Figure 5-14. Cylinder Head Disassembly
3121616 5-13
Cleaning and Inspection 13. Inspect rod and barrel bearings for signs of excessive
wear or damage. Replace as necessary.
1. Clean parts thoroughly with approved cleaning solvent.
a. Thoroughly clean hole, (steel bushing) of burrs, dirt
2. Inspect cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality, or etc. to facilitate bearing installation.
other damage. If necessary, dress rod with Scotch Brite b. Inspect steel bushing for wear or other damage. If
or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary. steel bushing is worn or damaged, rod/barrel must
3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive damage. be replaced.
Dress threads as necessary. c. Lubricate inside of steel bushing with WD40 before
bearing installation.
4. Inspect inner surface of cylinder barrel tube for scoring
or other damage. Check inside diameter for tapering or NOTE: Lubrication is not required with nickel plated pins and
ovality. Replace if necessary. bearings. Install pin in composite bushing dry.
5. Inspect threaded portion of barrel for damage. Dress
d. Press composite bushing into barrel or rod bushing
threads as necessary.
with correct size arbor.
6. Inspect piston surface for damage, scoring, or distortion.
Dress piston surface or replace piston as necessary. Composite Barrel or
Bushing Rod Bushing
7. Inspect threaded portion of piston for damage. Dress Composite
threads as necessary. Bushing
8. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in piston for burrs and

sharp edges. Dress surfaces as necessary.
9. Inspect cylinder head inside diameter for scoring or
Arbor
other damage, and for ovality and tapering. Replace as
necessary.
Figure 5-15. Composite Bushing Installation
10. Inspect threaded portion of head for damage. Dress
threads as necessary. 14. Inspect travel limiting collar or spacer for burrs and
sharp edges. Dress inside diameter surface with Scotch
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and Brite or equivalent.
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary.
15. Inspect port block fittings and cartridge valves. Replace
12. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring, as necessary.
damage, ovality, and tapering. Replace as necessary.
16. Inspect oil ports for blockage or presence of dirt or other
foreign material. Repair as necessary.
5-14 3121616
Assembly 3. Install washer ring (9) on rod (2). Carefully install cylinder
head assembly on rod. Do not damage or dislodge
wiper and rod seals. Push head along rod to rod end.
4. Carefully slide piston spacer (6) on rod.
IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE CYLINDER LEAKS AND IMPROPER
CYLINDER OPERATION. 5. Install new O-ring (15) and back-up ring(16) in piston (3).
6. Install two seals (13) and lock rings (14) in outside diam-
NOTE: Use proper cylinder seal kit for cylinder assembly. See your
eter piston grooves.
JLG Parts Manual.
Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components before 3

assembly.
15
1. Install three wear rings (17), rod seal (20), and wiper (21) 16
in cylinder head (4).
2. Install new backup ring (18) and O-ring (19) in outside

diameter groove of cylinder head (3).
17 14
4 21 13
13
14
Figure 5-18. Piston Seal Kit Installation
14 13 13 14
18
20
Tapered 16
Figure 5-16. Head Seal Kit Installation Bushing 15
End
18
19
3
21
Figure 5-19. Piston Seals

17
7. Using suitable protection, clamp cylinder rod in a vise or
similar holding fixture as close to piston as possible.
20
8. Carefully thread piston on cylinder rod hand tight. Do
not damaged or dislodge O-ring and back-up rings.
Figure 5-17. Cylinder Head Seals
3121616 5-15
NOTE: Piston and mating end of rod must be free of oil when 15. Remove cylinder rod from holding fixture.
installing tapered bushing.
16. Position cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fixture.
9. Thread piston on rod until it aligns with spacer end.
10. Apply JLG Medium-Strength (Blue) Thread Locking INSERTING ROD OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL
Compound P/N 010011 or equivalent to new JLG fur- SURFACES. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN INSTALLING CYLINDER ROD, HEAD,
nished tapered bushing capscrews when rebuilding AND PISTON.
master, slave, lift, and telescope cylinders.
17. Clamp barrel (1) securely and support rod (2). Insert pis-
11. Insert tapered bushing loosely in the piston. Install JLG ton in cylinder. Do not damage or dislodge piston load-
capscrews (not vendor capscrews) through drilled holes ing O-ring and seal ring.
in the bushing and tapped holes in piston.
18. Continue pushing rod into cylinder until cylinder head
assembly (4) can be inserted into cylinder.
19. Align marks made during disassembly.
20. Apply locking primer (JLG P/N 0100038) and locking
compound (JLG P/N 0100011) to eight socket head bolts
(10).
Tapered 21. Secure cylinder head and washer ring (9) with eight
Rod
Bushing
socket head bolts (10).
Piston
Capscrew
4
9
Figure 5-20. Tapered Bushing Installation
1 10
12. Tighten capscrews evenly and progressively in rotation
2
to 30 ft-lb (40.6 Nm).
13. Set tapered bushing with a 16-24 oz (454-680g) hammer

and 3/4 in (19mm) brass drift. Place drift against bushing
between capscrews and tap once. Repeat for remaining
two spaces between capscrews.
Figure 5-22. Rod Assembly Installation
Tapered Bushing
3/4in (19mm) Brass Drift
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer
Figure 5-21. Seating Tapered Bushing
14. Re-torque capscrews evenly and progressively in rota-

tion to 30 ft-lb (40.6 Nm).
5-16 3121616
Upright Level Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
DISASSEMBLY head cap screws (4).
Refer to Figure 5-26., Upright Level Cylinder.




Shut down and disconnect power source. Adequately
3. If applicable, remove cartridge-type counterbalance Figure 5-24. Marking Cylinder for Alignment
valve and fittings from cylinder port block. Discard O-
rings.
4. Place cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fixture. Tap PULLING ROD OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
around outside of cylinder head retainer with a suitable USE EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING CYLINDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON.
hammer to break thread-locking compound.
6. Clamp barrel securely. Pull rod assembly and cylinder
head from barrel.
BARREL CLAMP
ROD
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
SUPPORT
TABLE TABLE
3121616 5-17
1A
7*
8*
10
25
5
11
12
12
11
14
13
6
15
17
16
3
18
22 19
9
20
21

**Torque to 30 ft-lb (40.6 Nm)
2A
1684498D
1. Barrel 5. Tapered Bushing 11. Lock Ring 17. Back-Up Ring 23. Not Used
1a. Composite Bushing 6. Spacer 12. Hydrolock Seal 18. Rod Seal 24. Bolt
2. Rod 7. Cartridge Valve 13. O-Ring 19. Wiper 25. O-Ring Plug
2a. Composite Bushing 8. Cartridge Valve 14. Back-Up Ring 20. Locking Compound
3. Head 9. Socket Head Bolt 15. Wear Ring 21. Locking Primer
4. Piston 10. O-Ring Plug 16. O-Ring 22. Ring Washer
Figure 5-26. Upright Level Cylinder
5-18 3121616
ton. 4

screws.
from cylinder rod.
11
12
12
11
Rod
Bushing
15. Remove spacer (6) from rod (2).
17. Remove and discard wear ring (15), wiper seal (19), and
Capscrew rod seal (18) from inside of cylinder head (3). Remove
and discard O-ring (17) and backup ring (16) from outer
groves of cylinder head.
15 19
3
16
18
3121616 5-19
14. Press composite bushing into barrel or rod bushing with
correct size arbor.
Dress piston surface or replace piston as necessary.

7. Inspect threaded portion of piston for damage. Dress

necessary.
10. Inspect threaded portion of head for damage. Dress Figure 5-30. Composite Bushing Installation
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and 15. Inspect travel limiting collar or spacer for burrs and
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary. sharp edges. If necessary, dress inside diameter surface
with Scotch Brite or equivalent.
12. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring,
damage, ovality, and tapering. Replace as necessary. 16. Inspect port block fittings and cartridge valves. Replace
as necessary.
5-20 3121616
Assembly 3. Install washer ring (22) on rod (2). Carefully install cylin-
der head assembly on rod. Do not damage or dislodge
4. Carefully slide spacer (6) on rod.
CYLINDER OPERATION. 5. Install O-ring (14) and back-up ring (13) in piston (4).
NOTE: Use proper cylinder seal kit for cylinder assembly. See your eter piston grooves.
JLG Parts Manual.

assembly.
14
1. Install wear ring (15), rod seal (18), and wiper (19) in cyl- 13
inder head (3).

11
15 19 12
3
12
11
11 12 12 11
16
18
Tapered 13
End
16
17
4
19

15 7. Using suitable protection, clamp cylinder rod in a vise or
18
3121616 5-21
NOTE:Piston and mating end of rod must be free of oil when install- 14. Remove cylinder rod from holding fixture.
ing tapered bushing.
9. Thread piston on rod until it aligns with spacer.
NOTE:Apply JLG Medium-Strength (Blue) Thread Locking Com- INSERTING ROD OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL
pound P/N 010011 or equivalent to new JLG furnished SURFACES. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN INSTALLING CYLINDER ROD, HEAD,
tapered bushing capscrews when rebuilding master, slave, AND PISTON.
lift, and telescope cylinders.
(9).
Rod
Bushing socket head bolts (9).
Piston
Capscrew
3
22
Figure 5-35. Tapered Bushing Installation 1 9
11. Tighten capscrews evenly and progressively in rotation 2
to 30 ft-lb (40.6 Nm).

Tapered Bushing
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer

tion to 30 ft-lb (40.6 Nm).
5-22 3121616
Master Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
Refer to Figure 5-41. Master Cylinder.




rings.
head from barrel.
BARREL CLAMP
ROD
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
SUPPORT
TABLE TABLE
3121616 5-23
1A
1A
24
21*
5
12
11
11
12
13
14
6
17
16
15
4
18
19
8
7
9
10
2A 2
*9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
2A
1683266 (A)
1683263 (AJ)
1. Barrel 4. Head 9. Locking Compound 14. Back-Up Ring 19. Wiper

1a. Composite Bushing 5. Tapered Bushing 10. Locking Primer 15. Wear Ring 20. Not Used
2. Rod 6. Spacer 11. Seal 16. O-Ring 21. Capscrew
2a. Composite Bushing 7. Capscrew 12. Lock Ring 17. Back-Up Ring
3. Piston 8. Ring Washer 13. O-Ring 18. Rod Seal
Figure 5-41. Master Cylinder Assembly
5-24 3121616
8. Using suitable protection, clamp cylinder rod in a vise or 14. Remove and discard two lock rings (12) and seals (11) from
similar holding fixture as close to piston as possible. outside grooves of piston.
9. Loosen and remove cap screws attaching tapered bush-
ing to piston. 3


screws.
from cylinder rod. 12
11
11
12

Rod
Bushing
15 19
4
16
18
3121616 5-25
or other damage. Check inside diameter for tapering or NOTE:Lubrication is not required with nickel plated pins and bear-
ovality. Replace if necessary. ings. Install pin in composite bushing dry.
d. Press composite bushing into barrel or rod bushing
with correct size arbor.


necessary.
threads as necessary. 14. Inspect travel limiting collar or spacer for burrs and
sharp edges. If necessary, dress inside diameter surface
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and with Scotch Brite or equivalent.
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary.
12. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring, foreign material. Repair as necessary.
damage, ovality, and tapering. Replace as necessary.
5-26 3121616
JLG Parts Manual.

assembly.
13
inder head (4).

12
15 19 11
4
11
12
12 11 11 12
16
18
Tapered 14
End
16
17
3
19

18
3121616 5-27
NOTE: Apply JLG Medium-Strength (Blue) Thread Locking Com- INSERTING ROD OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL
(7).
Rod
Piston
Capscrew
4
8
to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm).

Tapered Bushing
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer

tion to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm).
5-28 3121616
Main Boom Lift Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
Refer to Figure 5-56., Main Boom Lift Cylinder Assembly.




rings.
head from barrel.
BARREL CLAMP ROD
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
TABLE
3121616 5-29
11
8**
1A
7*
6
19
20
20
19
17
18
5
16
15
14
3
10 13
12
9
21
22

**Torque to 50-55 ft-lb (67-74 Nm)
***Torque to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm) 2A
1683294I
1. Barrel 4. Piston 9. Capscrew 14. O-Ring 19. Lock Ring 24. Bolt
1a. Composite Bushing 5. Spacer 10. Ring Washer 15. Back-Up Ring 20. Seal
2. Rod 6. Tapered Bushing 11. O-Ring Plug 16. Wear Ring 21. Locking Compound
2a. Composite Bushing 7. Cartridge Valve 12. Wiper 17. O-Ring 22. Locking Primer
3. Head 8. Cartridge Valve 13. Rod Seal 18. Back-Up Ring 23. Not Used
Figure 5-56. Main Boom Lift Cylinder Assembly
5-30 3121616
ton. 4


screws.
from cylinder rod. 19
20
20
19

Rod
Bushing
16 12
3
14
13
3121616 5-31
correct size arbor.


necessary.
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and 15. Inspect travel limiting collar or spacer for burrs and
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary. sharp edges. If necessary, dress inside diameter surface
with Scotch Brite or equivalent.
as necessary.
5-32 3121616
JLG Parts Manual.

assembly.
17
inder head (3).

19
16 12 20
3
20
19
19 20 20 19
14
13
Tapered 18
End
14
15
4
12

13
3121616 5-33
(9).
Rod
Piston
Capscrew
3
10
to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm).

Tapered Bushing
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer

5-34 3121616
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
Refer to Figure 5-71., Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Assembly. head cap screws (4).
DISASSEMBLY




rings.
head from barrel.
BARREL CLAMP
ROD
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
TABLE
3121616 5-35
11
8
1
28*
9
9
6
12
13
12
3
21
14
21
24
5
15
16 25
18 26
17
4
19 7
20
10 24
22
23
*Torque to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
1683307G
1. Barrel 7. Wear Pad Mounting PLate 13. Seal 19. Rod Seal 25. Bolt
2. Rod 8. Valve Block Assembly 14. O-Ring 20. Wiper 26. Flat Washer
3. Piston 9. O-Ring Plug 15. O-Ring 21. Back-Up Ring 27. Not Used
4. Head 10. Capscrew 16. Wear Ring 22. Locking Primer 28. Bolt
5. Spacer 11. Capscrew 17. O-Ring 23. Locking Compound
6. Taper Bushing 12. Wear Ring 18. Back-Up Ring 24. Wear Pad
Figure 5-71. Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Assembly
5-36 3121616
8. Using suitable protection, clamp cylinder rod in a vise or 14. Remove and discard two lock rings (12) and seal (13)
ton. 13
10. Insert cap screws in threaded holes in outer piece of 12
tapered bushing. Progressively tighten cap screw(s) until

screws.
12. Screw piston counter-clockwise by hand and remove 21
from cylinder rod.
3
21
14
15 24
Tapered
Rod
Bushing
Figure 5-73. Piston Disassembly
Piston 15. Remove spacer (24) from rod (2). Remove and discard O-
ring (15).
16. Remove rod from holding fixture. Remove cylinder head
(4) and wear pad mounting plate (7).
Capscrew
rod seal (19) from inside of cylinder head (4). Remove
Figure 5-72. Tapered Bushing Removal and discard O-ring (18) and backup ring (17) from outer
REMOVE SEALS USING A BRASS OR PLASTIC PICK ONLY. DO NOT USE A KNIFE, 16
4 20
13. Remove and discard backup ring (21), O-ring (14),

backup ring (21) from inside grooves of piston (3).
17
19
3121616 5-37
1. Clean parts thoroughly with approved cleaning solvent. a. Thoroughly clean hole, (steel bushing) of burrs, dirt
be replaced.
3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive damage.
c. Lubricate inside of steel bushing with WD40 before
Dress threads as necessary.
NOTE: Lubrication is not required with nickel plated pins and
or other damage. Check inside diameter for tapering or bearings. Install pin in composite bushing dry.
ovality. Replace if necessary.
5. Inspect threaded portion of barrel for damage. Dress 15. Press composite bushing into barrel or rod bushing with
threads as necessary. correct size arbor.




necessary. Figure 5-76. Composite Bushing Installation

16. Inspect travel limiting collar or spacer for burrs and
sharp edges. If necessary, dress inside diameter surface
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and with Scotch Brite or equivalent.
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary. 17. Inspect port block (8) fittings and cartridge valve.
Replace as necessary.
damage, ovality, and tapering. Replace as necessary. 18. Inspect oil ports for blockage or presence of dirt or other
13. Inspect wear pad assembly (7) for damage and worn
pads (24). Replace parts as required.
24
25
26
24
Figure 5-75. Wear Pad Assembly
5-38 3121616
Assembly 3. Install wear pad assembly (7) on rod (2). Carefully install
cylinder head assembly (4) on rod. Do not damage or
dislodge wiper and rod seals. Push head along rod to
rod end.
CYLINDER OPERATION. 4. Install O-ring (15) in spacer (24). Carefully slide spacer
with O-ring end facing cylinder head, on rod.
NOTE: Use proper cylinder seal kit for cylinder assembly. See your 5. Install backup ring (21), O-ring (14) and back-up ring
JLG Parts Manual. (21) in piston (3).
Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components before 6. Install seal (13) and two lock rings (12) in outside diame-
assembly. ter piston grooves.
1. Install wear ring (16), rod seal (13), and wiper (12) in cyl-
13
inder head (3).
12
diameter groove of cylinder head (3). 12
16 20
4
21
3
21
14
15 24

17
19
12 13 12
Figure 5-77. Head Seal Kit Installation
17
18 21
Tapered
20 14 Bushing
End
21
16
19
3

4

Figure 5-78. Cylinder Head Seals not damaged or dislodge O-ring and back-up rings.
3121616 5-39
10. Insert tapered bushing loosely in the piston. Install JLG ton (3) in cylinder. Do not damage or dislodge piston
capscrews (not vendor capscrews) through drilled holes loading O-ring and seal ring.
(10).
Tapered 20. Secure cylinder head (4) and wear pad assembly (24)
Rod
Bushing with eight socket head bolts (10).
Piston
1
3
Capscrew
4
24

to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm). 10
12. Set tapered bushing with a 16-24 oz (454-680g) hammer 2


Tapered Bushing
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer

5-40 3121616
Tower Boom Telescope Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
Refer to Figure 5-87., Tower Boom Telescope Cylinder Assembly. head cap screws (4).
DISASSEMBLY




rings.
head from barrel.
BARREL CLAMP
ROD
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
TABLE
3121616 5-41
7*
24*
8** 23***
9
6
1
11
12
11
3
14
13
14
15
18
17
4
16
19 5
10
20
21

**Torque to 30-35 ft-lb (41-47 Nm)
***Torque to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
1683312H
1. Barrel 6. Tapered Bushing 11. Wear Ring 16. Rod Seal 21. Locking Compound
2. Rod 7. Cartridge Valve 12. T-Seal 17. O-Ring 22. Not Used
3. Piston 8. Cartridge Valve 13. O-Ring 18. Back-Up Ring 23. Bolt
4. Head 9. O-Ring Plug 14. Back-Up Ring 19. Back-Up Ring 24. Cartridge Valve
5. Ring Washer 10. Capscrew 15. Wear Ring 20. Locking Primer
Figure 5-87. Tower Boom Telescope Cylinder Assembly
5-42 3121616
8. Using suitable protection, clamp cylinder rod in a vise or 14. Remove and discard two lock rings (11) and seal (12)
ton. 11
10. Insert cap screws in threaded holes in outer piece of 12
tapered bushing. Progressively tighten cap screw(s) until
screws.
from cylinder rod.
14
3
14
13
Tapered
Rod Figure 5-89. Piston Disassembly
Bushing

Piston (4) and washer ring (5).
Capscrew and discard O-ring (18) and backup ring (17) from outer

15 19
4
13. Remove and discard backup ring (14), O-ring (13), and
17
16
3121616 5-43
correct size arbor.


necessary.
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and 15. Inspect port block fittings and cartridge valves. Replace
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary. as necessary.
12. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring, 16. Inspect oil ports for blockage or presence of dirt or other
damage, ovality, and tapering. Replace as necessary. foreign material. Repair as necessary.
5-44 3121616
4. Install back-up ring (14), O-ring (13), and back-up ring
IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE CYLINDER LEAKS AND IMPROPER (14) in piston (3).
CYLINDER OPERATION.
5. Install two seal (12) and two lock rings (11) in outside
NOTE: Use proper cylinder seal kit for cylinder assembly. See your diameter piston grooves.
JLG Parts Manual.
11
Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components before
assembly. 12
11
inder head (4).

15
14
4 19
3
14
13
11 12 11
17
16
14
Tapered
Figure 5-92. Head Seal Kit Installation 13 Bushing
End
17 14
18
19
15 Figure 5-95. Piston Seals

16 similar holding fixture as close to piston as possible.
4
3121616 5-45
(10).
Rod
Piston
1
3
Capscrew
4
Figure 5-96. Tapered Bushing Installation 5
to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm).
2
Tapered Bushing
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer

5-46 3121616
Platform Level (Slave) Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
Refer to Figure 5-102., Platform Level (Slave) Cylinder Assembly. head cap screws (4).
DISASSEMBLY




rings.
head from barrel.
BARREL CLAMP
ROD
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
TABLE
3121616 5-47
7*
1A
23*
25 24
5**
14
13
13
14
15
16
6
17
19
18
10 20
21
9
11
12
*50-55 ft-lb (68-75 Nm)

**5 ft-lb (9 Nm) 2A
1683415G (A)
1683418I (AJ)
1. Barrel 5. Tapered Bushing 11. Locking Compound 17. Wear Ring 22. Not Used
1a. Composite Bushing 6. Spacer 12. Locking Primer 18. O-Ring 23. Cartridge Valve
2. Rod 7. Cartridge Valve 13. Seal 19. Back-Up Ring 24. O-Ring Plug
2a. Composite Bushing 8. O-Ring Plug 14. Ring Lock 20. Rod Seal 25. Bolt
3. Piston 9. Capscrew 15. O-Ring 21. Wiper
4. Head 10. Ring Washer 16. Back-Up Ring
Figure 5-102. Platform Level (Slave) Cylinder Assembly
5-48 3121616
ton. 3
screws.
from cylinder rod.
14
13
13
14

Rod
Bushing
17 21
4
18
20
3121616 5-49
correct size arbor.

necessary.
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and 15. Inspect spacer for burrs and sharp edges. If necessary,
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary. dress inside diameter surface with Scotch Brite or equiv-
alent.
as necessary.
5-50 3121616
JLG Parts Manual.

assembly.
15
inder head (4).

14
17 21 13
4
13
14
14 13 13 14
18
20
Tapered 16
End
18
19
3
21

20 8. Carefully thread piston on cylinder rod hand tight. Do
3121616 5-51
(9).
Tapered 20. Secure cylinder head (4) and washer ring (10) with eight
Rod
Piston
Capscrew
4
10
1 9
to 9 ft-lb (12 Nm). 2

Tapered Bushing
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer

5-52 3121616
Jib Lift Cylinder (600AJ Only) 5. Mark cylinder head (1) and barrel (2) with center punch
Refer to Figure 5-117., Jib Lift Cylinder Assembly (600AJ). head cap screws (4).
DISASSEMBLY
CCONTAMINATION MAY DAMAGE EQUIPMENT. DISASSEMBLE CYLINDER ON A




rings.
head from barrel.
BARREL CLAMP ROD
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
TABLE
3121616 5-53
6*
8 1A
1 8
6*
8 26**
11
17 10
16
17
16
9 15
20
14
12
18 15
19
22
4
23
24 2
21
3
5 *50-55 ft-lb (68-75 Nm)

**5 ft-lb (9 Nm)
5A
1683609 K
1. Barrel 5. Rod 9. O-Ring Plug 14. Seal 19. Wiper 24. Locking Primer
1a. Bushing 5a. Bushing 10. Piston 15. Lock Ring 20. Wear Ring 25. Not Used
2. Head 6. Cartridge Valve 11. Tapered Bushing 16. O-Ring 21. Wiper 26. Bolt
3. Ring Washer 7. Not Used 12. Spacer 17. Back-Up Ring 22. Wear Ring
4. Capscrew 8. O-Ring Plug 13. Not Used 18. Rod Seal 23. Locking Compound
Figure 5-117. Jib Lift Cylinder Assembly (600AJ)
5-54 3121616
8. Using suitable protection, clamp cylinder rod in a vise or 15. Remove spacer (12) from rod (2). Remove and discard O-
similar holding fixture as close to piston as possible. ring (16) from spacer.
ton.
16 17 10
tapered bushing. Progressively tighten cap screw(s) until 17 15
bushing is loose on piston.
screws.
12. Screw piston counter-clockwise by hand and remove 16
from cylinder rod.
12 14
15
Tapered
Rod Figure 5-119. Piston And Spacer Disassembly
Bushing

Piston
Capscrew and discard O-ring (18) and backup ring (19) from outer

22 21
2
13. Remove and discard backup ring (17), O-ring (16), and
14. Remove and discard two lock rings (15) and seals (14)
from outside grooves of piston.
19
20
3121616 5-55
correct size arbor.

necessary.
11. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in head for burrs and 15. Inspect spacer for burrs and sharp edges. If necessary,
sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary. dress inside diameter surface with Scotch Brite or equiv-
alent.
as necessary.
5-56 3121616
IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE CYLINDER LEAKS AND IMPROPER 4. Install O-ring (16) in spacer (12). Carefully slide spacer on
CYLINDER OPERATION. rod.
NOTE: Use proper cylinder seal kit for cylinder assembly. See your 5. Install back-up ring (17), O-ring (16), and back-up ring
JLG Parts Manual. (17) in piston (10).
Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components before 6. Install two seals (14) and lock rings (15) in outside diam-
assembly. eter piston grooves.
inder head (2). 16 17 10
2. Install backup ring (19) and O-ring (18) in outside diame- 17 15

ter groove of cylinder head (2).
22 21
2 16
12 14
15
19
20 14 14
15 15
Figure 5-122. Head Seal Kit Installation
19
18
21 Tapered
Bushing 17
End
16
22 17
20

2

Figure 5-123. Cylinder Head Seals not damaged or dislodge O-ring and back-up rings.
3121616 5-57
(4).
Tapered 20. Secure cylinder head (2) and washer ring (3) with eight
Rod
Piston
Capscrew
2
3
1 4
to 5 ft-lb (9 Nm). 5

Tapered Bushing
16-24oz (454-680g) Hammer

5-58 3121616
Steer Cylinder 5. Unscrew Spanner Nut (13) with hook spanner.
DISASSEMBLY
Refer to Figure 5-132., Steer Cylinder Assembly.



Figure 5-130. Removing Spanner Nut
PULLING ROD OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL
3. Place cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fixture. Tap SURFACES. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING CYLINDER ROD AND PIS-
around outside of cylinder head retainer with a suitable TON.
6. Clamp barrel securely. Apply pressure to rod pulling
device and carefully withdraw complete rod assembly
from cylinder barrel.
ROD
BARREL CLAMP SUPPORT
ROD SUPPORT
PROTECTED
ROD CLAMP
SUPPORT
TABLE
SUPPORT
TABLE

4. Remove burrs and contamination from cylinder before
disassembly.
3121616 5-59
14
14
2
2
4
1*
11
7
4
12
8
9
13**
10
*150-180 ft-lb (203-244 Nm) 14

**57-63 ft-lb (77-85 Nm) 6
14
1001097242 C
1. Piston 5. Barrel 9. Back-Up Ring 12. Wiper

2. Seal 6. Rod 10. Seal 13. Spanner Nut
3. O-Ring 7. Head 11. O-Ring 14. Composite Bushing
4. Setscrew 8. O-Ring
Figure 5-132. Steer Cylinder Assembly
5-60 3121616
7. Remove two Seals (2) and O-Ring (3) from Piston (1). Cleaning and Inspection
8. Loosen two Setscrews (4) in Piston (1). Unscrew and
1. Clean all parts in an approved cleaning solvent.
remove Piston (1) from Rod (6) with strap wrench.
2. Inspect cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality, or
3 other damage. If necessary, dress rod with Scotch Brite™
or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary.
3. Inspect inner surface of cylinder barrel tube for scoring,
tapering, ovality, or other damage. Replace if necessary.
2
2
5. Inspect piston surface for damage and scoring and for
4
distortion. Inspect seal and O-ring grooves in piston for
1
burrs and sharp edges. Dress piston surfaces or replace
rod assembly as necessary.
6. Inspect rod bushings for excessive wear or damage.
Replace as necessary.
4
a. Thoroughly clean rod bushing of burrs, dirt, etc.
Figure 5-133. Piston Seal and Wear Ring b. Inspect rod bushing for wear or other damage. If rod
bushing is worn or damaged, rod must be replaced.
9. Remove Cylinder Head (7) from Rod (6).
c. Lubricate inside of rod bushing with WD40 before
10. Remove O-Ring (11), O-Ring (8), and Backup Ring (9) installing composite bushing.
from Cylinder Head (7). d. Press composite bushing in rod bushing using cor-
11. Remove Wiper (12) and Rod Seal (10). Do not damage rect size arbor.
cylinder head groove. NOTE: Pin is installed in composite bushing dry. Lubrication is not
12. Remove Spanner Nut (13) from Rod (6). required with nickel plated pins and bearings.
Composite Barrel or
Bushing Rod Bushing
Composite
Bushing
7 11
8
Arbor
12 7. Inspect cylinder head inside diameter for scoring, taper-

9
ing, ovality, or other damage. Replace as necessary.
10 8. Inspect threads, and seal and O-Ring grooves in head for

burrs, sharp edges, and other damage. Dress surfaces as
necessary.
Figure 5-134. Cylinder Head Disassembly 9. Inspect oil ports for blockage or contamination. Repair
as necessary.
3121616 5-61
Assembly 5. Install O-Ring (3) and two seals (2) in piston groove.
NOTE: Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components before

3
assembly.

2
2
CYLINDER OPERATION.
4
2. Install Spanner Nut (13) on Rod (6). 1
3. Install Rod Seal (10) and Wiper (12) in Cylinder Head (7).
4. Install Backup Ring (9), O-Ring (8), and O-Ring (11).
4
Figure 5-138. Piston Seal and Wear Ring Assembly
7 11
2 3 2
8
9 12
1 4
10
Figure 5-136. Cylinder Head Assembly
8 9
11
INSERTING ROD OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL

10 12 SURFACES. USE EXTREME CARE INSTALLING CYLINDER ROD AND PISTON.
6. Insert rod assembly in barrel.

7. Apply locking primer (JLG P/N 0100038) and thread
7
locking compound (JLG P/N 0100011) to spanner nut
threads (3).
8. Tighten spanner nut with hook spanner to 57-63 ft-lb
(77-85 Nm).
5-62 3121616
Axle Lockout Cylinder ASSEMBLY

8. Install two new wear rings (5) and rod seal (7) in piston
NOTE: Refer to Figure 5-140., Axle Lockout Cylinder.
bore grooves. Make sure they are not twisted.
DISASSEMBLY 9. Install new wiper (6) in housing.
10. Lubricate piston bore with clean hydraulic fluid.

CLEAN WORK SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA. INSERTING PISTON OFF-CENTER CAN DAMAGE PISTON AND PISTON BORE
SURFACES. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN INSTALLING PISTON.
11. Install piston (2) in bore and push to top of bore.

PISTON CAN FALL OUT OF HOUSING AND CAUSE INJURY OR DAMAGE TO
12. Install check valve (9). Torque to 25 - 27 ft-lb (33 - 36 Nm).
EQUIPMENT. BE CAREFUL WHEN REMOVING AXLE CYLINDER. OPENING BLEED
VALVE CAN CAUSE PISTON TO FALL OUT OF HOUSING. 13. Bleed system.
1. Open bleed valve (8). Rotate piston (2) and remove from
housing (1).
2. Remove wiper (6). Do not scratch housing bore.
3. Remove two wear rings (5) and rod seal (7) from grooves
in piston bore. Do not scratch housing bore.
4. Remove check valve (9), if required.
5. Inspect bore and piston for scoring, pitting, or excessive
wear.
6. Remove minor surface blemishes with wet 2000-grit
sandpaper. Pitting requires replacement of housing or
piston.
7. Clean all parts with approved solvent and dry with com-
pressed air.
3121616 5-63
FALLING PARTS CAN CAUSE INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE. CYLINDER

ROD CAN FALL OUT WHEN BLEEDER VALVE IS OPENED. 9*
3 8
9
7 6
6
2
2
*Torque to 25 - 27 ft-lb (33 - 36 Nm)
1684465 F
1. Barrel 4. Pilot Piston 7. Rod Seal

2. Rod 5. Wear Ring 8. Bleeder
3. Plug 6. Wiper 9. Cartridge Valve
Figure 5-140. Axle Lockout Cylinder
5-64 3121616
5.6 HYDRAULIC PUMP (GEAR) 7. Remove pump from vise and place on clean work bench.
Remove four hex head bolts and spacers if applicable.
Disassembly
NOTE: The following general instructions also apply to multiple
section gear pumps. The only extra parts are the coupling
between drive shafts and center distance plate which
divides the two pump sections. This repair procedure also
applies to ”W” series Gear Motors.
1. Always work in a clean work area when repairing

hydraulic products. Plug ports and wash exterior of
pump with approved cleaning solvent.
2. Remove port plugs and drain oil from pump.
8. Lift and remove end cover.
3. Use a permanent marker pen to mark a line across

mounting flange, gear housing and end cover. This will
assure proper reassembly and rotation of pump.
4. Remove key from drive shaft if applicable. 9. Carefully remove gear housing and place on work
bench. Make sure rear bearing block remains on drive
and idler shafts.
5. Clamp mounting flange in a protected jaw vise with

pump shaft facing down.
6. Loosen four metric hex head bolts.
3121616 5-65
10. Remove rear bearing block from drive and idler shafts. 13. Remove front bearing block.
11. Remove idler shaft from bearing block. 14. Turn mounting flange over, with shaft seal up. Remove
retaining ring with snap ring pliers.
12. Remove drive shaft from mounting flange.

15. Remove oil seal from mounting flange. Do not mar or
NOTE: Shaft seal will be replaced.
scratch seal bore.
16. Remove dowel pins from gear housing. Do not lose pins.
17. Remove and discard seals from both bearing blocks.
5-66 3121616
Inspect Parts For Wear 4. Inspect gear face for scoring or excessive wear. If face
edge of gear teeth are sharp, they will mill into the bear-
1. Clean and dry all parts thoroughly before inspection. It ing blocks. If wear has occurred, parts are unusable.
is not necessary to inspect seals. They will be placed as
new items.
5. Inspect bearing blocks for excessive wear or scoring on

surfaces in contact with gears. Inspect bearings for
2. Check drive shaft spine for twisted or broken teeth, excessive wear or scoring.
check keyed drive shaft for broken or chipped keyway. 6. Inspect area inside gear housing. A clean ”wipe” on
No marks or grooves on shaft in seal area, some discolor- inside surface of intake side is normal. There should not
ation of shaft is allowable. be excessive wear, deep scratches, or gouges.
3. Inspect drive gear shaft and idler gear shafts at bearing
points and seal area for rough surfaces and excessive wear.
3121616 5-67
General Information 2. Install retaining ring in groove in seal bore of mounting

flange.
FAILURE TO PROPERLY ASSEMBLE THIS PUMP WILL RESULT WITH LITTLE OR

NO FLOW AT RATED PRESSURE. RELATIONSHIP OF MOUNTING FLANGE, BEAR-
ING BLOCKS, AND GEAR HOUSING MUST BE CORRECT.
Reverse Shaft Rotation of Pump

NOTE: Pump is not bi-rotational. Use the following procedure if
shaft rotation direction is changed.
Reverse shaft rotation of ”W” series gear pump by rotating, as

a group, two bearing blocks and gear housing 180° in relation-
ship to remaining parts of pump. This places pressure port
opposite from original position.
3. Place front and back bearing blocks on a clean surface
Assembly with E-seal grooves facing up. Apply a light coating of
petroleum jelly in the grooves. Coat E-seal and backup
NOTE: Install new seals when reassembling pump or motor. Go to
with petroleum jelly. This helps keep seals in place dur-
page 8 for kit part numbers for W-600, W-900, and W-1500
ing reassembly
pumps and motors.
4. Place E-seals, flat side out, into grooves in both bearing

1. Install new shaft seal in mounting flange with part num- blocks. Carefully place backup ring, flat side out, in
ber side facing out. Press seal into seal bore until seal groove made by E-seal and groove in bearing block.
reaches bottom of bore. Use uniform pressure to pre- (Note: W900 series pump - In center of backup ring and E-
vent seal misalignment or damage. seal there is a notch. Make sure notches line up so backup
ring will set flush with E-seal). Backup ring in W1500
pump is symmetrical.
5-68 3121616
5. Place mounting flange, with shaft seal side down, on a 10. Place rear bearing block over drive and idler gear shafts
clean flat surface. with seal side up and open end of E-seal facing intake
side of pump.
6. Apply a light coating of petroleum jelly to exposed face
of front bearing block. 11. Install two dowel pins in mounting flange holes or two
long dowel pins through gear housing if pump is a mul-
tiple section pump.
7. Insert drive end of drive shaft through bearing block

with seal side down and open side of E-seal pointing to 12. Apply a light coating of petroleum jelly in grooves on
intake side of pump. both sides of gear housing. Coat new O-rings and install
in grooves.
8. Install seal sleeve over drive shaft. Carefully slide drive
shaft through shaft seal. Remove seal sleeve from shaft.
9. Install idler gear shaft in remaining position in bearing

block. Apply a light coat of clean oil to face of drive and
idler gears.
3121616 5-69
13. Gently slide gear housing over rear bearing block 15. Install four spacers (if applicable) and hex head bolts
assembly. Slide housing down until it engages dowel through bolt holes in end cover. Hand tighten.
pins. Press firmly in place with hands, do not force or use
any tool. Check intake port in housing is on same side as
open end of E-seal, and marked lines on mounting
flange and gear housing are aligned.
NOTE: Rear bearing block surface should be slightly below gear

housing face. If bearing block is higher than rear face of
gear housing, E-seal or O-ring have shifted out of groove.
Remove gear housing and check for proper seal installa-
tion.
16. Place mounting flange of pump in protected jawed vise

and alternately torque bolts to torque chart specifica-
tions. All torque figures are for ”dry torque” bolts.
Table 5-1.Hydraulic Pump Bolt Torque Chart
Torque Values, Torque Values,

Pump Series Thread Size Black Oxide Zinc Plated End
End Cover Cover
W-600 M 8 x 1.25 18-21 ft.lb. 16-18 ft.lb.

14. Install two remaining dowel pins in rear of gear housing,
24-30 Nm 21.7-24.4 Nm
if applicable. Place end cover over back of pump.
W-900 M 10 x 1.5 50-55 ft.lb. 38-43 ft.lb.
68-75 Nm 51.5-58.3 Nm
W-1500 M 12 x 1.75 80-85 ft.lb. 68-73 ft.lb.

108-115 Nm 92.2-99 Nm
17. Remove pump from vise.

18. Place a small amount of clean oil in pump inlet and
rotate drive shaft away from inlet one revolution. If drive
shaft binds, disassemble pump and check for assembly
problems. Reassemble pump.
5-70 3121616
Placing Pump Back Into Service 5.7 VARIABLE PUMP

1. If shop test stand is available, use the following proce- Ports and Pressure Gauges
dure for testing rebuilt pumps:
Proper servicing of pumps and motors requires pressure mea-
a. Mount pump on test stand. Make sure proper level sured and monitored at various hydraulic circuit points. The
of clean oil is available in reservoir. Check suction Series 42 pump has several locations at which to take these
line for leaks and obstructions. measurements. The following outlines show gauge port loca-
b. Start pump and run for three minutes at zero pres- tions, and gauge and fitting size for each port.
sure.
Table 5-2. Recommended Gauge Size
c. Intermittently load pump to 500 psi (35 bar) for
three minutes.
Recommended Gauge
d. Intermittently load pump to 1000 psi (60 bar) for Gauge
Pressure Size
three minutes. Port Fitting
Measured
Name
e. Intermittently load pump to 2000 psi (120 bar) for psi bar
three minutes.
M1 & M2 System 10000 600 9/16-18 ORF
f. Remove pump from test stand and check for free- Pressure
ness of drive shaft. Check pump for signs of external Ports A & B
leakage.
M3 Charge 1000 60 3/4-16 ORF
2. If shop test stand is not available, use the following proce-
dure for testing rebuilt pumps: M4 & M5 Servo 1000 60 9/16-18 ORF
a. For engine driven pumps, mount pump on equip- L1 & L2 Case 500 35 1-1/16-12 ORF
ment and run pump at 1/2 engine speed at zero
pressure for three minutes. S Charge Pump 30 in. Hg Vac. 1 1-1/16-12 ORF
Inlet Vacuum
b. Operate control valve and build pressure intermit-
tently for three minutes.
c. Increase engine speed to full throttle and build NFPE Control
pressure intermittently for three minutes.
The 3-position FNR control, and electric and hydraulic non-
d. Stop engine and check pump for external leaks. feedback proportional (NFPE and NFPH) controls are non-
feedback type controls. FNR and NFPE controls consist of
pump housing mounted modules. Hydraulic input for NFPH is
received through ports on top of pump [9/16–18 SAE O-ring
fitting].
Non-feedback controls are factory set. Control modules can be
removed to clean ports and change O-rings.
FNR and NFPE orifice plugs are located inside the servo piston
covers. NFPH orifice plugs are located in the NFPH ports. Ori-
fice plugs may be cleaned or replaced.
3121616 5-71
Remove and Install FNR and NFPE Modules SHIM ADJUSTABLE STYLE
1. Clean pump and module housings.

2. Remove four screws retaining module to pump housing (4
mm Int. Hex). Remove module from housing.
3. Remove O-rings from the control ports. Examine ports
for cleanliness.
4. Clean sealing surfaces.
5. Replace locator pin.
6. Install new O-rings.
7. Replace screws. Torque to 3.5 - 4.5 ft-lb (4.7-6.1 Nm).
Remove and Install FNR and NFPE Control Orifices

NOTE: Future models may contain an orifice plate between mod-
ule and pump housing. This will take the place of the orifice
plugs beneath the servo piston cover.
1. Remove servo piston cover. 1. Plug 4. Spring T-Seal

2. O-Ring 5. Poppet
2. Remove orifice plug (1/8" Int. Hex).
3. Shims
3. Examine orifice and port for cleanliness.
Figure 5-141. Shim Adjustable Charge Relief Valve
4. Install orifice plug. Torque to 1.5 - 2.5 ft-lb (2.0-3.4 Nm). Components
Charge Relief Valve

Charge relief valve may be removed for cleaning and installa- 1. Remove shim adjustable charge relief valve plug (1" Hex)
tion of new O-rings. Pressure setting may be changed for dif- from pump housing. Remove O-ring from plug.
ferent charge flows depending on charge pump size and 2. Remove spring and poppet from housing.
pump speed.
3. Do not alter shims which may be installed between
Factory setting is set relative to case pressure at 1800 rpm. spring and valve plug, or interchange parts with another
Actual charge pressure varies at different speeds. valve. Inspect poppet and mating seat in housing for
damage or foreign material.
4. If desired, change charge relief valve setting. An approx-
imate rule of thumb is 4 bar / 1.25 mm (58 psi / 0.050 in).
Effective setting will vary.
To confirm charge relief valve setting, measure charge

pressure (port M3) with pump in stroke. Charge pressure
should level off when relief setting is reached.
5-72 3121616
1. System Pressure Gauge Port M2 7. Case Drain Port L2
2. System Pressure Port B 8. Servo Pressure Gauge Port L4
3. System Pressure Port A 9. Case Drain Port L1
4. System Pressure Gauge Port M1 10. Case Drain Port L1 (non-feedback)
5. Servo Pressure Gauge Port M5 11. Charge Pressure Gauge
6. Case Drain Port L2 (non-feedback) 12. Charge Pump Inlet Port S
Figure 5-142. Gauge Port Locations
3121616 5-73
Plug/ Torque
#
Fitting lb. ft. Nm
1 Servo Gauge Port M4 N/A N/A
2 11/16 20-35 27-47
3 9/16 70-100 95-135
4 Case Drain Port L1 N/A N/A
5 Charge Pressure Gauge M3 N/A N/A
6 Charge Pump Inlet Port S 85 115
7 Case Drain Port L2 N/A N/A
8 Port N N/A N/A
9 System Gauge M1 & M2 N/A N/A
10 System Ports A&B 85 115
11 11/16 20-35 27-47
12 9/16 70-100 95-135
13 11/16 20-35 27-47
14 Servo Gauge M5 N/A N/A
15 11/16 20-35 27-47
Figure 5-143. Plugs/Fittings Size & Torque
5-74 3121616
5. Install new O-ring on valve plug. Reinstall poppet, Shaft Seal and Shaft Replacement
spring, and plug (with shims and O-ring) into pump
housing. Torque to 40-100 ft-lb (55-135 Nm).
SCREW ADJUSTABLE STYLE
1. Retaining Ring 2. Seal Carrier Assembly

1. Lock Nut 4. Spring T-Seal
2. O-Ring 5. Poppet Figure 5-145. Shaft Seal Components
3. Plug
Figure 5-144. Screw Adjustable Charge Relief Valve A lip type shaft seal is used in Series 42 pumps. Seal and shaft
Components can be replaced without major unit disassembly. Replacement
generally requires removing pump from machine.
1. Mark plug, lock nut, and housing to maintain original
adjustment before removing screw adjustable relief valve
plug. Loosen lock nut (1-1/16" Hex) and remove plug (8
mm Int. Hex). Remove O-ring from plug.
2. Remove spring and poppet from housing.
3. Inspect poppet and mating seat in housing for damage
or foreign material.
4. Install new O-ring on valve plug. Reinstall poppet and
spring. Reinstall plug and lock nut. Torque to 34 - 42 ft-lb
(47-57 Nm), aligning marks made at disassembly.
5. Check and adjust charge pressure if necessary. For screw
adjustable “anti-stall” charge relief valves, an approxi-
mate rule of thumb is 2.8 bar/quarter turn (40 psi/quar-
ter turn).
6. Measure charge pressure (port M3) with pump in stroke.
Charge pressure should level off when relief setting is
reached.
1. O-Ring 4. Sealant may be used on outside diameter
2. Seal 5. Inside Lip (face down)
3. Seal Carrier 6. Press Seal to Bottom of Seal Carrier
Figure 5-146. Shaft Seal Installation
3121616 5-75
1. Position pump with shaft facing up.
NOTE: If unit is positioned horizontally when shaft is removed, cyl-

inder block could move out of place, making shaft installa-
tion difficult.
2. Remove retaining ring from housing.

3. Pull out seal carrier assembly.
4. Remove O-ring from seal carrier. To install a new shaft
only, go to step 8.
5. Place seal carrier in an arbor press with shaft bearing
side down and press out old seal. An appropriately sized
pipe spacer or socket wrench can be used as a press
tool. Seal is not reusable.
6. Inspect seal carrier and new seal for damage. Inspect
sealing area on shaft for rust, wear, or contamination.
Polish sealing area on shaft if necessary.
7. Press new seal in shaft bearing side of seal carrier. Seal
lip must face outside of pump. Do not damage seal. Out-
side diameter of seal may be coated with a sealant (e.g.
Loctite High Performance Sealant #59231) before instal-
lation. This helps prevent leaks caused by damage to
seal bore in seal carrier. If shaft is not being replaced go
to step 11.
8. Remove shaft and roller bearing assembly from pump or
motor.
9. Remove retaining ring from roller bearing assembly with
snap ring pliers. Remove roller bearing assembly.
10. Place roller bearing assembly on new shaft and secure
with retaining ring.
11. Wrap spline or key end of shaft with thin plastic to pre-
1. Key 4. Roller Bearing
vent damage to seal lip during installation. Lubricate
2. Shaft Assembly 5. Shaft
inside diameter of shaft seal with petroleum jelly.
3. Retaining Ring
12. Place O-ring on shaft bearing and lubricate with petro-
leum jelly. Figure 5-147. Shaft Components
13. Slide seal carrier assembly over shaft and into housing
bore. Press against O-ring. Hold inward pressure against Hydraulic Pump W/Hayes Pump Drive Coupling
shaft to compress cylinder block spring while pressing seal Lubrication
carrier into place.
Coat pump and drive coupling splines with Lithium Soap Base
14. Install retaining ring.
Grease (TEXACO CODE 1912 OR EQUIVALENT ) whenever
pump or pump drive coupling is removed. Coupling is greased
prior to assembly.
5-76 3121616
Charge Pump
NOTE: Disassemble charge pump to inspect and clean, or change
auxiliary shaft drive coupling.
1. Remove auxiliary pump if necessary.
2. Remove screws retaining charge pump cover to pump

housing (Torx T). Seven screws are used with “no pad” or
SAE “A” auxiliary mounting pad charge pump cover, and
six screws are used with SAE “B” auxiliary mounting pad
charge pump cover. Remove charge pump cover, gas-
ket, and cover locating pins.
3. Remove gerotor cover assembly from charge pump

cover or back of pump housing. Remove gerotor cover
O-rings. Two O-rings are used on gerotor cover of all
pumps.
4. Remove gerotor assembly from gerotor cover or pump

housing.
5. Remove gerotor drive pin and drive coupling. Remove

gerotor cover locating pin from pump housing.
6. Inspect each part if they are to be reused. If either gerotor

assembly parts needs to be replaced, they must both be
replaced. Always replace O-rings and charge pump cover
gasket. Inspect journal bearing in gerotor cover for exces-
sive wear.
7. Lubricate gerotor assembly with clean hydraulic oil

before assembly.
8. Install gerotor drive pin into hole in drive coupling.

Apply grease or petroleum jelly to keep in place.
9. Install drive coupling on pump shaft with smaller out-

side diameter facing away from shaft.
10. Install gerotor assembly onto coupling.
11. Install gerotor cover locating pin into pump housing.

Install gerotor cover assembly over gerotor. Locating pin
must engage slot in gerotor cover.
NOTE: Charge pump rotation is determined by location of gerotor

recess and pressure balance hole in gerotor cover. Different
gerotor covers are used for clockwise and counterclockwise 1. Cover Retaining Screw 6. Gerotor Cover Locating Pin
rotation pumps.
2. O-Ring 7. Charge Pump Cover
3. Gerotor Cover Locating Pin
12. Install new pressure balance O-rings to gerotor cover
and retain with petroleum jelly or grease. 4. Gerotor Assembly 8. Gerotor Drive Pin
13. Install charge pump cover locating pins and new charge 5. Drive Coupling 9. Gasket
pump cover gasket.
Figure 5-148. Charge Pump Components
14. Install charge pump cover. Cover must engage gerotor
cover and locating pins. Install charge pump cover
screws. Torque evenly to 26-32 ft-lb (36-43 Nm).
15. Reinstall auxiliary pump if necessary.
3121616 5-77
5.8 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT START-UP NOTE: Oil used to fill component housing must be clean. Store fill
container properly to prevent contamination.
The goal at hydrostatic system start up is to preserve the
designed life span of the system. Use the following start-up Install 1000 psi (60 bar) pressure gauge in charge pressure
procedure when a new pump or motor is installed or a system gauge port to monitor charge pressure during start-up.
is restarted after a pump or motor has been removed and rein- It is recommended external control input signal, (electrical
stalled. connections for EDC), be disconnected at pump control until
after initial start-up. This ensures pump remains in its neutral
position.
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY REQUIRE MACHINE TO BE DISABLED
(WHEELS RAISED OFF THE GROUND, WORK FUNCTIONS DISCONNECTED, ETC.)
WHILE PERFORMING PROCEDURE. TO PREVENT INJURY. TAKE NECESSARY DO NOT START ENGINE UNLESS PUMP IS IN NEUTRAL POSITION (0° SWASH-
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS BEFORE MOVING VEHICLE/MACHINE. PLATE ANGLE). TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT MACHINE MOVEMENT IN
Inspect pumps or motors for damage that may have been CASE PUMP IS ACTUATED DURING INITIAL START-UP.
incurred during shipping and handling before installation. ”Jog” or slowly rotate engine until charge pressure starts to
Make sure all system components (reservoir, hoses, valves, fit- rise. Start engine and run at lowest possible RPM until charge
tings, heat exchanger, etc.) are clean before filling with fluid. pressure is established. Excess air should be bled from system
lines as close to motors as possible.
Fill reservoir with recommended hydraulic fluid. This fluid
should be passed through a 10 micron (nominal, no bypass) NOTE: With engine on low idle loosen, do not remove, system lines
filter before entering reservoir. Using contaminated fluid can at motor(s). Continue to run engine at low idle and tighten
damage components and may cause unexpected vehicle/ system lines as soon as oil is observed to leak from them.
machine movement. When oil is observed to ”leak” at motor, line is full and air is
purged. Tighten system hoses to specified torque.
Once charge pressure is established, increase speed to normal

INSPECT ALL PUMPS OR MOTORS FOR DAMAGE AND CONTAMINATION IF ANY operating RPM. Charge pressure should be as indicated in the
PUMP OR MOTOR IS REPLACED DUE TO INTERNAL DAMAGE. FLUSH AND pump model code. If charge pressure is inadequate, shut
REPLACE ALL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FLUID OR DAMAGE TO ENTIRE SYSTEM MAY down and determine cause.
RESULT.
Inlet line from reservoir to pump must be filled prior to start- INADEQUATE CHARGE PRESSURE WILL AFFECT OPERATOR'S ABILITY TO CON-
up. Check inlet line for properly tightened fittings, restrictions, TROL MACHINE.
and air leaks. Shut down engine and connect external control input signal.
Reconnect machine function(s), if disconnected earlier. Start
NOTE: Reservoir is usually above pump inlet. Pressure head cre-
engine, checking pump remains in neutral. With engine at nor-
ated by higher oil level helps keep inlet pressures within
mal operating RPM, slowly check forward and reverse machine
acceptable range and prevent high vacuum levels. How-
operation.
ever, air may be trapped due to hose routing or low reser-
voir locations. Bleed air by loosening hose at fitting closest Charge pressure may slightly decrease during forward or
to pump. When oil begins to flow, line is full and air is reverse operation. Continue to cycle slowly between forward
purged. Tighten fitting to specified torque. If tank needs to and reverse for at least five minutes.
be pressurized to start oil flow, take a vacuum reading at
Shut down engine, remove gauges, and plug ports. Check res-
pump inlet during operation to verify pump is not trying to
ervoir level and add filtered fluid if needed.
draw an inlet vacuum higher than its capability.
Machine is ready for operation.
Fill pump and motor housing with clean hydraulic fluid before
start up. Fill housing by pouring filtered oil in upper case drain
port.
NOTE: Use highest possible case drain port. This ensures housing con-
tains as much oil as possible and offers the greatest amount of
lubrication to internal components.
NOTE: It may be easier to fill housing before installing the case drain
line. Component (especially motor) location may prevent case
drain port access after installation.
5-78 3121616
5.9 MAIN VALVE BLOCK PRESSURE SETTINGS 4-Wheel Steer

Refer to Figure 5-151., Main Control Valve - 4WS (SN 1. Install pressure gauge in port MP (9).
0300181175 to Present). 2. Activate front wheel steer left and right.
NOTE: Rear steer relief cartridges are preset and not field adjust-
able.
COLD TEMPERATURES HAVE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON PRESSURE READINGS.
JLG INDUSTRIES, INC. RECOMMENDS OPERATING MACHINE UNTIL THE
3. Adjust front steer relief valves (14, 24) to 2850 psi (196
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HAS WARMED TO NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURES
bar) in both directions. Turn adjuster clockwise to
BEFORE CHECKING PRESSURES. JLG ALSO RECOMMENDS USING A CALI-
increase pressure or counterclockwise to decrease pres-
BRATED GAUGE. PRESSURE READINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE IF WITHIN +/- 5% OF
sure.
SPECIFIED PRESSURES.
5.10 PLATFORM VALVE BLOCK PRESSURE SETTINGS
Main Relief
Refer to Figure 5-152., Location of Components - Platform
1. Install high pressure gauge in port MP (9). Control Valve Block
2. Activate upper telescope in. Platform Level Extend

3. Adjust main relief valve (16) to 3000 psi (206.85 bar). 1. Install high pressure gauge in port M1 (2).
Turn adjuster clockwise to increase or counterclockwise
to decrease pressure. 2. Activate level up to end of stroke.
3. Adjust level up relief (1) to 2800 psi (193 bar). Turn
Upper (Main) Lift Down adjuster clockwise to increase pressure or counterclock-
wise to decrease pressure.
1. Install high pressure gauge in port MP (9).
2. Activate upper lift down. Platform Level Retract

3. Adjust lift down relief (6) to 1500 psi (103 bar). Turn 1. Install high pressure gauge at quick disconnect on port
adjuster clockwise to increase pressure or counterclock- M2 (4).
wise to decrease pressure. 2. Activate level down to end of stroke.
Swing 3. Adjust level down relief (3) to 1800 psi (124 bar). Turn
adjuster clockwise to increase pressure or counterclock-
NOTE: Left and right swing pressures are set with one adjustment. wise to decrease pressure.

Articulating Jib
2. Lock turntable with turntable lock pin. NOTE: Relief pressure is bi-directional, but can only be read in one
direction.
3. Activate swing left or right
1. Install high pressure gauge in port M3 (13).
4. Check both directions of swing and adjust lowest pres-
sure reading at swing relief (21) to 1700 psi (117 bar). 2. Activate jib extend to end of stroke.
Turn adjuster clockwise to increase pressure or counter- 3. Adjust jib relief (14) to 1500 psi (103 bar). Turn adjuster
clockwise to decrease pressure. clockwise to increase pressure or counterclockwise to
decrease pressure.
2-Wheel Steer
2. Activate steer left and right.
3. Adjust front steer relief valves (14) to 2050 psi (141 bar)
in both directions. Turn adjuster clockwise to increase
pressure or counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
NOTE: This pressure allows for system pressure drop and should
equal 1800 psi (124 bar) at the work port.
3121616 5-79
16
10
9 15
2
6 12
5
14
1
11
3
13
1. Pressure Control Load Sense Valve 7. Direct Operated Relief Valve 13. Directional Control Valve (Tower Tele)
2. Main Relief Valve Direct Operated 8. Directional Control Valve (Upper Lift) 14. Rotate Sandwich Check Valve
3. Directional Control Valve (Platform Level) 9. Directional Control Valve (Main Lift) 15. Directional Control Valve (Main Lift)
4. Direct Operated Relief Valve 10. Directional Control Valve (Steer) 16. Directional Control Valve (Steer)
5. Load Shuttle Valve 11. Directional Control Valve (Platform Rotator)
6. Load Shuttle Valve 12. Directional Control Valve (Main Tele)
Figure 5-149. Main Control Valve (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174)
5-80 3121616
1
10*
2 10*
1
11
8
12*
9**
13
6
5*
14
15
20
4
16
3
17*
19 18
* 25-30 ft.lbs. (33.8-40.6 Nm)

* * 13 ft.lbs. (17.6 Nm)
1. Front Steer Left 8. Tower Lift Down 15. Direct Control Dump Valve
2. Front Steer Right 9. Test Port MP 16. Tower Telescope Out
3. Swing Right 10. Front Steer Pressure Relief 17. Main Upper Boom Pressure Relief
4. Main Lift Down 11. Tower Lift Up 18. Main Lift Up
5. Main Upper Boom Pressure Relief Valve 12. Main Upper Boom Pressure Relief 19. Swing Left
6. Tower Telescope In 13. Flow Control 20. Front Steer Pressure Relief
7. Main Telescope In 14. Main Telescope Out 21 Pilot Operated Check Valve (On back - Not Shown)
Figure 5-150. Main Control Valve - 2WS (SN 0300181175 to Present)
3121616 5-81
12**
1 13*
11*
2 14*
3
14*
10 15
16*
8 17
18
6* 24***
19
5
20
21*
4
23 22
1. Rear Steer Left (4-Wheel Steer Only) 10. Tower Lift Down 19. Direct Control Dump Valve
2. Front Steer Left 11. Rear Steer Pressure Relief (4-Wheel Steer Only) 20. Tower Telescope Out
3. Front Steer Right 12. Rear Steer Right (4-Wheel Steer Only) 21. Main Upper Boom Pressure Relief
4. Swing Right 13. Rear Steer Pressure Relief (4-Wheel Steer Only) 22. Main Lift Up
5. Main Lift Down 14. Front Steer Pressure Relief 23. Swing Left
6. Main Upper Boom Pressure Relief Valve 15. Tower Lift Up 24. Front Steer Pressure Relief
7. Tower Telescope In 16. Main Upper Boom Pressure Relief 25. Socket Head Cap Screw
8. Main Telescope In 17. Flow Control 26. Pilot Operated Check Valve (On back - Not Shown)
9. Test Port MP 18. Main Telescope Out
Figure 5-151. Main Control Valve - 4WS (SN 0300181175 to Present)
5-82 3121616
3*
3*
2** 1*
4**
14* 5*
4**
5*
6*
2**
6*
13**
7
7
8***
8***
10
12
9***
11*** 9***
10 600A
600AJ
*20 ft-lb (27 Nm)

**13 ft-lb (17.6 Nm)
***5 ft-lb (7 Nm)
1. Level Up Relief Valve (RV2) 6. Flow Relief Valve (FR1) 11. Jib Up Solenoid
2. Test Port M1 7. Rotate Left Solenoid 12. Jib Down Solenoid
3. Level Down Relief Valve (RV1 8. Rotate Right Solenoid 13. Test Port M3
4. Test Port M2 9. Platform Level Up Solenoid 14. Jib Relief valve (CR1)
5. Flow Relief Valve (FR2) 10. Platform Level Down Solenoid
Figure 5-152. Location of Components - Platform Control Valve Block
3121616 5-83
5.11 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATICS
SHEET 1
Figure 5-153. 2-Wheel Steer (2WS) Hydraulic Schematic 1 of 2
5-84 3121616
3121616 5-85
SHEET 2
5-86 3121616
SHEET 1
3121616 5-87
SHEET 3
Figure 5-157. 2-Wheel Drive (2WD) Hydraulic Schematic 1 of 2
5-88 3121616
SHEET 3
3121616 5-89
SHEET 4
5-90 3121616
SHEET 4
3121616 5-91
NOTES:
5-92 3121616
SECTION 6. JLG CONTROL SYSTEM

6.1 JLG CONTROL SYSTEM ANALYZER KIT viewing and adjusting the various personality settings for
smooth control of: acceleration, deceleration, creep, min
INSTRUCTIONS speed, and max.-speed for all boom, drive, and steering func-
tions.
Introduction
The main lift, swing, and drive are controlled by individual joy-
sticks. Steering is controlled by a rocker switch built in the top
of the drive joystick. To activate Drive, Lift, and Swing; pull up
WHEN INSTALLING A NEW POWER MODULE CONTROLLER ON THE MACHINE, the slide lock on the joystick and move the handle in the
ITWILL BE NECESSARY TO PROGRAM THE CONTROLLER FOR THE PROPERMA- desired direction.
CHINE CONFIGURATION, INCLUDING OPTIONS.
The control system provides voltage output to the valves and
pump, as programmed, for smooth operation and maximum
cycle time. Ground control speeds for all boom functions can
IT IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELECTRICAL/ELEC- also be programmed in the control system.
TRONIC COMPONENTS. SHOULD PRESSURE-WASHING BE UTILIZED TO WASH The JLG Control System controller has a built in LED to indicate
AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUS- any faults. The system stores recent faults which may be
TRIES, INC. RECOMMENDS A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A accessed for troubleshooting. Optional equipment includes a
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES (30.5 CM) AWAY FROM THESE COMPO- soft touch system, head and tail lights, and ground alarm.
NENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING These options may be added later but must be programmed
MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND BE FOR BRIEF TIME PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SAT- into the control system when installed.
URATION.
The Control System may be accessed utilizing a custom
The JLG designed Control System is a 12 volt based motor con- designed, hand held analyzer (Analyzer Kit, JLG part no.
trol unit installed on the boom lift. 2901443) which will display two lines of information at a time,
by scrolling through the program.
The JLG Control System has reduced the need for exposed ter-
minal strips, diodes and trimpots and provides simplicity in
Analyzer Display
Escape Key Enter Key

To return home or access Stores and selects Top Level, Sub Level,
previous menu and item menus
Up & Down Arrow Keys Left & Right Arrow Keys

Value Selector Used to move between Top Level, Sub
Level, and item menus
Figure 6-1. Hand Held Analyzer
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-1

Connect JLG Control System Analyzer Using the Analyzer

1. Connect four pin end of cable supplied with hand-held With the machine power on and the analyzer connected prop-
or wireless analyzer to controller module on platform erly, the analyzer will display the following.
box or at controller module inside ground control box.
Connect other end of cable to analyzer.
NOTE: The cable has a four pin connector at each end of the cable;
the cable cannot be connected backwards.
2. Power up the Control System by turning the lower key to

the platform or ground position and pulling both emer-
gency stop buttons on.
HELP:
PRESS ENTER
At this point, using the RIGHT and LEFT arrow

keys, you can move between the top level menu items. To
select a displayed menu item, press ENTER . To cancel a
selected menu item, press ESCAPE ; then you will be

able to scroll using the right and left arrow keys to select a dif-
ferent menu item.
6-2 – JLG Lift – 3121616

The top level menus are as follows: When a top level menu is selected, a new set of menu items
may be offered: for example:
HELP
DIAGNOSTICS DRIVE
SYSTEM TEST BOOM
ACCESS LEVEL SYSTEM
PERSONALITIES DATALOG
MACHINE SETUP VERSIONS
CALIBRATIONS (view only)
SERVICE MODE
Pressing ENTER with any of the above displayed menus,
will display additional sub-menus within the selected menu. In
some cases, such as DRIVE, the next level is the parameter or
If you press ENTER , at the HELP: PRESS ENTER display, information to be changed. Refer to the flow chart for what
and a fault is present, the analyzer display will scroll the fault menus are available within the top level menus. You may only
across the screen. If there was no fault detected, the display view the personality settings for selected menus while in
will read: HELP: EVERYTHING OK. If powered up at the access level 2. Remember, you may always cancel a selected
ground station, the display will read: GROUND OK.
menu item by pressing the ESCAPE key.
If ENTER is pressed again, the display moves to the fol- Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held
lowing display:
Analyzer
When the analyzer is first connected, you will be in access level
2 which enables you to only view most settings which cannot
be changed until you enter a password to advance to a lower
level. This ensures that a setting cannot be accidentally
altered. To change the access level, the correct password must
be entered. To enter the password, scroll to the ACCESS LEVEL
menu. For example:
LOGGED HELP
1: STARTUP (2/1)
At this point, the analyzer will display the last fault the system
has seen, if any are present. You may scroll through the fault
logs to view what the last 25 faults were. Use the right and left
arrow keys to scroll through the fault logs. To return to the
beginning, press ESCAPE two times. STARTUP (2/1) ACCESS LEVEL:

indicates a power up. CODE 00000
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-3

Adjusting Parameters Using the Hand Held

Press ENTER to select the ACCESS LEVEL menu. Analyzer
Once you have gained access to level 1, and a personality item
Using the UP or DOWN arrow keys, enter the first
digit of the password, 3.
is selected, press the UP or DOWN arrow keys to
adjust its value, for example:
Then using the RIGHT arrow key, position cursor to the
right one space to enter the second digit of the password.
Use the UP or DOWN arrow key to enter the sec-

ond digit of the password which is 33271.
When correct password is displayed, press ENTER . The

access level displays the following if password was entered
correctly:
PERSONALITIES:
DRIVE ACCEL 1.5s
There will be a minimum and maximum for the value to
ensure efficient operation. The Value will not increase if the UP
arrow is pressed when at the maximum value nor will
the value decrease if the DOWN arrow is pressed and

the value is at the minimum value for any particular personal-
MENU: ity. If the value does not change when pressing the up and
SERVICE ACCESS down arrows, check the access level to ensure you are at ser-
vice access.
Repeat the above steps if the correct access level is not dis-
played or you can not adjust the personality settings.
6-4 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Machine Setup There is a setting that JLG strongly recommends that you do
not change. This setting is so noted below:
ELEVATION CUTBACK
When a machine digit item is selected, press UP or
DOWN arrow keys to adjust its value, for example: CHANGING ELEVATION CUTBACK SETTING MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT PERFOR-
MANCE OF YOUR MACHINE.
AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. IF

PRESSURE-WASHING IS USED TO WASH AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRICAL/
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUSTRIES INC. RECOMMENDS A MAXIMUM
PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES
(30.5CM) FROM THESE COMPONENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPO-
NENTS ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND FOR BRIEF TIME
PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SATURATION.
Level Vehicle Description
DO NOT LEVEL VEHICLE EXCEPT ON A LEVEL SURFACE.
GROUND ALARM:
2 = DRIVE
The effect of the machine digit value is displayed along with
its value. The above display would be selected if the machine
was equipped with a ground alarm and you wanted it to
sound when driving. There are certain settings allowed to
install optional features or select the machine model.
When selection the machine model to match the size of the
machine, the personality settings will all default to the factory
recommended setting.
NOTE: Refer to Personality Ranges/Defaults for the recommended
factory settings.
NOTE: Password 33271 allows access to service access to change

machine personality settings.
LEVEL VEHICLE
YES:ENTER, NO:ESC
Not available at password level 2 ENTER confirms that
vehicle is currently level, and zeroes the tilt sensor measure-

ments.
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-5

Table 6-1. Analyzer Abbreviations Table 6-1. Analyzer Abbreviations

ABBREVIATION MEANING ABBREVIATION MEANING
ACCEL ACCELERATE GND GROUND
ACT ACTIVE GRN GREEN
A/D ANALOG DIGITAL CONVERTER COUNT GM GROUND MODULE
AMB. AMBIENT H HOURS
ANG ANGLE HW HARDWARE
AUX AUXILIARY HWFS HARDWARE FAILSAFE
BCS BOOM CONTROL SYSTEM I IN or CURRENT
BM BOOM LENGTH ANGLE MODULE JOY JOYSTICK
BLAM BOOM LENGTH ANGLE MODULE L LEFT
BR BROKEN LB POUND
BSK BASKET LEN LENGTH
CAL CALIBRATION LIM LIMIT
CL CLOSED LT LEFT
CM CHASSIS MODULE LVL LEVEL
CNTL CONTROL M MINUTES
CNTRL CONTROL MIN MINIMUM
C/O CUT OUT MAX MAXIMUM
CONT(S) CONTRACTOR(S) M MAIN
COOR COORDINATED MN MAIN
CRK PT CRACK POINT NO NORMALLY OPEN or NO
CRP CREEP NC NORMALLY CLOSED
CUT CUTOUT O OUT
CYL CYLINDER O/C OPEN CIRCUIT
DECEL DECELERATE OP OPEN
D DOWN O/R OVERRIDE or OUTRIGGER
DN DOWN O//R OVERRIDE
DWN DOWN OSC OSCILLATING
DEG. DEGREE OVRD OVERRIDE
DOS DRIVE ORIENTATION SYSTEM P PLATFORM
DRV DRIVE P PRESSURE
E ERROR PCV PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVE
E&T ELEVATED & TILTED PLAT PLATFORM
ELEV ELEVATION PLT PLATFORM
ENG ENGINE PM PLATFORM MODULE
EXT EXTEND POT POTENTIOMETER
F FRONT PRES PRESSURE
FL FLOW PRS PRESSURE
FNT FRONT PT POINT
FOR FORWARD R REAR or RIGHT
FWD FORWARD REV REVERSE or REVISION
FSW FOOT SWITCH RET RETRACT
FUNC FUNCTION ROT. ROTATE
G GROUND RT RIGHT
6-6 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Table 6-1. Analyzer Abbreviations

ABBREVIATION MEANING
S/C SHORT CIRCUIT
SEL SELECTOR
SN SERIAL NUMBER
SPD SPEED
STOW STOWED
STOWD STOWED
SW SWITCH or SOFTWARE
TELE TELESCOPE
TEMP TEMPERATURE
TORQ. TORQUE
TRN TRANSPORT
T/T TURNTABLE
T TOWER
TURNTBL TURNTABLE
TWR TOWER
U UPPER or UP
V VOLT
VER VERSION
VLV VALVE
WIT WITNESS
YEL YELLOW
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-7


&"(
#
!"
)*

#

!"

$

-./0

$
#
+,
%&
#'
Figure 6-2. ADE Block Diagram
6-8 – JLG Lift – 3121616

MENU : HELP : (001 )

HELP : PRESS ENTER EVERYTHING OK
LOG :( xxx)
x:xxxxxxxxxxx
TO
MENU : DIAGNOSTICS : DIAGNOSTICS :
DIAGNOSTICS :
DIAGNOSTICS DRIVE /STEER BOOM FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
JOYSTICK DRIVE : JOYSTICK LIFT :

FORWARD XXX % MAIN UP XXX %
JOYSTICK STEER : LIFT OUTPUT :

LEFT XXX % MAIN UP XXX %
DRIVE OUTPUT : STEER TYPE : LIFT UP

FORWARD XXX % NORMAL COMMANDED : XXXXMA
DRIVE FORWARD : BRAKES STATUS : LIFT DOWN

COMMANDED : XXXXMA LOCKED COMMANDED : XXXXMA
DRIVE REVERSE : CREEP : LIFT OUTPUT

COMMANDED : XXXXMA SWITCH : CLOSED ACTUAL : XXXXMA
DRIVE OUTPUT : CREEP MODE : JOYSTICK SWING :

ACTUAL : XXXXMA OFF LEFT XXX %
STEER OUTPUT : 2-SPEED : SWING OUTPUT :

LEFT XXX % SWITCH : OPEN LEFT XXX %
LEFT TRACK 2-SPEED VALVE SWING LEFT

OUTPUT : FWD XXX % OUTPUT : OFF COMMANDED : XXXXMA
LEFT TRACK FWD HIGH ENGINE SWING RIGHT

COMMANDED : XXXXMA SWITCH : OPEN COMMANDED : XXXXMA
LEFT TRACK REV DRIVE MODE : SWING OUTPUT

COMMANDED : XXXXMA MID ENGINE ACTUAL : XXXXMA
LEFT TRACK DRV . ORIENTATION PLATFORM LEVEL : FLOW VALVE

ACTUAL : XXXXMA FEATURE : DISABLED UP XXX % COMMANDED : XXXXMA
RIGHT TRACK DRV . ORIENTATION PLATFORM ROTATE : FLOW VALVE

OUTPUT : FWD XXX % SWITCH : OPEN LEFT XXX % ACTUAL : XXXXMA
RIGHT TRACK FWD DRV . ORIENTATION MAIN TELESCOPE : PLATFORM CONTROL

COMMANDED : XXXXMA OVERRIDE : OPEN IN XXX % VALVE : OFF
RIGHT TRACK REV DRV . ORIENTATION TOWER TELESCOPE : FUNCTION SPEED :

COMMANDED : XXXXMA STATUS : CONFIRMED IN XXX % PUMP POT XXX %
RIGHT TRACK DRIVE CONTROL : TOWER LIFT : CREEP

ACTUAL : XXXXMA NORMAL UP XXX % SWITCH : CLOSED
TO
MENU : CRIBBING MODE : JIB LIFT : CREEP MODE :
DRIVE/STEER
SYSTEM TEST DISABLED UP XXX % OFF
ENABLE: OPEN
MAE9780N
Figure 6-3. Analyzer Software Version 6.8 - Sheet 1 of 6
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-9

From TO
DIAGNOSTICS : DIAGNOSTICS : DIAGNOSTICS :
DIAGNOSTICS : DIAGNOSTICS :
ENGINE SYSTEM UMS
BOOM FUNCTIONS LOAD
START SEQUENCE : GROUND MODULE : CHASSIS TILT

NOT ACTIVE BATTERY : XX.XV ANGLE : XX.X
BATTERY VOLTAGE : PLATFORM MODULE : UMS TO TURNTABLE

XX.XV BATTERY : XX.XV ANGLE : XX.X
COOLANT UGM TEMP : UMS INCLINATION

TEMPERATURE : XXXF XXXF ANGLE : XX.X
ELECTRIC FAN PLATFORM SELECT CHASSIS TILT UMS STATUS :

OUTPUT : OFF KEYSWITCH : OPEN X-AXIS : XX.X NORMAL
ELECTRIC FUEL GROUND SELECT CHASSIS TILT

PUMP OUTPUT : OFF KEYSWITCH : OPEN Y-AXIS : XX.X
ENGINE OIL STATION CONTROL : AUXILIARY POWER ST/SG OVERRIDE

PRESSURE :XXX PSI GROUND SWITCH : OPEN SW : OPEN
FUEL SELECTION FOOTSWITCH INPUT HORN STOUCH OR SKYGRD

SWITCH : GAS GROUND : OPEN SWITCH : OPEN RELAYS : OPEN
FUEL SELECTION FOOTSWITCH INPUT RETURN HYDRAULIC ST /SG OVERRIDE

STATUS : GAS PLATFORM : OPEN FILTER : OPEN OVERRIDE : OPEN
AMBIENT TRANSPORT CHARGE PUMP GENSET .WELDER

TEMPERATURE : XXXF SWITCHES : OPEN FILTER : OPEN SWITCH : OPEN
FUEL LEVEL TRANSPORT MODE : SOFT TOUCH LIMIT LIGHTS

SENSOR : OK OUT OF TRANSPORT SWITCH : OPEN SWITCH : OPEN
STARTER END OF STROKE SKYGAURD INPUT: PLATFORM TILT 1

CRANK TIME : XX S PROXIMITY : CLOSED OPEN ANGLE : XX.X
ENGINE SPEED TOWER LIFT SKYGAURD INPUT 1 PLATFORM TILT 2

ACTUAL : XXXX RPM PROXIMITY : CLOSED OPEN ANGLE : XX.X
TOWER TELESCOPE SKYGAURD INPUT 2 PLATFORM TILT 1

ENGINE SPEED
PROXIMITY : CLOSED OPEN VOLTAGE : XX MV
TARGET : XXXX RPM
TOWER POSITION : ST/SG INPUTS : PLATFORM TILT 2

RETRACTED OPEN VOLTAGE : XX MV
CABLE BREAK ST/SG INPUTS 1 AMBIENT TEMP

SWITCH : CLOSED OPEN XXXXF
CREEP ST/SG INPUTS 2 LOW TEMPERATURE

SWITCH : CLOSED OPEN CUTOUT: INACTIVE
CREEP MODE : ST OVERRIDE SW : MSSO SW

OFF OPEN OPEN
CHASSIS TILT : SG OVERRIDE SW : MISSO

XX.X DEGREES OPEN INACTIVE
MAE8990N
6-10 – JLG Lift – 3121616

FROM
DIAGNOSTICS : DIAGNOSTICS : DIAGNOSTICS : 1 DIAGNOSTICS : DIAGNOSTICS :
DIAGNOSTICS :
LOAD CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA DATALOG VERSIONS
UMS
CAPACITY LENGTH CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA 1 DATALOG : GROUND MODULE

SWITCH : CLOSED RX /SEC : X LOAD ZERO : ON : XXXh XXm SOFTWARE : XX.XX
CAPACITY ANGLE CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA 1 DATALOG : GROUND MODULE

SWITCH : CLOSED TX/SEC : X LOAD 500 LB : ENGINE : XXXh XXm COST . DATA :XX.XX
PERCENT OF MAX CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA 1 DATALOG : GROUND MODULE

LOAD : XXX % BUS OFF : X PLATFORM UP : DRIVE : XXXh XXm HARDWARE : REV XX
PLATFORM LOAD CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA 1 DATALOG : GROUND MODULE

STATE : OK PASSIVE : X PLATFORM DN : LIFT : XXXh XXm S /N: XXXXXX
CAN STATISTICS DATALOG : PLATFORM MODULE

MSG ERROR : XXXX SWING : XXXh XXm SOFTWARE : XX .XX
DATALOG : PLATFORM MODULE

TELE : XXXh XXm HARDWARE : REV XX
DATALOG : PLATFORM MODULE

MAX TEMP : XXXF S /N: XXXXXX
DATALOG : PROPULSION MOD

MIN TEMP : XXXF SOFTWARE : XX .XX
DATALOG : TCU MODULE

MAX VOLTS : XX.XV SOFTWARE : XX .XX
DATALOG : TCU MODULE

RENTAL : XXXh XXm HARDWARE : REV XX
CLEAR RENTAL : 1 DATALOG : 1 TCU MODULE

YES :ENTER ,NO :ESC ERASE RENTAL ? S /N : XXXXXX
GATEWAY MODULE
SOFTWARE : XX .XX
GATEWAY MODULE
HARDWARE : REV XX
ANALYZER :
ANALYZER XX .XX
MAE9200N
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-11

FROM
MENU :
DIAGNOSTICS
MENU : SYSTEM TEST :

SYSTEM TEST ACTIVATE ?
MENU : ACCESS LEVEL :

ACCESS LEVEL CODE XXXXXX
TO
MENU : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES :
PERSONALITIES :
PERSONALITIES DRIVE STEER LEFT TRACK RIGHT TRACK
MAIN LIFT
DRIVE : STEER : LEFT TRACK : RIGHT TRACK :

ACCEL X .XS MAX SPEED XXX % ACCEL X .XS ACCEL X .XS
DRIVE : LEFT TRACK : RIGHT TRACK :

DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS

MIN FORWARD XXX % MIN FORWARD XXX % MIN FORWARD XXX %

MAX FORWARD XXX % MAX FORWARD XXX % MAX FORWARD XXX %

MIN REVERSE XXX % MIN REVERSE XXX % MIN REVERSE XXX %

MAX REVERSE XXX % MAX REVERSE XXX % MAX REVERSE XXX %

ELEV . MAX XXX % ELEV F MAX XXX % ELEV F MAX XXX %

CREEP MAX XXX % ELEV R MAX XXX % ELEV R MAX XXX %
LEFT TRACK : RIGHT TRACK :

CREEP F MAX XXX % CREEP F MAX XXX %
LEFT TRACK : RIGHT TRACK :

CREEP R MAX XXX % CREEP R MAX XXX %
TO
MENU : TRACK COUNTER
MACHINE SETUP ROTATE MAX XXX %
MAE9510N
6-12 – JLG Lift – 3121616

FROM
PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES :
PERSONALITIES :
MAIN LIFT SWING TOWER LIFT MAIN TELESCOPE TOWER TELESCOPE
RIGHT TRACK
MAIN LIFT : SWING : TOWER LIFT : MAIN TELESCOPE : TOWER TELESCOPE :

ACCEL X .XS ACCEL X .XS ACCEL X .XS ACCEL X .XS ACCEL X .XS

DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS

MIN UP XXX % MIN LEFT XXX % MIN UP XXX % MIN IN XXX % MIN IN XXX %

MAX UP XXX % MAX LEFT XXX % MAX UP XXX % MAX IN XXX % MAX IN XXX %

CREEP UP XXX % CREEP LEFT XXX % MIN DOWN XXX % MIN OUT XXX % MIN OUT XXX %

MIN DOWN XXX % MIN RIGHT XXX % MAX DOWN XXX % MAX OUT XXX % MAX OUT XXX %
MAIN LIFT : SWING :

MAX DOWN XXX % MAX RIGHT XXX %
MAIN LIFT : SWING :

CREEP DOWN XXX % CREEP RIGHT XXX %
PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES : PERSONALITIES :

PLATFORM LEVEL PLATFORM ROTATE JIB LIFT GROUND MODE GEN SET /WELDER TEMPERATURE CUT
PLATFORM LEVEL : PLATFORM ROTATE : JIB LIFT : GROUND MODE : GEN SET /WELDER : LOW TEMPERATURE :
ACCEL X .XS ACCEL X .XS ACCEL X .XS MAIN UP : XXX% ENGINE XXXX RPM CUTOUT SET : XXXC
PLATFORM LEVEL : PLATFORM ROTATE : JIB LIFT : GROUND MODE :

DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS DECEL X .XS MAIN DOWN : XXX%

MIN IN XXX % MIN LEFT XXX % MIN UP XXX % SWING : XXX%

MAX IN XXX % MAX LEFT XXX % MAX UP XXX % PLT LEVEL : XXX%

MIN OUT XXX % MIN RIGHT XXX % MIN DOWN XXX % PLT ROTATE : XXX%

MAX OUT XXX % MAX RIGHT XXX % MAX DOWN XXX % MAIN TELE : XXX%
GROUND MODE :
TOWER TELE : XXX%
GROUND MODE :
TOWER UP : XXX%
GROUND MODE :
TOWER DOWN : XXX%
GROUND MODE :
JIB LIFT : XXX%
GROUND MODE :
JIB SWING : XXX%
MAE9580N
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-13

FROM
MENU :
PERSONALITIES
MENU : MODEL NUMBER : MARKET : ENGINE : FLYWHEEL TEETH : GLOW PLUG : STARTER LOCKOUT :
MACHINE SETUP 600 S CE PERKINS ECM 133 TEETH IN-CYLINDER DISABLED
FUEL CUTOUT : ENGINE SHUTDOWN : TILT : JIB : 4 WHEEL STEER : STOUCH /SKYGUARD :
RESTART ENABLED 5 DEGREES NO NO NONE
GEN SET /WELDER : GEN SET CUTOUT : H & T LIGHTS : CABLE SWITCH : LOAD SYSTEM : LOAD SENSOR :
NO MOTION ENABLED NO NO NO 4 UNDER PLATFORM
FUNCTION CUTOUT : GROUND ALARM : DRIVE : DISPLAY UNITS : LEVELING MODE : DRIVE CONTROL :
NO MOTION 4WD IMPERIAL ALL FUNCTIONS ENHANCED
DRIVE PUMP : BOOM CONTROL : FUNCTION SPEED CLEARSKY : CRIBBING OPTION : FUEL TANK SIZE :
SAUER DANFOSS NORMAL KNOB : YES NO NO 31 GALLON
ALARM / HORN : ALARM BEACON : TEMP CUTOUT : PLAT LVL OVR CUT WATER IN FUEL
SEPARATE OFF FOR CREEP NO NO SENSOR NO
MENU : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1

CALIBRATIONS TILT SENSOR UMS SENSOR FORD ENGINE LOAD SENSOR DEUTZ SETUP
TILT SENSOR : 1 UMS SENSOR : 1 FORD ENGINE : 1 LOAD SENSOR : 1 DEUTZ SETUP 1
CALIBRATE ? CALIBRATE ? DISABLE RS -485 ? CALIBRATE ? SETUP X
UMS SENSOR : 1
RAW : XX.X
CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1 CALIBRATIONS : 1

PLAT . LEVELING LEVEL UP CRKPT LEVEL DOWN CRKPT PROP MODULE MSSO
PLAT LEVELING : 1 LEVEL UP CRPT : 1 LEVEL DOWN CRPT 1 PROP MODULE : 1 MSSO RESET 1
CALIBRATE ? CALIBRATE ? CALIBRATE ? J 1-7 MIN: XXX CONFIRM ?
PROP MODULE : 1 PROP MODULE : 1

J 1-7 MAX: XXX DEADBAND : XXXXX

J 1-8 MIN: XXX FF NUM : XXXXX

J 1-8 MAX: XXX FF DEN : XXXXX

J 1-9 MIN: XXX I NUM : XXXXX

J 1-9 MAX: XXX I DEN : XXXXX

J 1-10 MIN: XXX NEG ERR : XXXXX

J 1-10 MAX: XXX GAIN FLAG : XXXXX
MENU : 1 SERVICE MODE : 1 SERVICE MODE : 1
SERVICE MODE TOWER LIFT DOWN ? TEST UMS ?
SERVICE MODE : 1 TEST UMS ? 1

CODE XXXXX NO
MAE9660N
6-14 – JLG Lift – 3121616

6.2 MACHINE PERSONALITY SETTINGS

NOTE: Personality settings can be adjusted within the adjustment
range for optimum machine performance.
Table 6-2. Personality Ranges/Defaults
DEFAULTS
FUNCTION PERSONALITY RANGE
Drive Pump Drive Pimp
M46-XXX 830XXXX
DRIVE Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s 2.0 2.0
Deceleration 0.0s to 3.0s 2.0 2.0
Forward Minimum Speed 1 to 35% 4 4
Forward Maximum Speed 1 to 100% 32 97
Reverse Minimum Speed 1 to 35% 4 4
Reverse Maximum Speed 1 to 100% 31 97
Elevated Maximum Speed 1 to 100% 15 62
Creep Maximum Speed 1 to 90% 20 45
STEER Maximum Speed 1 to 100% 100
LEFT TRACK Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s N/A N/A
Deceleration 0.0s to 3.0s N/A N/A
Forward Minimum Speed 1 to 35% N/A N/A
Forward Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Reverse Minimum Speed 1 to 35% N/A N/A
Reverse Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Elevated Forward Maximum speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Elevated Reverse Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Creep Forward Maximum speed 1 to 90% N/A N/A
Creep Reverse Maximum Speed 1 to 90% N/A N/A
Rotate Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-15

DEFAULTS
M46-XXX 830XXXX
RIGHT TRACK Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s N/A N/A
Deceleration 0.0s to 3.0s N/A N/A
Forward Minimum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Forward Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Reverse Minimum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Reverse Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Elevated Forward Maximum speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Elevated Reverse Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Creep Forward Maximum speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
Creep Reverse Maximum Speed 1 to 100% N/A N/A
MAIN LIFT Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s 2.0 2.0
Minimum Up Speed 1 to 60% 50 50
Maximum Up Speed 1 to 100% 73 73
Creep Up Speed 1 to 65% 59 59
Maximum Down Speed 1 to 60% 46 46
Creep Down Speed 1 to 75% 52 52
TOWER LIFT Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s 1.0 1.0
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.30 0.30
6-16 – JLG Lift – 3121616

DEFAULTS
M46-XXX 830XXXX
SWING Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s 2.0 2.0
Minimum Left Speed 1 to 50% 50 50
Maximum Left Speed 1 to 100% 73 73
Creep Left Speed 1 to 65% 55 55
Minimum Right Speed 1 to 50% 48 48
Maximum Right Speed 1 to 100% 73 73
Creep Right Speed 1 to 65% 59 59
MAIN TELESCOPE Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0 3.5 3.5
Deceleration 0.0s to 3.0 1.2 1.2
Minimum In Speed 1 to 65% 31 31
Maximum In Speed 1 to 100% 75 75
Minimum Out Speed 1 to 65% 35 35
Maximum Out Speed 1 to 100% 75 75
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.45 0.45
TOWER TELESCOPE Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0 1.0 1.0
Deceleration 0.0s to 3.0 0.5 0.5
Minimum In Speed 1 to 65% 26 26
Maximum In Speed 1 to 100% 70 70
Minimum Out Speed 1 to 65% 28 28
Maximum Out Speed 1 to 100% 75 75
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.40 0.40
PLATEFORM LEVEL Acceleration 0.0 to 5.0 2.5 2.5
Deceleration 0.0 to 3.0 0.5 0.5
Minimum Down Speed 1 to 65% 22 22
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.40 0.40
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-17

DEFAULTS
M46-XXX 830XXXX
PLATFORM ROTATE Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s 1.4 1.4
Minimum Left Speed 1 to 100% 18 18
Maximum Left Speed 1 to 100% 50 50
Minimum Right Speed 1 to 100% 17 17
Maximum Right Speed 1 to 100% 50 50
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.45 0.45
JIB LIFT Acceleration 0.0s to 5.0s 1.8 1.8
Minimum Down Speed 1 to 65% 18 18
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.35 0.35
GROUND MODE Tower Lift Up Speed 1 to 100% 79 79
Tower Lift Down Speed 1 to 100% 74 79
Main Lift Up 1 to 100% 72 72
Main Lift Down 1 to 100% 66 66
Swing Speed 1 to 100% 72 72
Main Telescope Speed 1 to 100% 70 70
Tower Telescope Speed 1 to 100% 69 69
Platform Rotate Speed 1 to 100% 49 49
Platform Level Speed 1 to 100% 49 51
Jib Lift Speed 1 to 100% 24 24
Jib Swing 1 to 100% N/A N/A
NOTE: Personality settings can be adjusted anywhere within the adjustment range for optimum machine performance.
NOTE: GROUND MODE speeds are automatically limited to being lower than platform speed for a given function.
NOTE: Set personalities in the following order: creep speeds, platform speeds, and then set ground speeds.
4150365 I
6-18 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Table 6-3. Help Fault Codes, Displayed Faults, and Descriptions
Fault Flash Communicated (Displayed

Description Fault Message Priority
Code on Analyzer) Fault
0/0 No flash code is indicated for the following help messages. They are intended to 1
hint at a possible problem if vehicle is not behaving as expected.
EVERYTHING OK The “normal” help message in platform mode CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
GROUND MODE OK The “normal” help message in ground mode CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
FSW OPEN A drive or boom function has been selected but footswitch is open. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
RUNNING AT CREEP – CREEP All function speeds are limited to creep because creep switch is open. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SWITCH OPEN
RUNNING AT CREEP – TILTED AND All boom function speeds are limited to creep because vehicle is tilted and above CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
ABOVE ELEVATION elevation.
RUNNING AT CUTBACK – ABOVE Drive speed is limited to “ELEVATED MAX” because vehicle is above elevation. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
ELEVATION
TILT SENSOR OUT OF RANGE The tilt sensor has indicated a tilt angle greater than 19 degrees for more than 4 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
seconds. Not reported during 2 second power-up.
LOAD SENSOR READING UNDER The load sensor is reading 20% or more under the calibrated zero point. This fault CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
WEIGHT may occur if platform is resting on the ground. Not reported during 2 second
power-up.
1/1 Flash code 1/1 indicates a “sleep” mode.
NOT REQUIRED
2/1 Flash code 2/1 indicates problems with footswitch. 2
FSW FAULTY The two footswitch inputs have read the same state for more than one second. REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
KEYSWITCH FAULTY Both platform and ground modes are selected simultaneously CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-19


2/2 Flash code 2/2 indicates problems with drive & steer selection. Except where 3
noted, these faults are not reported during 2 second power-up sequence.
DRIVE LOCKED – JOYSTICK MOVED Drive was selected before and during footswitch closure. Can be reported during CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
BEFORE FOOTSWITCH power-up sequence.
FSW INTERLOCK TRIPPED Footswitch was closed for seven seconds with no function selected. Can be CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
reported during power-up sequence.
STEER LOCKED – SELECTED Steer was selected before and during footswitch closure. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
BEFORE FOOTSWITCH
STEER SWITCHES FAULTY Both steer switches are active together. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
DRIVE / STEER WITH NO QPROX This fault only occurs with inductive joysticks. It occurs if the joystick is moved out
of the neutral position with no Qprox sensors active.
D/S JOY. QPROX BAD These faults only occur with inductive joysticks. They indicate that the Q-Prox CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
sensor is reading above 3.18 volts.
D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE LOW Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
Inductive joysticks: The trigger points for these faults are dependent on the cen-
tertap voltage reading. These faults will be triggered when the voltage is less
than the centertap voltage minus half the center tap voltage minus 0.3 volts. If
the centertap is at the high end of the range, these faults will be triggered below
1.05 volts. If the centertap is at the low end of the range, these faults will be trig-
gered below 0.79 volts.
D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur if the Vref voltage is below 8.1 volts. If CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
Vref is above 7.7 volts, Vref is operating out of tolerance or a short to battery has
occurred.
tertap voltage reading. These faults will be triggered when the voltage is more
than the centertap voltage plus half the centertap voltage plus 0.3 volts. If the
centertap is at the high end of the range, these faults will be triggered above 4.35
volts. If the centertap is at the low end of the range, these faults will be triggered
above 3.8 volts.
D/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD Resistive joysticks: These faults occur when the center tap voltage is not between CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
3.08 volts and 3.83 volts. Due to resistor tolerances there is a +/-.1 volt range
around these values where the fault may be indicated.
Inductive joysticks: These faults occur when the center tap voltage is not between
WAITING FOR FSW TO BE OPEN Footswitch was closed when platform mode was selected. Can be reported dur- CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
ing power-up sequence.
6-20 – JLG Lift – 3121616


2/3 Flash code 2/3 indicates problems with boom function selection. 3
LIFT/SWING LOCKED – JOYSTICK Platform upper lift or swing was selected before and during footswitch closure.
MOVED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH
PUMP SWITCHES FAULTY – CHECK A boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate, jib) has both CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
DIAGNOSTICS/BOOM directions selected together.
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED – A platform boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate, jib) CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SELECTED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH was selected before key switch or footswitch closure.
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED – A ground boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate, jib) was
SELECTED BEFORE AUX POWER selected before aux power.
LIFT / SWING WITH NO QPROX This fault only occurs with inductive joysticks. It occurs if the joystick is moved out
of the neutral position with no Qprox sensors active.
l/S JOY. QPROX BAD These faults only occur with inductive joysticks. They indicate the Q-Prox sensor is CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
reading above 3.18 volts.
l/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE LOW Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
tertap voltage reading. These faults will be triggered when voltage is less than
centertap voltage minus half the center tap voltage minus 0.3 volts. If centertap is
at high end of the range, these faults will be triggered below 1.05 volts. If center-
tap is at low end of the range, these faults will be triggered below 0.79 volts.
l/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur if Vref voltage is below 8.1 volts. If CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
Vref is above 7.7 volts, Vref is operating out of tolerance or a short to battery has
occurred.
tertap voltage reading. These faults will be triggered when voltage is more than
centertap voltage plus half the centertap voltage plus 0.3 volts. If centertap is at
high end of the range, these faults will be triggered above 4.35 volts. If centertap
is at low end of the range, these faults will be triggered above 3.8 volts.
l/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD Resistive joysticks: These faults occur when center tap voltage is not between CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
Inductive joysticks: These faults occur when center tap voltage is not between
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED – This fault occurs when a hydraulic function switch is closed before start switch is CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SELECTED BEFORE START SWTICH closed.
FOOTSWITCH SELECTED BEFORE User attempted to start machine with footswitch engaged. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
START
2/4 Flash code 2/4 indicates steering digital inputs are faulty.
NOT REQUIRED
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-21


2/5 Flash code 2/5 indicates a function is prevented due to a cutout. 4
BOOM PREVENTED – DRIVE A boom function is selected while a drive function is selected and drive cutout is CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SELECTED configured to prevent simultaneous drive & boom operation.
DRIVE PREVENTED – ABOVE Drive is selected while above elevation and drive cutout is configured to prevent CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
ELEVATION drive.
DRIVE PREVENTED – BOOM Drive is selected while a boom function is selected and drive cutout is configured CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SELECTED to prevent simultaneous drive & boom operation.
DRIVE PREVENTED – TILTED & Drive is selected while tilted and above elevation and tilt is configured to cutout CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
ABOVE ELEVATION drive.
MODEL CHANGED – HYDRAULICS User changed model number using the analyzer. User must cycle power before 11
SUSPENDED – CYCLE EMS hydraulics system will be active again.
2/7 Flash code 2/7 indicates accelerator input is faulty.
NOT REQUIRED
2/8 Flash code 2/8 indicates a problem with a hydraulic filter. Not reported during 2 5
second power-up.
RETURN FILTER BYPASSED Hydraulic return filter clogged
CHARGE PUMP FILTER BYPASSED Charge pump filter clogged
3/1 Flash code 3/1 indicates a contactor did not close when energized.
NOT REQUIRED
3/2 Flash code 3/2 indicates a contactor did not open when energized.
NOT REQUIRED
6-22 – JLG Lift – 3121616


3/3 Flash code 3/3 indicates a driver problem. All driver faults are detected in a similar 6
manner. Open circuit faults are detected when analog feedback reads too high
and the output is commanded off. Short to ground is detected when analog feed-
back reads low and the output is commanded on. Short to battery is detected
when analog feedback reads Vbat and the output is commanded off. Not
reported during 2 second power-up.
ALTERNATOR/ECM POWER SHORT
TO GROUND
HOUR METER SHORT TO GROUND
HOUR METER SHORT TO
BATTERY
HORN SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
HORN OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
HORN SHORT TO BATTERY REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
AUX POWER SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
AUX POWER OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
AUX POWER SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
GLOW PLUG SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
GLOW PLUG OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
GLOW PLUG SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
LP LOCK SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
LP LOCK OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
LP LOCK SHORT TO BATTERY REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
LP START ASSIST SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
GROUND CLEAR FAULT
LP START ASSIST OPEN REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CIRCUIT CLEAR FAULT
LP START ASSIST SHORT TO BAT- REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
TERY CLEAR FAULT
MAIN DUMP SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
MAIN DUMP OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
MAIN DUMP SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-23


PARKING BRAKE SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
GROUND CLEAR FAULT
PARKING BRAKE OPEN REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CIRCUIT CLEAR FAULT
PARKING BRAKE SHORT TO BAT- REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
TERY CLEAR FAULT
START SOLENOID SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
GROUND CLEAR FAULT
START SOLENOID OPEN REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CIRCUIT CLEAR FAULT
START SOLENOID SHORT TO BAT- REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
TERY CLEAR FAULT
STEER DUMP SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
STEER DUMP OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
STEER DUMP SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
TWO SPEED SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TWO SPEED OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TWO SPEED SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
GROUND ALARM SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
GROUND CLEAR FAULT
GROUND ALARM OPEN REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CIRCUIT CLEAR FAULT
GROUND ALARM SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
GENERATOR SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
GENERATOR OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
GENERATOR SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
WELDER SHORT TO GROUND
WELDER OPEN CIRCUIT
WELDER SHORT TO BATTERY
HEAD TAIL LIGHT SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
GROUND CLEAR FAULT
HEAD TAIL LIGHT OPEN REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CIRCUIT CLEAR FAULT
HEAD TAIL LIGHT SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
BASKET UP OVERRIDE SHORT TO Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
GROUND
6-24 – JLG Lift – 3121616


BASKET UP OVERRIDE OPEN Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
CIRCUIT
BASKET UP OVERRIDE SHORT TO Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
BATTERY
BASKET UP SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
BASKET UP OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
BASKET UP SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
GROUND CLEAR FAULT
BASKET DOWN OPEN REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CIRCUIT CLEAR FAULT
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO BAT- REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
TERY CLEAR FAULT
BASKET DOWN OVERRIDE SHORT Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
TO GROUND
BASKET DOWN OVERRIDE OPEN Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
CIRCUIT
BASKET DOWN OVERRIDE SHORT Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
TO BATTERY
BASKET LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET LEFT SHORT TO
BATTERY
BASKET LEFT SHORT TO GROUND
BASKET RIGHT SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
BASKET RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
BASKET RIGHT SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
JIB UP SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB UP OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB UP SHORT TO BATTERY REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB DOWN SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB DOWN SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
JIB LEFT SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-25


JIB LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB LEFT SHORT TO BATTERY REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO BATTERY REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER UP SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER UP OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER UP SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
TOWER DOWN SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER DOWN SHORT TO BATTERY REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER IN SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER IN OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER IN SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
TOWER OUT SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER OUT OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
TOWER OUT SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
UPPER IN SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
UPPER IN OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
UPPER IN SHORT TO BATTERY REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
UPPER OUT SHORT TO GROUND REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
UPPER OUT OPEN CIRCUIT REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
CLEAR FAULT
UPPER OUT SHORT TO REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
BATTERY CLEAR FAULT
LIFT UP DUMP SHORT TO GROUND
6-26 – JLG Lift – 3121616


LIFT UP DUMP OPEN CIRCUIT
LIFT UP DUMP SHORT TO
BATTERY
LIFT DOWN HOLDING SHORT TO
GROUND
LIFT DOWN HOLDING OPEN CIR-
CUIT
LIFT DOWN SHORT TO BATTERY
HOUR METER OPEN CIRCUIT This fault cannot be detected during normal operation. It may be reported during
self test.
FORD ECM POWER OPEN This fault cannot be detected during normal operation. It may be reported during
CIRCUIT self test.
FORD ECM POWER SHORT TO BAT- This fault cannot be detected during normal operation. It may be reported during
TERY self test.
3/4 Flash code 3/4 indicates a driver problem on a platform valve block valve driver. 6
All driver faults are detected in a similar manner. Open circuit faults are detected
when analog feedback reads too high and the output is commanded off. Short to
ground is detected when analog feedback reads low and the output is com-
manded on. Short to battery is detected when analog feedback reads Vbat and
the output is commanded off. Not reported during 2 second power-up.
BASKET UP SHORT TO
BATTERY
BASKET UP SHORT TO GROUND
BASKET UP OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET UP SHORT TO Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling
BATTERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO
GROUND
BASKET DOWN OPEN
CIRCUIT
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO BAT- Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling.
TERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET LEFT SHORT TO
BATTERY
BASKER LEFT SHORT TO GROUND
BASKET LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET RIGHT SHORT TO BATTERY
BASKET RIGHT SHORT TO GROUND
BASKET RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB UP SHORT TO BATTERY
JIB UP SHORT TO GROUND
JIB UP OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB DOWN SHORT TO
BATTERY
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-27


JIB DOWN SHORT TO GROUND
JIB DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB LEFT SHORT TO BATTERY
JIB LEFT SHORT TO GROUND
JIB LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO BATTERY
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO GROUND
JIB RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT
PLATFORM CONTROL VALVE Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling
SHORT TO BATTERY
PLATFORM CONTROL VALVE Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling
SHORT TO GROUND
PLATFORM CONTROL VALVE OPEN Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling
CIRCUIT
3/5 Flash code 3/5 indicates a brake pressure problem.
NOT REQUIRED
4/2 Flash code 4/2 indicates engine is over temperature. NOT REQUIRED
4/3 Flash code 4/3 indicates problems with the engine. Except where noted, these 9
faults are not reported during 2 second power-up sequence.
HIGH ENGINE TEMP Occurs when engine temperature is above 117° Celsius for Ford engines, and
above 130° Celsius for Deutz engines.
AIR FILTER BYPASSED Air filter clogged
NO ALTERNATOR OUTPUT Engine has been running for 15 seconds or more and battery voltage is still below
12.5 volts.
LOW OIL PRESSURE If a Deutz engine is installed, oil pressure is below 8 PSI and the engine has been
running for at least 10 seconds. If a Ford engine is installed, the Ford ECM has
reported a low oil pressure fault.
OIL PRESSURE SHORT TO If a Deutz engine is installed, this indicates oil pressure sensor is reading above 6.6 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
BATTERY volts.
OIL PRESSURE SHORT TO GROUND If a Deutz engine is installed, this indicates oil pressure sensor is reading below 0.1 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
volts for more than 5 seconds. This fault is not detected during crank.
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SHORT If a Deutz engine is installed, this indicates coolant temperature is reading below CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
TO GROUND 0.1 volts.
FORD FAULT CODE ## All Ford fault codes except 63 are simply passed through from the FORD ECM. They CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
only occur if a Ford engine is selected in machine configuration digits. Can be
reported during power-up sequence.
FORD FAULT CODE UNKNOWN An unrecognized Ford ECM fault code has been received. Can be reported during CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
power-up sequence.
485 COMMUNICATIONS LOST This fault only occurs with a Ford engine. It occurs when no responses are received CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
from the ECM for 2.5 seconds. Can be reported during power-up sequence.
FUEL SENSOR SHORT TO Indicates fuel sensor is reading above 4.3 volts. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
BATTERY
FUEL SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND Indicates fuel sensor is reading below 0.2 volts. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
6-28 – JLG Lift – 3121616


4/4 Flash code 4/4 indicates problems with the battery supply. Not reported during 2 7
second power-up.
BATTERY LOW Battery voltage is below 11V for more than 5 seconds. This fault is not detected CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
during crank. This is a warning – controller does not shut down.
BATTERY TOO HIGH – Battery voltage is above 16V. EMS recycle required. REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
SYSTEM SHUT DOWN CLEAR FAULT
BATTERY TOO LOW – Battery voltage is below 9V. CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SYSTEM SHUT DOWN
5/5 Flash code 5/5 indicates problems with vehicle engine RPM or the encoder. Not 8
reported during 2 second power-up.
SPEED SENSOR READING INVALID This fault is detected with diesel engines only. The RPM pickup is indicating a CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SPEED speed that greater than 4000 RPM or approximately 8875 Hz.
SPEED INPUT LOST This fault is detected with diesel engines only. It occurs if there is no RPM detected CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
and the oil pressure input is reading above 8 PSI for more than three seconds. This
is probably due to wiring problems at the ground module or a faulty speed sensor.
6/6 Flash code 6/6 indicates problems with the CAN bus. 10
CAN BUS FAILURE: Ground module or platform module is not receiving CAN messages. This is proba- CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
bly due to wiring problems between the platform and ground modules.
7/7 Flash code 7/7 indicates problems with a motor.
NOT REQUIRED
9/9 Flash code 9/9 indicates problems with the controller. 11
PLATFORM MODULE Platform module code is too old to support the EIM or BPE load sensor and the REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO
SOFTWARE UPDATE REQUIRED machine is configured to use one of these two sensors. The PM code must be CLEAR FAULT
updated to a newer version.
HIGH RESOLUTION A2D The ADS1213 chip in the platform module has stopped asserting its interrupt
FAILURE –INTERRUPT LOST (DRDY) line for some reason. An EMS cycle is required.
HIGH RESOLUTION A2D The ADS1213 has needed to be reset 3 or more times.
FAILURE-REINIT LIMIT
PLATFORM MODULE FAILURE: Platform module V(Low) FET has failed CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
HWFS CODE 1
GROUND MODULE FAILURE: HWFS Ground module V(Low) FET has failed CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
CODE 1
GROUND SENSOR REF These faults occur when the seven volt reference voltage used for joysticks, sen-
VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE sors, etc. goes out of range. Not reported during 2 second power-up.
PLATFORM SENSOR REF VOLTAGE These faults occur when the seven volt reference voltage used for the joysticks,
OUT OF RANGE sensors, etc. goes out of range. Not reported during 2 second power-up.
EEPROM FAILURE – CHECK ALL A critical failure occurred with the EEPROM. Personalities, machine configuration
SETTINGS digits, etc. may be reset to default values and should be checked.
CHASSIS TILT SENSOR NOT GAIN Indicates that chassis tilt sensor calibration information has been lost. Machine
CALIBRATED will indicate it is tilted at all times. This calibration data is programmed into the
unit at the factory.
CHASSIS TILT SENSOR GAIN OUT Indicates chassis tilt sensor calibration is corrupted.
OF RANGE
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-29

Table 6-4. Machine Configuration Programming Information
Configuration Default
Number Description
Label/Digit Number
MODEL NUMBER: 1 600S
2 600A 2
3 600SC
4 601S
MARKET: 0 ANSI USA 0

2
1 ANSI EXPORT
2 CSA
3 CE
4 AUSTRALIA
5 JAPAN
6 GB
6-30 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Number Description
Label/Digit Number
ENGINE: 1 FORD EFI GAS: Ford LRG425 EFI Gas (Tier 1)
3*
2 FORD EFI D/F: Ford LRG425 EFI dual fuel (Tier 1)
3 DEUTZ F4 TIER1: Deutz F4M1011F Diesel (Tier 1)
4 DEUTZ F3 TIER1: Deutz F3M1011F Diesel (Tier 1)
5 CAT. 3024C: CAT 3024C Diesel (Tier 2)
6 CAT. 3044C: CAT 3044C Diesel (Tier 2)
7 PERKINS 404C (Tier 2)
8 DEUTZ F4 TIER2: Deutz F4M2011 Diesel (Tier 2)
9 DEUTZ F3 TIER2: Deutz F3M2011 Diesel (Tier 2)
10 FORD GAS TIER2: Ford LRG425 EFI Gas (Tier 2)
11 FORD D/F TIER2: Ford LRG425 EFI Dual Fuel (Tier 2)
12 DEUTZ ECM: Engine Control Module - ECM (Tier 2 and Tier 3)
13 DUAL FUEL ECM: GM/PSI 3.0L Dual Fuel (Tier 2)
14 PERKINS ECM
15 CAT ECM
16 DEUTZ EMR4: Deutz Engine Control Module (Tier 4 Final)
17 FORD DUAL FUEL 17

* Engine selections vary depending on model selection.
FLYWHEEL TEETH: 0 133 TEETH: 133 flywheel teeth.

4*
1 110 TEETH: 110 flywheel teeth. 1
* This menu item is only visible if Deutz engine selections 3 or 4 are selected.
GLOW PLUG: 0 NO GLOW PLUGS: No glow plugs installed.

5
1 AIR INTAKE: Glow plugs installed in the air intake on the manifold.
2 IN-CYLINDER: Glow plugs installed in each cylinder. 2
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-31

Number Description
Label/Digit Number
STARTER LOCKOUT: 0 DISABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine start can be 0
6 attempted at any time during pre-glow.
1 ENABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine start is NOT permitted until pre-glow
is finished.
FUEL CUTOUT: 0 RESTART: Engine allowed to be restarted multiple times when very low fuel level is reached 0
7*
1 ONE RESTART: Engine allowed to be restarted once for 2 minutes when very low fuel level is reached
2 ENGINE STOP: Engine not able to restart when very low fuel level is reached
* This menu item is only visible if non dual fuel engines are selected.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN: 0 DISABLED: No engine shutdown.

8
1 ENABLED: Shutdown engine when coolant temperature is greater than 110 deg. C or the oil pressure is less 1
than 8 PSI.
TILT: 1 5 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more than 5 degrees 1
9* and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
2 4 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more than 4 degrees and above eleva-
tion; also reduces drive speed to creep.
3 3 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more than 3 degrees and above eleva-
tion; also reduces drive speed to creep.
4 4 DEGREES + CUT: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more than 4 degrees and above
elevation; also disallows tower lift up, tower telescope out, drive, main telescope out and main lift up.
* Certain market selections will limit tilt options and alter default setting.
Note: Any of the selections above will light the tilt lamp when a tilted condition occurs and will sound the platform alarm when the machine is also above elevation.
JIB: 0 NO: No jib installed. 0

10*
1 YES: Jib installed which has up and down movements only.
* Only visible under certain model selections.
4 WHEEL STEER: 0 NO: No four-wheel steer installed. 0

11*
1 YES: Four-wheel steer installed.
6-32 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Number Description
Label/Digit Number
STOUCH/SKYGUARD: 0 None: No soft touch or SkyGuard system installed. 0
12
1 SOFT TOUCH - Soft touch only installed
2 SKYGUARD - Skyguard only installed
3 BOTH(CUTOUT) - Soft touch and Skyguard installed
GEN SET/WELDER: 0 NO: No generator installed. 0

13
1 BELT DRIVE: Belt driven setup.
GEN SET CUTOUT: 0 MOTION ENABLED: Motion enabled when generator is ON. 0
14*
1 MOTION CUTOUT: Motion cutout in platform mode only.
* Only visible if Gen Set / Welder Menu selection is not 0.
H & T LIGHTS: 0 NO: No head and tail lights installed. 0

15*
1 YES: Head and tail lights installed.
CABLE SWITCH: 0 NO: No broken cable switch installed. 0
16*
1 YES: Broken cable switch installed.
* Certain market and model selections will alter the default setting.
LOAD SYSTEM: 0 NO: No load sensor installed. 0

17*
1 WARN ONLY: Functions in creep, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
2 CUTOUT PLATFORM: All functions cutout, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
3 CUTOUT ALL: All functions cutout, flash overload light (500mS on, 500mS off), platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
4 SPECIAL 1: Functions in creep, overload lamp lit, disables telescope out & lift up, platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
* Only visible under certain market selections.
* Certain market selections will limit load system options or alter default setting.
* LOAD SYSTEM will not be visible in CE and defaulted to CUTOUT ALL for machines equipped with MSSO
LOAD SENSOR: 0 1 ON ROTATOR: Use the on-board load sensor for all models except those which use the Leveling Platform Module.
18*
1 4 UNDER PLATFORM: Use the EIM for load sensing. 1
* Only visible if Load Sensor Menu selection is not 0 and under certain market selections
* Certain market selections will limit load sensor options.
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-33

Number Description
Label/Digit Number
FUNCTION CUTOUT: 0 NO: No drive cutout. 1
19*
1 BOOM CUTOUT: Boom function cutout while driving above elevation.
2 DRIVE CUTOUT: Drive & steer cutout above elevation.
3 DRIVE CUT E&T: Drive & steer cutout above elevation and tilted.
* Certain market selections will limit function cutout options or alter default setting.
GROUND ALARM: 0 NO: No ground alarm installed.

20*
1 DRIVE: Travel alarm sounds when the drive function is active.
2 DESCENT: Descent alarm sounds when lift down is active.
3 MOTION: Motion alarm sounds when any function is active. 3

* Certain market selections will alter default setting.
DRIVE: 0 4WD: 4 wheel drive. 0

21*
1 2DW: 2 wheel drive
2 2WD W/ 2-SPEED: Two wheel drive with 2-speed valve.

DISPLAY UNITS: 0 IMPERIAL: DEG F, PSI, LBS . 0

22*
1 METRIC: DEG C, KPA, KGS
* Certain market selections will alter default setting.
LEVELING MODE: 0 ALL FUNCTIONS: Platform level with all functions. 0

23*
1 LEVEL LIFT/TELESCOPE: Platform level on lift and telescope only.
* Only visible on 800S models.
DRIVE CONTROL 0 NORMAL: Drive coils are energized from the Ground Module.
24
1 PROPULSION: Drive coils are energized from the Propulsion Module.
2 ENHANCED: Drive coils are energized from the Ground Module and the ground side of the drive coils are 2
brought back to current feedback returns.
DRIVE PUMP: 0 SAUER DANFOSS: Machine equipped with Sauer Danfoss drive pump. 0
25*
1 EATON: Machine equipped with Eaton drive pump.
2 M46-XXXX: Machine equipped with M46-XXXX drive pump.
3 830XXXXX: Machine equipped with 830XXXXX: drive pump
6-34 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Number Description
Label/Digit Number
* Only visible on 600A, 600S, and 800S models.
BOOM CONTROL: 0 NORMAL: Boom function coils are energized from the Ground Module 0
26
1 ENHANCED: Boom function are energized from the Ground Module and the ground side of the drive coils are brought back
to current feedback returns
FUNCTION SPEED 0 YES: Machine is equipped with Function Speed Knob 0
KNOB:
27 1 NO: Machine is equipped with Operation Speed Switch
CLEARSKY: 0 NO: ClearSky (telematics) options is disabled. 0

28
1 YES: ClearSky (telematics) option is enabled.
CRIBBING OPTION: 0 NO: Cribbing Option is disabled. 0

29
1 YES: Cribbing Option is enabled.
FUEL TANK SIZE: 0 31 Gallon Tank 0

30
1 52 Gallon Tank
ALARM / HORN: 0 SEPARATE: Separate alarm and horn. 0
31
1 COMBINED: Combination alarm / horn.
ALERT BEACON: 0 OFF FOR CREEP: Alert beacon will not flash while in Creep 0
32
1 20FPS FOR CREEP: Alert beacon will flash at 20FPS while in Creep
TEMP CUTOUT: 0 NO: Temp Cutout is Disabled 0
33
1 YES: Temp Cutout is Enabled
PLAT LVL OVR CUT 0 NO: Platform Level Override will always be functional 0
34
1 YES: Platform Level Override will only be functional when In Transport
WATER IN FUEL 0 NO: Water in Fuel Sensor Disabled 0

SENSOR:
35 1 YES: Water in Fuel Sensor Enabled
* This menu item is only visible if Deutz EMR 4 engine is selected.
4150364 R
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-35

Table 6-5. Machine Configuration Programming Settings Table 6-5. Machine Configuration Programming Settings
ANSI Export
ANSI Export
Australia
Australia
ANSI USA
ANSI USA
Japan
Japan
CSA
CSA
600A
GB
600A
GB
CE
CE
Model Number 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LOAD SENSOR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Market 0 1 2 3 4 5 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Engine 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Function Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Flywheel Teeth 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 X 2 2 2
Glow Plug 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 3 3 X 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ground Alarm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Starter Lockout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fuel Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drive Type 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Engine Shutdown 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Display Units 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Tilt 1 1 1 X X 1 X LEVELING MODE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 X 2 2 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3 X 3 3 X DRIVE CONTROL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 6 X X 6 X DRIVE PUMP X X X X X X X
Jib 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X X X X X X X
4 WHEEL STEER 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
STOUCH/SKYGUARD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BOOM CONTROL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FUNCTION SPEED KNOB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Gen Set / Welder 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CLEARSKY 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Gen Set Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CRIBBING OPTION 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Head & Tail lights 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FUEL TANK SIZE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
CABLE BREAK SWITCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ALARM / HORN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Load System 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
X 1 X X X 1 X ALERT BEACON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
X 2 X 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
X 3 X 3 X 3 3 TEMP CUTOUT X 0 X 0 X X 0
X 4 X X X 4 X X 1 X 1 X X 1
6-36 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Table 6-5. Machine Configuration Programming Settings Table 6-6. Machine Configuration Programming Settings
ANSI Export
ANSI Export
Australia
Australia
ANSI USA
ANSI USA
Japan
Japan
CSA
CSA
600A
GB
600AJ
GB
CE
CE
PLAT LVL OVR CUT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Gen Set Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Water in Fuel Sensor X 0 X X X X 0 Head & Tail lights 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
X 1 X X X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
BOLD BLUE text indicates the default setting. Plain text indicates another available CABLE BREAK SWITCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
selection. RED ITALIC text indicates the default when option is factory installed. SHADED 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CELLS indicate hidden menu or selection.
Load System 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
X 1 X X X 1 X
Table 6-6. Machine Configuration Programming Settings
X 2 X 2 2 2 2
ANSI Export
X 3 X 3 X 3 3
Australia
ANSI USA
Japan
CSA
GB
600AJ
CE
X 4 X X X 4 X
LOAD SENSOR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Model Number 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Market 0 1 2 3 4 5 3 Function Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Engine 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 X 1 1 1 1 1 1
Flywheel Teeth 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 X 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 3 3 X 3 3 3
Glow Plug 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ground Alarm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Starter Lockout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Drive Type 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Fuel Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Display Units 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Engine Shutdown 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LEVELING MODE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Tilt 1 1 1 X X 1 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 X 2 2 X DRIVE CONTROL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 X 3 3 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 DRIVE PUMP X X X X X X X
6 6 6 X X 6 X X X X X X X X
Jib 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 WHEEL STEER 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
STOUCH/SKYGUARD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOOM CONTROL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 FUNCTION SPEED KNOB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Gen Set / Welder 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CLEARSKY 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-37

Table 6-6. Machine Configuration Programming Settings ARTICULATING JIB, platform level and centered with the
boom, start with jib down. Jib up, record time. Jib down,
ANSI Export
Australia
ANSI USA record time.
Japan
CSA
600AJ
GB
CE
LOWER LIFT, upper boom horizontal, telescope in, lower lift
CRIBBING OPTION 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 up, record time, lower lift down, record time.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LOWER TELESCOPE, lower lift fully elevated, upper boom hor-

FUEL TANK SIZE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 izontal, telescoped in, lower tele out, record time, lower tele in,
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 record time.
ALARM / HORN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Test Notes
ALERT BEACON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1. Stop watch should be started with the function, not
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 with the controller or switch.
TEMP CUTOUT X 0 X 0 X X 0
2. All speed tests are run from the platform. These speeds
X 1 X 1 X X 1
do not reflect the ground control operation.
PLAT LVL OVR CUT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3. The platform speed knob control must be at full speed.
Water in Fuel Sensor X 0 X X X X 0 (Turned clockwise completely).
X 1 X X X X 1
4. Function speed may vary due to cold thick hydraulic oil.
BOLD BLUE text indicates the default setting. Plain text indicates another available Test should be run with the oil temperature above 100°
selection. RED ITALIC text indicates the default when option is factory installed. SHADED
F (38° C).
CELLS indicate hidden menu or selection.
Table 6-7. Function Speeds (In Seconds)
6.3 MACHINE ORIENTATION WHEN SETTING
Speed
FUNCTION SPEEDS Function
(Seconds)
LIFT, boom retracted, telescope retracted, lift up, record time, Lift Up 26 - 32
lift down, record time. Lift Down 26 - 32
Swing Right & Left 79 - 101
SWING, boom at full elevation, telescope retracted, swing the (No more than 10% difference between swing left
turntable off center and stop, swing the opposite direction and swing right.)
and start the test when the turntable is centered up. This elim-
Telescope In 22 - 30
inates ramp up and down on the controller affecting times.
Telescope Out 35 - 50
TELESCOPE, boom at full elevation, telescope retracted, tele- Platform Rotate Right & Left 16 - 25
scope out, record time, telescope in, record time. (No more than 15% difference between rotate left
and rotate right.)
DRIVE, test to be done on smooth level surface, drive select
Articulating Jib Up 22 - 34
switch should be set at high speed, start approximately 25 ft.
from starting point so that the unit is at maximum speed when Articulating Jib Down 16 - 26
starting the test. Results should be recorded for a 200 ft. Lower Lift Up 37 - 50
course, drive forward, record time, drive reverse, record time. Lower Lift Down 28 - 38
Lower Telescope Out 15 - 23
DRIVE (Above horizontal), test to be done on smooth level
surface, drive select switch should be set at high engine, high Lower Telescope In 09 - 15
speed, the boom should be raised above horizontal, the plat- Drive (2 - WD & 4 - WD) (Other Engines) 30 - 34 (4.25 MPH)
form speed control knob should be selected out of creep (Forward & Reverse)
speed, results should be recorded for a 50 ft. course, drive for- Drive (2 - WD & 4 - WD) (Deutz Engines) 34 - 38 (4.02 MPH)
ward, record time, drive reverse, record time. (Forward & Reverse)
PLATFORM ROTATE, platform level and completely rotated Drive (2 - WD & 4 - WD) (Above Horizontal) 46 - 54 (0.68 MPH)
(Forward & Reverse)
one direction, rotate the opposite direction, record time,
4150501 - E
rotate the other direction, record time.
6-38 – JLG Lift – 3121616

6.4 CANBUS COMMUNICATIONS Platform Level: The GROUND MODULE stores default values
and handles interlocks. The PLATFORM MODULE reads sensors
CANbus: CAN (Control Area Network) is a two wire differential mounted on the platform assembly and controls Level Up /
serial link between the Platform and Ground Modules provid- Down valves to maintain setpoint sent from the GROUND
ing bi-directional communications. MODULE.
Two-wire: One wire (red) is driven high (5v) and the other low Steer: The GROUND MODULE stores crack points, and sends
(black) (0v) to send a signal. Both wires ”float” (2.5v) when no desired drive direction, steering mode, and axle extend/retract
signal is being sent. commands. The PLATFORM MODULE reports steering switch
position to the GROUND MODULE.
Differential: Any electrical line noise can affect the high or the
low wires but never both, so communications is not corrupted. Drive: The GROUND MODULE stores crack points and sends
commands for each drive pump. (Command is computed from
Serial Link: Messages are being sent bit by bit along the wires; drive joystick input, interlocks, wheel angle, etc).
the high bus speed allow all modules to be constantly Lift, Tele, & Swing: The GROUND MODULE stores default val-
updated around 20 times per second. Typical traffic is 300 - ues, and handles interlocks and calibration information. Lift,
500 messages per second. Telescope, and Swing commands depend on interlocks
through out the machine. Boom angle, length, and swing are
A complete CANbus circuit is approximately 60 ohms, which controlled by the GROUND MODULE.
can be verified at the”T” fitting inside the ground station. Indi-
vidual circuits are approximately 120 ohms.
The GROUND MODULE (UGM) is the master system controller.
Most functions are dispatched and coordinated from this
module. The PLATFORM MODULE handles sub-tasks. All char-
acterized information (values) are stored in the ground mod-
ule (i.e., Personalities or Calibrations).
Interlocks: Any device that sends an electrical input. (For an
example a limit switch, proximity switch, etc.
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-39

6.5 LSS SYSTEM

The JLG-designed Load Sensing System (LSS) measures plat- THE LOAD SENSING SYSTEM MUST BE CALIBRATED WHEN ONE OR MORE OF
form load via a sensor mounted in the platform support struc- THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR:
ture. If the actual platform load exceeds the selected Rated
Load, the following will occur: a. LSS Sensor removal or replacement
1. The Overload Visual Warning Indicator will b. Addition or removal of certain platform mounted
flash at the selected control position (plat- accessories. (Refer to Calibration)
form or ground). c. Platform is removed, replaced, repaired or shows
evidence of impact.
2. The Platform and Ground Alarms will sound 5 seconds
On, and 2 seconds Off.
THE LOAD SENSING SYSTEM REQUIRES PERIODIC FUNCTION VERIFICATION
3. All normal movement will be prevented from the plat-
NOT TO EXCEED 6 MONTHS FROM PREVIOUS VERIFICATION. REFER TO TEST-
form control position (optional - ground control func-
ING & EVALUATION.
tions may be prevented).
4. Further movement is permitted by: All calibration procedures are menu driven through the use of
a JLG Analyzer.
a. Removing the excess platform load until actual plat-
form load is less than Rated Load.
b. Operation of the overriding emergency system
(Auxiliary Power Unit).
c. By an authorized person at the ground control posi-
tion (optional - ground control functions may be
prevented).
6-40 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Diagnostic Menu Press the LEFT and RIGHT Arrow keys to view the displays and
select the various sub-menus. To access a sub-menu, press the
The Diagnostic Menu is another troubleshooting tool for the ENTER key. Once in a sub-menu, press the LEFT and RIGHT
Load Sensing System. Sensor and status information is pre- Arrow keys to view the various displays (just like a Top Level
sented in real-time for the technician. Several sub-menus exist
to organize the data.
menu). To exit a sub-menu, press the ESC key .
Table 6-8, Diagnostic Menu Descriptions details the structure
To access the Diagnostic Menu, use the LEFT and RIGHT of the Diagnostic Menu, and describes the meaning of each
piece of information presented.
Arrow keys to select DIAGNOSTICS from the Top Level
Menu. Press the ENTER key to view the menu.
Table 6-8. Diagnostic Menu Descriptions
Diagnostics Menu Parameter (Displayed on Parameter Value

Description
(Displayed on Analyzer 1st Line) Analyzer 2nd Line) (Displayed on Analyzer 2nd Line)
PLATFORM LOAD STATE: OK / OVERLOAD LSS Status.
PLATFORM LOAD ACTUAL: XXX.X KG Calibrated weight of the platform.
??? if Platform Load is Unhealthy**.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) GROSS: XXX.X KG Gross weight of the platform.
??? if both Cells are Unhealthy**.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) OFFSET 1: XXX.X KG Stored offset weight of Cell 1.
??? if LSS is not calibrated.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) OFFSET 2: XXX.X KG Stored offset weight of Cell 1.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) ACCESSORY XXX.X KG Stored accessory weight.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) UNRESTRICT XXX.X KG UGM will set Unrestricted Rated Load as defined by Machine Con-
figuration.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) RESTRICT XXX.X KG UGM will set Restricted Rated Load as defined by Machine Config-
uration.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) RAW 1: XXX.X KG Gross value from Cell 1.
??? if Unhealthy**.
PLATFORM LOAD (service*) RAW 2: XXX.X KG Gross value from Cell 2.
??? if Unhealthy**.
* Indicates only visible in service view mode
** Typically indicates a DTC is active
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-41

Calibration Procedure
5. Press the ENTER key to view the menu. Upon entry
1. Remove everything from the platform, except perma- to the Calibration Menu, the JLG Control System will link
nently fixed JLG Accessories, to allow the Load Sensing to the Analyzer and the screen will read:
System to record its’ weight during calibration. This
includes all tools, debris, and customer-installed devices.
2. Plug the JLG Analyzer into the Machine at the Ground
Station and enter Service Access Password 33271.
3. The platform should be approximately level for calibra-
tion. Level the platform from ground control (if neces-
sary) to within +/- 5°.
4. To access the Calibration Menu, use the LEFT and RIGHT
Arrow keys to select CALIBRATION from the Top Level
Menu. The screen will read:
6. Press Enter . The Screen will read:
NOTE: The Calibration Menu is not available in OPERATOR

ACCESS.
NOTE: Calibration will auto fail if LSS DTC's are active (443, 444,
4479, 4480, 663, 821, 822, 823, 824, 8218, 8222 -> 8238,
991, 992, 993, 994 or 99285).
6-42 – JLG Lift – 3121616

NOTE: Accessory weight will reset to 0 lbs. each time the machine
Pressing the ESC key after starting calibration and is re-calibrated and will need to be re-entered.
before calibration is complete will display the CAL FAILED
message. This will not disturb the prior calibration infor- NOTE: The Accessory weight will be temporarily stored in the Con-
mation. trol System until calibration has been completed success-
fully.
Refer to Table 6-9, Accessory Weights. Use the up and

7. Press ENTER . The analyzer screen will read: down analyzer keys to enter the accessory weight(s) (in
lbs). When all the accessory weights are entered, press
ENTER . The screen will read:
8. If the platform is empty, press ENTER . The screen

will read:
Table 6-9. Accessory Weights
Accessory Weight
LOAD SENSI NG: SkyWelder (stick welder) 70 lb (32 kg)

accessory xxxlbs: SkyWelder Prep Prep only = 15 lb (7 kg)
Full install = 70 lb (32 kg)
SkyCutter (plasma cutter) 70 lb (32 kg)
SkCutter / SkyWelder Combo 140 lb (64 kg)
Fire Extinguisher 45 lb (20 kg)
Overhead SoftTouch 80 lb (36 kg)
Work Surface 20 lb (9 kg)
NOTE: Not all Accessories are available on every JLG model.
Some Accessory combinations are prohibited due to
excessive weight and/or load restriction. If any installed
JLG Accessories are labeled with weight decals but are
not listed in the table above, include their weight when
entering the ACC WEIGHT value.
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-43

9. The control system will calculate the load cell readings 11. Use the analyzer keys to select N for no or Y for yes. Press
and ensure it is greater than 130 lbs. (59 kg), but less
than 575 lbs.(261 kg). ENTER . The screen will read:
If the platform weight is not within the allowed range,
the calibration attempt will be unsuccessful and the
Analyzer will show the following:
10. Press ENTER . The control system will ask for

installed accessories. The screen will show the following:
6-44 – JLG Lift – 3121616

12. Use the analyzer keys to select N for no or Y for yes. Press Table 6-11. Pipe Rack Capacity Reductions
ENTER . The control system will default to an esti- PLATFORM OVRLD

Capacity PLATFORM OVRLD
mate of unrestricted capacity, which can be adjusted if RESTRICT
necessary. Refer to Table 6-10, SkyGlazier Capacity 500 lb (227 kg) 400 lb (181 kg) n/a
Reductions and Table 6-11, Pipe Rack Capacity Reduc- 550 lb (250 kg) 450 lb (204 kg) n/a
tions.
600 lb (272 kg) 500 lb (227 kg) n/a
The screen will read: 750 lb (340 kg) n/a 650 lb (295 kg)
1000 lb (454 kg) n/a 900 lb (408 kg)
Note: If both SkyGlazier and Pipe Racks are configured, capacity will be the lower of the
two values.
13. Press ENTER . The following screen will be dis-

played for restricted capacity, which can be adjusted if
necessary. Refer to Table 6-10, SkyGlazier Capacity
Reductions and Table 6-11, Pipe Rack Capacity Reduc-
tions.
Table 6-10. SkyGlazier Capacity Reductions
PLATFORM OVRLD
Capacity PLATFORM OVRLD
RESTRICT
500 lb (227 kg) 400 lb (181 kg) n/a
550 lb (250 kg) 400 lb (181 kg) n/a
600 lb (272 kg) 400 lb (181 kg) n/a
750 lb (340 kg) n/a 590 lb (268 kg)
1000 lb (454 kg) n/a 750 lb (340 kg)
Note: If both SkyGlazier and Pipe Racks are configured, capacity will be the lower of the
two values.
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-45

14. Press ENTER . If calibration is successful, the screen

will read:
6-46 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Testing & Evaluation 6. Confirm Control System Capacity Indication (optional

for vehicles with Dual Capacity Ratings). For vehicles
Refer to Troubleshooting if the Load Sensing System fails to equipped with a Capacity Select switch on the Platform
meet these guidelines. Console Box, it is necessary to examine an additional
interface between the Load Sensing System and the
1. Connect the JLG Analyzer.
Control System. Using the keyswitch, select Platform
2. Level the Platform. The platform should be approxi- Mode and power-up. If necessary, put the boom in the
mately level for analysis, or the guidelines below will not transport position (completely stowed) and center the
be applicable. Level the platform from Ground Control Jib Plus (if equipped). Place the Capacity Select switch in
(if necessary) to within ±5 degrees. the unrestricted position and ensure that the proper
indicator illuminates on the Platform Console Box. Plug
3. Observe the Empty Platform Weight. Proceed to the
the JLG Analyzer into the Analyzer connection and pro-
DIAGNOSTICS, PLTLOAD sub-menu and observe the
ceed to the DIAGNOSTICS, SYSTEM submenu. Ensure
measured platform load. All tools, debris, and customer-
that the CAPACITY displays indicate OFF. Place the
installed devices shall be removed during evaluation.
Capacity Select switch in the unrestricted position (if so
Ideally, the PLTLOAD should be zero but can vary ±15lbs
equipped) and ensure that the proper indicator illumi-
(± 7kg). Further, the reading should be stable and
nates on the Platform Console Box (but does not flash).
should not vary by more than ±2lbs (±1kg) (unless there
For vehicles with unrestricted capacity, ensure that the
is heavy influence from wind or vibration).
unrestricted CAPACITY display indicates ON but the
4. Use the Technician’s Weight to Evaluate. The technician restricted CAPACITY indicates OFF. For vehicles with
should enter the platform and record the PLTLOAD read- restricted capacity, ensure that the unrestricted CAPAC-
ing while standing in the center of the platform. ITY display indicates OFF but the restricted CAPACITY
indicates ON.
5. Confirm Control System Warnings and Interlocks. Using
the keyswitch, select Platform Mode and power-up. 7. Confirm Load Sensing System Performance with Cali-
Start the vehicle’s engine and ensure that all controls are brated Weights. Operate the vehicle from Ground Con-
functional and the Load Sensing System’s Overload trol and place the boom in the transport position (fully
Visual and Audible Warnings are not active. Simulate an stowed) for safety. Plug the JLG Analyzer into the control
Overload by unplugging the Shear Beam Load Cell. The system connection and proceed to the DIAGNOSTICS,
Overload Visual Warning should flash, and the Audible PLTLOAD display. Place 500lbs (230kg) in the platform
Warning (at Platform and Ground) should sound for 5 and ensure that PLTLOAD is with ±5% of the actual
seconds On, and 2 seconds Off. With the engine run- weight. For Dual Capacity vehicles, do the same for the
ning, all control should be prevented. Cycle the Platform alternate capacity (unrestricted or restricted).
EMS to stop the engine and then power-up again. The
Overload Visual and Audible Warning should continue.
Confirm that controls are responsive when using the
Auxiliary Power Unit for emergency movement. Recon-
nect the Load Cell. The Overload Visual and Audible
Warnings should cease and normal control function
should return. Switch the vehicle’s keyswitch to Ground
Mode and repeat the above procedure. The Overload
Visual Warning at the Ground Controls should flash, and
the Audible Warning (at Platform and Ground) should
sound for 5 seconds On, 2 seconds Off. However, the
controls should remain functional when using the
engine and the Auxiliary Power Unit (if the Control Sys-
tem’s MACHINE SETUP, LOAD is set to “2=CUTOUT PLT”. If
set to “3=CUTOUT ALL”, then Ground Controls will be
prevented when using the engine as in the platform).
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-47

Troubleshooting
The following tables are furnished to provide possible resolu-
tions for common difficulties. Difficulties are classified as Gen-
eral, Calibration, Measurement Performance, and Host System
Functionality.
Table 6-12. LSS Troubleshooting Chart
Difficulty Possible Resolution

Empty Platform Weight (DIAGNOSTICS, PLAT- The LSS System is unable to properly measure the platform weight.
FORM LOAD) is not within ±15lbs (±7kg) of
zero. 1. The Load Cell is not properly plugged into the LSS Harness. It is possible poor electrical contact is made.
or
Platform Load readings (DIAGNOTICS, PLTLOAD) 2. Wiring leading to the Load Cell is damaged. Carefully inspect sensor wiring where it passes through cable clamps for signs of damage.
are unstable by more than ±2lbs (±1kg) (with- Inspect wiring where damage to the channel is apparent.
out the influence of vibration or wind).
or 3. The Load Cell was not assembled properly during installation. Examine the sensor’s reading using the JLG Analyzer. Proceed to the DIAG-
There are large variations in Platform Load NOSTICS, CELL, LOAD displays and determine if the readings are reasonable. It is often helpful to apply slight downward pressure above the
(DIAGNOSTICS, PLTLOAD) based on the location sensor and observe that its output increases (increasing force measurement; decreasing means the sensor is mounted upside-down).
of the load. Tolerance to variations is 20lbs for
an evaluation using the technician’s weight, 4. The Load Cell is contaminated by debris or moisture. Examine the sensor’s reading using the JLG Analyzer. Proceed to the DIAGNOSTICS,
and +5% of Rated Load when using calibrated CELL, LOAD displays and determine if the readings are reasonable and stable (not changing by more than ±2lbs (±1kg) (without the influ-
weights. ence of vibration or wind). Lack of measurement stability is a key indication of contamination. Unplug the connector and inspect for dirt or
moisture. Look carefully into the female connector on the sensor’s cordset for evidence of contamination. Debris should be brushed away
with a soft bristle brush (do not introduce any cleaners as they will leave conductive residue). Moisture should be allowed to evaporate or
accelerated with a heat-gun (use low heat and be carefully to not melt connector materials). Moisture intrusion into the molded portion of
the connector (capillary action into the wire bundle) or the Shear Beam Load Cell itself will require replacement of the sensor.
5. The Load Cell has been mechanically damaged. If the Load Cell is physically deformed or has damage to the cover it should be replaced
immediately. It is also possible to have invisible mechanical damage resulting from an extreme overload (>6000lbs [>2722kg]).
The Visual and Audible Overload Warnings fail The Control System is failing to regard the overload signal from the LSS System, or the signal is shorted.
to sound when platform is loaded beyond Rated
Load, or when simulated by unplugging the 1. The Load Sensing System must be enabled within the Control System. Plug the JLG Analyzer into the Control System, enter the Access
Load Cell. Controls remain functional at Plat- Level 1 password (33271), and examine the MACHINE SETUP, LOAD sub-menu. The selection “2=CUTOUT PLT” should be displayed (plat-
form and Ground Control positions. form controls prevented during overload, ground controls remain operational). In country- or customer-specific circumstance, the selec-
tion “3=CUTOUT ALL” is used (platform and ground controls prevented during overload).
The Ground Audible Warning fails to sound, but The Ground Alarm is missing or improperly installed. Verify that the device is mounted. Verify wiring from the Main Terminal Box and
the Platform Audible Warning sounds properly. Ground Module.
Controls remain functional at the Ground Con- The JLG Control System is configured to prevent platform controls only in the event of overload. Alternately, the Host Control System can be
trol position during an overload, or when simu- configured to prevent ground and platform controls for country- or customer-specific circumstances.
lated by unplugging the Load Cell. The Controls Using the JLG Analyzer, enter the Access Level 1 password (33271). Proceed to the MACHINE SETUP, LOAD sub-menu. Set this parameter to
at the Platform Control position are prevented “2=CUTOUT PLT” to prevent platform controls in the event of overload. Set this parameter to “3=CUTOUT ALL” to prevent platform and
when using the engine, but not when using the ground controls in the event of overload.
Auxiliary Power Unit.
6-48 – JLG Lift – 3121616

6.6 RESETTING THE MSSO SYSTEM 9. Use the arrow keys to reach the LOAD SENSING menu.
The screen should read:
1. Use the following procedure to reset the MSSO system.
2. Position the Platform/Ground select switch to the
desired position.
3. Plug the analyzer into the connector coming from the
ground control module or from the platform console.
NOTE: If performing the procedure from the platform console, the

Emergency Stop switch on the ground console must also
be pulled out.
4. Pull out the Emergency Stop switch.

5. The analyzer screen should read:
10. Press ENTER .
11. Use the Down arrow to reach MSSO RESET.
6. Use the arrow button to reach OPERATOR ACCESS. Press
Enter .
7. Enter the Access Code, 33271.
8. Use the right Arrow key to reach MENU: CALIBRATIONS.
Press Enter .
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-49

12. Press Enter . The screen will read:
13. Press Enter . The JLG Control System will reset an

active 873 DTC and the MSSO System will be reset. Press
Escape to return to the CALIBRATIONS menu.
6-50 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Table 6-13. Fault Code List
DTC Text
001 EVERYTHING OK
002 GROUND MODE OK
0010 RUNNING AT CUTBACK - OUT OF TRANSPORT POSITION
0011 FSW OPEN
0012 RUNNING AT CREEP - CREEP SWITCH OPEN
0013 RUNNING AT CREEP - TILTED AND ABOVE ELEVATION
0014 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR OUT OF RANGE
0015 LOAD SENSOR READING UNDER WEIGHT
0031 FUEL LEVEL LOW - ENGINE SHUTDOWN
0035 APU ACTIVE
0039 SKYGUARD ACTIVE - FUNCTIONS CUTOUT
0040 RUNNING AT CREEP - CREEP SWITCH CLOSED
211 POWER CYCLE
212 KEYSWITCH FAULTY
213 FSW FAULTY
227 STEER SWITCHES FAULTY
2211 FSW INTERLOCK TRIPPED
2212 DRIVE LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH
2213 STEER LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH
2214 DRIVE/STEER LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE ENABLE
2216 D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH
2217 D/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD
2219 L/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH
2220 L/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD
2221 LIFT/SWING LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH
2222 WAITING FOR FSW TO BE OPEN
2223 FUNCTION SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE ENABLE
2224 FOOTSWITCH SELECTED BEFORE START
2269 FUNCTION PROBLEM - HIGH SPEED & CREEP ACTIVE TOGETHER
234 FUNCTION SWITCHES FAULTY - CHECK DIAGNOSTICS/BOOM
235 FUNCTION SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE AUX POWER
236 FUNCTION SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE START SWITCH
237 START SWITCH LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE KEYSWITCH
23163 FUNCTION PROBLEM - MSSO PERMANENTLY SELECTED
241 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - OUT OF RANGE LOW
242 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - OUT OF RANGE HIGH
259 MODEL CHANGED - HYDRAULICS SUSPENDED - CYCLE EMS
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-51

DTC Text
2513 GENERATOR MOTION CUTOUT ACTIVE
2514 BOOM PREVENTED - DRIVE SELECTED
2516 DRIVE PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION
2517 DRIVE PREVENTED - TILTED & ABOVE ELEVATION
2518 DRIVE PREVENTED - BOOM SELECTED
2519 DRIVE PREVENTED - TILTED & EXTENDED OR HIGH ANGLE
2520 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - CONSTANT DATA VERSION IMPROPER
2563 SKYGUARD SWITCH - DISAGREEMENT
2568 TEMPERATURE CUTOUT ACTIVE - AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TOO LOW
2576 PLATFORM LEVEL PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION
2577 DRIVE PREVENTED - START BATTERY CONNECTED
331 BRAKE - SHORT TO BATTERY
332 BRAKE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3311 GROUND ALARM - SHORT TO BATTERY
3336 ALTERNATOR POWER - SHORT TO GROUND
3340 AUX POWER - SHORT TO GROUND
3341 AUX POWER - OPEN CIRCUIT
3342 AUX POWER - SHORT TO BATTERY
3346 ELECTRIC FAN - SHORT TO GROUND
3347 ELECTRIC FAN - OPEN CIRCUIT
3348 ELECTRIC FAN - SHORT TO BATTERY
3349 ELECTRIC PUMP - SHORT TO GROUND
3350 ELECTRIC PUMP - OPEN CIRCUIT
3351 ELECTRIC PUMP - SHORT TO BATTERY
3352 LP LOCK - SHORT TO GROUND
3353 LP LOCK - OPEN CIRCUIT
3354 LP LOCK - SHORT TO BATTERY
3355 LP START ASSIST - SHORT TO GROUND
3356 LP START ASSIST - OPEN CIRCUIT
3357 LP START ASSIST - SHORT TO BATTERY
3358 MAIN DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3359 MAIN DUMP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3360 MAIN DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3361 BRAKE - SHORT TO GROUND
3362 START SOLENOID - SHORT TO GROUND
3363 START SOLENOID - OPEN CIRCUIT
3364 START SOLENOID - SHORT TO BATTERY
3365 STEER DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
6-52 – JLG Lift – 3121616

DTC Text
3366 STEER DUMP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3367 STEER DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3368 TWO SPEED VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3369 TWO SPEED VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3370 TWO SPEED VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3371 GROUND ALARM - SHORT TO GROUND
3372 GROUND ALARM - OPEN CIRCUIT
3373 GEN SET/WELDER - SHORT TO GROUND
3374 GEN SET/WELDER - OPEN CIRCUIT
3375 GEN SET/WELDER - SHORT TO BATTERY
3376 HEAD TAIL LIGHT - SHORT TO GROUND
3377 HEAD TAIL LIGHT - OPEN CIRCUIT
3378 HEAD TAIL LIGHT - SHORT TO BATTERY
3379 HOUR METER - SHORT TO GROUND
3382 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3383 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3384 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3388 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3389 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3390 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3394 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3395 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3396 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3397 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3398 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3399 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33100 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33101 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33102 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33103 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33104 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33105 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33106 TOWER LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33107 TOWER LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33108 TOWER LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33109 TOWER LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33110 TOWER LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33111 TOWER LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-53

DTC Text
33112 TOWER TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33113 TOWER TELESCOPE IN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33114 TOWER TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33115 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33116 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33117 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33118 SWING RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33119 SWING RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33120 TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33121 SWING RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33122 SWING LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33123 TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33130 THROTTLE ACTUATOR - SHORT TO GROUND
33131 THROTTLE ACTUATOR - OPEN CIRCUIT
33132 THROTTLE ACTUATOR - SHORT TO BATTERY
33170 LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33171 LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33172 LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33175 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33176 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33177 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33178 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33179 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33180 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33182 LIFT VALVES - SHORT TO BATTERY
33186 TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33188 TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33189 TELESCOPE IN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33190 TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33207 HORN - OPEN CIRCUIT
33208 HORN - SHORT TO BATTERY
33209 HORN - SHORT TO GROUND
33279 GLOWPLUG - OPEN CIRCUIT
33280 GLOWPLUG - SHORT TO BATTERY
33281 GLOWPLUG - SHORT TO GROUND
33287 LIFT - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO LOW
33295 SWING LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33306 SWING LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
6-54 – JLG Lift – 3121616

DTC Text
33314 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33315 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33316 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33317 DRIVE FORWARD VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33318 DRIVE FORWARD VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33319 DRIVE FORWARD VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33320 DRIVE REVERSE VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33321 DRIVE REVERSE VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33322 DRIVE REVERSE VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33323 LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
33324 LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
33325 LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33331 DRIVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO LOW
33410 DRIVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST
33412 SWING VALVES - SHORT TO BATTERY
33414 SWING - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO LOW
33415 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO LOW
33417 LIFT - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST
33418 SWING - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST
33419 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST
33488 SWING FLOW CONTROL VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
33575 ECM PULL DOWN RESISTOR - OPEN CIRCUIT
341 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
342 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
343 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
344 PPLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT
345 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
346 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
347 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
348 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT
349 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3410 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3411 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3412 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3413 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3414 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3415 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3416 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-55

DTC Text
3417 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3418 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3419 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3420 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3421 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3422 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3423 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
3424 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
3425 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
3426 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
431 FUEL SENSOR - SHORT TO BATTERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT
432 FUEL SENSOR - SHORT TO GROUND
433 OIL PRESSURE - SHORT TO BATTERY
434 OIL PRESSURE - SHORT TO GROUND
435 COOLANT TEMPERATURE - SHORT TO GROUND
436 FORD FAULT CODE ##
437 ENGINE TROUBLE CODE
438 HIGH ENGINE TEMP
439 AIR FILTER BYPASSED
4310 NO ALTERNATOR OUTPUT
4311 LOW OIL PRESSURE
4312 485 COMMUNICATIONS LOST
4313 THROTTLE ACTUATOR FAILURE
4314 WRONG ENGINE SELECTED - ECM DETECTED
4322 LOSS OF ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
4323 SPEED SENSOR READING INVALID SPEED
4331 SOOT LOAD WARNING - LOW
4332 SOOT LOAD WARNING - HIGH
4333 SOOT LOAD WARNING - SEVERE
4334 ENGINE COOLANT - LOW LEVEL
441 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
442 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
445 BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
662 CANBUS FAILURE - PLATFORM MODULE
664 CANBUS FAILURE - ACCESSORY MODULE
6620 CANBUS FAILURE - UMS SENSOR
6622 CANBUS FAILURE - TCU MODULE
6623 CANBUS FAILURE - GATEWAY MODULE
6-56 – JLG Lift – 3121616

DTC Text
6629 CANBUS FAILURE - TELEMATICS CANBUS LOADING TOO HIGH
6657 CANBUS FAILURE - TEMPERATURE SENSOR
671 ACCESSORY FAULT
681 REMOTE CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OVERRIDE - ALL FUNCTIONS IN CREEP
813 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED
815 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR DISAGREEMENT
825 LSS HAS NOT BEEN CALIBRATED
826 RUNNING AT CREEP - PLATFORM OVERLOADED
827 DRIVE & BOOM PREVENTED - PLATFORM OVERLOADED
828 LIFT UP & TELE OUT PREVENTED - PLATFORM OVERLOADED
8639 FRONT LEFT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
8640 FRONT LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
8641 FRONT LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
8642 FRONT RIGHT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
8643 FRONT RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
8644 FRONT RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
8645 REAR LEFT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
8646 REAR LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
8647 REAR LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
8648 REAR RIGHT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT
8649 REAR RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY
8650 REAR RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND
871 RETURN FILTER BYPASSED
872 CHARGE PUMP FILTER BYPASSED
873 MACHINE SAFETY SYSTEM OVERRIDE OCCURRED
998 EEPROM FAILURE - CHECK ALL SETTINGS
9910 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - PLATFORM MODULE SOFTWARE VERSION IMPROPER
9914 PLATFORM MODULE SOFTWARE UPDATE REQUIRED
9915 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR NOT GAIN CALIBRATED
9916 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR GAIN OUT OF RANGE
9919 GROUND SENSOR REF VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE
9920 PLATFORM SENSOR REF VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE
9921 GROUND MODULE FAILURE - HIGH SIDE DRIVER CUTOUT FAULTY
9922 PLATFORM MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 1
9923 GROUND MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 1
9924 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - MACHINE NOT CONFIGURED
9944 CURRENT FEEDBACK GAINS OUT OF RANGE
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-57

DTC Text
9945 CURRENT FEEDBACK CALIBRATION CHECKSUM INCORRECT
9979 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - GROUND MODULE SOFTWARE VERSION IMPROPER
6-58 – JLG Lift – 3121616

GROUND CONTROL
MODULE
PLATFORM CONTROL
MODULE
MAE8820
Figure 6-9. Control Module Locations
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-59

PLATFORM CONNECTION
GROUND CONTROL CONNECTION
Figure 6-10. Analyzer Connecting Points
6-60 – JLG Lift – 3121616

Connector Pin Function Type

1 ENGINE THROTTLE ACTUATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
2 LP START ASSIST DIGITAL OUTPUT
3 DRIVE / LEFT TRACK FORWARD COIL DIGITAL OUTPUT
4 GROUND GROUND INPUT
6 DRIVE / LEFT TRACK REVERSE COIL DIGITAL OUTPUT
7 LP LOCK / ELECTRIC FAN DRIVE DIGITAL OUTPUT
10 IGNITION ON RELAY / ALTERNATOR EXCITATION / FUEL ON SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
11 START SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
12 ENGAGE GLOW PLUGS DIGITAL OUTPUT
13 APU ENABLE RELAY DIGITAL OUTPUT
14 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ANALOG INPUT
15 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ANALOG INPUT
16 ENGINE SPEED FREQUENCY INPUT
J1
(Natural)
20 2-SPEED VALVE DIGITAL OUTPUT
21 CHARGE PUMP FILTER BY-PASS DIGITAL INPUT
22 GENERATOR ENABLE RELAY DIGITAL OUTPUT
23 BRAKE VALVE DIGITAL OUTPUT
24 NOT CONNECTED N/C N/C
25 RS-485 HIGH SERIAL I/O
26 RS-485 LOW SERIAL I/O
28 ANALYZER POWER VOLTAGE OUTPUT
29 ANALYZER RS-232 RX SERIAL INPUT
30 ANALYZER RS-232 TX SERIAL OUTPUT
31 ANALYZER GROUND GROUND INPUT
32 ALTERNATOR EXCITATION DIGITAL OUTPUT
33 RS-485 GROUND GROUND INPUT
34 AIR FILTER BY-PASS DIGITAL INPUT
35 NOT CONNECTED DIGITAL INPUT

1 STEER DUMP VALVE DIGITAL OUTPUT
2 HORN OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT
3 TOWER TELESCOPE IN SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
4 MAIN TELESCOPE IN SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
5 PLATFORM LEVEL UP SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
7 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
8 RIGHT TRACK REVERSE COIL DIGITAL OUTPUT
9 NOT ALLOCATED DIGITAL OUTPUT
10 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
11 MAIN LIFT UP SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
12 JIB UP SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
13 MAIN DUMP VALVE DIGITAL OUTPUT
15 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
16 MAIN TELESCOPE OUT SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
J2
(Gray)
19 RIGHT TRACK FORWARD COIL DIGITAL OUTPUT
20 NOT ALLOCATED DIGITAL OUTPUT
21 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
22 MAIN LIFT DOWN SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
23 JIB DOWN SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
24 RETURN FILTER BY-PASS DIGITAL INPUT
25 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ANALOG INPUT
26 HEAD / TAIL LIGHT ENABLE RELAY DIGITAL OUTPUT
27 ALARM OUTPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT
31 FLOW CONTROL VALVE DIGITAL OUTPUT
32 TOWER LIFT DOWN SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
33 TOWER LIFT UP SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
34 SWING LEFT SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT
35 SWING RIGHT SOLENOID DIGITAL OUTPUT

1 DRIVE / LEFT TRACK CURRENT FEEDBACK GROUND INPUT
2 RIGHT TRACK CURRENT FEEDBACK GROUND INPUT
4 SWING CURRENT FEEDBACK GROUND INPUT
5 NOT CONNECTED GROUND INPUT
6 FLOW CONTROL CURRENT FEEDBACK GROUND INPUT
J3 7 BATTERY VOLTAGE VBAT OUTPUT
(Black) 8 UMS ANGLE SENSOR DIGITAL INPUT
9 CRIBBING ENGAGE SWITCH DIGITAL INPUT
10 NOT CONNECTED DIGITAL INPUT
11 CONFIGURATION #1 DIGITAL INPUT
12 NOT CONNECTED VOLTAGE OUTPUT
13 NOT CONNECTED ANALOG INPUT
14 LIFT CURRENT FEEDBACK GROUND INPUT
MAE8600V
Figure 6-11. Ground Control Module Pin Connections 1 of 2
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-61


Connector Pin Function Type 1 PLATFORM EMS DIGITAL INPUT
1 MODULE GROUND GROUND OUTPUT 2 PLATFORM MODE DIGITAL INPUT
J8 2 MODULE POWER VBAT INPUT 3 GROUND MODE DIGITAL INPUT
(Black) 3 GROUND TO PLATFORM MODULE GROUND INPUT 4 CAPACITY ANGLE SWITCH ANALOG INPUT
4 POWER TO PLATFORM MODULE VBAT OUTPUT 5 +5 VOLTS VOLTAGE OUTPUT
6 CAN1 TERMINATOR TERM I/O
7 CAPACITY LENGTH SWITCH ANALOG INPUT
11 IN/OUT OF TRANSPORT SWITCHES DIGITAL INPUT
12 BROKEN CABLE SWITCH DIGITAL INPUT
13 CAN1 HIGH SERIAL I/O
14 GROUND MODE POWER TO PLATFORM DIGITAL INPUT
15 FOOTSWITCH DIGITAL INPUT
16 +5 VOLTS VOLTAGE OUTPUT
J7 18 CAN1 SHEILD GROUND INPUT
(Black) 19 GROUND GROUND INPUT
21 TOWER TELESCOPE PROXIMITY (800A ONLY)/DRIVE ORIENTATION SWITCH DIGITAL INPUT
22 TOWER LIFT PROXIMITY (800A ONLY) DIGITAL INPUT
23 GROUND FUNCTION ENABLE AVAILABLE DIGITAL INPUT
24 CAN1 LOW SERIAL I/O
29 BATTERY VOLTAGE VBAT OUTPUT
34 BATTERY VOLTAGE (PROPULSION MODULE) VBAT OUTPUT
35 BOOM ANGLE PROXIMITY SWITCH (800S ONLY)/DRIVE ORIENTATION SWITCH DIGITAL INPUT

1 NOT CONNECTED FREQUENCY INPUT
2 NOT CONNECTED FREQUENCY INPUT
3 CAN2 HIGH (TELEMATICS) SERIAL I/O
J12 4 CAN2 LOW (TELEMATICS) SERIAL I/O
(Black) 5 CAN2 SHIELD (TELEMATICS) GROUND INPUT
8 MSSO DIGITAL INPUT

1 CRIBBING ENGAGED INDICATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
2 500 LB CAPACITY LAMP DIGITAL OUTPUT
3 GLOWPLUG INDICATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
4 ENGINE START DIGITAL INPUT
5 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN DIGITAL INPUT
6 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT DIGITAL INPUT
7 MAIN TELESCOPE IN DIGITAL INPUT
8 JIB DOWN DIGITAL INPUT
9 JIB LEFT DIGITAL INPUT
10 TOWER LIFT UP DIGITAL INPUT
11 TOWER TELESCOPE IN DIGITAL INPUT
12 HOURMETER DIGITAL OUTPUT
13 RETURN FILTER BY-PASS LAMP DIGITAL OUTPUT
14 PLATFORM OVERLOADED INDICATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
15 BOOM MALFUNCTION INDICATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
16 AUXILIARY POWER / FUNCTION ENABLE DIGITAL INPUT
17 PLATFORM LEVEL UP DIGITAL INPUT
J4
18 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT DIGITAL INPUT
(Blue)
19 JIB UP DIGITAL INPUT
20 JIB RIGHT DIGITAL INPUT
21 TOWER LIFT DOWN DIGITAL INPUT
22 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT DIGITAL INPUT
23 MAIN LIFT UP DIGITAL INPUT
25 BATTERY VOLTAGE - (GROUND ENABLE PRESENT) VBAT OUTPUT
26 BATTERY LOW / NOT CHARGING INDICATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
27 CHARGE PUMP FILTER BY-PASS LAMP DIGITAL OUTPUT
28 ENGINE HIGH COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
29 ENGINE LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR DIGITAL OUTPUT
30 MAIN TELESCOPE OUT DIGITAL INPUT
33 MAIN LIFT DOWN DIGITAL INPUT
34 SWING LEFT DIGITAL INPUT
35 SWING RIGHT DIGITAL INPUT
MAE8760V
Figure 6-12. Ground Control Module Pin Connections 2 of 2
6-62 – JLG Lift – 3121616

CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION

1 UNALLOCATED DIGITAL INPUT
3 BATTERY VOLTAGE HS DIGITAL INPUT
4 DRIVE ORIENTATION SYSTEM OVERRIDE SWITCH HS DIGITAL INPUT
5 UNALLOCATED LAMP OUTPUT
6 CHASSIS TILTED INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
7 FUNCTION ENABLE INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
8 VEHICLE SYSTEM DISTRESS INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
9 CREEP SPEED INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
10 BROKEN CABLE INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
11 PLATFORM OVERLOADED INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
12 500 LB CAPACITY INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
13 1000 LB CAPACITY INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
14 DRIVE ORIENTATION SYSTEM INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
15 GENERATOR ON INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
16 SOFT TOUCH TRIGGERED INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
17 GLOW PLUG ENGAGED INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
J2 18 LAMP RETURN GROUND
GRAY 19 DRIVE DISABLED INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
20 UPRIGHT TILTED INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
21 LOW FUEL INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
22 1/4 FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT
25 FUEL LEVEL INDICATORS RETURN GROUND
26 ANALYZER POWER ANALYZER POWER
27 ANALYZER GROUND ANALYZER GROUND
28 ANALYZER RX ANALYZER RX
29 ANALYZER TX ANALYZER TX
30 BATTERY VOLTAGE BATTERY VOLTAGE
34 SWITCH POWER BATTERY VOLTAGE
35 FULL FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT

1 TOWER LIFT UP DIGITAL INPUT
2 TOWER LIFT DOWN DIGITAL INPUT
3 TOWER TELESCOPE IN DIGITAL INPUT
4 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT DIGITAL INPUT
5 MAIN TELESCOPE IN DIGITAL INPUT
6 MAIN TELESCOPE OUT DIGITAL INPUT
7 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT DIGITAL INPUT
8 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT DIGITAL INPUT
9 PLATFORM LEVEL UP DIGITAL INPUT
10 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN DIGITAL INPUT
11 JIB UP DIGITAL INPUT
12 JIB DOWN DIGITAL INPUT
13 SPEED PUMP POTENTIOMETER GROUND GROUND
14 ENGINE START DIGITAL INPUT
15 AUXILIARY POWER DIGITAL INPUT
16 CRAB STEER SELECT DIGITAL INPUT
17 COORDINATED STEER SELECT DIGITAL INPUT
J1 18 SWITCH POWER BATTERY VOLTAGE
NATURAL 19 UNALLOCATED DIGITAL INPUT
22 DRIVE ORIENTATION SYSTEM FEATURE ENABLE DIGITAL INPUT
27 TWO SPEED VALVE (HIGH ENGINE) DIGITAL INPUT
28 TORQUE MODE DIGITAL INPUT
29 SOFT TOUCH OVERRIDE DIGITAL INPUT
30 HEAD/TAIL LIGHT DIGITAL INPUT
31 HORN DIGITAL INPUT
32 CREEP MODE DIGITAL INPUT
33 DUAL-FUEL SELECT DIGITAL INPUT
34 SPEED PUMP POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE +7 REFERENCE VOLTAGE
35 SPEED PUMP POTENTIOMETER DIGITAL INPUT
MAE8420B
Figure 6-13. Platform Control Module Pin Connections 1 of 2
3121616 – JLG Lift – 6-63


1 MODULE GROUND GROUND
J8 BATTERY VOLTAGE
2 MODULE POWER

1 LIFT / SWING JOYSTICK SUPPLY VOLTAGE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
2 LIFT CENTER TAP INPUT
3 LIFT SIGNAL INPUT
J5 4 SWING SIGNAL INPUT
NATURAL 5 SWING CENTER TAP INPUT
6 NOT CONNECTED INPUT
7 LIFT / SWING JOYSTICK RETURN GROUND
8 GROUND RETURN GROUND

1 DRIVE / STEER JOYSTICK SUPPLY VOLTAGE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
2 DRIVE CENTER TAP INPUT
3 DRIVE SIGNAL INPUT
J6 4 STEER SIGNAL INPUT
BLACK 5 STEER LEFT INPUT
6 STEER RIGHT INPUT
7 DRIVE / STEER JOYSTICK RETURN GROUND

1 GROUND MODE GROUND MODE
2 PLATFORM EMS PLATFORM EMS
3 PLATFORM EMS TO GROUND MODULE PLATFORM MODE
4 FOOTSWITCH (FUNCTION ENABLE SWITCH) POWER BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 GENERATOR SWITCH POWER BATTERY VOLTAGE
6 JIB BLOCK LIMIT SWITCH POWER BATTERY VOLTAGE
7 SOFT TOUCH LIMIT SWITCH POWER BATTERY VOLTAGE
8 FOOTSWITCH SIGNAL DIGITAL INPUT
9 GENERATOR ON SIGNAL DIGITAL INPUT
10 +7 REFERENCE VOLTAGE +7 REFERENCE VOLTAGE
11 LOAD CELL INPUT 1 ANALOG INPUT
12 LOAD CELL INPUT 2 ANALOG INPUT
13 UNALLOCATED ANALOG INPUT
15 LOAD CELL REFERENCE VOLTAGE +7 REFERENCE VOLTAGE
16 LOAD CELL RETURN GROUND
17 JIB BLOCK LIMIT SWITCH HS DIGITAL INPUT
J7 18 SOFT TOUCH LIMIT SWITCH HS DIGITAL INPUT
BLACK 19 PLATFORM ALARM LAMP OUTPUT
20 ALARM RETURN GROUND
21 PLATFORM LEVEL UP ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
22 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
25 JIB UP ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
26 JIB DOWN ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
27 UNALLOCATED ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
28 UNALLOCATED ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
30 CAN LOW CAN LOW
31 CAN HIGH CAN HIGH
32 CAN SHIELD CAN SHIELD
33 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
34 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT ME DIGITAL OUTPUT
MAE8480B
Figure 6-14. Platform Control Module Pin Connections 2 of 2
6-64 – JLG Lift – 3121616

SECTION 7. BASIC ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

7.1 GENERAL Polarity
This section contains basic electrical information and Getting a negative Voltage or current reading when expecting
a positive reading frequently means the leads are reversed.
schematics for locating and correcting most electrical prob-
Check what reading is expected, location of the signal and
lems. If a problem develops which is not presented in this sec-
leads are correctly connected to the device under test. Also
tion or corrected by listed corrective actions, obtain check the lead on the "COM" port goes to the ground or nega-
technically qualified guidance before proceeding with any tive side of the signal and lead on the other port goes to the
additional maintenance. positive side of the signal.
NOTE: Some procedures/connectors shown in this section may Scale

not apply to all models.
M = Mega = 1,000,000 * (Displayed Number)
7.2 MULTIMETER BASICS k = kilo = 1,000 * (Displayed Number)

m = milli = (Displayed Number) / 1,000
A wide variety of multimeters or Volt Ohm Meters (VOM) can
μ = micro = (Displayed Number) / 1,000,000
be used for troubleshooting your equipment. This section
shows diagrams of a common, digital VOM configured for sev- Example: 1.2 kW = 1200 W
eral different circuit measurements. Instructions for your VOM Example: 50 mA = 0.05 A
may vary. Please consult the meter operator’s manual for more
information. Voltage Measurement
Grounding
“Grounding the meter” means to take the black lead (which is
connected to the COM (common) or negative port) and touch
it to a good path to the negative side of the Voltage source.
Backprobing
To “backprobe” means to take the measurement by accessing
a connector’s contact on the same side as the wires, the back
of the connector. Readings can be done while maintaining cir-
cuit continuity this way. If the connector is the sealed type,
great care must be taken to avoid damaging the seal around
the wire. It is best to use probes or probe tips specifically
designed for this technique, especially on sealed connectors.
Whenever possible insert probes into the side of the connec-
tor such that the test also checks both terminals of the con-
nection. It is possible to inspect a connection within a closed
connector by backprobing both sides of a connector terminal
and measuring resistance. Do this after giving each wire a gen- Figure 7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC)
tle pull to ensure the wires are still attached to the contact and
contacts are seated in the connector. • If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
(See multimeter’s operation manual)
Min/Max • Use firm contact with meter leads
Use of the “Min/Max” recording feature of some meters can

help when taking measurements of intermittent conditions
while alone. For example, you can read voltage applied to a
solenoid when it is only operational while a switch, far from
the solenoid and meter, is held down.
3121616 7-1
Resistance Measurement Continuity Measurement
Figure 7-3. Continuity Measurement

• Some meters require a separate button press to enable
audible continuity testing
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing conti-
nuity
Figure 7-2. Resistance Measurement
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• First test meter and leads by touching leads together.
Resistance should read a short circuit (very low resis- • Use firm contact with meter leads
tance) • First test meter and leads by touching leads together.
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing resis- Meter should produce an audible alarm, indicating
tance continuity
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
(See multimeter’s operation manual)
• Use firm contact with meter leads
7-2 3121616
Current Measurement 7.3 APPLYING SILICONE DIELECTRIC COMPOUND

TO ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
NOTE: This section is not applicable for battery terminals.
JLG P/N 0100048 DIELECTRIC GREASE (NOVAGARD G661) IS THE ONLY MATE-
RIAL APPROVED FOR USE AS A DIELECTRIC GREASE.
NOTE: Do NOT apply dielectric grease to the following connec-

tions:
• Main Boom Rotary sensor connections (on Celesco Sensor),
• LSS Modules connections,
• Deutz EMR 2 ECM connection.
Silicone Dielectric Compound must be used on all electrical

connections except for those mentioned above for the follow-
ing reasons:
• To prevent oxidation at mechanical joint between male

Figure 7-4. Current Measurement (DC) and female pins.
• Set up meter for expected current range • To prevent electrical malfunction caused by low level con-
• Be sure to connect meter leads to correct jacks for ductivity between pins when wet.
selected current range
Use the following procedure to apply Silicone Dielectric Com-
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to correct range (See pound to the electrical connectors. This procedure applies to
multi meter’s operation manual)
all plug connections not enclosed in a box. Silicone grease
• Use firm contact with meter leads should not be applied to connectors with external seals.
1. To prevent oxidation, silicone grease must be packed

completely around male and female pins on the inside
of the connector prior to assembly. This is most easily
achieved by using a syringe.
NOTE: Over a period of time, oxidation increases electrical resis-

tance at the connection, eventually causing circuit failure.
2. To prevent shorting, silicone grease must be packed

around each wire where they enter the outside of the
connector housing. Also, silicone grease must be
applied at the joint where the male and female connec-
tors come together. Any other joints (around strain
reliefs, etc.) where water could enter the connector
should also be sealed.
NOTE: This condition is especially common when machines are

pressure washed since the washing solution is much more
conductive than water.
3121616 7-3
3. Anderson connectors for battery boxes and battery Deutsch HD, DT, DTM, DRC Series
chargers should have silicone grease applied to contacts
only. The Deutsch connector system is commonly used for harsh
environments. Follow installation instructions.
NOTE: Curing-type sealants can also be used to prevent shorting
and would be less messy, but make future pin removal diffi-
cult.
When applied to electrical connections, dielectric grease helps

prevent corrosion of electrical contacts and improper conduc-
tivity between contacts from moisture intrusion. Open and
sealed connectors benefit from application of dielectric
grease.
Dielectric grease shall be applied to all electrical connectors at

the time of connection (except those noted under Exclusions).
Installation of Dielectric Grease

Figure 7-6. Deutsch Connector
Before following these instructions, refer to excluded connec-
tor types (See Exclusions below).
AMP Seal
1. Use dielectric grease in a tube for larger connection
points or apply with a syringe for small connectors. The AMP Seal connector system is used on Control ADE
Platform and Ground Modules.
2. Apply dielectric grease to plug/male connector housing
Apply dielectric grease to the plug/male connector housing
which typically contains sockets contact/female which typically contains socket contacts/female terminals. If
terminals. trapped air prevents the connector from latching, pierce one
of the unused wire seals. After assembly, install a seal plug (JLG
3. Leave a thin layer of dielectric grease on the face of the #4460905) in that location to prevent moisture ingress.
connector.
Note that seal plugs may be installed by the wire harness man-
4. Assemble connector system immediately to prevent ufacturer if an unused wire seal becomes compromised (wire
moisture or dust contamination. inserted in the wrong cavity during assembly and the cor-
rected).
5. Pierce one of the unused wire seals before assembly if
the connector system tends to trap air (i.e. AMP Seal)
and then install a seal plug.

Figure 7-7. Application to plug/male connector
housing
Figure 7-5. Applying Dielectric Grease
7-4 3121616
DIN Connectors
This connector is typically used on hydraulic valves. Follow
manufacturer installation instructions.
Figure 7-10. DIN Connector
Exclusions
Figure 7-8. Use of Seal Plugs A limited number of connectors do not benefit from dielectric
grease, or may be permanently damaged by application.
Dielectric grease may not be required in properly sealed
enclosures.
AMP Mate-N-Lok
Follow manufacturer installation instructions.
Figure 7-9. AMP Mate-N-Lok Connector
3121616 7-5
BRAD HARRISON/PHOENIX CONTACT M12 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTORS

The connector uses gold contact material to resist corrosion Many times, these types of connectors use back-seals for mois-
and an o-ring seal for moisture integrity. If dielectric grease is ture integrity. However, the low-force contacts cannot displace
mistakenly applied to this connector system, the low-force dielectric grease and create electrical contact. It is possible to
contacts cannot displace the grease to achieve electrical con- use solvents (i.e. contact cleaner or mineral spirits) for the
tact. Once contaminated, there is no practical way to remove removal of improperly applied dielectric grease. The EMR4
the dielectric grease (replacement of female contacts engine control module from Deutz employs this connector
required). system (for example).
7-6 3121616
7.4 AMP CONNECTOR 2. Pull back on the contact wire with a force of 1 or 2 lbs. to
be sure the retention fingers are holding the contact
Assembly (See Figure 7-13.).
Check to be sure the wedge lock is in the open, or as-shipped,

position (See Figure 7-11.). Proceed as follows:
Figure 7-11. Connector Assembly Figure 1
1. To insert a contact, push it straight into the appropriate

circuit cavity as far as it will go (See Figure 7-13.).
Figure 7-12. AMP Connector
3121616 7-7
3. After all required contacts have been inserted, the 4. Slide the wedge lock into the housing until it is flush
wedge lock must be closed to its locked position. with the housing (See Figure 7-15.)
Release the locking latches by squeezing them inward
(See Figure 7-14.).
7-8 3121616
Figure 7-16. Connector Disassembly
Disassembly Service - Voltage Reading

5. Insert a 4.8 mm (3/16") wide screwdriver blade between
the mating seal and one of the red wedge lock tabs.
DO NOT PIERCE WIRE INSULATION TO TAKE VOLTAGE READINGS.
6. Pry open the wedge lock to the open position.
It has been common practice in electrical troubleshooting to
7. While rotating the wire back and forth over a half turn probe wires by piercing the insulation with a sharp point. This
(1/4 turn in each direction), gently pull the wire until the practice should be discouraged when dealing with the
contact is removed. AMPSEAL plug assembly, or any other sealed connector sys-
tem. The resulting pinholes in the insulation will allow mois-
NOTE: The wedge lock should never be removed from the housing
ture to invade the system by traveling along the wire strands.
for insertion or removal of the contacts.
This nullifies the effectiveness of the connector seals and
could result in system failure.
Wedge Lock
The wedge lock has slotted openings in the forward, or mating
end. These slots accommodate circuit testing in the field, by
using a flat probe such as a pocket knife. DO NOT use a sharp
point such as an ice pick.
3121616 7-9
Figure 7-17. Connector Installation
7-10 3121616
7.5 DEUTSCH CONNECTORS DT/DTP Series Disassembly

DT/DTP Series Assembly
A B
A B
C
C D
Figure 7-18. DT/DTP Contact Installation Figure 7-19. DT/DTP Contact Removal
5. Remove wedgelock using needlenose pliers or a hook

1. Grasp crimped contact about 25mm behind the contact shaped wire to pull wedge straight out.
barrel.
6. To remove the contacts, gently pull wire backwards,
2. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you. while at the same time releasing the locking finger by
3. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a moving it away from the contact with a screwdriver.
click is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is properly 7. Hold the rear seal in place, as removing the contact may
locked in place. displace the seal.
4. Once all contacts are in place, insert wedgelock with
arrow pointing toward exterior locking mechanism. The
wedgelock will snap into place. Rectangular wedges are
not oriented. Thy may go in either way.
NOTE: The receptacle is shown - use the same procedure for plug.
3121616 7-11
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly
A B A B
C C
Figure 7-20. HD/HDP Contact Installation Figure 7-22. HD/HDP Contact Removal
8. Grasp contact about 25mm behind the contact crimp

11. With rear insert toward you, snap appropriate size
barrel.
extractor tool over the wire of contact to be removed.
9. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you.
12. Slide tool along into the insert cavity until it engages
10. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a contact and resistance is felt.
positive stop is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is
13. Pull contact-wire assembly out of connector.
properly locked in place.
Figure 7-23. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts

Figure 7-21. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position
NOTE: Do Not twist or insert tool at an angle.
NOTE: For unused wire cavities, insert sealing plugs for full envi-
ronmental sealing.
7-12 3121616
7.6 TELEMATICS GATEWAY

Personnel using machines equipped with an optional telemat-
ics gateway will be able to view the following data through
their telematics device:
JLG LABEL DESCRIPTION UNIT

Engine Speed Actual engine speed. RPM
Indicates the level of DEF (diesel exhaust fluid) within the DEF tank if the machine is equipped with DEF tank.
DEF Tank Level (If Equipped) • 0% = Empty Percentage (%)
• 100% = Full
• 00 - No Machine Faults
JLG Machine Faults: • 01 - Active Machine Fault

Bit
Active / Not-Active • 10 - Error
• 11 - Not available
Total Idle Fuel Used Total amount of fuel used during vehicle operation during idle conditions. Liters
Total Idle Hours Total time of engine operation during idle conditions. Seconds
Total Engine Hours Total time of engine operation. Seconds
Total Fuel Used Total amount of fuel used during vehicle operation. Liters
Fuel Rate Amount of fuel consumed by engine per unit of time. Liters/Hour
Ratio of fuel volume to the total volume of the fuel storage container. When a low fuel limit switch is present, the fuel level
will indicate "full" until the switch opens, which will then indicate 10% fuel remaining.
Fuel Level Percentage (%)
When Fuel Level 2 (SPN 38) is not used, Fuel Level 1 represents the total fuel in all fuel storage containers. When Fuel Level
2 is used, Fuel Level 1 represents the fuel level in the primary or left side fuel storage container.
DM1 Engine Faults Shows actual engine fault codes. N/A
GATEWAY MODULE DIAGNOSTICS PLUG

Telematics-Ready (TCU) Plug
The telematics-ready (TCU) plug is a standard 12-pin Deutsch
connector. Pin-out locations are shown below:
12 1 - BATTERY
11 2 - GROUND
CAN-HI 2 - 10 3
CAN-LO 2 - 9 4 - IGNITION
8 5
7 6
TELEMATICS-READY PLUG
3121616 7-13
7-14
MS1619-3 MS1619-1
MS1619-2
X1609
MS1620-1
S1614
MS1618-2
S1615
MS1620-3
MS1620-2
MS1618-3
CO1613-J2
CO1613-J1
X1606
Figure 7-24. Telematics Gateway Harness - Sheet 1 of 3
3121616
X1609 (TCU) MS1620-3 (CAN-T 2)

CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO
1 RED 1-0 BAT 16 AWG GXL X1606 (B) A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J2 (10)
2 BLK 0-0 GND 16 AWG GXL S1615 (1) B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J2 (9)
4 ORN 2-0 IGN 16 AWG GXL S1614 (1)

S1614
9 GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-2 (B)
CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO
10 YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-2 (A)
1 ORN 2-0 IGN 16 AWG GXL X1609 (4)
MS1619-2 (CAN-T 2) 2 ORN 2-1 IGN 16 AWG GXL X1606 (H)
CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO 2 ORN 2-2 IGN 16 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (12)
A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL X1609 (10)
B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL X1609 (9)

S1615
MS1619-3 (CAN-T 2) 1 BLK 0-0 GND 16 AWG GXL X1609 (2)
CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO 2 BLK 0-1 GND 16 AWG GXL X1606 (A)
A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL MS1620-2 (A) 2 BLK 0-2 GND 16 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (11)
B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1620-2 (B)
MS1618-2 (CAN-T 1)
CO1613-J1 (GATEWAY 1)
A YEL CANH1 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (10)
9 GRN CAN1 18 AWG GXL MS1618-2 (B)
B GRN CANL1 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (9)
11 BLK 0-2 GND 16 AWG GXL S1615 (2) MS1618-3 (CAN-T 1)

12 ORN 2-2 IGN 16 AWG GXL S1614 (2) CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO
A YEL CANH1 18 AWG GXL X1606 (C)

CO1613-J2 (GATEWAY 2)
B GRN CANL1 18 AWG GXL X1606 (D)
9 GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1620-3 (B) X1606 (DIAG)

A BLK 0-1 GND 16 AWG GXL S1615 (2)

MS1620-2 (CAN-T 2)
B RED 1-0 BAT 16 AWG GXL X1609 (1)
C YEL CANH1 18 AWG GXL MS1618-3 (A)
A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-3 (A)
D GRN CANL1 18 AWG GXL MS1618-3 (B)
B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-3 (B)
H ORN 2-1 IGN 16 AWG GXL S1614 (2)
3121616 7-15
FROM TO
WIRE NO. COLOR WIRE GAUGE LENGTH (mm) JACKET REFERENCE PIN REFERENCE PIN
CAN L2 GRN 18 AWG 1151 GXL MS1619-3 B MS1620-2 B
CAN L2 GRN 18 AWG 151 GXL X1609 9 MS1619-2 B
CAN L1 GRN 18 AWG 157 GXL MS1618-2 B CO1613-J1 9
CAN L2 GRN 18 AWG 225 GXL MS1620-3 B CO1613-J2 9
CAN L1 GRN 18 AWG 1076 GXL MS1618-3 B X1606 D
CAN H2 YEL 18 AWG 155 GXL X1609 10 MS1619-2 A
CAN H2 YEL 18 AWG 233 GXL MS1620-3 A CO1613-J2 10
CAN H1 YEL 18 AWG 157 GXL MS1618-2 A CO1613-J1 10
CAN H2 YEL 18 AWG 1150 GXL MS1619-3 A MS1620-2 A
CAN H1 YEL 18 AWG 1079 GXL MS1618-3 A X1606 C
0-0 GND BLK 16 AWG 1006 GXL X1609 2 S1615 1
0-1 GND BLK 16 AWG 1145 GXL X1606 A S1615 2
0-2 GND BLK 16 AWG 223 GXL CO1613-J1 11 S1615 2
1-0 BAT RED 16 AWG 2150 GXL X1609 1 X1606 B
2-0 IGN ORN 16 AWG 939 GXL X1609 4 S1614 1
2-1 IGN ORN 16 AWG 1212 GXL S1614 2 X1606 H
2-2 IGN ORN 16 AWG 287 GXL CO1613-J1 12 S1614 2
7-16 3121616
7.7 WIRING HARNESS Table 7-1. Wiring Harness Connector Labels
Connector Labels Component Category Label

Audible Alarms AH
Connectors between harnesses are identified by the prefix “X”
and a sequentially assigned number. An optional suffix (letters Horns
& numbers) may be added when multiple terminations occur Battery Batteries BT
at one device or when there are optional connections. Battery Terminals
Examples: Control Module Ground CO
X25 connects to X25 in another harness. LSS

Platform
X65A, X65B connect to different portions of one device
Engine Alternator EC
X163 connects to X163A in ANSI and X163B in CE machines Cold Start
Component Labels Controller
Coolant Temp
Every component on the vehicle has a unique identification. A
Fuel Pump
standard prefix letter is assigned according to the table below,
followed by a unique sequential number. An optional suffix Fuel Solenoid
(letters & numbers) may be added when multiple terminations Glow Plugs
occur at one device. Oil Pressure
Terminals that are not loaded into connectors are considered Starter
independent components and labeled in the same fashion. Fuse & CB Fuse FC Fuse FC
Fusible Link FC
Circuit Breaker CB
Gauge & Display Board GD
Cluster
Hour meter
LMI
Speedometer
Inline Resistor R
Diode D
Joystick & Steering Electronic JS
Hydraulic
Lights Dome LB
Headlights
Simple
Taillights
Membrane Panel MP
Miscellaneous Radio MS
Speakers
Splice Blocks
T-Connectors
3121616 7-17
Table 7-1. Wiring Harness Connector Labels
Component Category Label

Other Switches Disconnect SW
EMS
Foot
HVAC WH
Key SW
Park brake
Pump pot
Push
Shifter
Turn signal
Relay 5 Pin RL
4 Pin
Contactor
Power module
Rocker Switch SW
Sensor Angle SN
Fuel
Length
Limit
Load
Pressure
Proximity
Speed
Temperature
Terminals Pins T
Sockets
Male Blades
Female Blades
Rings
Forks
Toggle Switch DPDT SW
DPST
SPDT
SPST
Special
Valves Simple HV
Suppression
Examples:
T67 is a ring terminal connected during installation.
CO1-J3 is the J3 connector for a UGM control module.
EC9 is a glow plug supplied with the engine
7-18 3121616
7.8 WIRING HARNESS BREAKDOWN
FOOT SWITCH
PLATFORM
FLOODLIGHTS
GENERATOR 7500W
SWITCH GENERATOR
PLATFORM
BOX
J7
J1 PLATFORM
WORK LIGHT
J5 J6
MAIN BOOM
J2
ELEVATION LIMT SWITCH

J8
TOWER BOOM
ELEVATION LIMT SWITCH
BOOM CAPACITY ANGLE LIMIT

SWITCH (600A ANSI, ANSI EXPORT,
BRAZILIAN & JAPANESE SPECS)
BOOM LENGTH
LIMIT SWITCH
PLATFORM
CONTROL
BOX
GROUND
CONTROL
BOX
J8
J1
J12 J7
J2
J3 J4
HEADLIGHTS
NOTE: FOR MODULE

IDENTIFICATION, REFER
TO REVISION LOG PAGEA
DIAGNOSTIC
TAILLIGHTS
ANALYZER
MAE17970
Figure 7-27. Electrical Components 1 of 2 (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174)
3121616 7-19
OR
OR
2500W
GENERATOR
RELAY
2500W
GENERATOR
CONTROL BOX
2500W 7500W
GENERATOR GENERATOR 7500W
CONTROL BOX GENERATOR 7500W
RELAYS SKYPOWER
GENERATOR
ENGINE
CONTROL
(DEUTZ D2011)
ECU
MODULE
ENGINE TO FUEL WATER IN OR GM
CONTROL PUMP FUEL IND. FUEL
(DEUTZ TD2.9L4) REGULATOR ENGINE
(GM HARNESS) HARNESS
(DEUTZ D2011)
BOSCH FUEL
COMPONENTS TO GLOW PLUGS REGULATOR
(DEUTZ TD2.9L4)
TO ENGINE EIC
BOLT ON
TO COOLANT ENGINE
POWER LEVEL IND.
MODULE AUX
RELAY PUMP
START
TO RELAY
RELAY
STROBE
LIGHT
2 SPEED GLOW BATTERY
& BRAKE PLUGS
VALVE
HYDRAULIC PUMPS START
DRIVE STARTER RELAY GLOW
ORIENTATION PLUG
SWITCH RELAY
AUX
ALTERNATOR RELAY
(DEUTZ
TD2.9L4)
HORN
JIB
VALVE
4WS MAIN
FUEL VALVE CONTROL
LEVEL VALVE
SENSOR ALARM
MAE17980
Figure 7-28. Electrical Components 2 of 2 (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174)
7-20 3121616
FOOT SWITCH
PLATFORM
FLOODLIGHTS
7500W
GENERATOR GENERATOR
SWITCH PLATFORM
BOX
J7
PLATFORM
J1
WORK LIGHTS
J5 J6
J2
ELEVATION
LIMIT SWITCH
J8
TOWER BOOM
ELEVATION
LIMIT SWITCH
BOOM CAPACITY ANGLE
LIMIT SWITCH (600A
ANSI, ANSI EXPORT,
BRAZILIAN & JAPANESE
SPECS)
BOOM LENGTH
LIMIT SWITCH
PLATFORM
CONTROL
BOX
PLATFORM
VALVE
GROUND
CONTROL
BOX
J8
J12 J7
J1
J2
J3 J4
HEADLIGHTS
NOTE: FOR MODULE

IDENTIFICATION REFER
TO REVISON LOG PAGE A DIAGNOSTIC TAILLIGHTS
ANALYZER
MAE17990
Figure 7-29. Electrical Components 1 of 2 (SN 0300181175 to Present)
3121616 7-21
OR
OR
2500W
GENERATOR
RELAY
2500W
GENERATOR
CONTROL BOX
2500W
7500W 7500W
GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR 7500W
CONTROL BOX RELAYS SKYPOWER
GENERATOR
ENGINE
ECU CONTROL
MODULE (DEUTZ D2011)
GM
ENGINE OR
CONTROL TO FUEL WATER IN
(DEUTZ TD2.9L4) PUMP FUEL IND. FUEL
REGULATOR ENGINE
(GM HARNESS) FORD
HARNESS
(DEUTZ D2011)
BOSCH FUEL
DEUTZ TD2.9L4 TO GLOW PLUGS REGULATOR
COMPONENTS (GM)
TO ENGINE EIC
BOLT ON
TO COOLANT ENGINE
POWER LEVEL IND.
MODULE AUX
RELAY PUMP
START
TO RELAY
RELAY
+
STROBE
LIGHT
2 SPEED GLOW BATTERY
& BRAKE PLUGS
VALVE
HYDRAULIC PUMPS START GLOW
DRIVE RELAY PLUG
ORIENTATION RELAY
SWITCH
AUX
ALTERNATOR RELAY
(DEUTZ STARTER
TD2.9L4)
HORN
JIB
FUEL VALVE MAIN
LEVEL CONTROL
SENSOR ALARM
VALVE MAE4250
Figure 7-30. Electrical Components 2 of 2 (SN 0300181175 to Present)
7-22 3121616
"S"
YEL/RED 2-3 -W J2
3121616
"D" BLU/ORN 52-11 -U
SOCKET 1- SEAL PLUG "T"
ESTOP YEL/RED 2-2(12) -U SOCKET 2- SEAL PLUG
YEL/RED 2-5 -U SOCKET 3- SEAL PLUG J1 "U"
"E" BOOM CABLE
ESTOP SOCKET 4- ORN 55-50 -II
"KK" SOCKET 5- SEAL PLUG SOCKET 1- TAN 5-1 -DD PIN 1- SHIELD -W
WHT/YEL 48-6 -S YEL/RED 2-21 -S SOCKET 6- ORN RED 49-3 -M SOCKET 2- TAN 6-1 -DD PIN 2- BLACK -W
PIN 1 PINK 26-1 W PIN 1 BLU/ORN 52-4 W
"Q" SOCKET 7- YEL/RED 2-21 -Q SOCKET 3- BROWN 15-1 -EE PIN 3- RED -W
"F" BLACK LL BLACK S PIN 2 PINK 25-1 W PIN 2 BLU/ORN 52-3 W
GLOW PLUG ENABLE SOCKET 8- BRN/WHT 47-12 -H SOCKET 4- BROWN 16-1 -EE PIN 4- YEL/RED 2-3-1 -W
BLACK G BLACK P PIN 3 GRAY 23-1 W PIN 3 YEL/RED 2-63 W
SOCKET 9- ORN/RED 49-15 -L SOCKET 5- BROWN 13-1 -GG PIN 5- NOT USED
INDICATOR PIN 4 GRAY 24-1 W PIN 4 ORN/RED 49-67 KK
BANK SOCKET 10- ORN/RED 49-101 -P SOCKET 6- BROWN 14-1 -GG PIN 6- NOT USED
BRN/WHT 47-13 -S ORN/RED 49-101 -S PIN 5 BLUE 27-1 W PIN 5 ORN/RED 49-67 KK
SOCKET 11- ORN/RED 49-100 -N SOCKET 7- GRAY 24-1 -CC PIN 7- NOT USED
"G" BLACK H BLACK MM "P" PIN 6 BLUE 28-1 W PIN 6 ORN/RED 49-69 W
BROKEN CABLE PIN 7 BLACK PIN 7
SOCKET 12- RED/YEL 54-2 -O SOCKET 8- GRAY 23-1 -CC PIN 8- NOT USED
LOW FUEL BLACK F BLACK Q W ORN/RED 49-70 W
PIN 8 ORN/RED 49-89 S PIN 8 ORN/RED 49-71 W
SOCKET 13- RED/YEL 54-3 -LL SOCKET 9- PINK 25-1 -AA PIN 9- NOT USED
BRN/WHT 47-12 -S BRN/WHT 47-14 -S ORN/RED 49-90 ORN/RED 49-72 SOCKET 14- ORN 55-51 -K
PIN 9 S PIN 9 W SOCKET 10- PINK 26-1 -AA PIN 10- YEL/RED 2-2(12) -E
BLACK I BLACK O
"MM" PIN 10 ORN/RED 49-91 S PIN 10 ORN/RED 49-73 W SOCKET 15- BLU/ORN 52-4-1 -J
"H" SOCKET 11- BLUE 27-1 -FF PIN 11- YEL/RED 2-30-1 -W
SYSTEM DISTRESS BLACK G DRIVE DISABLED SOCKET 16- ORN/RED 49-42 -OO
BLACK P PIN 11 ORN/RED 49-92 S PIN 11 ORN/RED 49-74 W SOCKET 12- BLUE 28-1 -FF PIN 12- YEL/RED(12)2-1-2 -V
PIN 12 NOT USED PIN 12 ORN/RED 49-75 W SOCKET 17- WHT/YEL 48-6 -F SOCKET 13- BLACK -BB PIN 13- YEL/RED 2-5 -E
RED/YEL 54-3-1 -LL RED/YEL 54-2 -S SOCKET 18- BLACK -Q
PIN 13 NOT USED PIN 13 NOT USED SOCKET 14- WHT/YEL 48-1 -C PIN 14- NOT USED
"I" BLACK H BLACK NN PIN 14 NOT USED PIN 14 YEL/RED 2-36 SOCKET 19- BRN/WHT 47-14 -MM
"O" S SOCKET 15- BRN/ORN 53-1 -C PIN 15- BLU/ORN 52-11 -D
1000# CAPACITY BLACK J BLACK MM PIN 15 PIN 15
500# CAPACITY NOT USED YEL/RED 2-37 T SOCKET 20- ORN/RED 49-102 NN SOCKET 16- YELLOW 55-16 -Z PIN 16- BLACK(12) -V
SOCKET 21- BRN/WHT 47-13 -G SOCKET 17- YELLOW 55-17 -Z PIN 17- NOT USED
BLU/ORN 52-4-1 -S ORN/RED 49-102 -S
"NN" "R" SOCKET 22- SEAL PLUG SOCKET 18- YEL/RED 2-10 -A PIN 18- NOT USED
"J" BLACK K BLACK N
GENERATOR ON BOOM HORN SOCKET 23- SEAL PLUG SOCKET 19- SEAL PLUG PIN 19- NOT USED
BLACK I BLACK O MALFUNCTION BUTTON SOCKET 24- SEAL PLUG SOCKET 20- YEL/RED 2-37 -KK
ORN/RED 55-51 -S ORN/RED 49-100 -S SOCKET 25- BLACK -LL SOCKET 21- SEAL PLUG
"K" BLACK L BLACK M "N" SOCKET 26- ORN/RED 49-92 -KK SOCKET 22- ORN 55-52 -S
"C" DOS OVERLOAD SOCKET 27- ORN/RED 49-89 -KK
BLACK J BLACK NN SOCKET 23- SEAL PLUG
START/APU SOCKET 28- ORN/RED 49-91 -KK
SWITCH SOCKET 24- SEAL PLUG
ORN/RED 49-15 -S ORN/RED 49-3 -S SOCKET 29- ORN/RED 49-90 -KK SOCKET 25- SEAL PLUG
"B" "L" BLACK M BLACK L "M" SOCKET 30- ORN 55-52 -T SOCKET 26- SEAL PLUG
CREEP TILT SOCKET 31- SEAL PLUG
BLACK K BLACK N SOCKET 27- ORANGE 55-46 -Y
SOCKET 32- YEL/RED 2-36 -KK SOCKET 28- WHT/YEL 48-5 -Y
SOCKET 33- SEAL PLUG SOCKET 29- ORN/RED 49-40 -JJ
"LL" SOCKET 34- SEAL PLUG SOCKET 30- BLU/ORN 52-12 -PP
BUSS BAR SOCKET 35- SEAL PLUG SOCKET 31- BLU/ORN 52-1 -R
SOCKET 32- ORN/RED 49-11 -BB
BLU/ORN 52-1 T
YEL/RED 2-10-9 CC
SOCKET 33- BLU/ORN 52-20 -HH
YEL/RED 2-10-10 AA
BLACK -S
BLACK -F SOCKET 34- RED/WHT 55-30 -BB
RED/YEL 54-3 -S SOCKET 35- RED/WHT 55-31 -BB
RED/YEL 54-3-1 -I
BRN/ORN 53-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-10-3 -GG
YEL/RED 2-10-2 -B
WHT/YEL 48-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-10-1 -A
YEL/RED 2-10-2 -C
"A" YEL/RED 2-10-1 -B
YEL/RED 2-10 -T
PINK 25-1 -T
SOCKET 2 YEL/RED (12) 2-1-2 U "V"
YEL/RED 2-10-10 R
"AA" SOCKET 1 BLACK (12) U
ORN 55-50 -S
YEL/RED 2-10-11 Z J8
PLATFORM
BLU/ORN 52-20 -T
PINK 26-1 -T
LEVEL SOCKET 1- YEL/RED 2-30-1 -U
YELLOW 55-16 -T SWITCH BLACK W "X" SOCKET 2- YEL/RED 2-3 -D
YEL/RED 2-10-11 AA ALARM
ORN/RED 49-4 W SOCKET 3- YEL/RED 2-3-1 -U
"II" YEL/RED 2-10-12 Y "Z" SOCKET 4- ORN/RED 49-71 - KK
YELLOW 55-17 -T STEERING
BROWN 14-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-10-3 -C
YEL/RED 2-10-4 -FF
BROWN 13-1 -T
BLUE 28-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-10-4 -GG
YEL/RED 2-10-14 -PP
BLUE 27-1 -T
DRIVE SOCKET 5- BLU/ORN 52-3 - KK
GRAY 23-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-10-8 -DD
YEL/RED 2-10-9 -R
GRAY 24-1 -T
MODE
TAN 6-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-10-7 -EE
YEL/RED 2-10-8 -CC
TAN 5-1 -T
BROWN 15-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-10-6 -JJ
YEL/RED 2-10-7 -DD
BROWN 16-1 -T
ORIENTATION "HH" SWITCH SOCKET 6- SEAL PLUG
FUEL SOCKET 7- ORN/RED 49-69 - KK
SELECT ORANGE 55-46 T SOCKET 8- ORN/RED 49-70 - KK
YEL/RED 2-10-13 BB SOCKET 9- BLU/ORN 52-4 - KK
YEL/RED 2-10-12 Z "Y" SOCKET 10- SEAL PLUG
ENGINE SOCKET 11-ORN/RED 49-72 - KK
WHT/YEL 48-5 T SPEED SOCKET 12- ORN/RED 49-73 - KK
SWITCH
SOCKET 13- SEAL PLUG
"GG" "FF" "EE" "DD" "CC" SOCKET 14- SEAL PLUG
MAIN JIB TOWER TOWER ROTATE SOCKET 15- ORN/RED 49-75 - KK
TELESCOPE SWITCH TELE LIFT SWITCH SOCKET 16- ORN/RED 49-74 - KK
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SOCKET 17- SEAL PLUG
PIN 1 - NOT USED

PIN 2 - ORN/RED 49-11 -T
PIN 3 - YEL/RED 2-10-13 -Y
PIN 4 - RED/WHT 55-30 -T
PIN 5 - BLACK -T
PIN 6 - RED/WHT 55-31 -T
"W" SOCKET 18- YEL/RED 2-63 - KK
SOCKET 19- ORN/RED 49-4 -X
"BB" J7 SOCKET 20- BLACK -X
PUMP SOCKET 21- PINK 25-1 -KK
POT/
CREEP
SOCKET 22- PINK 26-1 -KK
YEL/RED 2-10-14 -FF

YEL/RED 2-10-5 -JJ
BLU/ORN 52-12 -T
SWITCH SOCKET 23- BLACK -KK
YEL/RED 2-10-5 -PP

YEL/RED 2-10-6 -EE

ORN/RED 49-40 -T
SOCKET 25- BLUE 27-1 -KK
ORN/RED 49-42 -S
BLACK -W
SOCKET 26- BLUE 28-1 -KK
"PP" "JJ" "OO" SOCKET 30- BLACK -U
HEAD/TAIL SOFT-TOUCH SOCKET 31- RED -U
SOFT-TOUCH
LIGHTS OVERRIDE INDICATOR SOCKET 32- SHIELD -U
THIS IS THE LOADING VIEW SWITCH SOCKET 33- GRAY 23-1 -KK
OF THIS CONNECTOR. LOAD
ALL WIRE IN THIS SIDE. SOCKET 34- GRAY 24-1 -KK
SOCKET 35- BLACK -OO
MAE19100F
Figure 7-31. Platform Console Box without SkyGuard - Sheet 1 of 2
7-23
CUT CHART
REV REV
BLACK Q-S 46" 10 PINK 26-1 T-AA 39"

1 BLACK Q-P 11" PINK 25-1 T-AA 39"
BLACK P-MM 11" PINK 26-1 W-KK 26.50"
BLACK MM-O 11" PINK 25-1 W-KK 26.50"
BLACK O-NN 11"
BLACK NN-N 11" RED/WHT 55-30 BB-T 38.75"
11
BLACK N-M 11" RED/WHT 55-31 BB-T 38.75"
BLACK M-L 9.5"
BLACK L-K 11"
BLACK K-J 11" 12
RED/YEL 54-2 S-O 44"
BLACK J-I 11" RED/YEL 54-3 LL-S 27.5"
BLACK I-H 11" RED/YEL 54-3-1 LL-I 35.0"
BLACK H-G 11"
BLACK G-F 11" TAN 5-1 DD-T 45.5"
13
BLACK LL-S 27.5" TAN 6-1 DD-T 45.5"
BLACK BB-T 38.75"
BLACK W-X 28"
BLACK W-KK 26.50" WHT/YEL 48-6 F-S 45.5"
BLACK F-LL 38.0" 14 WHT/YEL 48-5 Y-T 41"
BLACK W-OO 51.0" WHT/YEL 48-1 T-C 59"
BLUE 27-1 FF-T 50.5"
2 BLUE 28-1 FF-T 50.5"
BLUE 27-1 W-KK 26.50"
BLUE 28-1 W-KK 26.50" YEL/RED 2-21 Q-S 46"
15
BLU/ORN 52-3 KK-W 26.5" YEL/RED 2-10-14 PP-FF 12.5"
3 YEL/RED 2-10-13 BB-Y 17.75"
BLU/ORN 52-4-1 J-S 41.5"
BLU/ORN 52-1 R-T 38" YEL/RED 2-10-12 Y-Z 10.25"
BLU/ORN 52-20 HH-T 57.50" YEL/RED 2-10-11 Z-AA 11.75"
BLU/ORN 52-11 U-D 56.25" YEL/RED 2-10-10 AA-R 15"
BLU/ORN 52-12 A-PP 52" YEL/RED 2-10-9 CC-R 19"
BLU/ORN 52-4 KK-W 26.5" YEL/RED 2-10-8 CC-DD 13.5"
YEL/RED 2-10-7 DD-EE 13.5"
BROWN 13-1 GG-T 53.5" YEL/RED 2-10-5 JJ-PP 16.5"
4 BROWN 14-1 GG-T 53.5" YEL/RED 2-10-4 FF-GG 14"
BROWN 15-1 EE-T 48" YEL/RED 2-10-3 GG-C 14.5"
BROWN 16-1 EE-T 48" YEL/RED 2-10-2 C-B 10.75"
YEL/RED 2-10-1 B-A 9.5"
YEL/RED 2-10 A-T 59.75"
BRN/ORN 53-1 C-T 59" YEL/RED 2-5 U-E 52.5"
5 W-D 54.25"
YEL/RED 2-3
YEL/RED 2-3-1 U-W 20"
BRN/WHT 47-12 S-H 43.5" YEL/RED 2-30-1 U-W 20"
6 YEL/RED 2-10-6 EE-JJ 12.5"
BRN/WHT 47-13 S-G 44.5"
BRN/WHT 47-14 S-MM 43.5" YEL/RED 2-63 W-KK 26.5"
YEL/RED 2-37 T-KK 31.0"
GRAY 23-1 CC-T 43" YEL/RED 2-36 KK-L 19"
7
GRAY 24-1 CC-T 43"
GRAY 23-1 W-KK 26.50" YELLOW 55-16 Z-T 40.75"
40
GRAY 24-1 W-KK 26.50" YELLOW 55-17 Z-T 40.75"
ORANGE 55-46 Y-T 41"
8 ORANGE 55-50 S-II 56.25"
ORANGE 55-51 S-K 40.5" BLACK(12) U-V 20"
16
ORANGE 55-52 S-T 13.5"
ORN/RED 49-101 P-S 45"
9 ORN/RED 49-100 N-S 43" YELLOW/RED(12)2-1-2 U-V 20"
17
ORN/RED 49-3 M-S 42" YELLOW/RED(12)2-2 U-E 57"
ORN/RED 49-15 L-S 39.5"
ORN/RED 49-42 OO-S 51"
ORN/RED 49-11 BB-Y 38.75"
ORN/RED 49-4 W-X 28" CANBUS U-W 20.0
18
ORN/RED 49-40 JJ-T 49.5"
ORN/RED 49-67 KK-KK 4"
ORN/RED 49-69 KK-W 26.5"
ORN/RED 49-70 KK-W 26.5"
ORN/RED 49-71 KK-W 26.5"
ORN/RED 49-72 KK-W 26.5"
ORN/RED 49-73 KK-W 26.5"
ORN/RED 49-74 KK-W 26.5"
ORN/RED 49-75 KK-W 26.5"
ORN/RED 49-89 KK-S 20"
ORN/RED 49-102 NN-S 42"
MAE19110F
Figure 7-32. Platform Console Box without SkyGuard - Sheet 2 of 2
7-24 3121616
WIRE WIRE LENGTH FROM TO
COLOR JACKET
3121616
NO GAUGE (mm) REFERENCE CONNECTOR P/N PIN TERM. SEAL REFERENCE CONNECTOR P/N PIN TERM. SEAL
P1 WHT 18 GXL 119 RL503 1001186432 87 1001116720 X5B 4460899 4 4460464
P10 WHT 18 GXL 749 X500 4460884 1 4460465 IP114 RESISTOR 2 N/A
P2 WHT 18 GXL 144 X5B 4460899 1 4460464 IP114 RESISTOR 1 N/A
P3 WHT 18 GXL 117 RL502 1001186432 87 1001116720 X5B 4460899 5 4460464
P4-1 WHT 18 GXL 171 RL503 1001186432 86 1001118388 S192 SPLICE 1 N/A
P4 WHT 18 GXL 708 X500 4460884 3 4460465 S192 SPLICE 2 N/A
P5 WHT 18 GXL 682 X500 4460884 4 4460465 S191 SPLICE 2 N/A
P6 WHT 18 GXL 902 X500 4460884 2 4460465 X5B 4460899 2 4460464
P9-1 WHT 18 GXL 117 RL503 1001186432 30 1001116720 IP114 RESISTOR 1 N/A
P9-2 WHT 18 GXL 119 IP114 RESISTOR 1 N/A RL502 1001186432 30 1001116720
X5B - INTERFACE S192 X500 - PLAT SENSOR

CONNECTOR PART NUMBER: 4460899 CONNECTOR PART NUMBER: SPLICE CONNECTOR PART NUMBER: 4460884
CONN WIRE WIRE TERMINAL SEAL CONN WIRE WIRE TERMINAL SEAL CONN WIRE WIRE TERMINAL SEAL
GAUGE JACKET TO GAUGE JACKET TO GAUGE JACKET TO
POS COLOR LABEL P/N P/N POS COLOR LABEL P/N P/N POS COLOR LABEL P/N P/N
1 WHT P2 18 AWG GXL 4460464 IP114 (1) 1 WHT P4-1 18 AWG GXL N/A RL503 (86) 1 WHT P10 18 AWG GXL 4460465 IP114 (2)
2 WHT P6 18 AWG GXL 4460464 X500 (2) 1 WHT P4-2 18 AWG GXL N/A RL502 (86) 2 WHT P6 18 AWG GXL 4460465 X5B (2)
3 4460466 2 WHT P4 18 AWG GXL N/A X500 (3) 3 WHT P4 18 AWG GXL 4460465 S192 (2)
4 WHT P1 18 AWG GXL 4460464 RL503 (87) 4 WHT P5 18 AWG GXL 4460465 S191 (2)
5 WHT P3 18 AWG GXL 4460464 RL502 (87)
6 4460466
S191 IP114
CONNECTOR PART NUMBER: SPLICE CONNECTOR PART NUMBER: SEE NOTE 4
CONN WIRE WIRE TERMINAL SEAL CONN WIRE WIRE TERMINAL SEAL
RL503 - SKYGUARD RELAY #1 GAUGE JACKET TO GAUGE JACKET TO
POS COLOR LABEL P/N P/N POS COLOR LABEL P/N P/N
CONNECTOR PART NUMBER: 1001186432 WHT 1 WHT P2 18 AWG GXL N/A X5B (1)
1 P5-1 18 AWG GXL N/A RL503 (85)
CONN WIRE WIRE TERMINAL SEAL 1 WHT P9-1 18 AWG GXL N/A RL503 (30)
GAUGE JACKET TO 1 WHT P5-2 18 AWG GXL N/A RL502 (85)
POS COLOR LABEL P/N P/N
WHT 1 WHT P9-2 18 AWG GXL N/A RL502 (30)
30 WHT P9-1 18 AWG GXL 1001116720 IP114 (1) 2 P5 18 AWG GXL N/A X500 (4)
2 WHT P10 18 AWG GXL N/A X500 (1)
85 WHT P5-1 18 AWG GXL 1001118388 S191 (1)
86 WHT P4-1 18 AWG GXL 1001118388 S192 (1)
87 WHT P1 18 AWG GXL 1001116720 X5B (4)
87A
RL502 - SKYGUARD RELAY #2

CONNECTOR PART NUMBER: 1001186432
CONN WIRE WIRE TERMINAL SEAL
GAUGE JACKET TO
POS COLOR LABEL P/N P/N
30 WHT P9-2 18 AWG GXL 1001116720 IP114 (1)
85 WHT P5-2 18 AWG GXL 1001118388 S191 (1)
86 WHT P4-2 18 AWG GXL 1001118388 S192 (1)
87 WHT P3 18 AWG GXL 1001116720 X5B (5)
87a
RL503 RL502
SKYGUARD RELAY #1 SKYGUARD RELAY #2
X500
PLAT SENSOR
X5B
INTERFACE APPLY LOOM ON THIS AREA ONLY
2X
IP114
S192 S191
MAE18180C
Figure 7-33. Platform Console Box with SkyGuard (SN 0300181175 to Present)
7-25
ITEM # COLOR AWG WIRE # LENGTH ID

BLACK 18 --- 36" A-H
BLACK 18 --- 13" H-B
1 BLACK 18 --- 20"
BLACK 18 --- 17"
H-C
H-D
SCHEMATIC DETAIL H
BLACK 18 --- 17" H-E
BLACK 18 --- 20" H-F
BLACK 18 --- 13" H-G
BLACK "B"
PINK 18 26-1 62" A-B
2 PINK 25-1 62" A-G
18 BLACK "C"
GRAY 18 23-1 70" A-C BLACK "D"

3 GRAY 18 24-1 70" A-F BLACK "E" BLACK A
BLUE 18 27-1 66" A-E BLACK "F"

4 BLUE 18 28-1 66" A-D BLACK "G"
ULTRASONIC SPLICE
10"
1/4" LOOM 10"
5
52"
1/2" LOOM
9
ROTATE
LEFT
"C"
1
LEVEL JIB
DOWN DOWN
"B" "D"
GRAY 23-1 A
BLACK C
1
2
1/4" X 10" LOOM

"J7"
BLUE 28-1 A
PINK 26-1 A
BLACK D
BLACK B
SEE SCHEMATIC DETAIL H
SOCKET 1 PINK 26-1 B
SOCKET 2 PINK 25-1 G
SOCKET 3 GRAY 23-1 C

"A" SOCKET 4 GRAY 24-1 F
1/2" X 52" LOOM
SOCKET 5 BLUE 27-1 E
DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL
SOCKET 6 BLUE 28-1 D "A" "A" "A"
SOCKET 7 BLACK H
BLACK G
BLACK E
BLUE 27-1 A
PINK 25-1 A
1/4" X 10" LOOM

1
1
2
2
GRAY 24-1 A
BLACK F
"G" "E"
NOTE: ALL WIRES ARE GXL UNLES OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ALL WIRE COLORS, PRINTING AND
NUMBERING METHODS MUST COMPLY
LEVEL JIB
WITH JLG ENGINEERING DESIGN
GUIDELINES NUMBER 4.00.
UP UP
1
"F"
ROTATE
DETAIL "A" RIGHT
(FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM
FROM MAIN LOOM)
MAE19430A
Figure 7-34. Platform Valve Harness Assembly (SN 0300181175 to Present)
7-26 3121616
3121616
(COVER SHIELD WITH CLEAR HEAT
SHRINK AT BOTH ENDS OF THE HARNESS.)
PLATFORM END 1 SHIELD SHIELD

2 BLACK
3 RED
4 ORANGE
5 BLUE
6 YELLOW
7 BROWN
8 HOLE PLUG
9 RED/BLK
10 ORANGE 12GA
11 BLU/BLK
12 RED 12GA
13 ORN/BLK
14 HOLE PLUG
15 YEL/BLK
16 BLACK 12GA
17 HOLE PLUG
18 BLK/WHT 12GA INSTALL ITEM #10 SHRINK TUBING OVER END OF CABLE.
SLIDE THREADED LOCKING RING AND LARGE BOOT FROM
19 HOLE PLUG CLAMP ITEM #5.
MAE3680B
Figure 7-35. Main Boom Harness without Arctic Package
7-27
7-28
(COVER SHIELD WITH CLEAR HEAT
SHRINK AT BOTH ENDS OF THE HARNESS.)
PLATFORM END 1 SHIELD SHIELD

2 BLACK
3 RED
4 ORANGE
5 BLUE
6 YELLOW
7 BROWN
8 HOLE PLUG
9 RED/BLK
10 ORANGE 12GA
11 BLU/BLK
12 RED 12GA
13 ORN/BLK
14 HOLE PLUG
15 YEL/BLK
16 BLACK 12GA INSTALL ITEM #10 SHRINK TUBING OVER END OF CABLE.
SLIDE THREADED LOCKING RING AND LARGE
17 HOLE PLUG BOOT FROM CLAMP ITEM #5.
18 BLK/WHT 12GA
19 HOLE PLUG
MAE3670B
Figure 7-36. Main Boom Harness with Arctic Package
3121616
3121616
CONNECTOR NOT TO
BE LOADED AT THIS END
BAG SEQ. #3 QTY. 1
BAG SEQ. #5 QTY. 1
MTB END
1 SHIELD
2 BLACK
3 RED
4 ORANGE
5 BLUE
6 YELLOW
1 SHIELD 7 BROWN
2 BLACK 8 HOLE PLUG
3 RED 9 RED/BLACK
4 ORANGE 10 ORANGE 12GA
5 BLUE 11 BLU/BLK
6 YELLOW 12 RED 12GA
7 BROWN 13 ORN/BLK
8 HOLE PLUG 14 HOLE PLUG
9 RED/BLACK 15 YEL/BLK
10 ORANGE 12GA 16 BLACK 12GA
11 BLU/BLK 17 HOLE PLUG
12 RED 12GA 18 BLK/WHT 12GA
13 ORN/BLK 19 HOLE PLUG
14 HOLE PLUG
15 YEL/BLK
16 BLACK 12GA
17 HOLE PLUG
18 BLK/WHT 12GA
19 HOLE PLUG
MAE19260C
Figure 7-37. Tower Boom Cable Harness without Arctic Package
7-29
7-30
(COVER SHIELD WITH CLEAR HEAT SHRINK
AT BOTH ENDS OF THE HARNESS)
M.T.B END 1 SHIELD

2 BLACK
3 RED
4 ORANGE
5 BLUE
6 YELLOW
7 BROWN
8 HOLE PLUG
9 RED/BLK
10 ORANGE 12GA
11 BLU/BLK
12 RED 12GA
13 ORN/BLK
14 HOLE PLUG
15 YEL/BLK
16 BLACK 12GA
17 HOLE PLUG
18 BLK/WHT 12GA
19 HOLE PLUG
MAE19270B
Figure 7-38. Tower Boom Cable Harness with Arctic Package
3121616
3121616
"E"
REAR
STEER
"J" "I" "H" "G" "F" LEFT
SWING MAIN TOWER MAIN TOWER
RIGHT LIFT TEL TEL LIFT
DOWN IN IN DOWN
1
2
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2
"A"
"
S1
11-1
K"
W
AC
LLO
BL
YE
BLACK "S2"
TAN 4-3 "A"

BLACK "S3"
BLACK "S3"
TAN 6-3 "A"
BROWN 15-3 "A"

BROWN 13-3 "A"
WHITE 22-3 "A"
WHT/BLK 11-2 "S5"

WHT/BLK 33-6 "S4"
SEE DETAIL "S3" SEE DETAIL "S2"
TO SHEET 2-F8
M
OO M
"L O
X5 O
'4" "L
10
" X
1/2
"Q" SEE DETAIL "S5"
9-1 "A" TOWER
YELLOW LIFT
1
UP
"S3"
BLACK
2
"K" "P" 1
"
SEE DETAIL "S4"
"A
FRONT
MAIN
-1
STEER 2
3"
10
TEL
LEFT
"S
OUT
LOW
AC
YEL
BL
"O" 1 TA
N
5-
TOWER 3
2 BL "A
"
1 TEL AC
OUT K
"S
2
3"
1 BR
"N" O
W
N
MAIN 2 BL 14
"L" LIFT AC -3
K "A
UP "S "
FRONT 3"
STEER 1 BR
RIGHT "M" O
W
N
SWING 2 BL 16
LEFT AC -3
K "A
"S "
2"
1 TA
W N
H 3-
T/ 3
2 BL
K
"A
"
33
-5
"S
W 4"
DETAIL "A" W H
H IT
T/ E
(FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM BL 21
K -3
FROM MAIN LOOM) 11 "A
-3 "
"S
5"
MAE3690C
Figure 7-39. Main Valve Harness - Sheet 1 of 2
7-31
7-32
BLACK "E"
BLACK "R" BLACK "A" J2-17
BLACK "S"
DETAIL SPLICE "S1"
"C"
MOTION HORN BLACK "H"
BLACK "A" J2-29
C B A BLACK "O"
DETAIL SPLICE "S2"
BLACK "F" BLACK "Q"

BLACK "G"
BLACK "P"
BLACK "K"
BLU/ORN 52-10 "A"
BLACK "A" J2-14

BLACK "L" BLACK "A" J2-30
DETAIL SPLICE "S3"
WHT/BLK 33-5 "N" WHT/BLK 33-7 "A"

WHT/BLK 33-6 "I"
1/4" X 24" LOOM

SEE DETAIL "S1"
DETAIL SPLICE "S4"
"B"
TO SHEET 1-D1 LOW FUEL SWITCH
3/4" LOOM
WHT/BLK 11-3 "M" WHT/BLK 11-1 "A"
PIN 2
PIN 1
WHT/BLK 11-2 "J"
DETAIL SPLICE "S5"

M
O
O
"L
10
X
4"
1/
BLACK "A" J2-6

BRN/WHT 47-12 "A"
"
"A " WHT/BLK 11-1 S5
-1 1
12 "S
W K WHT/BLK 33-7 S4
LO AC
L BL
YE WHT/BLK 12-1 T
BROWN 13-3 O
1
WHITE 21-3 M
"
2
"A W TAN 4-3 I
-1 1" H
50 "S T/
T K R BL BROWN 14-3 P
H AC ED K
"R" /W BL /W 12
ED H -1 TAN 3-3 N
R T
REAR 50 "A
"
STEER -6 WHITE 22-3 J
1 "A
RIGHT " YELLOW 10-1
2 L
2
1 BLU/ORN 52-10 C
RED/WHT 50-1 S
"S" YELLOW 9-1 K
MAIN DUMP "T"
1/4" X 9" LOOM
FLOW
RED/WHT 50-6 T "A"
CONTROL
YELLOW 11-1 E
3/4" LOOM
YELLOW 12-1 R
BRN/WHT 47-12 B
TAN 5-3 F
TAN 6-3 Q
DETAIL FOR ALL SPLICES
BROWN 15-3 H
BROWN 16-3 O
BLACK S1 VALVE GND J2-17
BLACK B LOW FUEL SWITCH J2-6
BLACK C HORN GROUND J2-14
ULTRASONIC SPLICE MAE3790C
Figure 7-40. Main Valve Harness - Sheet 2 of 2
3121616
"E"
3121616
C RED RED
C BLACK BLACK
RED E
SHIELD WIRE
DETAIL "B" DETAIL "C" BLACK E
SHIELD WIRE
(FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM (FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM
FROM MAIN LOOM) FROM MAIN LOOM) A BLACK BLACK
A RED RED
YEL/RED 2-1-99-1 (16) -T

BLACK (CAN L) -P
ORN/RED 49-199 -S
ORN/RED 49-198 -S
BLACK (16) -A
BLACK (18) -S
RED (CAN H) -P
DETAIL "P"
SONIC WELDS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
COVER THIS END OF COMPLETED
HARNESS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO "B"
TERMINALS DURING SHIPPING SONIC WELD
STROBE
AND HANDLING. LIGHT SEE DETAIL
"P","T" YEL/RED 2-1-98 -S
YEL/RED 2-1-99-1 (16) -E YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16) -A
PIN 1
PIN 2
DETAIL "T"
BLACK P
RED P
"A" "F"
SHIELD WIRE
SOCKET 3 ORANGE 7-2 -J
SOCKET 5 BLACK -L
SOCKET 6 ORANGE 8-2 -J A B C
SOCKET 8 BLACK (16) -E
START
SOCKET 11 WHT/YEL 48-3 -F
GENERATOR SIGNAL
ALTERNATOR AUX
A YEL/RED 2-1-98 -T
SOCKET 13 BRN/ORN 53-2 -D
GLOW PLUG
BLU/ORN 52-11 -A
B BLACK -E
BLACK -R
J1 BA
SOCKET 20 ORANGE 55-47 -K K ORN/RED 49-198 -E
SOCKET 23 ORANGE 55-45 -L L ORN/RED 49-199 -E
DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
"C" "S"
J3 SOCKET 1 WHT/BLK 58-1 -V
J7 SOCKET 35 ORN/RED 49-106 -Z
SEE DETAIL
WHT/YEL 48-3 -A
WHT/YEL 48-12(12) -M
SEE DETAIL
BLU/ORN 52-5 -A
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -U
"R"
WHT/YEL 48-9 -A
BLACK 10-R
BRN/WHT 47-8-U "U"
BLACK (10) -R
"D"
YEL/RED (16) 2-1-99-T
YEL/RED 2-63 -Z
B
BRN/ORN 53-2 -A
RED 1-1(10) -N FUSIBLE
B B C LINK
RED 1-2 (10)-D RED 1-2(10) -A FUSIBLE
LINK
A RED -P LOOM
BLACK -P START
B SEE NOTE ABOVE
C SHIELD WIRE TITLE BLOCK
BLU/ORN 52-11-B
SONIC WELD
BLU/ORN 52-5-F
WHT/YEL 48-9-F BLACK -B
BLACK 10-A BLACK 10-D
SEE DETAIL
DETAIL "R" "V"
ITEM # REV COLOR AWG WIRE # ID

1 BLACK 10 -- A-R
SONIC WELD
BLACK 10 -- R-D ORANGE 7-2 -A 1
YEL/RED 2-63 -A
ORN/RED 49-106 -A
2 RED 10 1-1 N-D B
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -F WHT/BLK 58-1-2 -V 2
RED 10 1-2 A-D
3 WHT/YEL 12 48-12 M-F BRN/WHT 47-8 -A BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -N
4 BLACK 18 -- R-B "J"
BLACK 18 -- A-L DRIVE PUMP
DETAIL "U"
SOCKET 2
BLACK -- L-K
SOCKET 1
18
BLACK 18 -- E-S
5 BLU/ORN A-B DOS ORANGE 8-2 -A 1
18 52-11
CONNECTOR WHT/BLK 58-1-1-V
BLU/ORN 52-5 A-F 2
18
6 BRN/ORN 18 53-2 A-D "Z"
7 BRN/WHT 18 47-8 A-U
BLACK -L
BLACK -A
BLACK -K
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-1 U-N

ORANGE 55-45-A
ORANGE 55-47-A
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-2 U-F

8 ORANGE 18 7-2 A-J ALT. C
8-2 A-J C
ORANGE 18
ORANGE 18 55-45 A-L BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -U
1
1
2
2
ORANGE 18 55-47 A-K )-D

(10 3 3
10 WHT/YEL 18 48-3 A-F 1-1
D
WHT/YEL 18 48-9 A-F RE BRAKE 2 SPEED
FUSIBLE
12 FUSE LINK 14 -- N "N" LINK "L" "K"
FUSE LINK 14 -- D
FUSE LINK 14 -- D
38 CAN BUSS 1STP P-C
SEE NOTE ABOVE
CAN BUSS 1STP P-A TITLE BLOCK
CAN BUSS 1STP P-E
WHT/YEL 48-12(12)-F
42 ORN/RED 18 49-198 E-S

ORN/RED 18 49-199 E-S
43 YEL/RED 16 2-1-99 A-T
YEL/RED 16 2-1-99-1 T-E
YEL/RED 16 2-1-98 T-S
YEL/RED 16 2-63 A-Z SONIC WELDS
44 BLACK 16 E-A WHT/BLK 58-1-1 -J
STARTER
54 ORN/RED 18 49-106 A-Z WHT/BLK 58-1-2 -J WHT/BLK 58-1 -A
56 WHT/BLK 18 1 A-V
WHT/BLK 18 1-1 V-J DETAIL "V" "M"
WHT/BLK 18 1-2 V-J MAE19080A
Figure 7-41. Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine Harness
7-33
7-34
DETAIL "F"
BLACK -B
DETAIL "F"
BLACK (10) -A BLACK (10) -W FOR SPLICING WIRES TOGETHER AND
BLACK -FF USING 2" OF HEAT SHRINK INSIDE LOOM
DETAIL "AA"
"B"
STROBE USE GOLD TERMINALS ITEM #56 ON CAN CIRCUITS.
LIGHT
PIN 1
PIN 2
"K" "EE" "FF"
"W"
COVER THIS END OF COMPLETED 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BUSS PWR
HARNESS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO "C"
BLACK -AA
TERMINALS DURING SHIPPING
BLU/ORN 52-11 -A
AND HANDLING. AUX POWER
SEE NOTE ABOVE TITLE BLOCK
PLUG
PLUG
PLUG
PLUG
PLUG
GENERATOR SIGNAL
ALTERNATOR AUX
"A" B A
FUSIBLE LINK 9"
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16) -A

YEL/RED 2-20 (16) -A
RED (CAN HI) -A

WHT/YEL 48-3 -A
BLACK (CAN LO) -A
BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -BB
BLU/ORN 52-5-2 -CC
CAN SHIELD - A
BLACK -AA
SOCKET 3 ORANGE 7-2 -R
SOCKET 5 BLACK -T
SOCKET 10 YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16) FF
SEE
SOCKET 11 WHT/YEL 48-3 -EE
BRN/ORN 53-2 -A
NO LOOM
DETAIL
J1 SOCKET 13 BRN/ORN 53-2 -W
NO LOOM
SOCKET 18 BLACK -R "CC" SEE
NO LOOM
SOCKET 20 ORANGE 55-47 -S SEE
BLACK (10) -AA

DETAIL
RED 1-2 (10) -A

SOCKET 23 ORANGE 55-45 -T DETAIL
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -BB

BLU/ORN 52-5-1 -CC
SOCKET 27 BLACK -R "AA" "BB"
SOCKET 32 BRN/WHT 47-8 BB
J7 SOCKET 21 ORN/RED 49-106 -DD
YEL/RED 2-63(16) -DD

YEL/RED 2-20(16) -FF
DETAIL "F"
A RED (CAN HI) -EE
B BLACK (CAN LO) -EE BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -K
C CAN SHIELD - EE
BRN/WHT 47-8 -A BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -EE
BLACK (10) -AA DETAIL "BB"
ORN/RED 49-106 -A
YEL/RED 2-63 -A
DETAIL "F"
RED 1-2 (10) -W
SOCKET 1
SOCKET 2
BLU/ORN 52-5-1 -K
BLU/ORN 52-11 -B
BLU/ORN 52-5 -CC "DD" "R" BLU/ORN 52-5 -A BLU/ORN 52-5-2 -FF
BLACK -A PIN A
DOS DETAIL "CC"
ORANGE 8-2 -A PIN B
CONNECTION SUNSTRAND PUMP
ORANGE 7-2 -A PIN C
BLACK -A PIN D
NOTES:
1. THE 14 GA. FUSIBLE LINK IS DESIGNED
TO ACT AS A FUSE DURING DIRECT SHORTS.
THE FUSIBLE LINK SHOULD BE ROUTED SO
THAT IT IS NOT TOUCHING ANY COMPONET
THAT COULD BE DAMAGED. IF IT MELTS
THE LINK SHOULD BE LOCATED IN FREE AIR.
2. ALL WIRE COLORS, PRINTING AND

ITEM # REV COLOR AWG WIRE # ID GUIDELINES P/N 4150225
1 BLACK 10 -- A-AA
BLACK 10 -- AA-W 3. LOOM CAN BE WOVEN OR EXPANDABLE
2 RED 10 1-2 A-W TYPE, ITEMS 13, 14, 15 AND 16 ARE ONLY NEEDED
WITH EXPANDABLE TYPE LOOM. LOOM TO WITHIN
BLACK -T
4 BLACK 18 -- AA-B LOOM TO CONNECTORS 2" OF TERMINAL UNLESS NOTED
BLACK -A
ORANGE 55-45 -A
BLACK -S
ORANGE 55-47 -A
BLACK 18 -- AA-FF
BLACK 18 -- A-T
BLACK 18 -- A-R
1
1
2
2
BLACK 18 -- A-R
BLACK 18 -- S-T 3 3
5 BLU/ORN 18 52-11 A-B
BLU/ORN 18 52-5 BRAKE 2 SPEED
A-CC
BLU/ORN 18 52-5-1 CC-K
"T" "S"
BLU/ORN 18 52-5-2 CC-FF
6 BRN/ORN 18 53-2 A-C ITEM # REV COLOR AWG WIRE # ID
7 BRN/WHT 18 47-8 A-BB 9 ORN/RED 18 49-106 A-DD
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-1 BB-EE 10 WHT/YEL 18 48-3 A-EE
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-2 BB-K 12 FUSE LINK 14 -- W
8 ORANGE 18 7-2 A-R 51 YEL/RED 16 2-63 A-DD
ORANGE 18 8-2 A-R YEL/RED 16 2-1-99 A-FF
ORANGE 18 55-45 A-T YEL/RED 16 2-20 A-FF
ORANGE 18 55-47 A-S 52 CAN BUSS 1STP A-EE
MAE19370B
Figure 7-42. Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine Harness (SN 0300177361 through 0300181174)
3121616
DETAIL "F"
BLACK -B
DETAIL "F"
3121616
BLACK (10) -A BLACK (10) -U FOR SPLICING WIRES TOGETHER AND
BLACK -FF USING 2" OF HEAT SHRINK INSIDE LOOM
DETAIL "AA"
"B"
STROBE BATTERY STUD
LIGHT USE GOLD TERMINALS
POWER RELAY "W" ON CAN CIRCUITS
SEE NOTE ABOVE TITLE BLOCK
PIN 1
PIN 2
VEHICLE VEHICLE
INTERFACE #1 INTERFACE #2
"K" "EE" "FF"

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
"C"
BLACK -AA
BLU/ORN 52-11 -A
FUSIBLE LINK 9"
AUX POWER
COVER THIS END OF COMPLETED SOLENOID
PLUG
PLUG
PLUG
PLUG
PLUG
HARNESS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO
AND HANDLING.
GENERATOR SIGNAL
ALTERNATOR AUX
NO LOOM
GENERATOR
OPTION
"A" B A
CAN SHIELD - A
BLU/ORN 52-5-2 -CC
YEL/RED 2-20 (16) -A
BLACK -AA
WHT/YEL 48-3 -A
RED (CAN HI) -A
BLACK (CAN LO) -A
BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -BB
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16) -A
RED 1-2 (10) -A

SOCKET 5 BLACK -T
SOCKET 10 YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16) FF
SOCKET 11 WHT/YEL 48-3 -EE SEE
BRN/ORN 53-2 -A
J1 SOCKET 13 BRN/ORN 53-2 -C DETAIL
NO LOOM
SOCKET 20 ORANGE 55-47 -S "CC"
SOCKET 23 ORANGE 55-45 -T SEE SEE
SOCKET 32 BRN/WHT 47-8 BB DETAIL DETAIL
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -BB

BLU/ORN 52-5-1 -CC
SEE
"AA" "BB" DETAIL
"V"
SOCKET 1 WHT/BLK 58-1 -V ORANGE 7-2 -A 1
J3
WHT/BLK 58-1-1 -V 2
J7 SOCKET 35 ORN/RED 49-106 -DD
"R"
YEL/RED 2-63(16) -DD
YEL/RED 2-20(16) -FF DRIVE PUMP
A RED (CAN HI) -EE ORANGE 8-2 -A 1

B BLACK (CAN LO) -EE DETAIL "F" WHT/BLK 58-1-2 -V 2
C CAN SHIELD - EE
WHT/BLK 58-1-2 -R
BLACK (10) -AA WHT/BLK 58-1 -A
DETAIL "F"
WHT/BLK 58-1-1 -R
DETAIL "V"
ORN/RED 49-106 -A
YEL/RED 2-63 -A
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -K
BRN/WHT 47-8 -A BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -EE
DETAIL "BB"
SOCKET 1
SOCKET 2
RED 1-2 (10) -W
BLU/ORN 52-11 -B NO LOOM
BLU/ORN 52-5 -CC "DD" CHASSIS GROUND
PIVOT PIN
DOS
CONNECTION DETAIL "F"
BLACK (10) -AA "U"
LABEL BLU/ORN 52-5-1 -K
LABEL
"BRAKE" "2 SPEED" BLU/ORN 52-5 -A BLU/ORN 52-5-2 -FF
DETAIL "CC"
NOTES:
LOOM STARTS AT THIS POINT 1. THE FUSIBLE LINK IS DESIGNED
TO ACT AS A FUSE DURING DIRECT SHORTS.
THE FUSIBLE LINK SHOULD BE ROUTED SO
THAT IT IS NOT TOUCHING ANY COMPONENT
THAT COULD BE DAMAGED. IF IT MELTS
THE LINK SHOULD BE LOCATED IN FREE AIR.
NOTE: THIS VIEW OF THE CONNECTOR IS WITH THE HOUSING
INSTALLED OVER THE TERMINALS AND MAY BE USED TO 2. HARNESS TO CONFORM TO JLG
P/N 1001105999, SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE HOW THE HOUSING IS TO BE INSTALLED OVER FOR WIRE HARNESS MANUFACTURING.
BLACK -T
LOOM TO CONNECTORS
BLACK -A
ORANGE 55-45 -A
BLACK -S
ORANGE 55-47 -A
ITEM # REV COLOR AWG WIRE # ID THE TERMINAL.
1 BLACK 10 -- A-AA 3. LOOM CAN BE WOVEN OR EXPANDABLE
TYPE, ITEMS 11, 12, 13 AND 14 ARE ONLY NEEDED
BLACK 10 -- AA-U WITH EXPANDABLE TYPE LOOM. LOOM TO WITHIN
1
1
1
2
2
2 RED 10 1-2 A-W 2" OF TERMINAL UNLESS NOTED.
3 BLACK 18 -- AA-B 2
3
BLACK 18 -- AA-FF
4. ALL WIRE COLORS, PRINTING AND NUMBERING METHODS
BLACK 18 -- A-T BRAKE 2 SPEED
MUST COMPLY WITH JLG ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDELINES
BLACK 18 -- S-T NUMBER 4.00. P/N 4150225
4 BLU/ORN 18 52-11 A-B
"T" "S"
BLU/ORN 18 52-5 A-CC
BLU/ORN 18 52-5-1 CC-K
BLU/ORN 18 52-5-2 CC-FF
5 BRN/ORN 18 53-2 A-C
6 BRN/WHT 18 47-8 A-BB
10 FUSE LINK 14 -- W
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-1 BB-EE
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-2 34 YEL/RED 16 2-63 A-DD
BB-K
7 ORANGE 18 7-2 YEL/RED 16 2-1-99 A-FF
A-R
ORANGE 18 8-2 YEL/RED 16 2-20 A-FF
A-R
35 CAN BUSS 1STP A-EE
ORANGE 18 55-45 A-T
ORANGE 18 55-47 A-S
42 WHT/BLK 18 58-1 A-V MAE19290A
WHT/BLK 18 58-1-1 V-R
8 ORN/RED 18 49-106 A-DD
WHT/BLK 18 58-1-2 V-R
9 WHT/YEL 18 48-3 A-EE
Figure 7-43. Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine harness (SN 0300181175 to Present)
7-35
7-36
"H"
FUEL REGULATOR
GM HARNESS
DETAIL "C"
DETAIL "B"
FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM FROM
FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM MAIN LOOM. NO LOOM REQUIRED
FROM MAIN HARNESS WITH LOOM. ON BREAK OUT WIRE. A B C D
WHT/LT GRN -C
LT GRN/RED -C
LT GRN/WHT -C
BLK/LT GRN -C
SONIC WELD "C" SONIC WELDS
WHT/BLK 58-1-2-L
ON STARTER
BLACK -B BOSCH "G" WHT/BLK 58-1-1-L WHT/BLK 58-1-A
FUEL
B+ START SOLENOID
BLACK (10) -A BLACK (10) -F
REGULATOR
DETAIL "S"
DETAIL "R"
"B" 1 2 3 4
STROBE "F"
LIGHT
COVER THIS END OF COMPLETED "D"
HARNESS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO
AND HANDLING.
PIN 1
PIN 2
LT GRN/RED -H
LT GRN/WHT -H
BLK/LT GRN -H
WHT/LT GRN -H
SEE NOTE ABOVE
TITLE BLOCK
"A" SONIC WELDS
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -D
AUXILIARY POWER
SOCKET 3 ORANGE 7-2 -L
BRN/WHT 47-8 -A BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -K
SOCKET 5 BLACK -N
ALTERNATOR AUX
GENERATOR SIGNAL
LINK
FUSIBLE
SOCKET 11 WHT/YEL 48-3 -K
DETAIL "P"
BLU/ORN 52-11 -A
J1 SOCKET 13 BRN/ORN 53-2 -F
BLACK -R
SOCKET 20 ORANGE 55-47 -M B A
SOCKET 23 ORANGE 55-45 -N
J3 SOCKET 1 WHT/BLK 58-1-S
BRN/ORN 53-2 -A
SOCKET 35 ORN/RED 49-106 -J SEE SEE DETAIL
J7
RED 1-2(10) -A
DETAIL
BLACK (10) -R
"R" "P"
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 -P
BLU/ORN 52-5 -A
BLACK (10)-R YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16) A A
B B BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -P B
BRN/WHT 47-8 -P B
BLACK -O C
YEL/RED (16) 2-1-99 -K WHT/YEL 48-8 -O D 1
YEL/RED 2-63 -J C C C
WHT/YEL 48-3 -A F
RED 1-2 (10) -G
RED (CAN HI) -A N
BLACK (CAN LO) -A P
A RED -K LOOM
B BLACK -K START
C SHIELD WIRE K "K"
BLU/ORN 52-5 -D SEE DETAIL
BLU/ORN 52-11-B
"S"

1 BLACK 10 -- A-R
BLACK 10 -- R-F
2
YEL/RED 2-63 -A
ORN/RED 49-106 -A
RED 10 1-2 A-G
3 YEL/RED 16 2-1-99 A-K
YEL/RED 16 2-63 A-J
4 BLACK 18 -- R-B
BLACK -K
BLACK 18 -- A-N
WHT/YEL 48-8 -K
SOCKET 2
SOCKET 1
BLACK 18 -- O-K
ORANGE 8-2 -A 1 "L"
BLACK 18 -- N-M
DOS WHT/BLK 58-1-1 -S 2
5 BLU/ORN 18 52-11 A-B CONNECTION DRIVE PUMP
BLU/ORN 18 52-5 A-D
"J"
6 BRN/ORN 18 53-2 A-F

7 BRN/WHT 18 47-8 A-P
FUEL
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-1 P-K PUMP
BRN/WHT 18 47-8-2 P-D
8 ORANGE 18 7-2 ORANGE 7-2 -A 1
A-L "O"
ORANGE 18 8-2 A-L WHT/BLK 58-1-2 -S 2
ORANGE 18 55-45 A-N
ORANGE 18 55-47 A-M
9 WHT/YEL 18 48-3 A-K
WHT/YEL 18 48-8 O-K
10 BLK/LT GRN 18 C-H
BLACK -N
BLACK -M
BLACK -A
11 LT GRN/WHT 18 C-H
ORANGE 55-45-A
LOOM TO CONNECTOR
ORANGE 55-47-A
12 LT GRN/RED 18 C-H
13 WHT/LT GRN 18 C-H
14 FUSE LINK 12 -- G
1
2
15 CAN BUSS 1STP A-K

1
2
52 ORN/RED 18 49-106 A-J 3

3
WHT/BLK 18 58-1 A-S
54 BRAKE
WHT/BLK 18 58-1 S-L 2 SPEED MAE19090B
WHT/BLK 18 58-2 S-L "N" "M"
Figure 7-44. GM Engine Harness
3121616
3121616
DETAIL "C"
DETAIL "B"
FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM FROM
FOR BREAKING OUT LOOM MAIN LOOM. NO LOOM REQUIRED
FROM MAIN HARNESS WITH LOOM. ON BREAK OUT WIRE.
SONIC WELD
SONIC WELDS
BLACK -B WHT/BLK 58-1-2-L
CASE GRN ON AUX PUMP RELAY

AUXILIARY POWER
BLACK (10) -A BLACK (10) -F WHT/BLK 58-1-1-L WHT/BLK 58-1-A
B+ ON AUX
BLACK -U "G" "F"
PUMP RELAY
DETAIL "S"
DETAIL "R"
"B"
STROBE
LIGHT
COVER THIS END OF COMPLETED
HARNESS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO "D"
AND HANDLING.
PIN 1
PIN 2
BRN/ORN 53-2 -A
SEE NOTE ABOVE

TITLE BLOCK
"A"
BLACK (10) -R
CHASSIS GROUND
PIVIOT PIN
ALTERNATOR AUX
GENERATOR SIGNAL
SOCKET 5 BLACK -N "U"
LINK
FUSIBLE
SOCKET 11 WHT/YEL 48-3 -K
J1 SOCKET 13 BRN/ORN 53-2 -F
B A
BLU/ORN 52-11 -A
BLACK -R
SOCKET 20 ORANGE 55-47 -M
SOCKET 23 ORANGE 55-45 -N
J3 SOCKET 1 WHT/BLK 58-1-S
SEE LOOM TO 2-3 INCHES BEHIND CONNECTOR

J7 SOCKET 35 ORN/RED 49-106 -J
DETAIL
BRN/WHT 47-8 -A
BLACK (10) -R
"R"
RED 1-2(10) -A
BLU/ORN 52-5 -A
BLACK (10)-R
B C B YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16) A 1
BRN/WHT 47-8 -D B
BLACK -O 18
YEL/RED (16) 2-1-99 -K WHT/YEL 48-8 -O 5
C 1
YEL/RED 2-63 -J C
WHT/YEL 48-3 -A 15
RED 1-2 (10) -G
RED (CAN HI) -A 28
BLACK (CAN LO) -A 29
A RED -K LOOM
B BLACK -K START
C SHIELD WIRE K "K"
BLU/ORN 52-5 -D
BLU/ORN 52-11-B
SEE DETAIL
"S"
ORN/RED 49-106 -A
YEL/RED 2-63 -A
BLACK -K
SOCKET 2
SOCKET 1
WHT/YEL 48-8 -K
DOS
CONNECTION ORANGE 8-2 -A 1
WHT/BLK 58-1-1 -S 2 "L"
"J" DRIVE PUMP
FUEL
PUMP
"O"
ORANGE 7-2 -A 1
WHT/BLK 58-1-2 -S 2
BLACK -N
BLACK -M
LOOM TO CONNECTOR
BLACK -A
ORANGE 55-47-A
ORANGE 55-45-A
1
1
2
2
3 3
BRAKE 2 SPEED
"N" "M" MAE3630E
Figure 7-45. Ford Engine Harness (SN 0300181175 to Present)
7-37
7-38
THE FOLLOWING IS HOW THE JUMPERS WORK.
NO ALTERNATOR OUTPUT TO LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE,
LOW ENIGINE OIL PRESSURE TO HIGH ENGINE FLUID TEMP,
HIGH ENGINE FLUID TEMP TO , GLOW PLUG INDICATOR,
GLOW PLUG INDICATOR TO PLATFORM OVERLOAD, "M"
PLATFORM OVERLOAD TO CRIBBING ENABLED.
ROTATE "K"
SWITCH
"L" "R"
CONNECTOR LEVEL JIB TOWER TELE "J" "I" "H"
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH MAIN TEL MAIN LIFT
"Q"
TOWER LIFT SWING
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
LIGHT PANEL
"N"
HIGH LOW
PINK 25-2 -C
GRAY 23-2 -C
PINK 26-2 -C
GRAY 24-2 -C
TAN 5-2 -C
YEL/RED 2-40-9-A
BLUE 27-2 -C
TAN 3-2 -C
BLUE 28-2 -C
TAN 6-2 -C
TAN 4-2 -C
BROWN 16-2-C
BROWN 15-2-C
ENGINE ENGINE NO
BROWN 14-2 -C
BROWN 13-2 -C
FLUID OIL ALTERNATOR
TEMPERTURE PRESSURE OUTPUT
WHITE 22-2 -C
YEL/RED 2-40-1-P
WHITE 21-2 -C
YEL/RED 2-40-8 YEL/RED 2-40-7 YEL/RED 2-40-4 YEL/RED 2-40-6 YEL/RED 2-40-5 YEL/RED 2-40-2 YEL/RED 2-40-3
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK 0-3 -G
USE 2 WIRE TIES FROM
HERE TO AREA "P".
BRN/WHT 47-5-1 -C
BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -C
BRN/WHT 47-6-1 -C
BRN/WHT 47-75 -C
BLACK
BLACK
ORN/RED 49-100 -C
WHT/YEL 48-6 -C
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
GLOW PLATFORM CRIBBING
PLUG OVERLOAD ENABLED THIS IS THE CENTER OF THE DRAWING
YOU NEED PAGE #1 AND PAGE #2 FOR A
(CE ONLY) "K" "R" "J" "I" "Q" "H" COMPLETE HARNESS. JOIN THE CENTER
"M" "L" TOWER TELE
POINTS OF BOTH DRAWINGS
MAIN TEL MAIN LIFT
ROTATE LEVEL JIB SWITCH SWITCH TOWER LIFT SWING
SWITCH
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH CONNECTOR CONNECTOR SWITCH SWITCH
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
NOTE: ALL WIRE COLORS, PRINTING AND


MAE19310E
Figure 7-46. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 (T4i) (SN 0300177361 through 0300200808), GM (SN 0300177361 to Present)
and Ford (SN 0300181175 to Present) Engines - Sheet 1 of 2
3121616
ITEM # COLOR REV. AWG WIRE# ID ITEM # COLOR REV AWG WIRE# ID ITEM # COLOR REV AWG WIRE# ID ITEM # COLOR REV AWG WIRE# ID
1 BLACK 18 -- N 7 GRAY 18 23-2 M-C 19 18 2-40 P-C 18 2-3-1 U-D
YEL/RED
18 -- N 18 24-2 M-C 18 2-40-1 H-P 18 2-3-1 U-T
18 -- N 8 WHT/YEL 18 48-1 C-P 20 12 --
18 2-40-2 Q-I BLACK D-B
18 -- N 18 48-9 F-E 12 2-4
18 2-60 E-A 25 YEL/RED O-G
18 -- N 18 48-6 N-C 12 2-1-1
3121616
18 S-F T-B
18 0-1 T-F 18 48-15 F-T
18 2-30-4 G-T 12 2-1 O-G
18 -- T 18 -- X-X
2-61 A-E 12 2-2 G-D
18
18 0-2 S-F 18 49-60 E-E
9 ORN/RED 18 2-40-3 H-Q 12 2-1-2 B-D
18 0-3 G-N 18 49-62 E-E 18 2-40-4 K-R 12 2-4-1 G-T
18 0-4 G-C 18 49-64 E-A 18 2-40-5 J-I 12 2-1-3 T-O
18 0-5 E-Q 18 49-65 E-A D-DD
18 2-40-6 R-J 37 CAN BUS STP D RED RED RED RED A
18 0-6 F-T 18 49-66 E-A Ff-DD
18 2-40-7 L-K
18 -- Cc-Z 18 49-86 E-C A-DD
D BLACK BLACK BLACK BLK A
18 2-40-8 M-L
2 BLUE 18 28-2 K-C SHIELD WIRE
18 49-87 E-A 18 2-40-9 37 CAN BUS 2 X-Z
M-A SHIELD WIRE
18 27-2 K-C SHIELD WIRE
18 49-88 E-A 18 2-30 A-G 33 RED 12 O
3 BLU/ORN 18 52-12 E-Q
18 49-90 S-F 18 2-5 D-G 52 YEL/RED 16 2-4 T-V Ff BLACK BLACK
18 52-5 F-E
18 49-91 S-F 18 2-2-1 T-A Ff RED
18 52-75 E-CC RED
18 49-100 C-N 18 2-3-1 U-A
4 BROWN 18 14-2 J-C
18 49-93 E-A 18 2-30-1 D-A
18 13-2 J-C
18 49-84 E-A 18 2-21 D-A
18 15-2 R-C "Z" DETAIL "DD" SONIC WELDS
18 49-85 E-A 18 2-62
18 16-2 R-C E-A TELEMATICS
10 PINK 18 26-2 L-C (SPLICE)
C-P 18 2-6-2 F-T CONNECTOR
5 BRN/ORN 18 53-2
18 25-2 L-C RED-X PIN C
18 2-75 E-V
6 BRN/WHT 18 47-8-1 C-N 11 RED 18 1-90 O-Y BLACK-X PIN D
18 2-90 V-Y SHIELD-X PIN E
18 47-5-1 C-N 18 4-2 C-I
14 TAN SEE DETAIL AA
BLACK-Cc PIN A
18 47-6-1 C-N 18 3-2 C-I
SEE
18 47-8 G-C 18 5-2 C-Q DETAIL
18 47-75 N-C 18 6-2 C-Q
"F" "Y"
15 WHITE 18 22-2 C-H
J1 YEL/RED 2-90 -V
WHT/YEL 48-15 -T SOCKET 7 RED 1-90 -O SEE DETAIL AA
18 21-2 C-H YEL/RED 2-6-2 -T SOCKET 10
"O" WHT/YEL 48-9 -E SOCKET 12 DETAIL "AA" DRAIN
EMS BLACK 0-6 -T SOCKET 17 "D" WIRE
NOTE: WIRE TIE RED (12) BLACK 0-1 -T SOCKET 19 DEUTSCH
"B"
TO OTHER EMS WIRES BLU/ORN 52-5 -E SOCKET 22 CONNECTOR J8
YEL/RED S SOCKET 28
ORN/RED 49-91 -S SOCKET 29 RED -DD PIN 3 YEL/RED (12) 2-1-1 -T SOCKET 2
ORN/RED 49-90 -S SOCKET 30 BLACK -DD PIN 2 BLACK (12) -D SOCKET 3
BLACK 0-2 -S SOCKET 31 SHIELD WIRE-DD PIN 1
RED (12)
YEL/RED (12) 2-1-2 -D SOCKET 4
LOAD THIS SIDE OF THE "Ff" YEL/RED 2-3-1 -U PIN 4
CONNECTOR FOR THIS SWITCH.
YEL/RED 2-1(12)-G
RED 1-90 -Y
YELLOW/RED 2-4 (12)-G

YELLOW/RED 2-1-3(12)-T
C B A YEL/RED 2-21 -A PIN 6
YEL/RED 2-2(12) -G PIN 10
YEL/RED 2-30-1 -A PIN 11
START AND AUX. YEL/RED 2-1-2(12) -B PIN 12
RED-DD
POWER/ENABLE YEL/RED 2-5 -G PIN 13 "A"
BLACK-DD
BLACK (12) -B PIN 16
SWITCH J7
SHIELD WIRE
"P" YELLOW/RED 2-40-1-H
SEE "DD" YEL/RED 2-3-1 -U SOCKET 1
DETAIL (SPLICE)
YEL/RED 2-2-1 -T SOCKET 2
BROWN/ORANGE 53-2-C
AA
YELLOW/RED 2-40-C YEL/RED 2-30 -G SOCKET 3
ORN/RED 49-66 E SOCKET 4
WHITE/YELLOW 48-1-C SEE DETAIL AA
RED -DD SOCKET 13
BLACK -DD SOCKET 24
"Q" MAKE "U" CONNECTION
SHIELD WIRE -DD SOCKET 18
J2 HERE WITHIN HARNESS.
"U" ORN/RED 49-65 E SOCKET 7
YEL/RED 2-3-1 -A YEL/RED 2-30-4 -G YEL/RED 2-60 E SOCKET 11
BLACK 0-5 -E SOCKET 18 YEL/RED 2-3-1 -T
YEL/RED 2-3-1 -D YEL/RED 2-3-1 -U
BLU/ORN 52-12 -E SOCKET 26 YEL/RED 2-30-1 -D SOCKET 14
YEL/RED 2-2-1 -A
YEL/RED 2-1-1 (12) -B YEL/RED 2-21 -D SOCKET 15
"T" YEL/RED 2-62 E SOCKET 16
YEL/RED 2-4 -V (16)
YEL/RED 2-1-3 (12) -O ORN/RED 49-93 E SOCKET 19
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12) -G
YEL/RED F 1 ORN/RED 49-88 E SOCKET 22
ORN/RED 49-91 F 2 YEL/RED 2-40-9 M SOCKET 23
ORN/RED 49-90 F 3 "S" YEL/RED 2-6-2 -F YEL/RED 2-61 E SOCKET 26
BLACK 0-2 F 4 ORN/RED 49-64 E SOCKET 29
"CC" ORN/RED 49-84 E SOCKET 33
WHT/YEL 48-15 -F ORN/RED 49-87 E SOCKET 34
J3 BLACK 0-6 -F
YOU NEED PAGE #1 AND PAGE #2 FOR A BLACK-Z SOCKET 3
COMPLETE HARNESS. JOIN THE CENTER BLU/ORN 52-75 -E SOCKET 9 BLACK 0-1 -F BLACK -T 4"
POINTS OF BOTH DRAWINGS.
"V" YEL/RED 2-90 -Y
YEL/RED 2-4 -T (16)
YEL/RED 2-75 -E
"X"
J12
SEE DETAIL AA
RED-Z SOCKET 3
BRN/WHT 47-75 -N SOCKET 1 BLACK-Z SOCKET 4
"E" WHT/YEL 48-6 -N SOCKET 3 SHIELD-Z SOCKET 5
WHT/YEL 48-1 -P SOCKET 4
IGN. ON "C" PINK 26-2 -L SOCKET 5
WHT/YEL -X SOCKET 6
RELAY GRAY 23-2 -M SOCKET 6 WHT/YEL -X SOCKET 7
HOUR METER J4
BROWN 13-2 -J SOCKET 7
BLUE 28-2 -K SOCKET 8
BLACK 0-4 -C TAN 5-2 -Q SOCKET 10
BLACK 0-3 -N BROWN 15-2 -R SOCKET 11
BROWN/WHITE 47-8 -C BRN/WHT 47-8 -G SOCKET 12
PIN 1 YEL/RED 2-60 A PIN 1 ORN/RED 49-86 C ORN/RED 49-100 -N SOCKET 14
PIN 2 ORN/RED 49-60 E PIN 2 ORN/RED 49-87 A BRN/ORN 53-2 -P SOCKET 16
PINK 25-2 -L SOCKET 17
"G" PIN 3 ORN/RED 49-60 E PIN 3 ORN/RED 49-88 A GRAY 24-2 -M SOCKET 18
PIN 4 ORN/RED 49-62 E PIN 4 ORN/RED 49-93 A BLUE 27-2 -K SOCKET 19 NOTE: ALL WIRE COLORS, PRINTING AND
MASTER SWITCH PIN 5 ORN/RED 49-62 E TAN 6-2 -Q SOCKET 21
PIN 5 ORN/RED 49-84 A NUMBERING METHODS MUST COMPLY
BROWN 16-2 -R SOCKET 22 WITH JLG ENGINEERING DESIGN
YELLOW/RED 2-30 -A PIN 6 ORN/RED 49-64 A PIN 6 ORN/RED 49-85 A TAN 3-2 -I SOCKET 23 GUIDELINES P/N 4150225
YELLOW/RED 2-4 (12) -O PIN 7 YEL/RED 2-61 A PIN 7 NOT USED YEL/RED 2-40 -P SOCKET 25
PIN 8 ORN/RED 49-65 A BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -N SOCKET 26
YELLOW/RED 2-1 (12) -O PIN 8 NOT USED
BRN/WHT 47-6-1 -N SOCKET 28
YELLOW/RED 2-2 (12) -D PIN 9 YEL/RED 2-62 A PIN 9 NOT USED BRN/WHT 47-5-1 -N SOCKET 29
YELLOW/RED 2-5 -D PIN 10 ORN/RED 49-66 A PIN 10 NOT USED BROWN 14-2 -J SOCKET 30
YELLOW/RED 2-30-4 -T PIN 11 WHT/YEL 48-9 F BLACK 0-4 -G SOCKET 31
PIN 11 NOT USED ORN/RED 49-86 E SOCKET 32
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12) -T
PIN 12 BLU/ORN 52-12 Q PIN 12 YEL/RED 2-75 V TAN 4-2 -I SOCKET 33
PIN 13 BLACK 0-5 Q PIN 13 BLU/ORN 52-75 CC WHITE 21-2 -H SOCKET 34
WHITE 22-2 -H SOCKET 35
PIN 14 BLU/ORN 52-5 F PIN 14 NOT USED
PIN 15 NOT USED PIN 15 NOT USED
YEL/RED 2-90
PIN H-Z
SONIC WELD
RED 1-90
PIN B-Z
MAE19320E
DETAIL "Y"
Figure 7-47. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 (T4i) (SN 0300177361 through 0300200808),
GM (SN 0300177361 to Present) and Ford (SN 0300181175 to Present) Engines - Sheet 2 of 2
7-39
7-40
YEL/RED
18 -- N 18 24-2 M-C 18 2-40-1 H-P 18 2-3-1 U-T
18 -- N 8 WHT/YEL 18 48-1 C-P 20 12 --
18 2-40-2 Q-I BLACK D-B
18 -- N 18 48-9 F-E 12 2-4
18 2-60 E-A 25 YEL/RED O-G
18 -- N 18 48-6 N-C 18 S-F 12 2-1-1 T-B
18 0-1 T-F 18 48-15 F-T
18 2-30-4 G-T 12 2-1 O-G
18 0-2 S-F 18 -- X-X
2-61 A-E 12 2-2 G-D
18
18 0-5 E-Q 18 49-60 E-E 12 2-1-2
9 ORN/RED 18 2-40-3 H-Q B-D
18 0-6 F-T 18 49-62 E-E 12 2-1-3 T-O
18 2-40-4 K-R
18 -- Cc-Z 18 49-64 E-A 37 CAN BUS STP D-DD
18 2-40-5 J-I
18 -- C-N 18 49-65 E-A Ff-AE
18 2-40-6 R-J
18 49-66 E-A A-DD
18 2-40-7 L-K
2 BLUE 18 28-2 K-C
18 49-86 E-C 18 2-40-8 AB-AE
M-L
18 27-2 K-C
18 49-87 E-A 18 2-40-9 M-A AE-DD
18 102-1 C-AB 18 49-88 E-A 37 CAN BUS 2 X-Z
18 2-30 A-G
3 BLU/ORN 18 52-12 E-Q
18 49-90 S-F 18 2-5 D-G 33 RED 12 O
18 52-5 F-E
18 49-91 S-F 18 2-2-1 T-A 52 YEL/RED 16 2-4 T-V
18 52-75 E-CC
18 49-100 C-N 18 2-3-1 U-A
4 BROWN 18 14-2 J-C
18 49-93 E-A 18 2-30-1 D-A
18 13-2 J-C
18 49-84 E-A 18 2-21 D-A
18 15-2 R-C
18 49-85 E-A 18 2-62
18 16-2 R-C E-A
10 PINK 18 26-2 L-C
18 2-75 E-V
18 103-1 A-AB
18 25-2 L-C
C-P 18 2-90 V-Y
5 BRN/ORN 18 53-2 11 RED 18 1-90 O-Y
6 BRN/WHT 18 47-8-1 C-N 18 4-2 C-I
14 TAN
18 47-5-1 C-N 18 3-2 C-I
18 47-6-1 C-N 18 5-2 C-Q
18 47-75 N-C 18 6-2 C-Q
15 WHITE 18 22-2 C-H

18 21-2 C-H
64 ORN 18 100-1 F-AD

18 100-2 CC-AD
18 100-3 AC-AD
18 101-1 AC-X
"M" "K" "R"

ROTATE "L" "I"
JIB TOWER TELE "J" "H"
SWITCH LEVEL "Q"
SWITCH SWITCH MAIN TEL MAIN LIFT SWING
CONNECTOR SWITCH TOWER LIFT
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR SWITCH SWITCH
CONNECTOR SWITCH SWITCH
LIGHT PANEL
"N" HIGH LOW
PINK 25-2 -C
GRAY 23-2 -C
PINK 26-2 -C
GRAY 24-2 -C
TAN 5-2 -C
TAN 3-2 -C
YEL/RED 2-40-9-A
BLUE 27-2 -C
BLUE 28-2 -C
TAN 6-2 -C
TAN 4-2 -C
BROWN 16-2-C
BROWN 15-2-C
ENGINE ENGINE NO
BROWN 14-2 -C
BROWN 13-2 -C
WHITE 22-2 -C
YEL/RED 2-40-1-P
WHITE 21-2 -C
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
THE ABOVE IS HOW THE JUMPERS WORK.
BLACK 0-3 -C
NO ALTERNATOR OUTPUT TO LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE, USE 2 WIRE TIES FROM
LOW ENIGINE OIL PRESSURE TO HIGH ENGINE FLUID TEMP, HERE TO AREA "P".
HIGH ENGINE FLUID TEMP TO , GLOW PLUG INDICATOR,
BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -C
BRN/WHT 47-6-1 -C
BRN/WHT 47-5-1 -C
GLOW PLUG INDICATOR TO PLATFORM OVERLOAD,
PLATFORM OVERLOAD TO CRIBBING ENABLED.
BLACK
BLACK
BRN/WHT 47-75 -C
ORN/RED 49-100 -C
BLACK
WHT/YEL 48-6 -C
BLACK
BLACK
GLOW PLATFORM CRIBBING THIS IS THE CENTER OF THE DRAWING
PLUG OVERLOAD ENABLED YOU NEED PAGE #1 AND PAGE #2 FOR A
(CE ONLY) "K" "R" "J" "I" "Q" "H" COMPLETE HARNESS. JOIN THE CENTER
"M" "L" POINTS OF BOTH DRAWINGS
TOWER TELE MAIN TEL MAIN LIFT
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
NOTE: THIS HARNESS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRMENTS OF JLG SPEC 1001105999
MAE19330A
Figure 7-48. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 (T4i) Engine (SN 0300200809 to Present) - Sheet 1 of 2
3121616
3121616
RED AB RED RED RED Ff
BLK AB BLACK BLACK BLK Ff
SHIELD WIRE
SHIELD WIRE D RED RED RED A
SHIELD WIRE RED
BLACK BLK DD D BLACK BLACK BLACK BLK A
RED RED DD SHIELD WIRE
SHIELD WIRE
SHIELD WIRE
AE BLACK BLACK
SONIC WELDS
DETAIL "AE" AE RED RED
(SPLICE)
"Z" DETAIL "DD" SONIC WELDS

TELEMATICS
CONNECTOR (SPLICE)
RED-X PIN C
BLACK-X PIN D
SHIELD-X PIN E
SEE DETAIL AA
BLACK-Cc PIN A
SEE
DETAIL
"F" "Y"
J1 YEL/RED 2-90 -V
RED 1-90 -O SEE DETAIL AA
WHT/YEL 48-15 -T SOCKET 7
"O" WHT/YEL 48-9 -E SOCKET 12 DRAIN
EMS BLACK 0-6 -T SOCKET 17 "D" WIRE
"B" DETAIL "AA"
YEL/RED S SOCKET 28
RED (12)
BLACK 0-2 -S SOCKET 31 SHIELD WIRE-DD PIN 1 YEL/RED (12) 2-1-2 -D SOCKET 4
ORN 100-1 -AD SOCKET 33
RED 1-90 -Y
YEL/RED 2-1(12)-G
RED-AE
BLACK-AE
SWITCH J7
SHIELD WIRE
BROWN/ORANGE 53-2-C DETAIL (SPLICE)
AA
WHITE/YELLOW 48-1-C ORN/RED 49-66 E SOCKET 4
SEE DETAIL AA
RED -DD SOCKET 13
BLACK -DD SOCKET 24
YEL/RED 2-3-1 -A YEL/RED 2-30-4 -G
BLACK 0-5 -E SOCKET 18 YEL/RED 2-3-1 -T YEL/RED 2-60 E SOCKET 11
BLU/ORN 52-12 -E SOCKET 26 YEL/RED 2-2-1 -A YEL/RED 2-30-1 -D SOCKET 14
"AE" "T" YEL/RED 2-4 -V (16) YEL/RED 2-62 E SOCKET 16
(SPLICE) ORN/RED 49-93 E SOCKET 19
YEL/RED 2-1-3 (12) -O
YEL/RED F 1 WHT/YEL 48-15 -F ORN/RED 49-88 E SOCKET 22
ORN/RED 49-91 F 2 BLACK 0-6 -F YEL/RED 2-40-9 M SOCKET 23
ORN/RED 49-90 F 3 "S" BLACK 0-1 -F BROWN 103-1 AB SOCKET 25
BLACK 0-2 F 4 YEL/RED 2-61 E SOCKET 26
J3 ORN/RED 49-84 E SOCKET 33
YOU NEED PAGE #1 AND PAGE #2 FOR A BLACK-Z SOCKET 3 ORN/RED 49-87 E SOCKET 34
COMPLETE HARNESS. JOIN THE CENTER BLU/ORN 52-75 -E SOCKET 9
POINTS OF BOTH DRAWINGS. ORN 100-2 -AD SOCKET 11
"AD" "V" YEL/RED 2-90 -Y
(SPLICE) YEL/RED 2-4 -T (16)
YEL/RED 2-75 -E "X"
J12
MDI SEE DETAIL AA
BLUE 102-1 -C PIN 1 RED-Z SOCKET 3
"AB" BROWN 103-1 -A PIN 2 SEE DETAIL AA BRN/WHT 47-75 -N SOCKET 1 BLACK-Z SOCKET 4
BLACK (18) -AE PIN 3 WHT/YEL 48-1 -P SOCKET 4
RED (18) -AE PIN 4 IGN. ON "C" PINK 26-2 -L SOCKET 5
WHT/YEL -X SOCKET 6
J4 ORN 101-1 -AC SOCKET 8
TAN 5-2 -Q SOCKET 10
BROWN 15-2 -R SOCKET 11
ORN/RED 49-100 -N SOCKET 14
PIN 1 YEL/RED 2-60 A PIN 1 ORN/RED 49-86 C BRN/ORN 53-2 -P SOCKET 16
PIN 2 ORN/RED 49-60 E PIN 2 ORN/RED 49-87 A PINK 25-2 -L SOCKET 17
"G" PIN 3 ORN/RED 49-60 E GRAY 24-2 -M SOCKET 18
PIN 3 ORN/RED 49-88 A BLUE 27-2 -K SOCKET 19
PIN 4 ORN/RED 49-62 E PIN 4 ORN/RED 49-93 A TAN 6-2 -Q SOCKET 21
MASTER SWITCH PIN 5 ORN/RED 49-62 E BROWN 16-2 -R SOCKET 22
PIN 5 ORN/RED 49-84 A
TAN 3-2 -I SOCKET 23
YELLOW/RED 2-30 -A PIN 6 ORN/RED 49-64 A PIN 6 ORN/RED 49-85 A BLUE 102-1 -AB SOCKET 24
MSSO YELLOW/RED 2-1 (12) -O PIN 8 ORN/RED 49-65 A PIN 8 NOT USED BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -N SOCKET 26
ORN 100-3 -AD YELLOW/RED 2-2 (12) -D PIN 9 YEL/RED 2-62 A PIN 9 NOT USED ORN 100-3 -AC
ORN 100-1 -F
"AC" BRN/WHT 47-5-1 -N SOCKET 29
ORN 101-1 -X YELLOW/RED 2-5 -D PIN 10 ORN/RED 49-66 A PIN 10 NOT USED BROWN 14-2 -J SOCKET 30 ORN 100-2 -CC
YELLOW/RED 2-30-4 -T PIN 11 WHT/YEL 48-9 F BLACK 0-3 -N SOCKET 31
PIN 11 NOT USED
PIN 12 BLU/ORN 52-12 Q PIN 12 YEL/RED 2-75 V
ORN/RED 49-86 E SOCKET 32 "AD"
TAN 4-2 -I SOCKET 33
PIN 14 BLU/ORN 52-5 F PIN 14 NOT USED WHITE 22-2 -H SOCKET 35
YEL/RED 2-90
PIN H-Z
SONIC WELD
RED 1-90
PIN B-Z
MAE19340A
DETAIL "Y"
Figure 7-49. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz D2011 Engine (T4i) (SN 0300200809 to Present) - Sheet 2 of 2
7-41
7-42
THE FOLLOWING IS HOW THE JUMPERS WORK.
NO ALTERNATOR OUTPUT TO LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE, "M" "K"
LOW ENIGINE OIL PRESSURE TO HIGH ENGINE FLUID TEMP, "L" "R"
HIGH ENGINE FLUID TEMP TO , GLOW PLUG INDICATOR, ROTATE JIB TOWER TELE "J" "I" "H"
GLOW PLUG INDICATOR TO PLATFORM OVERLOAD, SWITCH LEVEL "Q"
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH MAIN TEL MAIN LIFT SWING
PLATFORM OVERLOAD TO CRIBBING ENABLED. CONNECTOR TOWER LIFT
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
LIGHT PANEL
"N"
HIGH LOW
PINK 25-2 -C
GRAY 23-2 -C
PINK 26-2 -C
GRAY 24-2 -C
TAN 5-2 -C
TAN 3-2 -C
YEL/RED 2-40-9-A
BLUE 27-2 -C
BLUE 28-2 -C
TAN 6-2 -C
TAN 4-2 -C
BROWN 16-2-C
BROWN 15-2-C
ENGINE ENGINE NO
BROWN 14-2 -C
BROWN 13-2 -C
WHITE 22-2 -C
YEL/RED 2-40-1-P
WHITE 21-2 -C
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK 0-3 -G
USE 2 WIRE TIES FROM
HERE TO AREA "P".
BRN/WHT 47-6-1 -C
BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -C
BRN/WHT 47-5-1 -C
BLACK
BLACK
BRN/WHT 47-75 -C
BLACK
BLACK
WHT/YEL 48-6 -C
ORN/RED 49-100 -C
BLACK
GLOW PLATFORM CRIBBING
PLUG OVERLOAD ENABLED THIS IS THE CENTER OF THE DRAWING
YOU NEED PAGE #1 AND PAGE #2 FOR A
(CE ONLY) "R" "J" "I" "H"
"K" "Q" COMPLETE HARNESS. JOIN THE CENTER
"M" "L" TOWER TELE POINTS OF BOTH DRAWINGS
MAIN TEL MAIN LIFT
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
NOTE: ALL WIRE COLORS, PRINTING AND

MAE19350A
Figure 7-50. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine (SN 0300177361 to Present)- Sheet 1 of 2
3121616
YEL/RED
3121616
18 -- N 18 24-2 M-C 18 2-40-1 H-P 18 2-3-1 U-T
18 -- N 8 WHT/YEL 18 48-1 C-P 20 12 --
18 2-40-2 Q-I BLACK D-B
18 -- N 18 48-9 F-E 12 2-4
18 2-60 E-A 25 YEL/RED O-G
18 -- N 18 48-6 N-C 18 S-F 12 2-1-1 T-B
18 0-1 T-F 18 48-15 F-T
18 2-30-4 G-T 12 2-1 O-G
18 0-2 S-F 18 -- X-X
2-61 A-E 12 2-2 G-D
18
18 0-3 G-N
9 ORN/RED 18 49-60 E-E 18 2-40-3 H-Q 12 2-1-2 B-D
18 0-4 G-C 12 2-1-3 T-O
18 49-62 E-E 18 2-40-4 K-R
18 0-5 E-Q STP D-DD
18 49-64 E-A 18 2-40-5 J-I 37 CAN BUS
18 0-6 F-T 18 49-65 E-A Ff-DD
18 2-40-6 R-J D RED RED RED RED A
18 -- Cc-Z 18 49-66 E-A A-DD
18 2-40-7 L-K
2 BLUE 18 28-2 K-C D BLACK BLACK BLACK BLK A
18 49-86 E-C 37 CAN BUS 2 X-Z
18 2-40-8 M-L
18 27-2 K-C SHIELD WIRE
18 49-87 E-A 18 2-40-9 M-A 33 RED 12 O
3 BLU/ORN 18 52-12 E-Q SHIELD WIRE
18 49-88 E-A 18 2-30 A-G 52 YEL/RED 16 2-4 T-V SHIELD WIRE
18 52-5 F-E
18 49-90 S-F 18 2-5 D-G Ff BLACK BLACK
18 52-75 E-CC
18 49-91 S-F 18 2-2-1 T-A
4 BROWN 18 14-2 J-C Ff RED RED
18 49-100 C-N 18 2-3-1 U-A
18 13-2 J-C
18 49-93 E-A 18 2-30-1 D-A
18 15-2 R-C
R-C 18 49-84 E-A 18 2-21 D-A
18 16-2 DETAIL "DD" SONIC WELDS
18 49-85 E-A "Z"
5 BRN/ORN 18 53-2 C-P 18 2-62 E-A TELEMATICS
10 PINK 18 26-2 L-C (SPLICE)
18 2-75 E-V CONNECTOR
6 BRN/WHT 18 47-8-1 C-N
18 25-2 L-C RED-X PIN C
18 2-90 V-Y
18 47-5-1 C-N 11 RED 18 1-90 O-Y BLACK-X PIN D
18 47-6-1 C-N SHIELD-X PIN E
14 TAN 18 4-2 C-I SEE DETAIL AA
G-C BLACK-Cc PIN A
18 47-8 18 3-2 C-I
SEE
18 47-75 N-C 18 5-2 C-Q DETAIL
18 6-2 C-Q "F" "Y"
15 WHITE 18 22-2 C-H J1 YEL/RED 2-90 -V
RED 1-90 -O SEE DETAIL AA
18 21-2 C-H WHT/YEL 48-15 -T SOCKET 7
"O" WHT/YEL 48-9 -E SOCKET 12 DRAIN
EMS BLACK 0-6 -T SOCKET 17 "D" DETAIL "AA" WIRE
"B"
YEL/RED S SOCKET 28
BLACK 0-2 -S SOCKET 31 SHIELD WIRE-DD PIN 1
RED (12)
YEL/RED (12) 2-1-2 -D SOCKET 4
YEL/RED 2-1(12)-G
RED 1-90 -Y

RED-DD
BLACK-DD
SWITCH J7
SHIELD WIRE
BROWN/ORANGE 53-2-C DETAIL (SPLICE)
AA
WHITE/YELLOW 48-1-C ORN/RED 49-66 E SOCKET 4
SEE DETAIL AA
RED -DD SOCKET 13
BLACK -DD SOCKET 24
YEL/RED 2-3-1 -A YEL/RED 2-30-4 -G
BLACK 0-5 -E SOCKET 18 YEL/RED 2-3-1 -T YEL/RED 2-60 E SOCKET 11
BLU/ORN 52-12 -E SOCKET 26 YEL/RED 2-2-1 -A YEL/RED 2-30-1 -D SOCKET 14
"T" YEL/RED 2-4 -V (16) YEL/RED 2-62 E SOCKET 16
YEL/RED 2-1-3 (12) -O ORN/RED 49-93 E SOCKET 19
YEL/RED F 1 WHT/YEL 48-15 -F ORN/RED 49-88 E SOCKET 22
ORN/RED 49-91 F 2 BLACK 0-6 -F YEL/RED 2-40-9 M SOCKET 23
ORN/RED 49-90 F 3 "S" BLACK 0-1 -F YEL/RED 2-61 E SOCKET 26
BLACK 0-2 F 4 ORN/RED 49-64 E SOCKET 29
J3 ORN/RED 49-87 E SOCKET 34
YOU NEED PAGE #1 AND PAGE #2 FOR A BLACK-Z SOCKET 3
COMPLETE HARNESS. JOIN THE CENTER BLU/ORN 52-75 -E SOCKET 9
POINTS OF BOTH DRAWINGS.
"V" YEL/RED 2-90 -Y
YEL/RED 2-4 -T (16)
YEL/RED 2-75 -E "X"
J12
SEE DETAIL AA
RED-Z SOCKET 3
BRN/WHT 47-75 -N SOCKET 1 BLACK-Z SOCKET 4
WHT/YEL 48-1 -P SOCKET 4
IGN. ON "C" PINK 26-2 -L SOCKET 5
WHT/YEL -X SOCKET 6
HOUR METER J4
BLACK 0-4 -C TAN 5-2 -Q SOCKET 10
BLACK 0-3 -N BROWN 15-2 -R SOCKET 11
BROWN/WHITE 47-8 -C BRN/WHT 47-8 -G SOCKET 12
PIN 1 YEL/RED 2-60 A PIN 1 ORN/RED 49-86 C ORN/RED 49-100 -N SOCKET 14
PIN 2 ORN/RED 49-60 E PIN 2 ORN/RED 49-87 A BRN/ORN 53-2 -P SOCKET 16
PINK 25-2 -L SOCKET 17
"G" PIN 3 ORN/RED 49-60 E PIN 3 ORN/RED 49-88 A GRAY 24-2 -M SOCKET 18
PIN 4 ORN/RED 49-62 E PIN 4 ORN/RED 49-93 A BLUE 27-2 -K SOCKET 19 NOTE: ALL WIRE COLORS, PRINTING AND
MASTER SWITCH PIN 5 ORN/RED 49-62 E TAN 6-2 -Q SOCKET 21
PIN 5 ORN/RED 49-84 A NUMBERING METHODS MUST COMPLY
BROWN 16-2 -R SOCKET 22 WITH JLG ENGINEERING DESIGN
YELLOW/RED 2-30 -A PIN 6 ORN/RED 49-64 A PIN 6 ORN/RED 49-85 A TAN 3-2 -I SOCKET 23 GUIDELINES P/N 4150225
PIN 8 ORN/RED 49-65 A BRN/WHT 47-8-1 -N SOCKET 26
YELLOW/RED 2-1 (12) -O PIN 8 NOT USED
YELLOW/RED 2-2 (12) -D PIN 9 YEL/RED 2-62 A PIN 9 NOT USED BRN/WHT 47-5-1 -N SOCKET 29
YELLOW/RED 2-5 -D PIN 10 ORN/RED 49-66 A PIN 10 NOT USED BROWN 14-2 -J SOCKET 30
YELLOW/RED 2-30-4 -T PIN 11 WHT/YEL 48-9 F BLACK 0-4 -G SOCKET 31
PIN 11 NOT USED ORN/RED 49-86 E SOCKET 32
PIN 12 BLU/ORN 52-12 Q PIN 12 YEL/RED 2-75 V TAN 4-2 -I SOCKET 33
WHITE 22-2 -H SOCKET 35
PIN 14 BLU/ORN 52-5 F PIN 14 NOT USED
YEL/RED 2-90
PIN H-Z
SONIC WELD
RED 1-90
PIN B-Z
MAE19360A
DETAIL "Y"
Figure 7-51. Ground Control Box Harness Deutz TD2.9L4 (T4F) Engine (SN 0300177361 to Present) - Sheet 2 of 2
7-43
7.9 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
8 7 6 5 4
SEE
PLATFORM WORK LIGHTS OPTION #1 SHEET 1
GREEN SEE ZONE B2
RED 1-90
SHEET 1
RED ZONE B2 RED 1-91
BLACK
H 10/3 RED 1-2(10)

5 AMP
RED 30 AMP
BLACK
RED
SEE SHT 9 ZONE F5 20 AMP
OR PLATFORM WORK LIGHTS OPTION #2 SEE ZONE A5 BLUE 102-1
SEE SHT 6 ZONE G6 GREEN BLACK
YEL/RED 2-40-9
TO BATTERY NEG.
RED MAIN TELE IN
BLACK GREEN MAIN TELE OUT
STROBE LIGHT
ROTATE RIGHT
RED 1-90
10/3
ROTATE LEFT
RED BLU/ORN 52-11 15 YEL/BLK(18) 15 BLU/ORN 52-11 1
LEVEL UP
BLACK 15 AMP
2 LEVEL DOWN
PLATFORM
EMS START SWITCH
AUX POWER/ENABLE
YEL/RED YEL/RED
PLATFORM BOX 13 ORN/BLK 13
2-5 2-5
G MTB
YEL/RED YEL/RED SELECT
BROWN 13-1 10 ORN(12) 10 SWITCH MTB JIB UP
MAIN TELE IN 5 19 ORN/RED 49-4 2-2(12) 2-2(12)
ALARM EMS JIB DOWN
MAIN TELE OUT BROWN 14-1 6 20 BLACK 2
SEE B1 YEL/RED MAIN LIFT UP
ROTATE RIGHT GRAY 24-1 7
33 GRAY 23-1 3 LEFT ROTATE SHEET 1 YEL/RED 2-2-1 4 2-4 (12) MAIN LIFT DOWN
ROATE LEFT GRAY 23-1 8
34 GRAY 24-1 4 RIGHT ROTATE ZONE B1 1 B YEL/RED
LEVEL UP PINK 25-1 9 SWING RIGHT
21 PINK 25-1 2 UP LEVEL 3 2-1(12) SWING LEFT
LEVEL DOWN PINK 26-1 10
YEL/RED 2-3(16)
22 PINK 26-1 1 DOWN LEVEL
ZONE A6
ZONE B6
ZONE B6
BLUE 27-1 TOWER LIFT UP
ZONE A6
11
ZONE B6
ZONE B6
JIB UP
J7 (BLACK)
25 BLUE 27-1 5 UP JIB

JIB DOWN BLUE 28-1 12 TOWER LIFT DOWN
26 BLUE 28-1 6 DOWN JIB YEL/RED
FUEL SELECT YEL/RED TOWER TELE IN
BLU/ORN 52-20 33 23 BLACK 7 2-30-4 2-1-3
Ref.V RED/ORN 4 RED/WHT 55-30 34 TOWER TELE OUT
PUMP 28 X1001 (12)
POTENTIOMETER WIPER GREEN 6 RED/WHT 55-31 35 29
GND BRN/BLK 5 BLACK 13 10
30 HOURMETER
CREEP 2 ORN/RED 49-11 32 13
BLACK SK 2 SEE SHT 9 86 85 87a
19 14 ZONE F5 87 ENGINE LOW
F 15 YEL/RED 2-37 20 31 CAN HI
RED (18) A 3 RED (18) 3
OIL PRESSURE
ORN/YEL
BLU/YEL
ENGINE HIGH
21 30 CAN LO BLACK (18) BLACK (18)
B 2 2 TEMPERATURE
INPUT FOR 22 CAN SHIELD NO CHARGE
EIM/LSS 32 C 1 SHIELD 1
BLACK
23 EMS PTF TO MTB output YEL/RED 2-3-1 4
OVERLOAD SIGNAL 3 ORANGE (18) 4
3 24 1 GND MODE
YEL/RED 2-30-1
J1 (WHITE)
BLACK (10)
PLATFORM
ORN 55-52 2 PTF EMS
25 X1002 OVERLOAD
YEL/RED 2-10 18 27 SYSTEM
TOWER UP TAN 5-1 1 35 BLACK TO SOFT TOUCH IND. DISTRESS
FOOTSWITCH 2
YEL/RED 2-1-1(12)
TOWER DOWN 2 8 ORN/RED 49-70 7
J1-19
TAN 6-1 BLACK CRIBBING
TOWER TELE IN BROWN 15-1 3 4 ORN/RED 49-71 8 7 GREEN 6 YELLOW (18) 6 ENABLED
WHITE
TOWER TELE OUT BROWN 16-1 4 17 WHITE
HOLE PLUG 8
GLOW PLUG
YELLOW 55-16 16 JIB BLOCK LIMIT SW 8
6 BLACK
STEER MODE SWITCH YELLOW 55-17 17 SEE SHT 9 14 HOLE PLUG 14
ORN/RED 49-69-1
ZONE F5
SHT 4, ZONE D7
SHT 5, ZONE D4
SHT 2, ZONE E6
26 17 HOLE PLUG 17
WHT/YEL 48-1 14 18 ORN/RED 49-69 SEE SHT 6
START SWITCH 19 HOLE PLUG 19
AUX POWER YEL/RED 2-63 ZONE H8,F8
BRN/ORN 53-1 15 7
E
ENGINE SPEED WHT/YEL 48-5 28 SEE SHT 9
YEL/RED 2-63-1 16 BLACK (12) 16 BLACK (12)
ZONE E5
TWO SPEED ORANGE 55-46 27 9 BLU/ORN 52-4 1
HORN GENERATOR 12 RED (12) 12 YEL/RED 2-1-2(12)
BLU/ORN 52-1 31 BLU/ORN 52-3 2
SOFT TOUCH OVERIDE 5 11 11
ORN/RED 49-40 29 BLU/BLK
}
HEAD/TAIL LIGHTS 11 ORN/RED 49-72 9
BLU/ORN 52-12 30 12 STRAIN 9 RED/BLK (18) 9
ORN/RED 49-73 10
GAUGE
15 ORN/RED 49-75 12 7 BROWN (18) 7
30 LSS
16 ORN/RED 49-74 11 5 BLUE (18) 5
TILT ORN/RED 49-3 6
24 SEE SHT 6 ZONE E2 RED (18)
SYSTEM DISTRESS BRN/WHT 47-12 8 BLACK (18)
FOOTSWITCH/ENABLE YEL/RED 2-21 7
CREEP IGN POWER YEL/RED 2-3-1
ORN/RED 49-15 9
CONNECTOR YEL/RED 2-21
CABLE SERVICE ORN/RED 49-101 10 GND FROM GND MODULE YEL/RED 2-30
J8 (BLACK)
OVERLOAD 1 BLACK (12) YEL/RED 2-2-1

ORN/RED 49-100 11
J2 (GRAY)
GND EMS YEL/RED 2-30-1

2 YEL/RED 2-1-2
D 226KG/500# CAPACITY RED/YEL 54-2 12 YEL/RED 2-4 (16)
453KG/1000# CAPACITY RED/YEL 54-3 13 RED (18) CAN HI
BLACK (18) CAN LO
DRIVE ORIENTATION ORN 55-51 14
CAN SHIELD DRIVE ORIEN.
YEL/RED 2-75
GENERATOR ON BLU/ORN 52-4-1 15 PROX. SW

YEL/RED 2-63
ORN/RED 49-86 2 1
1
BLK 10
GLOW PLUG WHT/YEL 48-6 17 CAPACITY ANGLE SWITCH
WHT 9
BRN/WHT 47-14 19 DUAL CAPACITY BLK 8
DRIVE DISABLED CAPACITY LENGTH SWITCH
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
MACHINES ONLY WHT 7

YEL/RED 2-90
BOOM MALFUNCTION ORN/RED 49-102 20 TRANSPORT LENGTH

SWITCH (CE ONLY)
BLACK 18
6 SWING 4 ORN/RED 49-62 5 WHT BLK 6
35
LOW FUEL LAMP 5 ORN/RED 49-77
WHITE 5K
(N/A WITH FUEL GAGE) BRN/WHT 47-13 21
1 RED/BLU ORN/RED 49-76 3 ORN/RED 49-60 2 BLK WHT 1
J5 (WHITE)
Lb 22 4 GRN/YEL SEE BLK WHT

BUSS BAR BLACK BLACK 25
C 23
2 GREEN SHT 1 TOWER ELEVATION 600A/AJ ONLY
BLU 0-27-2 ZONE
ZONE B8
24 3 BROWN C2
LIFT CABLE SERVICE BROWN 2
TO J7-35 2 7 BLACK OR BLU/YEL
SOFT TOUCH 5K SWITCH (CE ONLY)
ORN/RED 49-42 16 4 1 BLACK 3
A
C
B
{
DRIVE ORIENTATION
ORN 55-50 4
OVERRIDE SWITCH 5 WHT/GRN LEFT 1 BLUE 3
La STEER
14 YEL/RED 2-36-1 YEL/RED 2-36 32 6 WHT/YEL 5 AMP
RIGHT
ZONE B8 WHT 2-18-2 33 4
J6 (BLACK)
34 2 BLUE
RED ORN/RED 49-92 26 1 RED OR WHT/RED
SHEET 5, ZONE E/F5
11
SHEET 4, ZONE B5
3
SHEET 2, ZONE F7
GREEN 10 ORN/RED 49-91 28 BROWN

WHITE 9 ORN/RED 49-90 29 7 BLACK
BLACK/SHIELD ORN/RED 49-89 27 DRIVE
8
3
YEL/RED 2-91
YEL/RED 2-90
31
SEE
5
B
ANALYZER TRANSMIT
ANALYZER GROUND
ANALYZER RECEIVE
ANALYZER POWER
ZONE G5
ZONE G6
ZONE C8
ZONE C8 ZONE G5
ZONE G6
ZONE G5 CE MARKET ONLY
SEE SHEET 1 MDI
1 2 3 4 ZONE G6 ZONE B2
GRY CAN LO
GRY CAN LO
WHT 2-18-2
SHIELD (18)
SHIELD (18)
BLK CAN HI
BLK CAN HI
BLACK (18)
BLACK (18)
BLU 0-27-2
BLACK (18) 3
RED (18)
RED (18)
RED (18) 4
5
6
SEE ZONE H4 BLUE 102-1 1
1 2 3 4 5 8 7 6 5 10 9 4 3 12 11 2 1
A BROWN 103-1 2
CO99
LSS
MS509
PCV: PLATFORM CONTROL VALVE CANBUS
SHEET 1
8 7 6 5 4
Figure 7-52. Platform and Ground Control Electrical Schematic - 1 of 2
7-44 3121616
5 4 3 2 1
SEE
SHEET 1
SEE ZONE B2
RED 1-90
SHEET 1
ZONE B2 RED 1-91
RED 1-2(10) H
5 AMP
30 AMP
GROUND CONTROL BOX
SEE ZONE A5 BLUE 102-1 +12 VDC

24 OUTPUT
YEL/RED 2-40-9 WHEN ON
TO BATTERY NEG. MAIN TELE IN BROWN 13-2 7 GROUND 17 BLACK
MAIN TELE OUT BROWN 14-2 30 CONTROLS 13 RED/WHT 50-1 MAIN DUMP
STROBE LIGHT GRAY 24-2 18
ROTATE RIGHT 9 YELLOW 12-1 RIGHT REAR STEER
RED 1-90
ROTATE LEFT GRAY 23-2 6 20 YELLOW 11-1 LEFT REAR STEER

15 BLU/ORN 52-11 1 PINK 25-2 17
LEVEL UP 29 BLACK
LEVEL DOWN PINK 26-2 5 5
2
START SWITCH WHT/YEL 48-1 4 7
AUX POWER/ENABLE BRN/ORN 53-2 16 12
YEL/RED
ORN/BLK 13 20 23
2-5 MTB
3 BROWN 15-3 IN TOWER TELE (600A/AJ ONLY)
G
SELECT 9
YEL/RED 15 BROWN 16-3
J4 (BLUE)
ORN(12) 10 SWITCH MTB JIB UP BLUE 27-2 19 OUT TOWER TELE (600A/AJ ONLY)
2-2(12)
EMS JIB DOWN BLUE 28-2 30 BLACK
2 8
SEE B1 YEL/RED MAIN LIFT UP 23 33 TAN 5-3 UP TOWER LIFT (600A/AJ ONLY)
TAN 3-2
SHEET 1 YEL/RED 2-2-1 4 2-4 (12) MAIN LIFT DOWN 32 TAN 6-3 DOWN TOWER LIFT (600A/AJ ONLY)
TAN 4-2 33
ZONE B1 1 B 4 BROWN 13-3
J2 (GRAY)
YEL/RED SWING RIGHT WHITE 22-2 35 IN MAIN TELE
3 2-1(12) SWING LEFT WHITE 21-2 34 16 BROWN 14-3 OUT MAIN TELE
TAN 5-2 8 YELLOW 10-1 RIGHT FRONT STEER
TOWER LIFT UP 10
ZONE A6
ZONE B6
ZONE B6
TAN 6-2 21 19 YELLOW 9-1 LEFT FRONT STEER

TOWER LIFT DOWN
YEL/RED YEL/RED TOWER TELE IN BROWN 15-2 11 31 RED/WHT 50-6 FLOW CONTROL WHT/BLK 12-1
2-30-4 2-1-3 TOWER TELE OUT BROWN 16-2 22 +12 VDC WHT/BLK 33-5
11 TAN 3-3 UP MAIN LIFT
(12) YEL/RED 2-40 25 OUTPUT
WHEN ON 22 TAN 4-3 DOWN MAIN LIFT WHT/BLK 33-6
2 GROUND 35 WHITE 22-3 RIGHT SWING WHT/BLK 11-2
30 HOURMETER CONTROLS LEFT SWING
BRN/WHT 47-8 12 34 WHITE 21-3 WHT/BLK 11-3
86 85 87a ENGINE LOW 14 BLACK
87 BRN/WHT 47-5-1 29
3
OIL PRESSURE 10 F
ENGINE HIGH
2 TEMPERATURE BRN/WHT 47-6-1 28 21 HEAD/TAIL LIGHT OUTPUT
1 NO CHARGE BRN/WHT 47-8-1 26 1 YELLOW 55-2 STEER DUMP 87
BLACK
4 87a
27 2 85
ALARM 86
BLACK (10)
PLATFORM 27 BLU/ORN 52-10 30 14 GA.

OVERLOAD ORN/RED 49-100 14 FUSE LINK
26 BLU/ORN 52-12 12 BLU/ORN 52-12 RED 1-1 (12)
SYSTEM BRN/WHT 47-10-1 13 18 BLACK 13
DISTRESS
15 24 UNITS WITH 4 LED
YEL/RED 2-1-1(12)
25
J1-19
CRIBBING 28 SPARE-GND FUEL GAGE IN

6 ENABLED BRN/WHT 47-75 1 PLATFORM.
25 BRN/WHT 47-12 FUEL SENSOR (SIGNAL) 6
8
GLOW PLUG WHT/YEL 48-6 3 6 BLACK SENSOR (GROUND) 25 UNITS WITH LOW
BLACK 31 6
14 FUEL LIGHT IN
32 PLATFORM
SHT 4, ZONE D7
SHT 5, ZONE D4
1
SHT 2, ZONE E6
17
19 GND FROM BATTERY 2
1 3 ORANGE 7-2 DRIVE FORWARD WHT/BLK 58-1-1
MTB EMS input E
2 6 ORANGE 8-2 DRIVE REVERSE WHT/BLK 58-1-2
BLACK (12) GND TO PLATFORM
16 3 23 ORANGE 55-45
MTB EMS TO PLATFORM BRAKE
12 YEL/RED 2-1-2(12) 4 20 ORANGE 55-47 2-SPEED
11 5 BLACK
J8
(BLACK) 18
9 27
7 4 AUXILIARY POWER
5 8 PUMP
RED (18) CAN HI 9 MOTOR
13 M
BLACK (18) CAN LO 12
24
CAN SHIELD 13 BRN/ORN 53-2
18
YEL/RED 2-3-1 PTF EMS 1 28 YEL/RED ANALYZER POWER 1
YEL/RED 2-21 FOOTSWITCH 29 ORN/RED 49-91 ANALYZER RECEIVE 2
15
J1 (WHITE)
MTB MODE SELECT 3 30 ORN/RED 49-90 ANALYZER TRANSMIT 3

YEL/RED 2-30
PLATFORM MODE INPUT ANALYZER GROUND 4
YEL/RED 2-2-1 2 31 BLACK
MTB MODE OUTPUT 10
YEL/RED 2-30-1 14
YEL/RED 2-4 (16) 11 D
9 WHT/BLK 58-1
CAN HI 14
RED (18) 23
CAN LO BROWN 103-1 25 15
BLACK (18)
CAN SHIELD DRIVE ORIEN. 5
PROX. SW 22
YEL/RED 2-63 33
ORN/RED 49-106 16
ORN/RED 49-86 2 1 35
ORN/RED 49-66 4
24 SEE
BLK 10
CAPACITY ANGLE SWITCH 25 SHEET 2
WHT 9 YEL/RED 2-62 16
DUAL CAPACITY 26 ZONE G5,
BLK 8 ORN/RED 49-65 7
CAPACITY LENGTH SWITCH SHEET 4
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
MACHINES ONLY YEL/RED 2-61 26 7

WHT 7
TRANSPORT LENGTH 21 ZONE E6,
SWITCH (CE ONLY) 10 AND
17
4 ORN/RED 49-62 5 WHT BLK 6 ORN/RED 49-64 29 34 SHEET 5
ORN/RED 49-77 32 ZONE E3
30 B+
33
ORN/RED 49-76 3 ORN/RED 49-60 2 BLK WHT 1 YEL/RED 2-60 11
19
BLK WHT MAIN BOOM ELEVATION 35
TOWER ELEVATION 600A/AJ ONLY ALL MODELS 8 ORN 100-1 C
28 ORN 100-2
BROWN 2 ORN/RED 49-87 32 1 CRIBBING 12 VDC
CABLE SERVICE ENABLE
11 BATTERY
SWITCH (CE ONLY) SWITCH
4 1 BLACK 3 12
A
ORN/RED 49-88
C
B
7 SEE
{
31 9 BLU/ORN 52-75 13 12 YEL/RED 2-75 SHT 1

1 BLUE 3 ZONE
34 5 OPTION
C6
22 8
6 13
SW1003
17 2 ORN 101-1 ORN 100-3
J3 (BLACK)
J7 (BLACK)
SHEET 5, ZONE E/F5
12 CE MARKET ONLY
SHEET 4, ZONE B5
SHEET 2, ZONE F7
21 10 MSSO
4 WHT/BLK 11-1
19 14 WHT/BLK 33-7
20 6 WHT/BLK 12-1
3 SEE SHEET 1 SEE
27
SEE
ZONE B6 SHEET 1 B
1 ZONE G5
2 BLACK A
3 CAN HI C YEL/RED 2-2-1 4
4 CAN LO D DIAGNOSTICS YEL/RED 2-91
J12
3
5 CAN SHIELD E CONNECTOR BLACK TELEMATICS
6 YEL/RED 2-90 H 2
7 WHT/YEL RED 1-90 B
RED 1-91 1
8
SEE SHEET 1
CE MARKET ONLY CLEARSKY ZONE H4 SEE SHEET 1
ENABLE ZONE H5
MDI
BLACK (18) 3
RED (18) 4
5
6
SEE ZONE H4 BLUE 102-1 1
BROWN 103-1 2 A
SHEET 1
5 4 3 2 1
MAE4410G
Figure 7-53. Platform and Ground Control Electrical Schematic - 2 of 2
3121616 7-45
8 7 6 5 4
BATTERY +
SHEET 1
ZONE C1 7500 W
GENERATOR
STARTER
MOTOR
G A
GENERATOR BLU/ORN 52-5
PLUG
B
SEE VENDOR
SCHEMATIC DETAIL
SHEET 4 GLOW 5 AMP
ZONE E/G2 PLUGS
RED
2500 W
F 14 GA FUSE LINK GENERATOR
SEE VENDOR B+
SCHEMATIC DETAIL
SHEET 2
D+
ZONE G/E2
A
REGULATOR
PLUG
B
4000 W
GENERATOR
A
GENERATOR
PLUG
B
D
JLG GENERATOR WIRING
LOW TEMPERATURE CUTOUT OPTION P-J8A

YEL/RED-7
X3
2 CONNECT TO P8
BLK GND
C 1 (MATING CONNECTOR OF J8)
MOLEX SHT 1 ZONE D-7
042818-0212
PARKER SENSOR
X1 YEL/RED 2-1-3
YEL/RED 2-1-5 YEL/RED-1 YEL/RED 2-1-4
1
2
BLK GND S531
3
BLK CAN L
RED CAN H BLK GND
BLK GND
BLK GND
X4
4 B
CONNECT TO X1002
NC S532 A
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
BLK CAN L
BLK CAN L
B
BLK CAN L DEUTSCH
S533 RED CAN H
RED CAN H RED CAN H JLG PN 4460536
S534
X5
B
CONNECT TO X1001
X2 S535
A
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
YEL/RED 2-1-4
CONNECT TO J8 2
BLK GND
SHT 1 ZONE D-7 1 DEUTSCH
JLG PN 4460539
P-J8
MOLEX
042816-0212
A LTC OPTION BOOM HARNESS
SHEET 2
8 7 6 5 4
Figure 7-54. Generator Wiring Schematic 1 of 2
7-46 3121616
5 4 3 2 1
GENERATOR
CONTROL
7500 W BOX
GENERATOR B A C
BLU/ORN 52-6
YEL/RED 2-20
A
87 87a G
GENERATOR BLU/ORN 52-5 86 85
PLUG 30
B
87 87a
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 86 85
30
RED
GLOW 5 AMP
PLUGS
RED RED
POWERMITE
2500 W GENERATOR
GENERATOR F
B+
D+
87 87a
A
GENERATOR BLU/ORN 52-5 86 85
REGULATOR
PLUG 30
B
E
GENERATOR
4000 W CONTROL
GENERATOR BOX
B A C
BLU/ORN 52-5
BLACK
A
GENERATOR
PLUG
B
D
JLG GENERATOR WIRING
P-J8A
YEL/RED-7
X3
2 CONNECT TO P8
BLK GND
1 (MATING CONNECTOR OF J8) C
MOLEX SHT 1 ZONE D-7
042818-0212
X4
B
A
CONNECT TO X1002
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
DEUTSCH B
JLG PN 4460536
X5
B
CONNECT TO X1001
A
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
DEUTSCH
JLG PN 4460539
SHEET 2 9
5 4 3 2 1
MAE4420G
Figure 7-55. Generator Wiring Schematic 2 of 2
3121616 7-47
8 7 6 5 4
RECTIFER
B+ FUSIBLE
STATOR LINK
RED 1-1(10)
G
STARTER ALTERNATOR
MOTOR
SOL. REGULATOR
STARTER SENSING AND
MOTOR SWITCHING
CIRCUITS D+
WHT/YEL 48-13 (8)

WHT/YEL 48-12(12)
BRN/WHT 47-8-1
IN HEAD GLOW PLUGS
F
BATTERY CABLE (1 GA.)

sol.
sol.
J1-22
ON
SHEET 1
ZONE D3
11
WHT/YEL 48-3
A
T4i ENGINE HARNESS
WHT/YEL 48-9

RECEPTACLE BRN/WHT 47-8-2
B
E SEE
SHEET 1
ZONE D3 { J1-11
J1-12
BRN/WHT 47-8 BRN/WHT 47-8-1
B+ DEUTZ ENGINE
SHEET 1
87 87a ZONE C1
COOLANT 2 8 GRD(TempAll)
86 85
TEMPERATURE 1 9 ADC7(TEMP3) 1
EMR2 ENGINE CONTROL TO ENGINE
30
ENGINE 2 13 SPEED 2
SPEED
1 12 GRD (SPEED)
MTB TO EMR2 ENGINE CONTROL
CAMSHAFT 10
YEL/RED 2-6-2
TERMINAL B 1 23 GRD (ACD2)

11
D
BLACK
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12) MTB STATION CHARGE AIR 2 4 ADC5(TEMP1)

SELECT SWITCH PRESSURE 3 25 +5Vref(ADC2) 12
SHEET 1, ZONE G5 4 24 ADC2
13
1 22 +5Vref(ADC4)
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE 2 21 ADC4 14
J1-10
ON 3 20 GND (ADC4)
SHEET 1 14 ActorOut
1
ZONE D3 SEE
EMR 2 15 ActorOut
YEL/RED 2-1-99-1
SHEET 1 17 RackMeasCom
ACTUATOR 3
ZONE E5
4 19 RackMeasSignal
5 18 RackMeasRef
120 OHM
RESISTOR
C
BLACK (16)
CAN SHIELD
CAN LO
CAN HI
BLACK 0-1
ORN/RED 49-199
ORN/RED 49-198
YEL/RED 2-1-99
YEL/RED 2-1-98
BLACK (18)
RED (18)
B B L K A
C
B
A
{
J1-8
DEUTZ
DIANOSTICS
SEE SHEET 1
ZONE C5
PLUG
SEE SHEET 1, ZONE D3
SHEET 3
8 7 6 5 4
MAE4570G
Figure 7-56. Deutz T4i Engine Harness Electrical Schematic
7-48 3121616
3121616 7-49
8 7 6 5 4
FOR MATING CONNECTOR ON THE ENGINE REFER

F
SCHEMATIC ZONE H-3
SEE
SHEET 1
ZONE C5
A YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)

B BRN/WHT 47-8-1
C BLACK FUEL
ENGINE D WHT/YEL 48-8 PUMP
CONNECTOR F WHT/YEL 48-3 J1-11 ON SHEET 1 ZONE D3
}
E N RED CAN HI
P BLK CAN LO SEE SHEET 1, ZONE C5
SHIELD
BRN/WHT 47-8
87 87a
14 BLU/ORN 52-5
BRN/WHT 47-8-2
YEL/RED 2-6-2 86 85
30
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12) TERMINAL B

J1-10
BLACK
J1-22 MTB STATION

D ON SELECT SWITCH
ON
SHEET 1 SHEET 1, ZONE G5
SHEET 1
A B ZONE D3
ZONE D3
GENERATOR
RECEPTACLE SEE
SHEET 1
ZONE E5
JLG SCHEMATIC
FOR
C GM/PSI ENGINE
SHEET 4
8 7 6 5 4
MAE4510G
Figure 7-57. GM/PSI Engine Harness Electrical Schematic
7-50 3121616
3121616 7-51
8 7 6 5 4
ECM-J2 EIC BUSSMANN DIODE PACK
BLK 248-33 INJECTOR 1 1.5mm² FUEL PUMP 20A (SW), ECM 30A (CONT)
33 62 (BLUE)
BLK 248-16 INJECTOR 1 1.5mm² YELLOW CONNECTOR
16 35
BLK 248-48 INJECTOR 4 1.5mm² GENERIC
48 42
BLK 248-18 INJECTOR 4 1.5mm² RELAY, POWER MODULE
18 37
BLK 248-32 INJECTOR 3 1.5mm²
32 38
BLK 248-2 INJECTOR 3 1.5mm² 5A 10A
2 61
46 40
3 41
6 2
BLK 248-5 MPROP ACTUATOR 1.5mm²
H 5 20
MS932
RL930-B+
BLK 248-4 MPROP ACTUATOR 1.5mm²
RL930-1
RL930-2
D
H
G
A
C
B
1
2
1
E
F
4 19
YEL 2-48-4 IGNITION 18AWG RL930

BLK 248-37 ENGINE SPEED CAMSHAFT 0.75mm²
37 14
BUSBAR
BLK 248-52 ENGINE SPEED CAMSHAFT 0.75mm²
BLK 248-23 GLOW SENSE 0.75mm²
YEL 2-48-1 IGNITION 16AWG

ORG 248-23-1 GLOW SENSE 18AWG
52 13
BLK 148-26 FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
WHT 48-96 FUEL PUMP 14AWG
RED 1-148-135 ECM PWR 8AWG

SHLD 248-53 ENGINE SPEED CAMSHAFT 0.75mm²
53 9
BLK 248-39 ENGINE SPEED CRANKSHAFT 0.75mm²
39 15
BLK 248-54 ENGINE SPEED CRANKSHAFT 0.75mm²
54 21
SHLD 248-38 ENGINE SPEED CRANKSHAFT 0.75mm²
38 1
BLK 248-7 RAIL PRESSURE FUEL 0.75mm²
7 32
8 57
9 3
10 4
11 5
12 6
13 7
14 8
A [J2] 15 10
17 11
ECM CONNECTOR BLK 248-19 EHXAUST GAS RECIRCULATION 1.5mm²
19 47
BLK 248-20 EHXAUST GAS RECIRCULATION 1.5mm²
20 48
21 12
G 22 59
S946
23 16
24
BLK 248-24 BOOST PRESSURE / TEMP 0.75mm²
22 EIC (ENGINE INTERFACE CONNECTION)
25 31
26 25
BLK 248-27 BOOST PRESSURE / TEMP 0.75mm²
27 29
BLK 248-28 COOLING TEMPERATURE 0.75mm²
28 24
BLK 248-29 OIL PRESSURE 0.75mm²
29 27
30 33
31 60
BLK 148-61 FUEL LOW PRESSURE 0.75mm²
34 17
BLK 248-35 GLOW RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
35 18
36 58
1 30
BLK 248-40 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm² BLK 248-40 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm²
40 28
BLK 148-56 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm²
41 34
42 36
43 23
44 26
45 39
F 47 43
49 44
50 45
51 46
BLK 148-72 THROTTLE FLAP 3 0.75mm²
55 49
56 50
57 52
58 51
59 53
60 54
55
56
ECM-J1
7
8
9
10
11
12
E 13
BLK 148-13 COOLANT LEVEL SIG 0.75mm²
S951
14
BLK 148-15-68 CLUTCH SWITCH
15
16
17
S952
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 BLK 148-26 FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
27
BLK 148-28 START RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
28
29 BLK 148-29 COOLANT LEVEL PWR 0.75mm²
30
31
32
33
D 34
BLK 148-35-2 START 0.75mm²
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
GRN CAN 2 LO DIAG CAN LOW S968
53
YEL CAN 1 HI CUSTOMER CAN HIGH
C 54
S953
55
BLK 148-56 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm²
56
BLK 148-57 WATER IN FUEL SW RTN 0.75mm²
57
58 X965
YEL CAN 2 HI DIAG CAN HIGH 120 OHM
59 A A
GRN CAN 2 LO DIAG CAN LOW
60 B B
61 BLK 148-61 FUEL LOW PRESSURE 0.75mm² C C
62 X966
63
BLK 148-64 WATER IN FUEL SW 0.75mm²
64
65
66
67 X955
BLK 148-15-68 CLUTCH SWITCH YEL CAN 1 HI CUSTOMER CAN HIGH 120 OHM
68 A A
GRN CAN 1 LO CUSTOMER CAN LOW
69 B B
70 C C
71 X956
72
BLK 148-73 START RELAY IGN 0.75mm²
73
74 S969
B 75
YEL CAN 2 HI DIAG CAN HIGH
GRN CAN 1 LO CUSTOMER CAN LOW
76
77 S954
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87 BLK 148-87 COOLANT LEVEL GND 0.75mm²
BLK 148-88 IGNITION 0.75mm²
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
RED 148-5 ECM PWR 2.5mm²
5
A 3
RED 148-3 ECM PWR 2.5mm² S944
RED 148-1 ECM PWR 2.5mm²
1
2.5MM (1-6) BLK 148-2 ECM GND 2.5mm²
2 S945
BLK 148-4 ECM GND 2.5mm²
4
BLK 148-6 ECM GND 2.5mm²
6
NC SHLD CAN 1 SHLD CUSTOMER CAN SHIELD
SHEET 5
8 7 6 5 4
Figure 7-58. Deutz T4F Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 1 of 2
7-52 3121616
5 4 3 2 1
BUSSMANN DIODE PACK
FUEL PUMP 20A (SW), ECM 30A (CONT)
(BLUE)
YELLOW CONNECTOR GLOWPLUG SOLENOID GLOWPLUGS
GENERIC 150 AMP
RELAY, POWER MODULE
T4F ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATICS
5A 10A
GENERIC
87
30
86
85
GENERIC
ALTERNATOR
H
B+
MS932
RL930-B+
RL931-85
RL931-87
RL931-87
RL931-30
RL931-86
RL931-87
W
RL930-1
RL930-2
D
H
G
A
C
B
1
2
1
2
E
F
L
RL930
EC18
BUSBAR
EC241-B+
EC241-W
EC241-L
1
1
BLK 148-26 FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²

BATTERY
BLK 248-35 GLOW RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²

150A
RED 1-148-135 ECM PWR 8AWG
RED 48-13 GLOW 8AWG
RED 48-13 GLOW 8AWG

RED 48-14 GLOW 8AWG
RED 48-14 GLOW 8AWG

RED 47-8 ALT EXCITE 16AWG

RED - - 4AWG
POSITIVE
BUSBAR
BUSBAR
RED - - 2/0AWG
X923
RED - - 2/0AWG
1
150A
BUSBAR
EC971-B+
1 M G
S946
EC971
GENERIC
GENERIC
1
EC971-B-
1
RL974
BLK 148-28 START RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
1 DEUTZ PROVIDED
BLK 148-73 START RELAY IGN 0.75mm²
2
START RELAY
X901
S1001 1 VSW
BLK 148-35-1 START 18AWG 2
YEL CAN 1 HI CUSTOMER CAN HIGH START
3
GRN CAN 1 LO CUSTOMER CAN LO CAN + (HI)
RED 47-8 ALT EXCITE 16AWG
4 VEHICLE INTERFACE 1
5 CAN - (LOW)
SHLD CAN 1 SHLD CUSTOMER CAN SHIELD
6
ALT EXCITE
CAN SHIELD
F
X902
1 EMR4 IGNITION
2
GROUND
3
4 GENERATOR ENABLE
5 GLOW VEHICLE INTERFACE 2

X999 X1000 6
BLK 148-35-3 - 1.5 k GENERATOR POWER
1 1 7
BLK 000-48-3 GND
2 2 8 GENERATOR GROUND
PLUGGED
PLUGGED
1
2 WHT/YEL 48-3 J1-11 ON SHEET 2, ZONE D3
VEHICLE
INTERFACE 1
3
4
5
6
RED CAN HI
BLK CAN LO
BRN/WHT 47-8 SHIELD } SEE SHEET 2, ZONE C5
E
S951
SEE SHEET 2, ZONE C2
1 YEL/RED 2-1-99(16) J1-10 ON SHEET 2, ZONE D3

S952
2
3 BLU/ORG 52-5 J1-22 ON SHEET 2, ZONE D3
VEHICLE 4
INTERFACE 2 5 YEL/RED 2-20 SEE SHEET 2, ZONE C6
6 BLACK
7
8
X950
YEL 2-48-2 IGNITION
A
BLK 000-48-2 ENG GND
B
C
D
E
GRN CAN 1 LO CUSTOMER CAN LO
F
S963 S964 YEL CAN 2 HI DIAG CAN HIGH
G DEUTZ DIAGNOSTIC D
H
J
K
L
YEL CAN 1 HI CUSTOMER CAN HIGH
M
X960
YEL CAN 2 HI DIAG CAN HIGH 120 OHM
A A
B B
C C
X961
C
SN939 PWR
BLK 148-29 COOLANT LEVEL PWR 0.75mm²
NORMALLY CLOSED
1
COOLANT LEVEL
BLK 148-13 COOLANT LEVEL SIG 0.75mm²

3 SIG
BLK 148-87 COOLANT LEVEL GND 0.75mm²
2
4
GND
X941 X942
WIF SWITCH
BLK 148-64 WATER IN FUEL SW 0.75mm² BLK 148-64 WATER IN FUEL SW 16AWG
1 1 1
BLK 148-57 WATER IN FUEL SW RTN 0.75mm² BLK 148-57 WATER IN FUEL SW RTN 16AWG
2 2
2
SN959
WATER IN FUEL
3 3
BLK 000-48-1 ENG GND 14AWG BLK 000-48-1 ENG GND 14AWG
4 4
120 OHM
A
FUEL PUMP
B 1
M
C
X956 EC958
2 FUEL PUMP
X958A EC958+
WHT 48-96 FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
1 1
2 EC958- M
1 B
BLK 000-48-3 GND
BLK 000-48-1 ENG GND 14AWG T920 2 x 5mm 14 AWG RING
BLK 000-148-246 ECM GND 8AWG
1 GND
3/8" 6 AWG RING
SHEET 5
5 4 3 2 1
MAE4520G
Figure 7-59. Deutz T4F Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 2 of 2
3121616 7-53
8 7 6 5 4
PLATFORM SENSOR
H
ORN/RED 49-69
SEE 3 YEL/RED P1 ZONE D6
SHT 1
ZONE E6 YEL/RED 2-63
PLATFORM SENSOR
6 YEL/RED P8
13
YEL/RED P9 ZONE D6
YEL/RED P2 ZONE E2 FOR REF. ONLY
OR SEE SHEET 9 SOFT TOUCH
ZONE E5
SOFT TOUCH AND PLATFORM SENSOR

YEL/RED P3
SEE
ORN/RED 49-69
SEE 3 YEL/RED P1 ZONE D6 SHT 1
SHT 1 ZONE H8
ZONE E6 YEL/RED 2-63
6 BLK L WHT 5
SOFT
13 BLK BLK 4 TOUCH
R
F
YEL/RED P9 ZONE D6
YEL/RED P2 ZONE E2
OR SEE SHEET 9
ZONE E5
PLATFORM SENSOR
WHT ORN/RED P4
4
BLK ORN/RED P5
3
BLK BLK P6
2
E WHT YEL/RED P10
1
SEE YEL/RED P1
ZONE H6,F6
YEL/RED P9
D
SEE
ZONE H6,F6
BEACON OPTION
12
11
10
9
8
RED - BEACON PWR
7
6
BEACON MODULE
5
4
3
BLK - GROUND
X3 2
C 1
RED - BEACON PWR WHT - IGNITION
1
BLK - GROUND S1
2 X1
BLK - GROUND
S3
S2
B
TO ENG DIAG CONN (ORIGINAL)
WHT - CAN SHIELD
RED - CAN HIGH
TO ENG DIAG CONN (NEW)

BLK - CAN LOW
WHT - CAN SHIELD

WHT - CAN SHIELD
WHT - CAN SHIELD
WHT - CAN SHIELD
WHT - CAN SHIELD
WHT - CAN SHIELD
WHT - CAN SHIELD

RED - CAN HIGH
RED - CAN HIGH
RED - CAN HIGH
RED - CAN HIGH
WHT - IGNITION
WHT - IGNITION
BLK - CAN LOW
BLK - CAN LOW
BLK - CAN LOW
BLK - CAN LOW
RED - CAN HIGH
RED - CAN HIGH
RED - CAN HIGH

BLK - CAN LOW
BLK - GROUND
BLK - GROUND
BLK - CAN LOW
BLK - CAN LOW

BEACON MODULE
CAN TERMINATOR
X2
X5
X9
X7
X4
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
3
5
2
4
6
11
9
7
12
10
8
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
C
B
A
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
SHEET 6
8 7 6 5 4
Figure 7-60. Platform Sensor Electrical Schematic 1 of 2
7-54 3121616
5 4 3 2 1
PLATFORM SENSOR
YEL/RED P3 YEL/RED P3 87
1
YEL/RED P9-1 30
1
RELAY, 12V
87a
1
F
ORN/RED P5 85
1
ORN/RED P5-1
ORN/RED P4 86
1
PLATFORM SENSOR ORN/RED P4-1
WHT ORN/RED P4
4
BLK ORN/RED P5
3
BLK P6 SEE
BLK 2 SHT 1
WHT YEL/RED P10 YEL/RED P2 SEE ZONE D7 E
1
ZONE H8,F8
18 ohm 25W
YEL/RED P1 YEL/RED P1 87
1
YEL/RED P9 YEL/RED P9
YEL/RED P9-1 30
1 D
RELAY, 12V
87a
1
12
11
10 ORN/RED P5-1 85
9
1
8
7
BEACON MODULE ORN/RED P4-1 86
6
5
1
4
3
2
1 C
X1
NOTE:
SKYGUARD RELAYS LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE CONTROL PLATFORM BOX.
IF SKYGUARD RELAYS ARE ON THE LEFT SIDE, SEE SHEET 9.
SHEET 6
5 4 3 2 1
MAE4530G
Figure 7-61. Platform Sensor Electrical Schematic 2 of 2
3121616 7-55
8 7 6 5 4
FOR MATING CONNECTOR ON THE ENGINE REFER

SCHEMATIC ZONE H-3
F
SEE
SHEET 1
ZONE C5
1 YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
18 BLACK FUEL
ENGINE 5 WHT/YEL 48-8 PUMP
CONNECTOR WHT/YEL 48-3 J1-11 ON SHEET 1 ZONE D3
15
E
28
29
RED CAN HI
BLK CAN LO
SHIELD } SEE SHEET 1, ZONE C5
BRN/WHT 47-8
87 87a
14 BLU/ORN 52-5
YEL/RED 2-6-2 86 85
BRN/WHT 47-8
30
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12) TERMINAL B

J1-10 MTB STATION
BLACK
J1-22 ON
ON SELECT SWITCH
D SHEET 1 SHEET 1, ZONE G5
SHEET 1 ZONE D3
ZONE D3 A B
GENERATOR
RECEPTACLE SEE
SHEET 1
ZONE E5
JLG SCHEMATIC
FOR
C
FORD ENGINE
SHEET 7
8 7 6 5 4
MAE4540G
Figure 7-62. Ford Engine Electrical Schematic
7-56 3121616
3121616 7-57
8 7 6 5 4
HDGCP90
Value
SHEET 8
8 7 6 5 4
Figure 7-63. Ford Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 1 of 2
7-58 3121616
5 4 3 2 1
EDI FORD ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATICS

H
ALTERNATOR
Value
NOTES:
ALL WIRE IS SAE J1128 TXL TYPE
HARNESS TO BE LABELED WITH ECI PART NUMBER AND REVISION
SHEET 8
5 4 3 2 1
MAE4550G
Figure 7-64. Ford Engine Harness Electrical Schematic 2 of 2
3121616 7-59
8 7 6 5 4
HARNESS,GEN 2 PLAT INTERFACE
PLTFM SNSR
PLTFM SNSR PLTFM SNSR
RELAY #1 RELAY #2
G
87a
87a
87
30
85
86
86
85
30
87
4
3
2
1
RL503
RL502
X500
4
3
2
1
WHT P1
WHT P9-1
WHT P5-1
WHT P4-1
WHT P4-2
WHT P5-2
WHT P9-2
WHT P3
WHT P5
WHT P4
WHT P6
WHT P10
NOTE:
6 PIN CONNECTOR AND RELAYS LOCATED
ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE CONTROL PLATFORM BOX.
IF SKYGUARD RELAYS ARE ON THE RIGHT SIDE, SEE SHEET 6.
S191 INTERFACE
F X5B KL
S192
WHT P6 BLACK SK 2
2 SEE SHT 1 ZONE F6
S193
WHT P1 ORN/RED 49-69-1

4 SEE SHT 1 ZONE E6
WHT P9 WHT P3 YEL/RED P3
5 SEE SHT 1 ZONE H8
18 OHM
IP144 WHT P2 YEL/RED 2-63-1
1 SEE SHT 1 ZONE E6
YEL/RED P2
3 SEE SHT 6 ZONE F6 OR G6
SHEET 9
8 7 6 5 4
MAE4560G
Figure 7-65. Generator 2 Platform Harness Electrical Schematic
7-60 3121616
3121616 7-61
NOTES:
7-62 3121616
3121616
Corporate Office
JLG Industries, Inc.
1 JLG Drive
McConnellsburg, PA 17233-9533 USA
(717) 485-5161 (Corporate)
(877) 554-5438 (Customer Support)
(717) 485-6417
Visit our website for JLG Worldwide Locations.

www.jlg.com

H 600A, 600AJ JLG Service English PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

H 600A, 600AJ JLG Service English PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

H 600A, 600AJ JLG Service English PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What safety precautions should be observed during equipment maintenance?

What safety precautions should be observed during equipment maintenance?

What are some general hydraulic system safety precautions mentioned?

What are some general hydraulic system safety precautions mentioned?

/

Service and Maintenance Manual

June 29, 2018 - Rev H

SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Original Issue A - January 8, 2014

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

This page left blank intentionally

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

This page left blank intentionally

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

This page left blank intentionally

Maximum Work Load (Capacity) - ANSI Machine Height (Stowed)

Maximum Work Load (Capacity) - CE & Australia Machine Length (Stowed)

Maximum Tire Load: 11,700 lbs. (5307 kg)

Ground Bearing Pressure

Maximum Drive Speed 4.25 MPH (6.25KPH)

Gross Machine Weight - 600A (Approximate)

Gross Machine Weight - 600AJ (Approximate)

1.3 CAPACITIES Table 1-6. GM 3.0L

1.5 TIRES 1.6 TORQUE REQUIREMENTS

1.7 HYDRAULIC OIL

Type Synthetic Fire Resistant Biodegradable

+0° to + 180° F (-18° to +83° C) 10W Flash Point 275°C (527°F)

Density, Lb/Gal. 60°F 7.35 Flash Point 428°F (220°C)

Table 1-12. Mobile DTE 10 Excel 32 Type Synthetic Biodegradable

1.8 CRITICAL STABILITY WEIGHTS

Type Synthetic Biodegradable

Viscosity 600AJ 6100 2767

36x96 230 105

Figure 1-1. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Deutz D2011

Figure 1-2. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - Deutz TD2.9

Figure 1-3. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram - GM 3.0L

1.9 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE 2. Wheel Bearings (If equipped)

NOTE: The following numbers correspond to those in Figure 1-1.,

Table 1-19. Lubrication Specifications.

LUBRICATION INTERVALS ARE BASED ON MACHINE OPERATION UNDER NOR-

Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

Lube Point(s) - 1 Grease Fittings

4. Wheel Drive Hub 6. Hydraulic Charge Filter

Lube Point (s) - Fill Cap

Interval - Change after first 50 hrs. and every 6 months

9. A. Oil Change w/Filter - GM

Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

$

& )

$ !

!

!

!#

%

! "

&